PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 1 8 8 O. I'UBLicATioN committee- Joseph Leidy, M.D., Geo. H, Horn, M.D., William S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan, John H. Redfield. Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D. PHILADELPHIA: ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, S.W. Corner Nineteenth and Race Streets. 1881. ^:3<^^ Academy of Natural t^ciENCES ok Philadklphia, March, 1881. I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1880 have been presented at the meetings of the Academy, as follows : — Pa: iges 9 to oG March 23, 1880 57 to 88 March 30, 1880 " 89 to 120 April 6, 18811 " 121 to 152 June 1, 1800 " 153 to 200 July 27, 1880 " 201 to 210 August 10, 1880 " 217 to 232 . August 17, 1880 " 233 to 248 . . September 7, 1880 '' 249 to 280 September 28, 1880 " 281 to 328 October 12, 1880 " 329 to 352 November 9, 1880. " 353 to 384 February 22, 1881. " 385 to 410 March 1,1881. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Becording Secretary. PHILADELPHIA W. P. KiLDARE, Printer. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. With referenrv tn tin sfrci'id iirticlen n>ntrll»{fi(l hi/ enrli. For Verhiil Cuininuniciitiuns sue (Jfucnil Imlex. AUeu, Harrisou. Desci iption of a foetal walrus 38 On the Temporal and Masseter Muscles of Mammals 385 Barbeck, Wm. On the Development of Lemna minor. (Plate XVIII.) 230 Beriih, R. On the Xudibranchiate Gasteropod ^lollusca of the Xorth Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska. Part II. (Plates I.-VIII.) 40 Chapman, H. C. On the Structure of the Orang Outang. (Plates XI.-XVII. ) r 160 Genth, F. A., Jr. The So-called Emery Ore from Chelsea, Bethel Township, Delaware County, Pa 311 Hartman, W. D. Description of a Partula supposed to he new, from the Island of Moorea , '.3"3tt Heilprin, Angelo. On the Stratigraphical Evidence afforded by the Tertiary Fossils of the Peninsula of ]Maryland 20 On some new Lower Eocene Mollusca from Clarke Co., Alabama, with some points as to the Stratigraphical Position of the Beds containing them ( Plate 20 1 364 Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes, Xo. 1 34 Carcinological Xotes, X^o. 2.— Revision of the Gelasimi. (Plates IX. and X.) 135 Carcinological Xotes, No. 3. — Revision of the Genus Ocypoda 179 Carcinological Notes, Xo. 4. — Synopsis of the Grapsidse IST Leidy, Jos. Rhizopods in the Mosses of the Summit of Roan Moun- tain, Xorth Carolina , 333 Lewis, Henry Carvill. The Optical Characters of some Micas 244 On Siderophyllite, a new 3Iineral 254 The Surface Geology of Philadelphia and Vicinity 258 The Iron Ores and Lignite of the Montgomery Co. Valley 282 On a new Fucoidal Plant from the Trias 293 The Trenton Gravel and its relation to the Antiquity of Man 296 On Philadelphite ( Sp. Nov. i 313 Lockington, W. N. On a Pacific Species of Caulolatilus 13 Description of a new species of Hemitripterus from Alaska 233 Description of a new species of Catostomus (Catostomiis Cyplio) from the Colorado River 237 ]McCook, Rev. H. C. The Shining Slavemaker. — Notes on the Archi- tecture and Habits of the American Slave-making Ant, Polyergus lucidus (Plate 19) , 376 Rand, Theo. D. On Randite 274 Report on Plants introduced by means of the International Exhibition, 1876 '. 132 Vodges, Anth. W. Description of a new Crustacean from flic Upper Silurian of Georgia, with remarks upon Calymene Clintoni. ... 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 1880. January 6, 1880. The President, Dr. Ruschenbergeb, in the chair. Forty-two persons present. The following papers were presented for publication: " On the Nndibranchiate Gasteropod Mnllusca of the North Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska," by Dr. R. Bergh, of Copenhagen. Part II. " The Terrestrial Mollusca inhabiting tlie Cooks or Harvej^ Islands," by Andrew Garrett. The deaths of Dr. S. S. White and Joshua T. Jeanes were announced. January 13, The President, Dr. Ruschenbkrger, in the chair. Forty-two members present. On disarticulating branches in Ampelopsis. — Mr. Tuomas Meehan remarked that some species of Ampelopsis threw off their dead wood by disarticulation, as he pointed out some years ago to be the case with Thuja and Taxodium among coniferous trees. This was especially the case with Ampelopsis quinquefolia, and A. hipinnata. Tiiese, in common witli many other climbing plants, produced some portions of their annual growth of so low 2f 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. a vital power, that they were soon killed when severe weather occurred. In the grape vine, for instance, the extreme ends of the strong branches and whole lengths of weaker ones died during the winter. These remained on till cut a,wa,j by the pruner, or until they fell by natural decay. In the AmpeJopsis named they were thrown oil' by an articulation, so that by spring no dead wood of the past season's growth would be found on the plants. Every node included in the dead poi'tion, separated ; so that under the plants the pieces ma}' be gathered like the separate vertebra; in a skeleton. The Ampelopsis, when running up a tree or wall, seldom sent out lateral branches till it reached the summit. When these side branches were produced, they appeared, after a few 3^ears,as thick bushy masses, having the look of a hedge annuallj^ pruned. It appears that in these cases the annual growth is disarticulated at just one node above that one made last year— the branch thus gaining but one node a year. A bushy branch of a dozen years old, will thus have but a dozen nodes of living wood. The observations were of some interest just now, from the dis- covery of a species of Vitis in the South racific, which produced tubers at the end of the branches, which at the end'of the season were thrown off by a disarticulation, and in this way aided in propagation and distribution. Though the disarticulation in the neighboring genus Amp)elopsis^ as now noted, results only in ridding the plant at once of useless wood, it showed a relation of powers in allied species that must be of service to those engaged in studies of derivation. Geo. Yaux was elected a member of the Council to serve for the unexpired term of C. Newlin Pierce. Aubrey H. Smith was elected to serve for the unexpired term of Edw. D. Cope. January 20. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Forty persons present. Notice of the Cruel Thread Worm, Filaria immitis, of the Dog. — Prof. Leidy directed attention to a specimen, presented by Mrs. Laura M. Towne, of Beaufort, S. C, consisting of the heart and part of one lung of a dog, containing thread worms. The right ventricle of the heart and the pulmonary artery contained a bunch of the parasites, and several also were contained in the lung. A similar specimen, with the ventricle literally stuffed full of worms, is preserved in the museum of the University of Penn- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 sylvania. The parasite was described, thirty years ago, in the Proceedings of this Acadeni}^, under the names of Filar^ia Canifi cordis and Filaria immitis (see Proc., 18.50,118; 18.5(5,2,5.5), and since has been repeatedly noticed by observers as infesting the dog in Europe, India, China, Japan and this country. The specimen presented is accompanied witli a letter from Mrs. Towne, giving an account of the occurrence and symptoms of the parasite as follows : " I lost several dogs of different breed, age and birthplace, with the same symptoms — a severe and peculiar cough being the prin- cipal one. A gentleman living on a neighboring island (the Sea Islands of South Carolina) lost over thirty hunting dogs in two or three years with the same symptoms. I watched my two re- maining dogs closelj'. They were a large Newfoundland (mixed); and a small terrier. Both had the peculiar cough, which was excited by any movement, especially after sleeping. It always ended, after a few coughs, in a violent ettbrt to bring something up from the throat. This did not seem nausea or sickness, and as the dogs ncAcr threw up an3'thing, I thought it was due to hairs in the throat. The two dogs had another symptom. When they began to run violently, as at hogs, or a strange dog, they fell down, became stitf and insensible, but in a short time would get up and resume the chase. " The little dog died with hemorrhage from the bladder or kid- neys ; but no post-mortem examination was made. " The large dog soon began to cough up bloody phlegm, with considerable fresh blood at times. I found in the phlegm one morning two Filariie alive, and at least six inches long. I sent word of. this discovery to the owner of the hunting dogs, and when his next one died he had it opened, and found the heart and liver filled with Filaria?. " My large dog grew so ill that I had him shot. His symptoms were drowsiness, sleeping with the upper eyelids raised, and the inner lining showing very red ; holding his head to one side, one ear drooped ; dragging of one hind leg ; turning round and round whenever he attempted to go anywhere; and, finally, spasms, ini which he rolled over and over and drew his head backward. He was fat and had a good appetite to the last. " The sister of this dog was given to me. She had a slight cough, but it increased rapidly. After about three months' attempt to cure her, I had her shot before her sutfe rings became severe. Her heart is the one you have. She was fat when she died, and seemed in good health, except for short breath in running, the cough and unusual sleepiness. " In the post-mortem of the first dog, I foimd one Filaria lying at full length in the windpipe, and in the large artery others stretched at length and crowded close. Upon cutting into the 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. heart, the worms burst forth in bunches, slowly uncoiling them- selves. They were white, stiff and wire-like, and not in the least stained with blood. They lived in water about twenty-four hours. The large blood-vessels of the lungs were filled densel}^, and even from the small ones long Filarial were with some difficulty with- drawn. No worms were found in the kidne3S." January 21. The President. Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Nineteen persons present. A paper entitled '' Careinological Notes, No. 2. Revision of .the Gelasimi," by J. S. Kingsley, was presented for pul)lication. The death of Thomas M. Brewer, a correspondent, Avas an- nounced. Chas. W. Pickering, John S. Jenks, Wm. H. Jenks, A. K. Thomas, Ferris W. Price, John Wagner, Chas. P. Tasker, Henry ;F. Fonnad and George W. Biddle were elected members, Angelo Heilprin, of New York, Dr. C. A. White, of Washing- :ton, Albert De Selle, of Paris, R. Hoernes, of Vienna, Georges Rolland, of Paris, and Victor Raulin, of Bordeaux, were elected < correspondents. The following were ordered to be printed : — 1880. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 ON THE PACIFIC SPECIES OF CAULOLATILUS. BY W. N. LOCKINGTON, 111 the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1865, pp. 66-68, Dr. Gill enumerates four species of his genus Gaulolatilus, one of them, O. chrysops (Latilus c7i r j/sops, Val.) from the Atlantic, the others from the Pacific Ocean. These species are ; G. anomalus (=Dekaya anomalus^ Cooper), G. princeps (=Latilus princeps, Jenyns), and G. affinis, Gill. The first and second of these are stated to differ in the proportion between the length of the posterior dorsal spines and the distance between the dorsal fin and the lateral line ; as well as in the length of the pectoral ; while the third species (characterized from a specimen about three inches long) is described as follows : " Pro- file quadrant, in front almost vertical; Greatest height less than four times (.21) in the length (exclusive of the caudal), that of caudal peduncle about nine times. Head more than f\ of the length, while its height is to its length as 22^ : 31. Diameter of eye equal to almost ^ the height of the head. Preorbital very narrow. Teeth of preoperculum strong and distant ; those of the middle directed obliquely upwards. Sixth dorsal spine equal to ^ of the length. Anus behind the middle of the length. Caudal rather exceeding the height of the head. Pectorals equal to ^ of the length. Yentrals shorter (.18) inserted beneath the base of the pectoral, its spine at the vertical of the upper axil. D., vii, 25. A., ii, 22. P., 18. Color reddish brown on head and back, lighter on the sides. A veiy distinct blackish spot above the axilla of the pectoral. Locality, Cape St. Lucas." Dr. Gill states his belief that the large eyes and the narrow preorbital are characters of youth ; and, moreover, hints a doubt as to the spe- cific identity of G. princeps^ and G. anomalus, but thinks it scarcely probable on account of the few species known to be common to Lower California and the Galapagos, the localities from which the types of G. anomalus and G. princeps were re- spectively procured. As I have lately obtained tM'o individuals of a species of Gaulo- latilus in the markets of San Francisco, I contribute a tolerably full description, embodying the characters of the two (which e\'idently belong to the same species) and notes upon the peculiarities of each. The difference in some of the proportions 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACAPEMY OF [1880. between these two individuals has almost convinced me of the identity of G. princepa and G. anomalus ; and I am inclined to think it probable that the type of G. affinis is only a somewhat abnormal specimen of the same species. The chief differences between the smaller of my specimens and the t^'pe of G. affinis are the more quadrantiform outline and greater length of the head and the smaller number of dorsal spines and anal rays in the latter- As, however, the form of the head differs so considerably in individuals evidently belonging to the same species, too much stress must not be laid on the former character ; and the A^ariation in the number of dorsal spines (viii-ix) and dorsal and anal fin- rays in specimens of undoubted G. anomalus on record, forbid us to think the latter a positive character. It is quite possible that an individual may have acquired the form of head of the adult, while still of small dimensions. The dorsal spine may be expected (judging from the two specimens here described) to increase in their proportional length inversely to the size of the fish. If my conjecture be correct (and I only give it as a conjecture), then there is only one Pacific species at present known, ranging at least from the Galapagos to the Bay of Montere}-, near San Fran- cisco ; representing in this ocean the G. cluysops of the Atlantic, and var3'ing somewhat according to age and locality. To thor- oughly settle the question, a thorough examination of several specimens from the Galapagos, and a comparison of them with others from Lower and Upper California, will be necessary. Presuming, for the occasion, that the}- are identical, the synonymy will be as follows : Caulolatilus princeps (Jenyns), Gill. Latilus pi-inceps, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, 53, pi. 11. Latilus prin,cej)s, Gvinther, Cat. Fish. British Museum, II, p. 253. Dekaya anomala, Cooper, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1865, p. 68. Caulolatilus anomalus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Cal., 1865, p. 68. Caulolatilus affinis, Gill, loc. cit. Caulolatilus anomalus, Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, p. 48, 1877. D. viii-ix, 25-26. A. ii, 24-26. P. 19-20. Y. i. C. ac. 13-14. C. 13. General Description. — Profile more or less decurved,the curva- ture increasing with age ; posterior portion of dorsal outline nearly straight ; abdominal outline regularly curved. Greatest 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 depth slightly less than four to rather more than fives times in the total length ; head, 4j-4f in the same. Greatest thickness about 2^ in the greatest depth. Eye, 4-5 times ; snout, 3-3^ times in the length of the head. Interorbital width, measured round the curve of the forehead, 2|-2f in the same. Caudal peduncle, 3-4 times in the greatest depth. Distance from the spinous dorsal to the lateral line, xg^-l^ times in the height of the last dorsal spine. Nostrils conspicuous, on the horizon of the centre of the pupil, an- terior with a valve posteriorly ; posterior larger, simple, subeircular, distant from the eye about one-third of the diameter of tlie latter. Ej^es large, lateral, subeircular, their posterior margin nearer the tip of the operculum than that of the snout. Mouth slightly ascending forwards ; tip of the intermaxillary level with the lower margin of the orbit ; posterior extremity of maxillary nearly vertical with the anterior orbital margin. Max- illar\^ narrow throughout, its posterior portion free, but the greater part of its upper edge concealed behind the large preorbital in the closed mouth. Jaws equal in front in the closed mouth. Teeth in jaws in several rows in front, diminishing to a single row farther back on the sides, rather small, slender, acute, recurved at tip, but those in front of the mandible in the outer row inclined forwards. Teeth in front largest, those on the sides diminishing, but the hindermost tooth on each side of each jaw more or less developed as a canine, though still shorter than tlie anterior teeth. Xo teeth on vomer or palatines. Upper phaiyngeals set with sharp, irregularly spaced, eardiform teeth; lower pharyngeals with an outer and inner row of similar teeth, with some irregularly placed teeth between the rows. Lower phaiyngeals entirely separate. (rill-rakers of front of first branchial arch slender, rather stiff, ab6ut ^ the diameter of the eye, all the others tubercular. Hinder border of preoperculum vertical, very slightl}- curved, lower angle rounded, set with teeth which slightly increase in size at the angle, but do not extend along the lower border. Operculum ending behind in a broad flat spine. Dorsal commencing above the upper pectoral axil, very long, the tips of its terminal rays reaching the caudal accessories ; the length of its base about half the total length of the fish ; spinous dorsal 3f-4 times in the total length of the fin, and lower than the soft portion. First dorsal spine shortest, the others increasing rapidly to the fifth, more slowly to the eighth or ninth ; the longest 6^-8 times in the total length of the fin. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Soft dorsal continuous with the spinous portion, and almost equal in height throughout, the last ray excepted. Last ray much shorter than the others. Height of soft dorsal, in front 5|— If times in the total length ; man}^ of the rays simple, some slightly bifurcate at the tip, the two or three last ra^'S twice branched. Anal commencing under fifth dorsal ray, its length about | of that of the dorsal, with which it is coterminous. Anal spines very small, closely adpressed to the first ra3s ; rajs similar and about equal in length to those of the dorsal, the last much shorter than the others. Pectoral lanceolate, the seventh ray longest, the rays decreasing rapidly on each side, the lowest scarcely one-fifth as long as the seventh. Length to tip of longest ray ly-H ^^ ^^^^ of the head. Most of the rays twice branched, tip of the longest reaching a little bej'ond the anus. Base of pectoral slightl}' oblique. Veutrals inserted under the hinder margin of the pectoral base, their tips not reaching to the anus ; their length about f that of the pectoral ; the last four raj'S twice bifurcate. Caudal about one-sixth of the total length, with numerous acces- sory rays, causing a widening of the caudal base ; principal rays three times forked ; hinder border deeply and triangularly emar- ginate, almost forked. Lateral line indistinct, tubes simple; about 145 scales in its length, parallel or nearly so with the dorsal outline. About forty scales between the ventrals and the lateral line, and thirteen above the latter. Scales of body almost rectangular, their longitudinal exceeding the transverse diameter, the free margin finely ctenoid. All the scales small, those of the abdomen rather smaller than the others, especially front of the paired fins. Scales extending upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus, but the snout and forehead to above the centre of the eyes, the upper border of the orbits ; preopercular margin, jaws and gill-membrane scaleless. No scales ujion dorsal or anal ; caudal covered with small scales over the greater portion of its surface. Pectorals more or less scaly exteriorly near the base, the scales extending farther between the central than between the lateral rays. Color leaden-gray, becoming darker above, but fading to a dirty creamy-white below. Vertical fins slaty-gray. Dorsal surface of head darker than the rest of the body. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. IT 30.1 23^ 16 25 5.1 81 12 101 24§ 7-1 '3 321 29^ 1.25 16 14| The two specimens on which the above description is principally founded were procured in the market of San Francisco, and were l)rought from the vicinity of Monterej- Bay. One is an adult, the other an immature individual, and the two present considerable variation in external form, and in the proportions of some of the parts, as will be evident by the dimensions and further description of each specimen here appended. Dimensions of the Two Specimens. No. 1. No. 2. INCHES. INCHES. Total length, including caudal, . . 17.75 10.05 Length without caudal, . . . 14.65 8.30 Greatest depth of body, . . . 4.50 1.96 Greatest thickness of body, . . . 2.38 .92 Length of head, 3.74 2.08 Circumference behind base of pectorals, 10.88 Longitudinal diameter of eye, . . .80 .52 Length of snout, 1.25 .63 Interorbital width, round curve of forehead, 1.75 .76 From tip of snout to dorsal, along dorsal outline, 4.75 2.46 Length of base of dorsal fin, . . . 8.96 4.95 " " " spinous dorsal, . . 2.40 From tip of lower jaw to anal, along ab- domen, 8.<^0 4.39 Length of base of anal, . . . . 5.02 3.32 Length of pectoral base, ... .87 .45 Lengtbof pectoral to tip of longest (7'-') ray, 3.36 1.82 From tip of snout to insertion of ventrals, 4.46 2.42 Length of ventrals, . . . 2.30 1.20 Height of first dorsal spine, . . . .25 .25 " " second " " . . . .56 ,40 " " third " " . . . .82 .55 " " fourth " " . . . .93 .68 " " fifth " " . . , 1.03 .70 " " sixth " " . . . 1.05 .73 " " seventh" "... 1.09 .75 " " eighth " " . . . 1.13 .77 " " ninth " " . . . 1.10 .70 Distance from 1st dorsal to lateral line, . 1 .50 .65 Height of soft dorsal, in front, . . 1.30 .90 Depth of anal, 1.30 .90 Width of caudal peduncle, . . . 1,12 .65 Length of lower jaw, . , , , 1,62 .82 " " maxillary, along its cui-ve, . 1.50 ,75 Rays of dorsal, ix-26 ix-25 "anal, ii-25 ii-25 541 511 40 40 23 22 . 301 29 151 14 If 3 4 5 H 61 8^ 7 7.2 81 9 n 10^ 10^ 71 ^ 10 9 9 73- 11 10 n 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ^ Further Description of No. 1. — Snout veiy declivous, dorsal outline in advance of the dorsal rising rapidl}'^, owing to a great accumulation of adipose tissue about the upper part of the bod}^ ; posterior part of dorsal outline regularly descending almost in a straight line ; abdominal outline i-egularly curved. Greatest depth a little less than four times ; head, 4| times in the total length; greatest thickness, 1§ in the greatest depth. Eye, 4-|J ; snout, 3, interorbital width (round curve of forehead), 2^ times in the length of the head. Caudal peduncle, four times in the greatest depth. Distance from the spinous dorsal to the lateral line, measured along the curve of the side, one-third longer than the longest spine. Denticulations of preoperculum rather blunt ; opercvdar spine blunt. Teeth somewhat irregular, canines less distinct than in the o vouno". Anal spines short and weak, but stiff, and distinctlj^ recog- nizable as spines ; the first very short, the second about half as long as the first ray. Lateral line less conspicuous than in the 3'oung. Upper part of the head and along the line of the back approach- ing a chocolate tint. Vertical fins darker nearer the margin. No black spot above pectoral axil. The whole fish is exceedingly oily, and the abundant exudation of this oil renders it exceedhigly disagreeable to handle. Further Description of No. 2. — Dorsal outline from tip of loAver jaw to vertical from posterior margin of eye, much less convex than in the adult ; rise from thence to the origin of the dorsal very slight ; a gradual descent in an almost straight line from thence to the caudal peduncle. Abdominal outline regularly curved to caudal peduncle. Greatest depth, 5g^ ; length of head. 4^ times in the total length ; eye, 4 times ; snout, about 3^ times in the length of the head. Interorbital width, measured round its curve, about one-fifth more than the length of the snout, or 2f in the length of the head. Caudal peduncle, 3 times in the greatest depth. Distance from the spinous dorsal, at its posterior part, to the lateral line, nearl}' 1^ in the length of the longest spine, and less 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1'.) than one-third of the semicireumference of the body. Longest (9th) dorsal spine, 2f in the length of the head. Forehead and occiput transversely much less arcuate than in the adult, the large deposit of fat on these parts in the latter being absent in the young. Opening of moutli slightly less oblique tlian in the adult, the maxillary extending a little farther back. Teeth much as in the adult, but the hindmost tooth in each jaw, but especially in the upper, assuming more distinctl}' the proportions of a canine, though still smaller than the front teeth. Denticulations of operculum proportionate!}' more conspicuous, and more acute than in the adult, opercular spine ending in three denticulations. Ninth dorsal spine, 6j times in the length of the fin, about 2i in the greatest depth. Rays of soft dorsal about 2^^ in the great- est depth, the antepenultimate ra}^ slightly produced. Anal spines closel}' attached to the first ray, ver}' small, flexible, and scarcely recognizable as spines. A black spot above the upper axil of tlie pectoral ; upper parts without the warm tint of the adult. No large development of adipose tissue. Since the above paper was written, a third specimen of Caulola- tilus from the same localit}' has come into the possession of the California Academy of Sciences. This example is about equal in length to the larger of the two described, bnt the development of fat upon the occiput is much less marked, so that its proportions are very nearly those of the type of C. anomalus. Although I am perfectly aware that specimens from the Gala- pagos would be required to settle the question of the identity of G. princeps with C. anomalus and C. affinis, I believe that the comparison of these three examples, evidently all of one species, and sharing among them characters relied upon as specific, cer- tainly throws great doubt upon the distinctness of the three de- scribed species. Dr. Bean {in lit.) doubts the specific identity of the two specimens described in this paper, and draws attention to certain differences of proportion, but the only differences of mag- nitude are those caused by the development of fat on the occiput. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ON THE STRATIGRAPHICAL EVIDENCE AFFOKDED BY THE TERTIAEY FOSSILS OF THE PENINSULA OF MARYLAND. BY ANGELO HEILPRIN. The Tertiary deposits of Maryland have from time to time attracted the attention of investigators more or less eminent in their special lines of research, the results of whose observations, owing to the then imperfect state of American geological and pale- ontological science, only very gradually tended to unfold the true relations existing between the S3'nchronous formations of the east-Atlantic and west-Atlantic countries. Maclure, on the map accompanying his " Observations of the Geology of the United States " (1817), classed all the late super- tlcial deposits of Maryland imder the general term " Alluvial," which term was likewise applied to almost the entire border deposits of the Atlantic and Gulf slopes. In 1824 (J. A. N. S., vol. iv) Sa}^ described about forty species of fossil shells collected by Mr. Finch from the' same state, but excepting some passing reflections on the nature of the deposit whence they were obtained, and on the great resemblance existing between some of the forms and forms still living on the coast, no special geological inferences were drawn from the collection. From a comparative examination of the contained fossils. Van Rensselaer (" Lectures on Geology," 1825, p. 261) subsequently referred the deposits in question to the Upper Marine formation, which view was concurred in by Morton in a paper read before the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in June, 1828. In a previous paper (*' Geological Observations on the Secondary, Tertiar}-, and Alluvial Forma- tions," J. A. N. S., January, 1828), published conjointly by Yanuxem and Morton, no attempt was made to correlate the various divisions of the American and European Tertiary formations. Conrad, who, more than any other American geologist, con- tributed to advance our knowledge of the geology and paleon- tology of this latest period, was the first to recognize the existence of at least three distinct post-Secondary^ formations in Maryland, the oldest of which he identified by a series of a few fossils found near Ft. Washington, on the Potomac, as belonging to the Eocene, and the newest, as exposed on the southeast extremity of the peninsula, to the Post-Pliocene (J. A. N. S., vol. vi, and Bulletin 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. of the National Institution, 1841). The intermediate deposits were classed as the Upper Marine, but subsequently under Lyell's designation of Miocene. Conrad's original observations were in general confirmed by his later researches, and the relations of at least a great portion of the Miocene of Maryland, as well as of almost tlie entire Atlantic slope, were clearly pointed out V)y Lj-ell in 1845 (Proc. of the Geolog. Soc, vol. iv, p. 547). It is mainly in relation to this last formation that we wish to draw special attention, there being but little question concerning the original determination of the Eocene and Post-Pliocene (Pliocene ?) deposits. That the great bulk of the deposits known as the Medial Tertiary of Marjland are not sj-nchronous with the South Carolina deposits classed by Tuomey and Holmes as Pliocene, an assumed fact insisted upon by Conrad, and for which there appears to be no evidence, an examination of the following table of mollusca will clearly demonstrate : Lameilibranchiata of the Medial Tertiary Formations of Maryland. Leda concentvica. Anomia epTiippium,* Cardita protracta, Amphidesraa caxinata,* " granulata,* " subovata, Cardium laqueatum, Area callipleura, (= A. dipleura?), " idonea, " incile,* ' ' subrostrata, " Marylandica, " triquetra, " centenaria,* " improcera,* " stilicidiura, Artemis acetabulum, * " concentrica, (=: A. elegansf], Astarte vicina, " cuneiformis, " obruta, " perplana, " exaltata, " varians, " distans, " planulata, " undulata,* Cardita arata,* " acutilaquea- tum, " craticuloides, " leptopleura, Corbula cuueata,* " idonea, " elevata, " inequalis,* Crassatella Marylandica, " turgidula, " melina, " undulata,* Cytherea Sayana,* " albaria,* Lima pajiyria, Lepton {?) mactroides, Lucina anodonia,'^ (=L. Americana), ' ' Foremani, " subobliqua, " subplana, '* cribraria,* " crenulata,* " contraeta,* " divaricata,* Mactra incrassata, " ponderosa. ' ' fragosa, " subcuneata, " delumbis, (= C. idonea), Modiola Ducatellii, Marylandica, Mya producta, Mytilus incurva, Ostrea Virginica,* " percrassa,* Panopaa Americana, " rettexa,* " porrecta, (=P. Goldfussi?) " subnasuta, Isocardia fraterna, " Markoei, Leda liciata, " acuta,* " (Yoldia) laevis, " (Nucula) proxima, 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Pecten Madisonius, Penia maxillata, Tellina lenis, " Humpbreysii, Petricola centenaria,* Venus tetrica, " Jeflfersonius, Plicatula marginata,* " Mortoni, " concentricus, Pholadomya abrupla,* " alveata, " Clintonius, Pholas ovalis, " inoceriformis, " septenarius,* {= P. costata?)* " stamineus, Pectunculus parilis,'^' Sazicava rugosa, " tridacnoides,* " lentifor- Solen ensis,* " violacea,* mis,* Tellina sequistriata, " Rileyi.* " subovatus," " biplicata, '^ Tbe species in italics are still living on tbe American coasts; tliose fol- lowed by an * are described by Tuomey and Holmes as occurring in the Pliocene formation of South Carolina. [Note. — The preceding table has been compiled as accnrately as possible from the various papers pertaining to the paleontology of the State, but owing to their number, and to the numerous l)n1)lications in which they have been spread, it has proved impos- sible to collect them all, and no doubt some few species will be found occuriing in the State which have escaped our notice. These will probably be ver}'^ few in number, and will not materially affect the general conclusion. The following twenty-two species, mainly those described by Say from the collection of Mr. Finch (J. A. N. S., vol. iv), have no stated locality : Area centenaria, A. improcera, A. incile^ Astarte distans^ Grassatella undidatd^ Leda acufa^ L. conceyitrica^ L. proxima, L. Isevis^ Lucina con- tracta, L. divaricala. L. subobliqua^ Panopeea rejlexa, Pecten Jeff'ej'sonius, P. Clintonius, P. concentricus, P. septenarius, Pec- tunculus subovatus, Plicatula marginata, Tellina sequistriata, Venus deformis (tridacnoides), and V. Rileyi.'] It will thus be seen, that of about one hundred species of bivalves, only thirty-six (36 per cent.) are common to about an equal number (105) from the South Carolina deposits; and further, that, whereas, of the preceding enumeration of Maryland mollusca only about fifteen per cent, are recent forms, no less than forty per cent, (or according to Tuomey and Holmes, nearly tifty per cent.) of the South Carolina Pliocene (Conrad's Miocene) bivalve mollusca are still living. There remains, therefore, no question regarding the relative ages of the two formations. An examination of the fossiliferous strata exposed in sections at various points on the western shore of Chesapeake Bay, in 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 Anne Arundel and Calvert Counties, on the Patuxent River, near Benedict, and on tlie St. Mar3''s River, St. Mary's Count}', tend to show, moreover, that the series of deposits intermediate between the Eocene of Fort Washington and the Pliocene of the south- east extremit}' of the peninsula belong to two different periods of formation, an older and a newer; those belonging to the latter period being characterized by a fauna, the proportion of living forms in which is far in excess of that in the former. Sections of the newer deposits are exhibited in Calvert County, near Cove I*oint, on the Patuxent River, below Benedict, at about water level, on the same river, further north, in the deposits above the Perna beds, and more especiall}' on the St. Mary's River, St. Mary's County. The older deposits are best shown in the oyster beds, rising a few feet above tide- water, at Fair Haven, Anne Arundel County (which point was considered by Conrad as the northern termination of the peninsular Miocene formation), in similar beds, also only a few feet above water level, at a point about twenty miles further south ('' Colonel Blake's," of Conrad), in the sections exhibited by the Calvert Cliffs, and in the Perna beds on both banks of the Patuxent River. There is, further, strong, although not conclusive evidence, for considering the beds containing Perna maxillata and Oatrea percrassa as the lowest of the series. The following tables exhibit as nearh* as possible the distribu- tion of Lamellibranchiata in the deposits of both periods, those of the newer being for conA^enience of comparison divided into the Patuxent and St. Mary's groups : OLDER PERIOD. 1 Area dipleura, (= A. calilplenra ?), 2 " Marylandica, H " subrostrata, 4 " triquetra, .*> Artemis acetabulum, H Astarte varians, 1 " exaltata, 8 Cardium craticuloides, 9 " leptopleura, 1 0 Corbula idonea, 1 1 Corbula elevata, 12 Crassatella melina, 13 " turgidula, 14 Cytherca subnasuta, 15 Isocardia Markoei, 16 Leda liciata, n Lima papyria, 18 Lucina Foremani, 19 " subplana, 20 " crenulata, 21 Mytilus incurva, 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. 22 Modiola Ducatelii, 29 Perna maxillata, 23 Ostrea percrassa, 30 Pholas ovalis, 24 Panopseaporrecta(Goldfiissi) (= P. costata?) 25 Pecten Humphreysii, 31 Tellina lenis, 26 " Madisonius, 32 Veiius alveata, 2*7 Pectimculus parilis, 33 " staminea, 28 " lentiformis, 34 " 3Iortoni? NEWER PERIOD. — J^ PATUXENT GROUP. 1 Anomia Conradi, 13 (= A. ephippium ?), 2 Area idonea, St. M., 14 3 Artemis acetabulum, St. M., 15 4 Astarte undulata, St. M. 16 5 Cardita protracta, 11 6 Cardium laqueatum, St. M., 1 Carbula idonea, St. M., E., 18 8 Crassatella Marylandica, E., 19 9 Gytherea Saijana, St. M., 20 10 " Marylandica, 11 » albaria, 21 12 Isocardia fraterna, St. M., 22 Lucina Americana, E., (= L. Floridana), Mactra incrassata, Mya producta, Panopsea Americana, " porrecta (Gold- fussi), St. M. Pecten Madisonius, St. M., E. Petricola centenaria, Pholas ovalis, (= p. costata ?), St. M. Tellina biplicata, E., Vemis Mortoni ? St. M. II. ST. MARy's GROUP. 1 Amphidesma carinata,f 2 " subovata,f 3 Area idonea, 4 " arata,f 5 " stilicidium,f 6 Artemis acetabulum, T Astarte undulata, 8 " planulata,t (^= A. perplana '(). 9 '' vicina.f 10 Cardita granulata,t 11 Cardium laqueatum, 12 Corbula inequalis,f 13* " cuneata,! 14 Corbula idonea, 15 Gytherea Say ana ^ 16 " {Artemis) concen- trica,f {^ A. elegans /). Isocardia fraterna, Lucina cribraria,f IT 18 19* Mactra ponderosa,f 20 21 22 23 24 25 " subcuneata,f " fragosa,f " delumbis,f Ostrea Virginica,f Panopjea porrecta, Pecten Madisonius, * Corbula cuneata and Mactra ponderosa are also found in the newer deposits of Calvert Covinty, iiear Cove Point. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 26 Pholacloin3'a abrupta,t 30 Venus aloeata, 27 Pliolas arcuata, 31 *' Mortoni^ (= P. costata), 32 " tetrica,t 28 Saxicava rugosa,-f 33 " mercenaria^f 29 Solen ensis ?f 34 " inoceriformis.f Note. — The italicized names represent species supposed to be identical with living forms ; those (in the Patuxent group) fol- lowed by the letters St. M. and E., species common to St. Mary's and to Easton (Choptank River); and those (in the St. Mary's group) followed by a f , species peculiar to the locality. A comparison of the foregoing lists will show at a glance, that of the thirt3^-four bivalves belonging to the older formations, at most only three (or 9 per cent.) are found to be living forms {Pholas ovalis [= P. costata?^^ Venus alveata, and Venus Mortoni), and that only six (18 per cent.) and seven (21 per cent.) are corn- common respectively to the Patuxent and St. Mary's exposures , viz. : To Patuxent. To St. Mary's. Artemis acetabulum,* Artemis acetabulum, Corbula idonea, Corbula idonea, Pholas ovalis,* Pholas arcuata (= costata), Panopaea porrecta, Panopsea porrecta, Pecten Madisonius, Pecten Madisonius, Venus Mortoni, Venus Mortoni, " alveata.* * There appears to be much confusion regarding the species of Artemin found fossil in the Atlantic tertiary deposits, and their relation to the forms now living on the Florida coast. In 1833 ("Fossil Shells of the Tertiary Formations," p. 20) Conrad characterized the species A. acetabulum, which appears to have been until then confounded with the A. concentrica, Con., non Borni^. discus, Reeve, "Conchologia Iconica," vol. vi, sp. 9), inhabiting the southern coast. No mention is there made of its being found also in a recent state, but subsequently, 1838 ("Fossils of the Medial Tertiary Formations," p. 29), we find the following statement : "This fine species is very common in the localities named, and also occurs recent on the Florida coast." In the list of shells inhabiting the Floi-ida coast, prepared by the same author in 1846 (A. J. Science, 2d series, ii, p. 393), only two species of Artemis are catalogued, A. elegans and A. con- centrica, and it therefore appears highly probable that the statement con- sidering A. acetabulum also as a living form was founded on a misconcep- tion, the more especially, as an examination of the recent shells in the 3 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Deducting two or three species that are also found at Eastoii, we still have left twenty-three (or 68 per cent, of the whole number) that are not found in the later deposits. Museum of the Academy fails to reveal anything answering to Conrad's original description. This species appears moreover to be identical with the Venus concentrica described by Tuomey and Holmes in their work on the Pliocene fossils of South Carolina (1857, p. 82), and to which Conrad, apparently without good reason, applied the specific name of intermedia {Dosinia {Artemis] intermedia) in his check list of Miocene fossils (Proc. A. N. S., 1863, p. 575). The A. acetabulum is found fossil in the tertiary deposits of Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina and South Carolina, and must be carefully distinguished from tlie A. concentrica of Born, to Which it bears only a distant resemblance. Another fossil species is probably the A. elegans, Con. (living on the Florida coast) ; one almost perfect speci- men, which agrees in all essential respects with the recent forms, is in the Academy Miocene collections, but, unfortunately, the locality whence it was obtained is not given. In his account of the geology and organic remains of the peninsula of Maryland (1830, J. A. N. S., vol. vi, p. 312), Conrad mentions the Cytherea {Artemis) concentrica, Lam., as occurring in the St. Mary's exposure, but as subsequently ("Fossils of the Medial Tertiary," 1838, p. 30), it is distinctly stated that the same does not occur in the Miocene formation, it is highly probable that the original observa- tion was erroneous. Certainly nothing corresponding either to the species in question or to A. discus is to be found in the Maryland Miocene collec- tion of the Academy. The common species inhabiting the southern coast is not the A. concen- trica of Born, with which it has been frequently confounded, and to which it bears only a very slight resemblance, but the A. discus of Reeve {loc. cit. ). A third species, the A. (Dosinia) Floridana Con., is unquestionably very closely allied to the last, from which it differs essentially only in the gi'eater obliquity of the pallial sinus. In other respects it agrees with the figures and minute description of Born's species as given by Agassiz in his '■^ Iconographie des Coquilles Tertiaires^' {JSlouv. Mem. de la Societr Hehetiqtce, 1845, vol. vii). I am disposed to consider the various forms of Ve7ius alveata and T^ latilirata as mere varieties of one and the same species, a series of inter- mediate stages seeming to link them together. The V. athleta constituted by Conrad to embrace the V. athleta of Say, V. latilirata of Tuomey and Ilolmes, and the V. paphia of Lamarck, appears likewise to be nothing but a variety of the same form. The V. alveata is included by Stimpson among the living mollusca of the Atlantic coast (Smithsonian Check Lists, I860;, but this fact appears very doubtful in the opinion of Try on ("American Marine Conchology," 1873, p. 160). It must be confessed, however, that there exists a very striking agreement between the fossil shell and specimens of the F. paphia, Linn., from St. Thomas, the main 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 On the other hand, the fossils of the newer deposits as exhibited in the sections on the west bank of the Fatuxent show a verj' decided similarit>' to those of St. Mary's, for out of tlie twenty- two species of bivalves occurring there, no less than eleven ( or just 50 per cent.) are also common to the last mentioned locality. There can, therefore, I believe, be no reasonable doubt that the deposits exposed on the Patuxent River immediately above the Pernn beds constitute a direct continuation of the highly fossil i- ferous strata bordering both sides of the St. Mary's River. These last number among their fossil fauna also about thirty-four species of Lamellibranchs, the same number as is found in what we have designated as the older group, but of these thirty-four, about twenty -two (or, deducting Corhula cuneata and Madra ponderosa, twenty), or 65 per cent, are peculiar to the locality. Moreover, of the entire number, about nine (or 27 per cent.) are still living on the Atlantic coast. The dissimilarity of the two faunae cannot fail to strike the least observant investigator, and Conrad has dwelt at some length upon this curious manifestation (A. J. Science, vol. xxviii, p. 282, and Bull. National Institution, 1841, p. 176). That paleontologist singularly enough (apparently not having made any exact numerical estimates either of the living- forms, or of the forms found in one locality and not in the other) . explains the differences as due solely to variable local conditions.' difference being a tendency on the pai't of the latter to lose the full solidity of its ribs some distance before they reach the posterior slope. The V. alveata exhibits a similar tendency, but not quite to the same extent. I have been unable to discover any description of the PJiolas ovalis. Con., nor is there any mention made of it either in the Mioqene check list prepared by Conrad in 1862, (Proc. A. N. S.), or in that of Meek, of 1864 (Smithsonian Miscell. Collections). I have, therefore, only doubtfully referred it to P. costata. ' Thus he states (A. J. S. loc. cit.) : "If our coast were now suddenly, elevated, we should find spots where the shells would consist chiefly of an immense number of Modiola demissa mixed with Littorina littoirea and Melampas bidentatus ; these are found on the margm. of the lagoons at high water mark, the Modiola imbedded in a tenacious soil. At a little distance would be found Venus mercenaria, Mya, avenavia^ Solen ensis, Solecurtus Caribeus ; among these would be Ostvea. . ViTginiana, Fusus cinereus, and a few of Pecten concentricus. Such is the group existing on the sandy shore of the Estuaries. Hai'd by, would be a vast deposit of oyster shells with Echinus, and immense masses, of Sevpula. These live on the bottom of the lagoons, which is composed of a mixture of sand and 28 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. This interpretation might very satisfactorily account for the phe- nomenon as far as generic distribution alone is concerned, and, indeed, it would even hold good in its bearings on a limited number of species, but it would hardly apply to a case such as the present one, where the specific dissimilarity is so vast in such a compara- tively very limited geographical extent. Now, if the supposition that the deposits in question were deposited at two different periods be a correct one, and paleon- tological evidence goes far to prove that they were, we should naturally expect to find also some direct stratigraphical evidence afforded by the superposition of the strata themselves.^ The following section was obtained by Conrad at a point on the Chesa- mud. Then would be found another group of shells which live only in deep water, the Astarte lunulata, Nucula limatula, N. proxima, Cardita borealis, Pholas costata, in company with great numbers of Mytili. This deposit we should recognize as having been formed in harbors, like those of Newport and Charleston. ..." It will be observed, that in the above conception Conrad has confined himself entirely to generic and not specific disti'ibution. ' It may as well be remarked, that, although in the foregoing examina- tion of the molluscous fauna I have dwelt exclusively upon the Lamelli- hranchiata, the Gasteropoda offer equal, if not greater support to the general conclusion arrived at. On comparing the lists of geographical distribution given by Conrad in the Bulletin of the National Institution (pp. 181-7), it will be seen, that not a single recent form occurs among the eighteen enumerated from the Calvert cliffs at "Hance's;" and further, that only two species, Valuta mutabiUs and V. solitaria, are common to the forty-two found at St. Mary's. Of these last eight (or 19 per cent.) were considered by Conrad to be recent forms : Buccinum trivittatum, Natica duplicata, " lunatum, Dentalium dentalis, " quadratum, Fusus cinereus, Natica heros, Scalaria clathrus. Nearly all the species found on the west bank of the Patuxent also occur at St. Mary's, and the same can be said of those collected in Calvert county near Cove point the southern extremity. Singularly enough, that although three species of Turritella — T. indenta, T. exaltata, and T. perlaqueata—yf ere cdWected from Calvert cliffs in the upper portion of the county, none of them appear to have been found near Cove Point, where " vast quantities " of a new species, T. plebeia, "the common species of St. Mary's River" .(loc. cit. p. 182), appear suddenly to make their appearance. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 peake, near " Beckett's," about twenty-eight miles south of Fair Haven : Feet in Thickness. 5 3 Sand, without shells. Sand, with innumerable shells. 20 Mingled sand and clay, without fossils, or very rare. Same as below, less numerous. Sand and clay, with a group of shells like that at Hance's. The sliells obtained at Hance's, about four miles further north, were the following Bivalves. Astarte varians, " exaltata, Artemis acetabulum, Area subrostrata, " dipleura, Cythcrea subnasuta, Cardium leptopleura, Crassatella melina, Corbula idonea, " elevata. Bivalves. Isocardia Markoei, Lima papyria, Lucina Foremani, " subplanata, " crenulata, Pectuneulus lentiformis, Venus latilirata, " Mortoni ? " staminea. Univalves. Bonellia lineata, Cancellaria biplicifera, " engonata, Dentalium tlialloides, Fissurella Marylandica, Yoluta mutabilis, Infundibulum perarmatum, Mavginella perexigua, Pleurotoma Marylandica, Univalves. Pleurotoma bellacrenata, Scalaria pachypleura, Solarium trilineatum, Sigaretus fragilis, Trochus peralveatus, Turritella indenta, " exaltata, " perlaqueata, Voluta solitaria. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. It will be at once noticed that in addition to the lowest fossil- iferous stratum, extending to about seven feet above water level, a second highly fossiliferous one manifests itself at a height of about twenty-seven feet, in which were recognized among other shells Artemis acetabulum and Pecten Madisonius. The mineral character of this upper deposit is described by Conrad as being a " quartzose sand, very incoherent," which is exactly what we meet with in the arenaceous deposits on the west bank of the Patuxent River, near Benedict, and which we have identified as equivalents of the St. Mary's deposits. They are described by Conrad as being composed of an " arenaceous, fossiliferous stratum," the sand of which is "quartzose and incoherent" (B. N. I., p. 185). We have thus exposed in one section two highly fossiliferous strata, the upper of which shows a very decided analogy to what we have designated as the newer group, and the lower of which assumes a distinct personality for reason of its position, and the paleontologieal characters impressed upon it. Proceeding from this point southeastward, and therefore in the general direction of the dip of the beds, we should naturally- expect to meet a point where our upper stratum, or its equivalent, would descend nearer to the level of the Bay, and in fact we do find just such a point near Cove Point, where " the group most characteristic of these tertiary deposits, imbedded in sand," descends to a height only about fifteen feet above water mark (B. N. I., p. 183). The fossils found here are also nearly all found at St. Mary's, and they are, moreover, " highly ferruginous, as much so as many of the crag fossils of Great Britain, which they greatly resemble, also, in other respects " (Conrad, loc. eit.). On the St. Mary's River, the southeasternmost extension of the formation, the same deposit sinks almost to water level, as might well be expected on follow- ing the general direction of the dip. Here, the Pliocene deposits, well characterized by their fossils, make their appearance. On proceeding from our first point almost due northwards, and therefore at a considerable angle to the line of strike, we meet with just the reverse phenomena met with on our southern journey. At Fair Haven, where Conrad obtained the following section, 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 Feet in Thickness. 50 Whitish Clay. 3 5 Bones of Cetacea. Clay, with siliceous casts of marine shells and fragments of bones. Clay, with Ostrea percrassa, Pecten Humphrey sii. the highl}^ fossiliferous stratum found at water mark, at Beckett's, is probably represented by a bed of clay three feet in thickness, commencing at a height of five feet, and which contains " great numbers of black, water-worn, siliceous casts of small shells, chiefly Turritella, the species not yet determined." Below this an entirely new deposit now makes its appearance, a bed of clay of five feet thickness, characterized by Ostrea percrassa and Pecten Humphreysii. This last, therefore, probably represents the most ancient post-Eocene deposit exhibited on the Chesapeake. Ostrea percrassa and Pecten Humphreysii were also found by Conrad at Huntingtown, Calvert County, where in a " depression or small valley " a race-way had been excavated through the fossiliferous ''marls." The lowest member of the section was " quartzose sand, with casts of Perna maxillata.^^ On the east bank of the Patuxent River, moreover, near the mouth of St. Leonard's Creek, Conrad observed innumerable casts of Perna maxillata imbedded in a stratum of fine siliceous sand, and rest- ing on tlie fragmentary rock considered by him as the " founda- tion of the peninsula " (B. N. I., p. 184). We should naturally look for some deposit contemporaneous with that occurring on the west bank of the Patuxent, at some point northeast of that locality where a section may present itself. This we find at Easton, on the Choptank, where the mol- luscous fossil fauna corresponds very closely with that observed on the former river. The deposits of the older period, on the other hand, reappear in Cumberland County, New Jersey, in the " Miocene marl " of Shiloh, containing the following assemblage of fossils (Cook, " Geology of New Jersey," 1868, p. 297) : 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Bivalves. Ostrea Mauricensis, Astarte Thomasii, " percrassa, Venus Ducatellii, Plicatula densata, Periploma alta, Carditamera aculeata, Corbula elevata, " arata, Saxicava myaeformis. Craseatella melina, Four species of the above are also found in Maryland, three of which, Ostrea percrassa, Crassatella melina, and Corbula elevata, are found, I believe, exclusively in the deposits designated as those of the older period. None are recent forms. The small percentage of living forms occurring in the " older deposits," as compared with that of the " newer," leaves little doubt for the inference that the deposits in question were formed at two different periods, the latest of which clearly belongs to the Miocene. A comparative examination of some of the peculiar fossil forms of the older deposits, together with the extremely low percentage of living forms, seems to indicate an age moi-e nearh' Oligocene than Miocene, although perhaps not a single Eocene species is represented. This last fact need not surprise us, howcA^er? as the relationship of the Oligocene to the Miocene appears to be greater in almost all the localities of its representation than to the Eocene. The Eocene, moreover, of Maryland is represented only by a very limited number of fossils, and Conrad, himself, has called attention to the fact, that there appears to exist a greater amount of difference between the Eocene and Miocene formations than obtains between the Secondary and Tertiary, or between the Devonian and Carboniferous systems (B. N. I., p. 177). The fol- lowing comparison may serve to throw some light upon the rela- tive age of the deposits in question : Perna maxillata, Lam. This species agrees thoroughly with the figure and description of the same given b}' Goldfuss in the " Pectrefacta Germanise " (vol. ii, p. 106), and to which the locality Weinheim (Oligocene) is assigned. The sub-Apennine species, formerly classed under the same name, is considered by Deshaj^es to be distinct, and he has applied to it the specific name of Soldanii (Lamarck, '"'■ Animaux sans Vertebres,"" 2d ed., vol. vii, p. 79). A second species of Perna, the P. Sandbergeri, Desh., also occurs in the Oligocene locality of 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 Weinheim (Sandherger,^^ Conchylien des Maimer Tertiarheckens,'''' p. 367). Mytilus incurva, Conr. This large species of Mytilus may perhaps be taken as the rep- resentative of M. Haidingeri^ Homes Q'-Fossilen 3IoUusken des Tertidrheckens von Wie7i,^^ Abhand. d. k. k. geolog. Reichaanntalt^ iv, p. 356), found both in the Oligocene (Eggenbnrg) and Miocene divisions of the Vienna basin. Rolle (Sifzungsberichte d. k. Akad. d. Wissenschaften, 1859, p. 64) and Sandberger consider the M. Tlaidingeri as the eqnivalent of M. Faujasi, Brongn., occurring at numerous Olia-ocene localities of the Vienna and Mentz basins. Isooordia Markoei, Conr. Tliis Isocardia is, it appears to me, erroneously referred by HVrnes {loc. cit., p. 165) to the /. cor. L., from which it is very readily distinguished by its relatively much greater height, and greater development of the umbones. It is a singular fact, that this species of Isocardia was followed in the later period by the T. fraterna,'^ Say, which is barel}' distinguishable from fossil examples of the I. cor from Astigiana and Sicil}'. It is worthy of remark, that Rolle (loc. cit., p. 81), as early as 1859, only four years after Bey rich first applied the term Oligo- cene to some of the middle Tertiary deposits of northern Germany, hinted at the possible existence of the same formation on the banks of the Patuxent, his conclusions being drawn from an examination, among other fossils, of specimens of Lucina anodonta, Say, Area idonea^ Conr., and Cardium laqueatum^ Conr. * On comparison with si)ecimens from the English Crag this species will be found to differ very broadly from the /, {Cyprina^ rustica of Sowerby, with which it has been confounded, 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. CARCINOLOGICAL NOTES No. I. BY J. S. KINGSLEY. It is the intention of the writer in this series of notes to give descriptions of new species, rectifications of synonj'my, facts relating to geographical distribution, and other matters of im- portance concerning the Decapoda. Unless otherwise stated all specimens are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences ^ of Philadelphia. Genus PSEUDOTHELPHTJSA Saussure. {Potamia Latr. et Boscia Edw. preoc.) Fseudothelphusa latifrons. Potamia latifrons Randall, Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, viii. p. 120. Carapax smooth, regions and sutures indistinct. Frontal crest very prominent, uninterrupted. Front reflexed, making with the surface of carapax an angle of about 45°, its margin undu- lating and its surface and margin granulate. From the front arise processes which all but join the inferior margin of the orbit. Superior margin of orbit crenulated. Anterolateral teeth more prominent than in any other of the genus and extending back to the posterior third of the carapax. Below, the carapax is ever}- where granulate and especiall}^ so on the sub-branchial regions and near the mouth. Inferior margins of orbits denticulate. Chelipeds nearly equal. Anterior surface of meros granulate, as are the outer portions of carpus and upper portions of the hands. The dactyli with rows of small tubercles above. The species is a true Pseudothelphusa, the antennae being as in that genus, but the reflexed front gives it a peculiar appeai'ance and with the larger anterolateral teeth will readily separate it rom all other known forms. The emargination of the external margin of the orbit is no more marked than in P. chilensis (Edw. and Lucas) Smith, the type of which, by the waA', is in the Museum of the Academy. Pseudothelpusa sinuatifrons (A. M.-Elw.) Smith. The locality of this species was not known to Alphonse Milne- Edwards. There are two males in the Academy's collection from San Domingo (W. M. Gabb}. 1880. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 Genus DILOCAECINUS. Dilocaremus pardalinus Gerstsecker, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte xxii, p. 148, 1856. Gerstaecker gives doubtfully South America as the habitat of this species. There are specimens with the label " ? Upper Amazon, Dr. Wilson." Dilocarciaus spinifrons, nov. Carapax regularly arcuate, regions obsolete, sides arcuate, armed with four spines besides the spiniform angle of the orbit ; the margins of the spines finely serrate. Superior margin of the orbit obscurely crenulate, inferior denticulate with a strong spine near the interior angle. Front advanced, with about fourteen spines. A spine at the anterolateral angles of the buccal area. Chelipeds sub-equal, meros with two spines at about the middle of the pos- terior margin and a single one on the anterior margin at about the middle, and one on the distal portion of the upper margin ; the spine on the interior surface of the corpus long, slender, acute. Hand with an acute spine above at the articulation of the dactylus, fingers with the denticulations fine but acute. Ambulatory feet less dilated than is usual in this genus. The spined front readily separates this from all other species. Upper Amazon, Dr. T. B. Wilson. Genus THELPHUSA (including Geothelphusa Stm.) Of this genus forty -five species have been described. The localities from which I have examined specimens are marked with an exclamation point (!). africana A. M.-Edw. West Africa, anchietae Capello. West Africa, andersoniana Wood-Mason. Burmah. anfustifrons A. M.-Edw. Australia, aubryi M.-Edw. West Coast Africa (!) ; Natal (!). aurantia Ilerklots. pelii Herklots. atkinsoniana Wood-Mason. Northern India, aasteniana Wood-Mason. India, bayonioa Capello. West Africa. bayonica var. a, Capello. West Africa. berardi Savigny. Egypt, Nile (!); Red Sea. ehilensis (Heller) A. M.-Edw. Chili, corrugata Heller, crassa A. M.-Edw. oristata A. M.-Edw. dehaani White. berardi DeHaan. japonica Herklots. denticulata M.-Edw. depressa Krauss. difformis M.-Edw. edwardsii Wood-Mason flaviatilis (Bosc.) Latr. Mediterranean Region, Greece (!), Gaarda Sea (!), (Museum Peabody Academy). grapBoides White. Manilla. ? siibqnadrata Gerst. gondoti M.-Edw. Madagascar, Madras, Java. Australia. East Indies(!). Japan. China, Port Natal. Red Sea. Burmah. 36 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. gaerini M.-Edw. India. hispida Wood-Mason. Burmah. hydrodromus Gerst. indica Latr. cam'cularis Westwood. ? aitranlia Gerstaecker. ? rotunda Freycinet. infiata M.-Edw. jagori von Martens. Isevis Wood-Mason. larnaudi A. M -Edw. leschenaulti Edw. India (!), Mauritius, Tahita. lugubris Wood-Mason. India, margaritaria A. M.-Edw. West Africa. nilotica M. Edw. Nile. India. Pt. Natal. Philippines. India. Siam, obesa A. M.-Edw. Zanzibar, obtusipes (Stm.) A. M.-Edw. Japan, Philippine*, perlata Edw. South Africa, Pt. Natal (!), philippena von Martens. Philippines. picta von Martens. Philippines* planata A. M.-Edw. Bombay. = ? guerini M. Edw. siamensis A. M.-Edw. Siam. sinuatifrons M.-Edw. Unknown, stoliczkana Wood-Mason. Penang. subquadrata Gerst. = ? yrapsoides. transversa von Martens. Australia, tumida Wood-Mason. Burmah. To this list I would add three more : Thelphusa emarginata nov. Carapax glabrous, longitudinally strongly arched. Post-frontal crest continuous, nearly straight, obscurely orenulate, epibranchial tooth obsolete, a tootli between the extremity of the post-frontal crest and the angle of the orbit. Protogastric region very short, front about one-fourth the width of carapax, slightly sinuate. External angle of orbit slightly emargiuate. Anterolateral margin cristate ; crest, however, soon becoming obsolete. Chelipeds sub-equal, meros with the margins tuberculate and with a strong spine on the distal portion. Upper and outer surface of carpus with indistinct squamje, inner portion two-spined, the proximal spine exhibiting a tendency to become bifid. Hands with the upper margin obsoletely tuberculate, fingers roughened, not gaping. Ambulatory feet slender, compressed. Is very near T. depressa Krauss, but ditfers from that species in the narrower and straighter front, the tooth just behind the angle of the orbit, and in the non-gaping fingers of the chelipeds. Length 34 mm., breadth 56 mm. West Africa, Du Chaillu ; Fori Natal, Dr. T. B. Wilson. The name is proposed on account of the emargination of the orbit. Thelphusa enodis nov. Carapax smooth ; post frontal crest wanting. Epibranchial tooth very small. Front narrow, strongly curved downward, its margin concave, Chelipeds unequal, hands with the inferior 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3T margin regularly arcuate. Is very closely allied to T. Isevis, but differs in the flatter carapax, the concave front, and the regularly arcuate lo^j^er margin of the hands. In all other respects Mr. Wood-Mason's description and figures (Journal Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xl, p. 201, PI. xiv, fig. 1-6) would well appl}' to it. Ceylon. Thelphusa rugosa nov, Carapax depressed, cervical suture and post frontal crest well marked, the crest interrupted. Front nearly straight ; proto- gastric region nearl}^ smooth ; epibranchial tooth small, directed inward, lateral portions of carapax with transverse ruga? as in mau}^ Grapsi, the margin of the anterolateral portion obscurely crenulate. Chelipeds subequal ; the outer surface of meros and carpus with squamose rugae, the rugae on the hands indistinct. Carpal joints of the first three pairs of ambulator}^ feet with the sides cristate ; dactjdi pointed. Ceylon. Length 26 mm., breadth 32 mm. This species is nearest T. denticulata, but will be readily identified from that species by the more crenulated margin between the orbit and the epibranchial tooth, and by the rugae on the lateral portions of the carapax. Acanthocyclus gayi Edwards and Lucas. The type of this species is in the museum of the Academ3^ 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. DESCRIPTION OF A F(ETAL WALRUS. BY HARRISON ALLEN, M.D. The Academy is the iiossessor of a foetal walrus, which was presented by Dr. I. I. Hays, and brought by him from the Arctic region of eastern North America. I have thought that a figure with measurements of this rare, if not unique, specimen would be of value. The specimen is straight, or nearly so, and it is by this simple test distinguished from other embrj^os of Carnivora. There is neither flexure of the head upon the trunk, or the trunk upon itself. The limbs are folded close to the trunk, this feature being most pronounced in the inferior pair, which are inclined upward upon the ventral surface of the body, and carry between them the rudimentar}' tail. The median margin of the first toe of the anterior extremity bears a small, rounded membranous lobe, or lappet. The muzzle exhibits the future position of the vibrissas by six rows of minute papillae. The muzzle projects slightly beyond the line of the mouth. The position of the future nostrils is seen by two slightly convergent slits. The vent is a semicircular slit-like opening upon the lateral and posterior surfaces of a rounded nipple-shaped organ, which is prob- ably the future penis or clitoris. The eye is closed, rather prominent, and presents a palpel^ral fissure, which is directed obliquely upward and forward. The auricle is represented by a membranous fold laid close to the head. The slit-like opening defining its position lies 3^'" behind the e^-e, and extends slightly downwards and forwards. The auricle extends in advance of this slit to the distance of 1'", 1880. J NATURAL SOIKNCES OF PHILAPEI.PHIA. 39 where it ends in a minute elevation. A pro])c can be readily inserted in the slit, and can be passed forward. The color of the specimen is a dull wliite or waxy. No trace of hair is anywhere visible. Lengtli of specimen. 1" 9'". Length of head, 9". Width of body at widest part, I". Length of anterior margin of anterior extremity, 4^"'. Length of posterior margin of anterior extremity, 2'". Length of anterior margin of posterior extremity, 4"'. Length of posterior margin of posterior extremity, A'" Distance between vent and navel, 1^'". 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ON THE NUDIBRANCHIATE GASTEROPOD MOLLUSCA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THOSE OF ALASKA. BY DR. R. BERGH, COPENHAGEN. PART II. DIAULULA, Bgh. Diauhila, Bgh., Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp.II, ii), Ileftxiii, 1878, p. 567 ; Heft xiv, 1878, p. xxxv. Gattungen nordischer Dorideu, Arch. f. Naturg., xxxv, 1, 1879, p. 343. Forma corporis subciepressa. Dorsum minutissime villosum, holo- sericeum, molle. Tentacula digitiformia. Apertura branchialis ro- tundata, crenulata ; folia branchialia tripinnata. Podarium antice bilabiatum, labio superiore medio fisso. Aimatura labialis nulla. Lingua rhachide nuda, pleuris multiden- tatis, dentibus hamatis. Prostata magua ; penis inermis. In their general form the Diaidulx^ somewhat resemble the Disco- dorides and the TJwrdisee,'^ although their habitus still is peculiar. The back is villous, as in these genera and especially as in the Thor- disse^ but finer and more velvet-like. The tentacles are finger-shaped, smaller than in the Discodorides, larger than in the Thordisse. The branchial-f-lit is rounded, crenulated ; the branchial leaves tripinnate. The anterior margin of the foot bilobed, the upper lip broader, with a median fissure. As in the Thordisse^ there is no armature of the lip-disk. The radula nearly agrees with that of the Diacodorides; the rhachis is naked ; on the pleurae there is a rather broad series of plates of the usual hook-shape. The stomach is enclosed in the liver (not free, as in the Discodorides and in the Thordisse). As in the Discodorides, there is a large prostate and an unarmed penis. Only the following species appears to be hitherto known, from the northern Pacific. 1. D. Sandiegensis (Cooper). ^ Diaulus, medicus, of. Martialis, I, 48, p. 40. * Cf. my Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Philipj^ II, ii), Heft xii, 1877, p. 518, iDiscodoris) ; p. 540 {Thordisa). 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 1. D. Sandiegensis, Cooper. Plate V, fig. 3-9. Doris {Aclinocyclus?) Sandiegensis, Cooper, Proc. of the California Acad, of Nat. Sciences, ii (1862), 1803, p. 204;' iii (18G3); 1868, p. 58. Color corporis e brunneo lutescens, annulis nigris maculatus ; vel brunneus. Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum orient. (San Diego Bay; Santa Bar- bara ; Sitka Harbor; Puget Sound). According to Cooper, numerous specimens of this species were found from November to May among grass on mud flats in San Diego Bay, at or near low water mark ; according to Cooper, it is a very " active " species ; Cooper later obtained two specimens at Santa Bar- bara Island, on rocks at low water. During the expedition to Alaska a specimen was taken by Dall in Sitka Hai'bor, on alg«, in August, 1865, at the depth of six fathoms (another in August, 1873, in Puget Sound, by Dr. Kennerly, on algae, at low water). Through the kindness of Dall, I have seen the original (rather rough) drawings of this species by Cooper; a colored one represents the back bright chocolate-brown, with six black rings, of which there are two smaller ones between the rhinophoria ; the rhinophoria, the gill and the foot seem bright-yellowish ; one figure shows five, another six branchial leaves. The length of the first specimen, sent to me preserved in spirits, was about 22.0 mm., the height reaching 9.0 mm., and the breadth 13.0 mm.; the breadth of the foot reached 10.0 mm., the height of the rhinophoria 2.0 mm., the branchial leaves 3.3 mm. The color was uniformly brownish-gray ; nearly symmetrically on each side of the true back was an annular black spot. The form of the rather soft body elongate-oval, not much depressed. The head quite concealed between the mantle and the foot; the outer mouth had the form of a vertical slit ; at each side a short finger-shaped tentacle. The margin of the rather large rhinophor- holes rather prominent, crenulate ; the rhinophoria strong, the club ' " Pale brownish-yellow, with large, annular, brown spots, irregularly scattered, varying from twelve to twenty, or entirely brown. Surface slightly rough ; sometimes a little tuberculated. Dorsal tentacles conical, retractile ; branchiae large, rising in five jiarts, which become tripinnately divided, expanding so as to cover the posterior third of the body like an umbrella. Mouth proboscidiform, with two short lateral tentacles. Length, 3^ inches; breadth, 2| inches; height, ^ inch. — Coopeu, 1. c. 4 42 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1880. with about thirty leaves (on each side). The back all over minutely and densely villous (fig. 3). The margin of the rather wide (5.0 mm.), roundish branchial aperture like the margin of the rhinophor-holes, prominent, finely crenulate ; the branchial leaves (retracted) six in number, very strong, tri- or quadripinnate. The anus strong, about 1 5 mm. high, cylindrical, closing the branchial ring posteriorly ; the renal pore as usual. The edge of the mantle rather thick, projecting about 2.0 mm. from the body ; the sides low. The genital opening as usual, with two distinct apertures at the bottom. The foot strong, broad, somewhat narrower towards both ends ; in the anterior margin a strong furrow, towards the median line deeper and forming two lips ; the superior broader and divided in the median line. The cerebro-visceral ganglia kidney-shaped, the visceral larger than the cerebral ; the pedal of roundish contour, scarcely larger than the visceral. The buccal ganglia of oval form, connected by a short commissure ; the gastro-oesophageal roundish, short-stalked, in size about one-fifth of the former, with one very large and one large cell. The eyes short-stalked, with black pigment and yellowish lens. The otocysts scarcely smaller than the eyes, overcrowded with otokonia of the usual kind. The leaves of the rhinophoria strengthened with long, perpendicular spicula, calcified at the surface. The tentacula with a mass of shorter, but otherwise similar spicules, lying irregularly. The villi of the back closely set with perpendicular spicula (lig. 3). The anal papilla with long, perpendicular spicules ; the stalk of the branchial leaves with many shorter spicula, irregularly situated ; in the leaves themselves were no spicules. In the interstitial connective tissue large spicules were seen rather sparsely. The oral tube was about 1.5 mm. long, wide, with strong longitudi- nal folds. The bulbus pharyngeus only about 4.0 mm. long, by a htvight of 2.0 mm., and a breadth of 4.0 mm. ; the rasp-sheath very prominent on the hinder part of the under side of the bulbus ; the inner mouth with a yellowish, not thin, cuticula. The tongue with nine rows of teeth, in the rasp-sheath also eleven rows of developed and two of not quite developed teeth, the total number thus being twenty-two. In the posterior rows of the tongue the number of plates was twenty-eight or twenty-nine, on each side, and seemed in the suc- ceeding rows not to surpass thirty. The color of the teeth horn- yellowish ; the height of the outermost 0.06 to 0.08 mm., the height rising to about 0.18 mm. The form of the teeth as usual; the wing rather narrow ; the innermost (fig. 5aa, h) not very different from the 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 43 Others (fig. .5, 6), the body of the outermost three or four (fig. iaa, T), as usual, of reduced size. The glanduliE salivales (5.0 or G.O mm.) long, in the anterior part about one-third larger than in the rest, measuring 1.0 mm. in diameter, yellowish ; in the rest of the length much narrower, whitish. The oesophagus is about 9.0 mm. long, rather wide. The stomach is included in the liver, not spacious. The intestine appears on the surface of the liver in the usual manner, passing forwards, forming a short flexure, and running straight backwards to the anal tube, which has in its interior many fine longitudinal folds ; the total length of the intestine about 20.0 mm., with fine longitudinal folds through its whole length. The cavity was empty. The liver yellowish, about 17.0 mm. long, by a breadth of 8.0 mm., and a height of about 6.0 or 7.0 mm. ; the anterior end truncate, the posterior end rounded ; on the right side of the forepart a flattened impression for the anterior genital mass. The vesica fellea, as usual, behind and at the left side of the pylorus, elongate-pyriform, grayish, taken together with its duct about 2.5 mm. in length. The heart as usual. The two gland, sanguines as usual, whitish ; the foremost more triangular, about 3.5 mm. long; the posterior broader, about 2.0 mm. long. The gland, hermaphrodisiaca with a rather thick yellow layer clothing the greater part of the surface of the liver (except the pos- terior end) ; in the lobules of the organ were rather large o'jgene cells and masses of zoJsperms The anterior genital mass large, com- pressed, about 10.0 mm. long, by a height of 6.3 mm., and a breadth of 3.0 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct strong, grayish, when unrolled about 25*0 mm. long, somewhat coiled on the anterior end of the left side of the mass and on its inferior flattened edge be- hind the large prostate ; it reaches a diameter of 1.2 mm. The male branch of the ampulla (fig. 8a) thin, white, passing into the narrow inferior end of the prostate, thus forms the fore-end of the whole genital mass. The prostate (fig. 86) is of dirty yellow color, flattened and irregularly pyriform, the length about 6.3 mm., by a breadth of as much as 3.0 mm. ; the spermatoduct (fig. 8c) issuing from the upper part of the posterior side of the gland, in its first thicker part nearly as long as the prostate ; in the rest of its length thinner, mak- - ing several coils and passing (fig. 9a) into the male organ. The re- tracted penis (fig. Sd) strong, about 2.5 mm. long, the praiputium with fine longitudinal folds (fig. 9), from the aperture upwards and nearly 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. filled by the glans, which had nearly the form of a human penis, with a well developed head with round aperture ; this head seemed covered with very small, low and rounded, soft papillae. The spermatotheca were whitish, spherical, of the diameter of about 2.3 mm., filled with epithelium, fatty matter and altered semen ; the chief duct a little longer than the spermatotheca, gradually passing into the simple vagina, that was about half as much in length (and was filled with sperma). The spermatocysta of violet-gray color, somewhat flattened, of oval outline, of the length of about 2.3 mm., filled with sperma. The posterior half, or a little less, of the large mucous and albuminous gland, chalk-white ; the anterior, more than half, of grayish or (on the left side) yellowish color ; the structure as usual. A variety of the species (according to Dall, it also belongs to this species) was, moreover, obtained by Dr. Kennerly, in August, 1873, on ulgas, at low water, in Puget Sound, Washington Territory (fig. 6-9). The single individual was rather large ; the length 40.0 mm., by a breadth of 28.0 mm., and a height of 13.0 mm. ; the breadth of the foot 15.0 mm., of the margin of the mantle 11.0 mm.; the height of the rhinophoria 5.0 mm., of the branchial leaves nearly 5.0 mm. The color of the upper side obscure olive-gray, with rather large (diameter about 4.0 mm.) black and blackish spots ; the under side yellowish. The general form and the head, with the tentacles, as above described. The openings of the rhinophor-holes as above, the club with about twenty-five leaves. The branchial opening as above (diameter, 3.5 mm.) ; the retracted branchial leaves six in number ; the anal tube nearly 3.0 mm. high. The back villous, as in the typical individual. The foot as above. The peritoneum colorless, without larger spicula ; but in the region of the ventricle of the heart the pericardium is brownish. The central nervous system as above ; the proximal olfactory ganglia bulbiform, a little larger than the buccal ; the distal ones smaller than the proximal, at the root of the club of the rhinophoria. The buccal ganglia of oval form ; the commissure between them being about one-third of the largest diameter of the ganglia. The eyes, the octocysts, the leaves of the rhinophoria and the villi of the back as above. The oral tube large, of a length and diameter of 4 0 mm. The bulbus pharyngeus 4.0 mm. long, by a height of 4 and a breadth of 3.5 mm. ; the sheath of the radula less prominent than in the former 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 specimen ; the cuticula of the lip disk as above. The tongue with ten rows of plates, further back eleven developed and two younger rows, the total number thus twenty-three. In the posterior rows of the tongue there were as many as thirty-four dental plates on each side of the rhachis ; they resembled those above described (fig. 6, 7). The salivary glands yellowish, ribbon-shaped. The stomach as above. The anteriorly proceeding part of the intestine 7.0 mm. long, by a diameter of about 2.0 mm. ; the receding part about 20.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 1.5 mm. In the stomach and the rectum were pieces of a Keratospongia and different Diatomacea. The liver 23.0 mm. long, by a breadth and a height of 11.0 mm. ; the anterior end truncate, with a median deep and narrow slit for the oesophagus and for the intestine ; the right anterior half of the liver rather excavated, especially beneath ; the substance of the liver yellow. The foremost glandula sanguinea about 4.5 mm. long, by a breadth of 2.5 ; the posterior 4.0 mm. long, by a breadth of 2.5 mm. ; both very flattened (about 0.8 mm. thick), grayish-yellow. The kidney with its whitish network, contrasting prettily with the yolk-yellow hermaphro- ditic gland ; the urinary chamber not wide ; the tube on its floor thin. The hermaphroditic gland clothing nearly the whole liver (with its posterior end), as in the former specimen. The anterior genital mass about 11.5 mm. long, by a height of 9.5 and a breadth of 5.0 mm., the ducts also projecting 3.0 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct yellowish-white, about 35.0 mm. long, by sr diameter of 1.25 mm., run- ning across the upper part of the left side of the genital mass, and forming several windings on the anterior part of the upper margin. The large prostate as above (fig. 8b), dirty yellow ; 7.5 mm. long, by a diameter at the upper end of about 4.0 mm. ; the part (fig. Sc), from which the spermatoduct proceeds, much brighter than the rest of the organ. The thin spermatoduct forming (fig. 8) a little coil at the upper end of the penis; when unrolled about 12 mm. long. This last (fig. 8rf, 9) organ strong, about 4.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 1.5 mm. ; the prominent orifice in the vestibulum (fig. 8e) with strong longitudinal folds; the glans conical, filling nearly half (fig. 9) of the cavity of the organ, the surface (under a power of 350) smooth. The spermatotheca whitish, spherical, with a diameter of 3.5 mm. ; the spermatocysta short, sausage-shaped, about 4.0 mm. long, of reddish- yellow color. The duct from the spermatotheca to the vagina rather thick, 3.5 mm. long ; the vagina larger than the penis, 6.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 2.5 ; the inside with fine longitudinal folds, and with 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. sperma in the cavity. The mucous gland large, 9.0 mm. long, by a height of 7.5 and a thickness of 4.0 mm. ; whitish, yellowish chalk- white and yolk-yellow ; the duct rather short, with the usual strong fold. The vestibulum with longitudinal folds. JORUNNA, Bergh. Jorunna, Bgh., Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii) Heft x, 1876, p. 414, note. Gatt. nord. Doriden, Arch, fiir Naturges., xxxv, i, 1879, p. 34«. Corpus subdepressum ; dorsum minutissime granulatum, sub-asperum, branchia e foliis tripinnatis formata ; tentacula digitiformia ; poda- rium sat latum, margine anteriore sulcatum, labio superiore latiore et medio fisso. Armatura labialis nulla. Radula rhachide nuda, pleuris multiden- tatis, dentibus hamatis. Penis stylo armatus ; glandula et hasta amatoria. This genus was established by the author on the D. Johnstoni (1876) in reference to the results of the anatomical examination of Hancock and Embleton ; he regarded it as nearly allied to the Kentrodorides, just founded by him.* After the present examination of the D. John- stoni by the author he is not entirely certain of a generic difference between the Jorunnce^ and the Kentrodorides. The latter have been examined only from rather insufficient material, and the hasta has not been seen in any of the species, only a papilla in connection with a peculiar gland ; still the Kentrodorides are of a quite different habitus, very soft, and the upper lip of the anterior margin of the foot is more de- veloped, while the innermost plate of the tongue is somewhat different from the others. If not identical with the Kentrodorides, the Jorunnce are certainly very nearly allied to them. The Jorunnce are rather depressed ; the back finely granulated, covered with equal minute papillulog ; the retractile gill formed of tri- pinnate leaves ; the tentacles digitifoi-m ; the foot rather broad, deeply grooved in the front margin, and the upper lip of this larger and cleft in the middle line. The lip-disk not armed, covered with a simple cuticula. The rhachis of the radula naked, the pleurae with many hook-formed plates. In the vestibulum genitale are four apertures : ^ R. Bergh, Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii) Heft x> 1876, p. 413 427, Tab. XLIX-LI. ^ Jorunna, Bjornis filia. Laxdiila-Saga. Hafniae, 1826, p. 21. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPUIA. 47 one for the penis, which is armed with a stylus ; another for a hasta amatoria, through which opens a peculiar gland (quite as in the genus Asteronotus) ;i a third for the vagina, and the fourth for the duct of the mucous gland. Only one species of the genus seems hitherto known, belonging to the northern part of the Atlantic Ocean. The spawn of the species is known from Alder and Hancock, but nothing else is known of the biology of the animal. 1. J. Johnstoni (A. et H.). Doris Johnstoni, A. et H. Oceauum Atlantic, septentr. Jorunna Johnstoni (A. et H.). Plate VIII, fig. 19 ; Plate IX, fig. l-ll. Doris Johnstoni, Alder et Hanc. Monogr. Part I, 1845, fam. 1, PI. .5 ; Part V, 1851, fam. 1, PI. 2. f. 8-11. Doris Johnstoni, Hanc. et Embleton, Anat. of Doris. Philos. Trans. 1853, II, p. 212, 215, 216, 220, 233, PI. XII, f. 2, 10 ; PI. XIV, f. 9, 10 ; PI. XV, f. 1-2 ; pi. XVII, f. 2-3. Doris Johnstoni, Forbes and Hanley, Hist, of Br. Moll., Ill, 1853, p. 564. .' Doris tomentosa, Cuv., Fischer. Jouru. de Conchyl., 3me Ser., x, 1870, p. 290 293 ; XV, 1875, p. 211, note. .' Doris tomentosa, C. Verany, catalogo. 1846, p. 16-21. Ver., Hanc. et Embleton, 1. c. 1852, p. 220.'^ ? Doris tomentosa, C. Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. I., 183, p. 104 ; II, 1844, p. 79, Tab. XIX, f. 9. Color flavescens, dorso interdum maculis fuscis seriatis ornatus ; rhinophoria fusco-maculata ; branchia albescens. Hab. Oceanum Atlanticum septentr. This species, that was first described by Johnston under the name of D. ohvelata (Miiller), was (1845) established by Alder and Han- cock. Hancock gave a series of anatomical remarks upon this very interesting form and of figures referable to it. Since then nothing new seems to have been published about the species ; but a few months ago I (1. 0.) gave a short notice of the generic characters of the group. Of this form I have only examined a single specimen, captured in March, 1870, in the neighborhood of Hellebak, on the north coast of Seeland (Denmark). ^ R. Bergh, Ueber das Geschlecbt Asteronotus, Ehrbg. Jahrb. der Deut- scheu Malakozool. Ges., iv, 1877, p. 161-173, Taf. I-II. •^ According to Hancock and Embleton (1. c, p. 220), the dart (hasta amatoria) in Doris Johnstoni is straight, in D. tomentosa, Ver., curved. 48 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880 The specimen was of a uniform yellowish color ; the rhinophoria finely dotted with brown (but not the branchial leaves). The length of the rather contracted and somewhat contorted individual was about 18.0 mm. by a greatest breadth of 10.0 and a height of about Y.O mm. ; the height of the (retracted) rhinophoria 2.5, of the tentacles nearly 1.5, of the (retracted) gill 2.5 mm. ; the greatest breadth of the mantle- margin 3.5 mm., of the foot 5 0 mm. The form is elongate-oval, the mantle-margin rather thick, not very broad. The back covered all over with very minute granules, some- times, especially on the middle of the back, crowded in irregular and roundish small groups ; the under side of the mantle-margin smooth. The (contracted) openings of the rhinophor-holes appear as a simple transverse slit, the granules of the back reaching forward to the open- ing, those in this neighborhood not larger than the rest. The club of the rhinophoria stout, with about thirty^ broad leaves. The opening of the gill-cavity small, transverse, triangular-crescentic, with the convexity forwards (as contracted) ; the granules of the back reaching to the very margin of the gill-slit, but not larger than the rest. The gill consisting of eleven branchial leaves,^ five lateral pairs and an anterior unpaired leaf; the anal tube low, truncate, nearly central; the renal pore at its right side. The head rather small ; the tentacles digitiform, somewhat flattened. The sides of the body nearly imperceptible ; the genital opening contracted. ^ The foot rather strong, somewhat pointed at the end ; the anterior margin with a deep furrow, the superior lip rather strong and prominent, cleft in the median line. The peritoneum with very fine dark points (brown -black) spread everywhere ; entirely without true spicules. The central nervous system showed the cerebro-visceral ganglia somewhat elongate, thicker and broader in the posterior part, nearly not excavated in the exterior margin ; the pedal ones of oval form, larger than the visceral. The olfactory ganglia very short-stalked, bulbiform, a little smaller than the buccal ; a small optic ganglion, the optic nerve short. At the inferior side of the posterior part of the right visceral (fig la) ganglion is a short-stalked (fig. lb) ganglion genitale giving off several nerves, one of them has at its root another ganglion (fig. Ic). The common commissure not longer than the ' Alder and Hancock mention merely ten to fifteen leaves. ^ Alder and Hancock mention fifteen leaves. ' The representation of the penis (?) (1. c. PI. 5, f. 3) by Alder and Haa- cock cannot be correct. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 transverse diameter of the pedal ganglion, rather strong. The buccal ganglia of roundish form, connected through a very short commissure ; the gastro-tiesophageal ganglia short-stalked, reaching scarcely one- quarter of the size of the former, with one very large and some smaller cells.' The eyes with black pigment and shining, horn-yellow lens. The otocysts at the slight emargination at the outer margin of the cerebro- visceral ganglia, crammed with otokonia of the usual kind. The broad leaves of the rhinophoria stiffened in the usual way by long, much calcified spicula, perpendicular on the free margin of the leaves. The skin of the back crowded with spicula,^ mostly very large and much calcified; in the rather low (height 0.5 mm.) granules (fig. 2) crowded erect spicules. In the interstitial tissue of the intestines true spicula are neither many nor large. The mouth-tube about 2.0 mm. long, strong, rather wide, quite as usual. The bulbus pharyngeus .3.0 mm. long, with a height of 2.8 and reaching a breadth of 2.5 mm. ; the rasp-sheath also projecting 1.0 mm. from the hindermost part of the under side of the bullus. The form of the bulbus and its retractors as usual ; the lip-disk whitish, clothed with a yellowish cuticula. The tongue of usual form ; on the shining horny-yellow radula eleven rows of teeth, further backwards twelve developed and four younger rows ; the total number of rows thus twenty-seven. 3 The teeth of yellowish color ; the height of the outermost 0.06, of the next 0.08 mm. ; the height reaches at most about 0.22 mm. The two foremost rows were rather incomplete, in the fourth row were twenty-four, and the number of teeth then in- creases to twenty-seven.^ The rhachis (fig. 3a) rather broad. The plates of the usual form,^ with the usual wing-like expansion of the exterior part of the body and of the root of the hook (figs. 4, 5) ; the first (fig. 3) with lower hook, which on the succeeding teeth slowly 1 This representation of the central nervous system in most points agrees with that of Hancock and Embleton (1. c. p. 233, PI. XVII, tig. 2, 3). 2 Collingwood (Annals and Mag. of N. Hist., 3 Ser., Ill, IS^jQ, p. 462) mentions the spicules of this species (from the estuary of the Mersey) as "very elegant, consisting of a broad embossed ph\te with a double and beautifully serrated edge, tei'minating abruiitly in a blunt apex." " Alder and Hancock mention twenty-four rows, whereof eleven were on the tongue. ■• Alder and Hancock mention twenty-five plates in the rows. ^ Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii), Heft XIV., 1878, (Asteronotus), p. 036. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. increases in height ; then the teeth keep the same height and decrease again in the outer part of the rows (fig. 5) ; the four to six interior teeth are more erect, with shorter body and thinner hook (figs. 5, G). The salivary glands long, thin, whitish.^ The esophagus about 6 mm. long, rather wide, with strong longitudinal folds.- The stomach small, included in the liver ; the biliary apertures as usual. The intestine issues through the liver behind the region of junc- tion of the first and second third of the liver ; the first anteriorly pro- ceeding part lodged in a groove on the superior side of the liver, not passing beyond the antei'ior margin of that organ, about 2.5 mm. in length ; the rest of the intestine about 10.0 mm. in length ; the diameter of the intestine 0.8-1.3 mm. ; the longitudinal folds rather strong. The liver of yellowish color, more grayish on the surface; 9.0 mm. in length, by a breadth of 5.5 and a height of 4.0 mm. ; the posterior end rounded ; more than the anterior half of the under side, especially its right part, is excavated (for the anterior genital mass) and behind this is a deep transverse groove. The vesica fellea lying at the left side of the offshoot of the intestine, rather small, in height about 1.25 mm., reaching nearly to the surface of the liver, nearly cylindrical. The heart as usual. The sanguineous glands whitish, rather flattened ; the anterior obliquely triangular with the point, as usual, adhering to the under side of the junction of the two cerebral ganglia ; in length 2.0 by a breadth of 1.5 mm. ; the posterior transversely elongate-oval, with a breadth of 3.5 by a length of 1.5 mm. The renal syrinx melon-shaped, its largest diameter about 0.75 mm. ; its free duct nearly three times as long ; a strong continuation of it pass- ing along the floor of the rather large renal chamber, to the region of the pylorus. The hermaphroditic gland spread in large groups of ramifications over nearly the whole liver and by its brighter yellowish color some- what contrasted with it ; in its lobules were masses of zoJsperHis and rather small ojgene cells. The anterior genital mass^ in length 5.0 by a breadth of 2.5 and a height of 4.0 mm. ; the right side rather con- vex, meeting the more flattened left side at the sharp superior margin, ^ They are in this way also mentioned by H. and E. (1. c, p. 215, PI, XII, fig. 2cc) . 2 The dilatation on the oesophagus mentioned and figured by H. and E. (1. c, p. 215, PI. XII, fig. 2d) could not be seen in the specimen examined by me. « Cf. the PI. XIV, f. 9, of Hancock and Embleton. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PUILADELPHIA. 51 the under side flattened. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic gland resting on the superior posterior part of the genital mass, whitish, making a large curve, about 5.0 mm. long, with a diameter of nearly 1.5 mm. The spermatoduct in its first part, as near as could be de- termined, rather thick than thin, not very long, forming (fig. He, 7e) a little coil on the upper end of the penis. The penis (fig. 7/) cylin- drical, curved, about 2.5 mm. long, by a diameter of about 0.8 mm. ; the inside with many longitudinal folds ; at the upper end of its cavity a low truncated conical prominence (fig. 115), with a rather wide aperture (fig. lib), through which opens a little bag (fig. 11), whose inside was clothed with a thin yellowish cuticula, and contained a hollow, nearly colorless tube, that could be extended by tension ; it was probably pointed (the point seemed broken ofl') ; its length was about 0.9 mm. ; the spermatoduct opened (fig. 11a) in the upper part of this bag. Hancock has (1. c. PI. XIV, fig. dc, 10; PI. XV, fig. 1, 2) seen the penis and the "stiletto," but he too seems (1. c. p. 220) not at all clear about these organs. At the side of the opening for the penis in the vestibulum genitale was another aperture which led into a bag, from whose bottom projected a hard, whitish, somewhat compressed conical spur (fig. Id, 10), that under the influence of nitric acid grew more pellucid, but developed very little gas ; through the axis of the organ down to the fine aperture on the point, passes a slender tube (fig. 10), the continuation of the fine coiled duct of the gland of the organ. ^ This gland (glandula hastatoria, fig. 7e, Sd) overlies the upper part of the vagina (fig. 1a,i) ; it is heart-shaped, of a transverse diameter (breadth) of 2.0, and a thickness of 1.0 mm.; the gland did not contain any larger cavity. The spermatotheca (fig. 8a) whitish, nearly spherical, having a largest diameter of 2.5 mm. ; filled with fatty cells and detritus ; the two ducts (fig. 8e, e) as usual, the vagina rather wide (fig. 7a, b), with longitudinal folds on the in- side. The spermatocysta yellowish, spherical, 1.5 mm. in diameter (fig. 8b), filled with zoV.sperms ; short-stalked. The mucous gland not forming quite half of the anterior genital mass, consisting of a smaller anterior biconvex part, and a large flattened wing-like poste- rior part ; the space between them nearly filled by the spermatotheca > These organs, the gland and the spur, have also been seen (1. c, PI. XV, fig. 9) by Hancock, but lie does not mention them (in the text, and explanation of the figures). In another of his figures (fig. 105) the spur is designated (1. c., p. 248) as "male intromittent organ, ' and the (fig. lOe, /) true penis as "penis-like organ furnished with a stiletto " 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. 4 and the spermatocysta, the color of the gland yellowish-white, on the left side of the anterior part a central yellow mass; the duct of the mucous gland rather short. All the former genera of Dorididce belonored to the larfje "roup of Dorididee cryptohranchiatse ;^ the following are to be registered in the group of Dorididce eleiitherohranchiatse (D. phanerohrancliiatse). This section is also characterized by the non-retractility of the gill, by a sucking-crop connected with the bulbus pharyngeus and by a peculiar armature of the tongue, consisting usually of a single large lateral plate and a single or several outer plates. This group seems chiefly limited to nortliern climes, and contains at present the genera Akiodoris, Acantlwdoris, Adalarid, LameUidoris, Goniodoris and Doridunculus,'^ also Ancula, Drepania^ and Idalia. AKIODORIS, Bcrgh Akiodoris, Bgh. Gattungen nordisclier Dorideu, 1. c, 1879, -p. 354. Forma ut in LameUidoridibiis. Nothseum supra granulosum. Branchia non retractilis, e fuliis tripinnatis non multis et ad modum ferri equini positis formata. Caput latum, veliforme ; tentaculis brevibus, lobiformibus. Apei turte rhinophoriales integrse. Discus labialis sine armatura. Ingluvies buccalis bulbo connata. Radula rhachide quasi nuda ; pleuris dentibus lateralibus depj'essis non multis; (12-13) quorum duo intimi fortiores, quasi subhamati. Penis glande uncis simplicibus, furcatis vel palmatis armatus. Vagina in- dumento valloso peculiari instructa. The animals belonging to this group resemble externally especially the LameUidorides. The back is finely granulated ; the head large, veil-shaped, with short tentacles, which are lobate and pointed The openings of the rhinophor-holes with plain margins, surrounded by several larger papilla?. The non retractile branchia nearly horseshoe- shaped, consisting of a mediocre number of leaves. The lip-disk ^ Cf. my "Gattungen nordisclier Doriden," 1. c. p. 341. ^ The genu?, Doridu7iculus of G. O. Sars fMoll. regionis ai'cticse Xorveg., 1878, p. 309. Tab. 27, fig. 2a~d, Tab. XIV, fig. 5), whicli externally ap- proaches Goniodoris and other Dorididce eleutherobranchiaton in the char- acter of the radula, is hitherto only known from the northeas'ern part of the Atlantic (Lofoten), and by a single species {D. ecliinulatus, S. ). ^ In the Ancula and Drepanice the penis is armed as in so many Dorididce with a series of small hooks. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 53 without armature. The tongue with transverse thickenings of the rhacliis ; the lateral plates somewhat depressed ; the two first different from the rest, larger and with a denticle at the root of the hook ; the rest without any such, the external quite without a liook. A sucking-crop on the upper side of the bulbus pharyngeus, but sessile, depressed con- ical, and not consisting of two symmetrical halves. The large stomach free on the surface of the liver. The glans of the long penis with a strong and quite peculiar armature, consisting of strong hooks, partly simple, partly bifurcate and partly digitate, with strong digitations. The vagina with a peculiar armature of high palisades. This interesting genus externally most resembles the LameUidorides, both in reference to the nature of the back, to the form and size of the gill and in the want of armature of the lip-disk ; the region of the openings of the rhinophor-holes differ in the want of a glabella and by the presence of a larger number of surrounding papilte. The genital opening somewhat recalls the Acanthodorides, as do also the (tripinnate) branchial leaves and the sucking-crop, but this is not divided in two distinct halves as in this last genus. The armature of the tongue is very different from that of the LamelUdorides, Adalarise and Acanthodorides ; the large hook-formed lateral plates of these genera are wanting, and in their places are two large de- pressed lateral plates, with small hooks ; the external plates somewhat recalling those of the Adalarise ; the rhachis rather broad, with transverse thickenings of the cuticula, corresponding to the rows of plates. In the very peculiar form of armature of the glans penis, and by the peculiar clothing of the vagina, the Akiodorides differ from all the above-cited genera. Only a single species of the genus is hitherto known, the new one, that wnll be described below. 1. Ak. lulescens, Bgli., n. sp. Oceanum Pacificum. 1. Ak. lutescens, Bgh., n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 3; pi. V, fig. 11-U: pi. VI, fig. 1-20; pi. VII, fig. 1-8; pi. VIII, fig. 1-2. Color lutescens. Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. (Nazan Bay). Of this form I have had a large single specimen for examination, obtained in August, 1873, by Dall, on stony bottom, at low water, in Nazan Bay, Atka Island, Aleutians. According to Dal), the color of the living animal was "yellowish- white;" preserved in spirits, it was of a uniform dirty yellowish color. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The length was 32.0 mm., by a breadth of 19.0 mm., and a height of 13.0 mm, ; the breadth of the foot 12.5 mm., of the mantle-brim 3.0 mm. ; the height of the rhinophoria 3.0 mm., of the branchial leaves 2.5 mm. ; the length of the genital opening 2.25 mm. The form was elongate-oval, somewhat larger than that of the Lam. hilamellata. The papillae of the back relatively smaller and more rounded than in that animal. The openings of the rhinophor-holes an oblique oval slit ; the margins plain ; several (six to eight) larger papilliB (of about 1.0 mm. in height) in the immediate vicinity of the holes ; the club of the rhinophoria with about thirty leaves. The branchia with about ten leaves. The anal papilla low, with a stellate aperture ; the renal orifice as usual ; the interbranchial space crowded with rather pointed and high papillae. The head and tentacles as in allied forms. The genital papilla of oval form, with a large, longitu- dinal, crescentic slit. The rather broad foot with the usual anterior marginal furrow. The peritoneum colorless, without spicula. The central nervous system more flattened than in allied forms ; the cerebro- visceral ganglia reniform, a little broader in the anterior part ; the pedal ganglia less flattened than the former, larger than the visceral ones, of oval form, on the outside of the cerebro-visceral. The proximal olfactory ganglia a little smaller than the buccal ones, bulbi- form ; distal ganglia could not be found. The commissure not broad, not short. The buccal ganglia of oval form, closely connected ; the gastro-oesophageal roundish, rather long-stalked, in size about one- sixth of the former, with one large cell and several (three or four) smaller ones. The nervi optici rather long; the eyes with yellowish lens and black pigment. The otocysts in the usual place, filled with otokonia of the usual kind. The leaves of the club of the rhinophoria very richly furnished with thick (diameter, 0.04 mm.) and long spicula, more or less calcareous, and very often giving off a thick twig of greater or less length (PI, V, fig. 12) ; for the most part set perpen- dicularly or obliquely on the free margin of the leaves. The axes of the organs and the short stalk stuffed with strong and very much cal- cified spicules. In the skin of the back a mass of spicula of the same kind (PI. IV, fig. 13) as above, or still more hardened ; the papillie of the back solidified in the usual way (PI. V, fig. 11). In the interstitial tissue fewer and smaller spicules. The oral tube rather short, wide. The bulbus pharyngeus of usual form, about 5.5 mm, long by a height of 4.5 ram., (and at the upper 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 part of the sucking-crop of 5.5 mm.), and a breadth of 4.75 mm. ; the sheath of the radula projecting about 1.3 mm. backwards and downwards. The lip-disk large, clothed with a thick yellow cuticula ; the true mouth forming a narrow vertical slit. The cap-shaped suck- ing-crop almost exactly as in Ac. pilosa, but more conical and with- out external signs of duplication : on the inside clothed with a yellow- ish cuticula, opening into the buccal cavity through a wide slit. The tongue rather broad ; on the fine reddish-yellow colored radula seven- teen rows of teeth, also on the point of the tongue were traces of six entirely vanished rows ; the two first rows very incomplete, reduced to some external plates. Further backwards were seen forty-two devel- oped and three younger rows, or, all in all, the animal presented sixty- two rows of teeth. The most external plate of each row is quite colorless, the next two or three pale yellowish, the following all of horny-yellow color ; the rhachis colorless. The length of the most external plate about 0.0.35 mm., of the next about 0.05 mm., of the following 0.07 mm. ; the length of the second large plate about 0.2 mm., of the first 0.022 mm. ; the breadth of the rhachis about 0.22 mm. The rhachis thickened between the rows and forming arched elevations between them (PI. VI, fig. la, 3 ; PI. VIII, fig. la). The first two plates rather large (PI. VI, fig. Ibb, cc, 4-6; PI. VIII, fig. 16, c) ; with a short strong hook and a stout denticle at each side of it, the outer denticle broader ; the hook of the second plate somewhat larger than that of the first ; sometimes a slight crenulation on the outer margin of the first plate (fig. 5). All the following ten or eleven plates (PI. VI, fig. 2e, /; PI. VIII, fig. 2a, b) of the same type, by degrees decreasing in size, consisting of a quadrilateral basal part, from which (PI. VI, fig. 7-13), in most of them, rises a strong, short, broad hook ; the two or three outmost plates (PI, VI, fig. 2/; PI. VIII, fig. 2) formed of the basal part alone ; the rest with the hook gradu- ally more developed The salivary glands yellowish-white, flattened, ribbon-shaped, of about 10.5 mm. in length, reaching to the cardia, where they are agglutinated one to another ; the breadth in the foremost part about 0.75 mm , in the middle 1.5 mm., the posterior part again some- what narrower ; the duct of the gland rather short. The oesophagus rather wide, about 13.0 mm. long, the inside with rather strong longitudinal folds ; it opens into the stomach, which lies free in a cleft on the upper side of the liver. This organ (PI. VI, fig. 17a) is of oval form, of about (3.5 ram. largest diameter; the inside 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. with rather strong longitudinal folds; the pylorus (fig. 17) in the neighborhood of the cardia. The intestine advancing from the stom- ach to the fore-end (fig. 176) of the liver, in this part about 10.0 mm. long ; forming a knee and retrograding to the anal nipple in a length of 23.0 mm. The contents of the stomach were indeterminable animal matter, mixed with some diatomacea;. The liver 20.0 mm. long by a height of 10.0 mm. and a breadth of about 12.0 mm. ; the posterior end rounded ; a little more than the an- terior half of the under side obliquely flattened (by the anterior genital mass) showing the cardiac end of the a?5ophagus and the root of the hermaphroditic duct. On the anterior part of the upper surface is a cleft for the stomach and for the biliary sac ; the color of the surface and of the substance of the liver is grayish-yellow. The biliary sac (fig. 17c) lying before the stomach, on the right side of the intestine, large fas the stomach), somewhat flattened, grayish, of rounded out- line and about 4.5 mm. largest diameter ; the contents, as in the stomach. The heart as usual. The sanguineous gland whitish, entirely cover- ing the nervous system, about G.O mm. long, by a breadth of 4.5 and a height of only 1.0 mm. The hermaphroditic gland yolk-yellow, covering the upper side of the liver with a thick layer ; in its lobes large o'jgene cells and masses of zoJsperms. The anterior genital mass large, about 14.0 mm. long by a breadth of 9.0 and a height of 11.0 mm., flattened and a little ex- cavated on the left side, with an excavation on the fore side, the right side very convex. The hermaphroditic duct whitish, rather thin (diameter about 0.75-1.0 mm.), passing straight over the left side of the genital mass to its anterior end, without formation of any (distinct) ampulla. The first part of the spermatoduct whitish, forming several long windings on the upper part of the forepart of the mass and pass- ing into the yellowish (PI. VI, fig. 18a) continuation ; this, with its numerous coils, forms a large flattened layer on the fore-end of the right side of the mass ; it then rather suddenly passes into a much thinner whitish continuation (fig. I8b) about 6 mm. long, that slopes (fig. 18c) into the penis, which (retracted) was lying on the lowest anterior part of the right side of the mass. The penis was cylindrical, of the length of 11.0 mm. by a diameter of 1.5 mm. ; the truncated, cylindrical, yellowish (under a magnifier nodulous) glans forming (PL V, fig. 13, 14) a prominence of the length of nearly 1.0 mm. in the vestibulum. This glans was partly covered on the outer side 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OP PHILADELPHIA. 57 (fig. 13, 14), but especially on the margin of the wide, gaping orifice and on its inside for a length of about 4.0 mm. (PI. VII, figs. 2-4), with rather crowded and apparently irregularly set claws. The claws were very strong and for the most part broad and high (fig. 3, 4), even reaching a height of about 0.3 mm. (fig. 4). In the interior of the glans, especially in its posterior part (fig. 5c), the claws were less broad and simply uncinate or bifurcated, otherwise mostly broader and with digitations of the margin. The body of the claws was plain or curved ; the end simply pointed, bi- or trifurcate or with digitations, sometimes very strangely formed. They consisted of a cuticula and its matrix ; very often, especially on the outside of the glans, the cuticula was torn off and the (fig. 20) rounded or pointed naked matrix was left. The whitish spherical spermatotheca (PL VI, fig. 19a) was about 3.5 mm. in diameter, laterally communicating tnrough a short petiolus adhering to tne upper end of the vagina, with a sinuosity intO' which opens the elongate, yellowish spermatocysta (fig. 19i), which had a length of about 2.0 mm., and from which issues the long duct of the mucous gland (fig. 19c). The grayish vagina very strong (fig. 18e),. about 7.0 mm. long, elongate-conical; the lowest part wide, having a diameter of about 3.25 mm. ; the walls thick, with a very peculiar internal lining, consisting of cylindrical palisades (PI. VII, fig. 6-8) of a height of about 0.4 by a greatest diameter of 0.07-0.08 mm. ; between the larger were seen smaller and very small ones. The pali- sades seemed to be densely clothed (fig. 8) with cilia, and showed a nearly colorless axis (fig. 6, 8) up to their points ; the axes were often denuded (fig. 6) after the sheath has been torn away. This lining continued up to the superior end of the vagina, but not beyond it. The mucous gland large, whitish, and yellowish-white ; the anterior half yolk-yellow, denuded on the fore-end of the genital mass ; the duct short. A variety (PI. VI, fig. 14-20) of this species has also been found by Dall, in July, 1873, at low water, in Kyska Harbor (Aleutians). According to Dall the color of the living animal was " yellowish." T he animal preserved in spirits was of a uniform light yellowish color. The length about 18.0 mm. by a breadth reaching 8.0 mm and a height of 6.0 mm. ; the breadth of the foot at the fore-end 5.0 mm., the margin of the mantle freely projecting 1.5 mm. ; the height of the rhinophoria ' 1.5 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.5 mm. Around the plain margins of the rhinophor-holes seven to nine large conical tubercles ; the club of the rhinophoria with about twenty leaves Around the branchial 5 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ring, as well as in the centre of it around the vent, rather large conical tubercles 1.5 mm. in height; the branchial leaves, fifteen in number, as far as could be determined. The oral tube strong, 4.5 mm. long, wide. The bulbus pharyngeus about 5.5 mm. long, by a height of 3.0, and a breadth of 3.75 mm. ; the rasp-sheath about 1.75 mm., freely projecting, bent upwards. The cuticula of the lip-disk yellowish. The tongue with about thirty-five rows of plates (fig. 14-16) ; further backwards, twenty-five developed and four younger rows ; the total number of rows sixty-four On the posterior part of the tongue fourteen plates, the number increasing backwards to fifteen or sixteen. The five anterior rows very incom- plete, only represented by 1, 7, 9, 10, 12 plates (on each side). The plates as above. The breadth of the rhachis reaching to about 0.17 mm. The glandulae salivales 6.0 mm. long. ^The stomach (fig. 17o) about 4.0 mm. long. The contents of the digestive cavity a mass of sponge. The vesica fellea (fig. 17c) about 2.5 mm. high, with strong folds on the inside. The anterior genital mass quite as above, also the sper- matotheca and the spermatocysta (fig. 19j, the penis (fig. 18, 20), and the vagina (fig. 18, 19). LAMELLIDORIS, Alder et Hancock. Lamellidoris, A. et H., Monogr. Brit. Nudibi". Moll., Part VII, 1855, p. xvii. Lamellidoris, A. et H., R. Bei-gh, Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii). Heft xiv, 1878, p. 603-615. Lamellidoris, A. et H., R. Bergh, Gatt. nord. Doriden, 1. c, 1879, p. 362-365. Corpus vix depressum, nothoeo granulate. Branchia (non retracti- lis) e foliis (multis) simplicita pinnatis, ut plurimura in formam ferri equini dispositis, formata. Caput latum, semilunare, angulis tentacu- laribus. Aperturte rhinophoriales, margine integro ; tuberculis anticis 2-3, calvitie postica. Cuticula apertura? oralis infra asserculis duobus incrassata, et ante annulus papillarum angustus. Lingua rhachide lamellis humilibus in- structa ; pleuris dente interno hamiforrai permaguo et externo com- presso lamelliformi unco minuto pra^dito armatis. Ingluvies buccalis (suctoria) petiolo bulbo pharyngeo connata, tympaniformis. Penis apice (glaude) curvatus, non armatus. Vagina brevis. The genus Lamellidoris was established (1855) by Alder and Han- cock, to receive two small groups of Dorididee., one with the D. hilam- ellata as type, to which especially the name of the group is here 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 restricted ; and the other, characterized by a more depressed form and the naked rhachis of the tongue, with the B. depressa, A. et H., as type. Hancock has given some anatomical remarks on the typical form {D. bilamellata, L.) ; but nothing else had been since made known about these animals' until my just cited notice and those of G. O. Sars.2 The Lamellidorides approach the Acanthodorides, but differ even here, externally, by the coarsely granulated surface of the back and by the larger number of the branchial leaves, which are set in the form of a horseshoe ; the openings of the rhinophor-holes, the tenta- cles as well as the genital opening are also of a different shape. More notable still are the anatomical differences ; the Lamellidorides want the armature of the lip-disk, which is found in the other group ; the armature of the tongue is quite different (1, I — 1 — I, 1), and the buccal crop is connected with the bulbus pharyngeus by a stalk. The penis is quite different from that of the Acanthodorides, and without true armature ; the vagina is short. After all the Lamellidorides are much more allied to the Adalarice. The form of the body, as in the Acanthodorides, not very depressed. The back covered all over with semi-globular and short club-formed papillae. The openings of the rhinophor-holes with plain margins and 1 According to H. & A, Adams (the Gen. of Recent Moll., II, 1858, p. 657), Lamellidoris is a synonym of ^^ OncMdoris, Blv.," which name is employed by Adams for a group, whose type should be D. pusilla, A., ec H. (that scarcely belongs to the true Lamellidorides). Cf. also Gray, Guide I, 1857, p. 307. The genus Onchidoris of Blainville (Man. de Malac, 1825, p. 489, PI. XLVI, f. 8.), ought to be rejected entirely, as founded very likely only on bad observation ; the genus figures with nearly impossible characters, both in relation to the tentacles ("quatre teutacules comme dans les Dori», outre deux appendices labiaux") and to the anus ("median a la partie inferieure et posterieure du rebord du manteau"). The type of the genus Blainville found in the British Mus. (London), where it seemed to have disappeared, at least it was not to be found in the collection of nudi- branchiates which I looked over in May, 1873 (while, on the coutraiy, I found the long-lost type of the genus Linguella, Blv., in his original glass, and so have re-established the denomination Linguella for the much later (1861) Sancara, Bgh. Cf. my Malacolog. Unters., Heft vi, 1874, p. 248). Later, Mr. Abraham (1. c. p. 235) seems to have found the original speci- men again. ■^ G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 306. Tab. XIII, figs. 5, 6 ; Tab. XIV, fig. 2, 3. 60 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. commonly two larger papillae before and a bare space behind them. The gill (not retractile) consisting chiefly of several (usually 20-30) tripinnate leaves, set in the form of a horseshoe. The head large, veil-formed (semilunar), with produced and pointed side-parts, which are adherent to the foot nearly to the point. The genital openings not being a slit, but on a large tubercle. The cuticula of the oral aperture is thickened below, near the median line, into a ledge ; and on the outside is a ring of hard papillae. The buccal crop, connected through a petiolus with the foremost part of the upper side of the bulbus pharyngeus, is drum-shaped ; on the in- side clothed with a strong cuticula. The tongue has on the rhachis short compressed lamellce, on each side of these is a very large up- right plate with large compressed body and a hook which on the inside is either plain or denticulated j at the outside of this plate is another, compressed but much smaller and with a little rudimentary hook. The salivary glands forming a short, coiled mass at each side of the root of the oesophagus. The oesophagus without diverticle at its origin. The spermatoduct (as in the Acanthodorides) very long ; the penis short, its glans curved and clothed with a rather thick cuticula, but otherwise not armed. The spermatocysta imbedded in the mucous gland ; ^ the vagina short. About the biological relations of the animals belonging to this group very little is hitherto known. Where the species occur, they seem to be rather abundant in individuals (cf. about the Lam. bilamellata, Collingwood, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3 S. Ill, 1859, p. 463). The spawn of several species (L. bilamellata, L. diaphana, L. inconspicua, L. aspera, L. depressa, L. pusilla) has been described by Alder and Hancock, and that of a single species (Z. muricata) by Sars, Meyer and Moebius, etc. The first stages of the development of this last form have been followed by Sars ^ The group seems limited to the northern part of the Atlantic and of the Pacific. To the same belong with certainty some properly ex- amined species, and, besides, several others mentioned in the litera- ture can, with more or less probability, be referred to it. ' The spermatocysta has not been seen by Alder and Hancock. Cf. 1. c, 1852. PI. XIV, fig. 8 (p. 219). 2 Archiv. fur Naturges, 1840 p. 210, Tab. 7. 1880,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Gl A. I. L. Mlamellata (L.). Oc. Atlant. 2- L. varians, Bgh., n. sp. Oc. Pacif. 3. L. Jiystricina, Bgh., n. sp. Oc. Pacif. 4. L. muricata (O. Fr, Miiller). Oc. Pacif. 5. L. diaphana (Aid. et Hanc). Oc. Atlant. B. diaphana, A. et H., Moiiogr. Part ii, fam. 1, PI. 10 ; Part vii, PL 46 suppl. fig. 9. 6. L. aspera (A. et H.).^ Oc. Atlant. D. aspera, A. et H., 1. e., Part v, fam. 1, PI. 2, fig. 15 ; Part vi, fam. 1, PI. 9, fig. 1-9; Part vii, PI. 46, suppl. text ; PI. 48, suppl. fig. 2. B. 7. L. sparsa (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant. D. sparsa, A. et H., 1. c, Part iv, fara. 1, PI. 14 ; Part vii, PI. 46, supi>l. test. 8- £. depressa {A. et H.j. Oc. Atlant. D. depressa, A. et H., 1. c, Part v, fam. 1, PI. 12, fig. 1-8 ; Part vii, PI. 46, suppl. fig 12. f Villiersia scutigera, d'Orb., Mag. de Zool., 1837, p. 15, PI. 109, fig. 1-4. 9. L. ineonspicua (A. et H. ). Oc. Atlant. D. ineonspicua, A. et H., 1. c. Part v, fam. 1, PI. 12, fig. 9-16 ; Part vii, PI. 46, suppl. fig- 13. 10. L. oUonga (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant. D. ohlonga, A. et H., 1. c, Part v, fam. 1, PI. 16, fig. 4-5; Part vii, PI. 46, suppl. fig. 10. II. L. pusilla (A. et H.). Oc. Atlant. D. pusilla, A. et H., 1. c. Part ii, fam. 1, PI. 13 ; Part vii, PI. 46, suppl. text ; app. p. iii. 12. L. luteocincta (M. Sars).* Oc. Atlant. 13. L. (?) ulidiana (Thomps.). Oc. Atlant. D. ulidiana, Th., Ann. Mag., Nat. Hist., xv, 18, p. 31. D. ulidiana, Th., Aid. et Hanc, 1. c. Part vii, p. 42, app. p. ii. 14. L. (?) tenella (Agassiz). Oc. Atlant. D. tenella, Ag., Gould, Rep. ou the Inv. of Massachusetts, ed. Binney, 1870, p. 329, PI. XX, fig. 289j 290, 293. 15. L. (f) pallida (Ag.). Oc. Atlant. Z>. pallida, Ag., Gould, 1. c, p. 229, PL xx, fig. 284, 287, 288, 291. ' According to Morcb (Synopsis Moll. mar. Daniae, Vidensk. Meddel. fra naturh. Foren. i Kbhvn., 1871, p. 179) this species ought to be identical with the D. muricata of Meyer and Moebius ; but this is, of course, im- possible. ■^ The organs of the bulbus pliaryngeus of this species have just been figured by G. O. Sars (MolL reg. arct. Norv., 1878, Tab. xiv, fig. 3). 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. 16. L. (?) diademata (Ag.). 6c. Atlant. D. diademata, Ag., Gould, 1. c, p. 230, PI. xxi, fig. 298, 300, 301-304. 17. L. [?) grisea (Stimps.j. Oc. Atlaut. Gould, 1. c, p. 232, PI. xx, iig. 292, 295. 18. L. (f) derelicta (Fischer). Oc. Atlant. B. derelicta, F., Jouiu. de conch yl., xv, 1867, p. 7. 19. L. (?) iuberculata (Hutton). Oc. Pacif. (Nova Zeland.). Onchidoris tuberculatus, Hutton, cf. Abraham, 1. c, p. 226. 20. L. (?) eubalia (Fischer). Oc. Atlant. Doris eubalia, F., Journ. de couchyl., xx, 1872, p. 10. 1. L. bilamellata (L.), var. jooci/ica. Plate V, fig. 10; Plate XT, fig, 3-9. Color albido-flavescens, maculis fuscis plus minusve variegatus. Dentes laterales margine Itevi. Hab. Oc. Pacific, sepentr. (Mar. Beringi). Six specimens of this variety of the Atlantic species were taken by Dall, in Bering Sea (Hagmeister Id.), in August, 1874, at low water, on a gravel beach. Three were sacrificed for the anatomical examin- ation. According to Dall, the color of the living animal was "yellowish- white with brown macule." The length of the specimens preserved in spirits was 11-13.0 mm. by a height of 4.5-5.5 mm. and a breadth of 6-10.0 mm. ; the height of the rhinophoria 1.75-2.2, of the branchial leaves 1-1.2 mm, ; the breadth of the foot at the fore-end about .5-8.0 mm. ; the margin of the mantle projecting freely about 1.5-2.0 mm. The color of the individuals on the back was yellow-white, marmorated with light reddish-brown, this marbling always occupying the spaces between the tubercles, which are nearly white (or light yellowir-h) ; the branchial leaves of the same reddish color ; the club of the rhinophoria yellowish- white ; the under side of the body yellowish-white or whitish. The form was elongate-oval. The head flattened, nearly semicircu- lar, with the tentacular edges a little prominent. The vicinity of the posterior margin of the rhinophor-holes plain, at the anterior two large erect tubercles ; the club of the rhinophoria with about twenty leaves, the stem rather short. The back covered all over with semi- globular and short club-shaped rounded tubercles of different sizes, mostly small, mixed with many larger ones 0.'I5 mm. in diameter ; the larger tubercles mostly showing a spinous surface (PI. V, fig. 10)^ when magnified. o 1 Cf. my "Malacolog. Unters." (Semper, II, 11) Tab. LXVIII, fig. 15-16. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 The openings of the rhinophor-holes and of the branchial area (fig. Sbb) surrounded by large and small tubercles which also were spread over the central part of it (fig. 3). The branchial leaves ( fig. 3aa) were about twenty-four or twenty-five in number, set in a transverse reni- form ring ; the leaves in the front part much larger than the rest. The anus as usual, scarcely projecting. The under side of the margin of the mantle quite smooth. The genital openings always quite con- tracted. The foot large, with a fine line along its anterior margin. The cerebro-visceral ganglia short-reniform ; the pedal ones not much smaller, of oval form, set nearly at a right angle to the inferior face of the former ; the olfactory ganglia bulbiform or ovoid. The buccal ganglia rather flattened, of roundish contour, a little larger than the olfactory ones ; the commissure between them very short ; the gastro-oisophageal ganglia not very short-stalked, roundish, in size about one-quarter of the buccal ganglia, with three large cells. The three commissures very distinct, the sub-cerebral and the pedal con- nected throughout most of their length ; the visceral thin, not giving off a genital nerve. The eyes with black pigment, yellowish lens ; the nervus opticus nearly as long as half the breadth of the cerebral ganglion. The otocysts as large as the eyes, crowded with otokonia of the usual kind. The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicules ; the axis of these organs, on the other hand, were filled with such spicules, partly circularly and concentrically arranged. The tubercles of the back stuffed with ordi- nary spicules (fig. 10) in the usual way, the larger spicules mostly very prominent on the surface The oral tube as usual. The bulbus pharyngeus of the usual form, about 2.0 mm. long ; the lip-disk with a rather thick yellowish cuticula, and inwards with the same belt of (about ten to fifteen) rows of small denticles as in the L. hystricina (cf. below) ; the sheath of the radula somewhat bent upwards, freely projecting behind the bulbus for as great a length as that of the bulbus itself. The tongue (in the three individuals) with ten or eleven series of plates, in the sheath ten or eleven developed and tliree younger rows ; the total number of rows being thus twenty four or twenty-five. The plates light j^ellowish in their thicker parts, otherwise nearly colorless. The length of the median plates reaching about 0.12 mm., the height of the external ones 0.10 mm. The median (fig. 7a) and exterior plates (fig. Ih) quite as usual ; the large ones of the usual forms (fig. Ih), sometimes, especially 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. the foremost, with rather obtuse point (fig. 9). The buccal crop (fig. 4, 5) as large as the bulbus, of quite the usual form, rather petiolate.' The salivary glands forming (on each side) a large, thick, whitish mass between the bulbus and the central nervous system (with the glanduloe sanguineje). The oesophagus rather wide. The stomach and the intestine as usual. The liver as usual, much flattened on the right anterior half The heart rather large. The gland, sanguineae large, whitish, cover- ing the upper side of the central nervous system, the foremost part in one individual very narrow. The renal syrinx about 1.0 mm. long, with strong longitudinal folds, its clothing as usual. The anterior genital mass 4-4.5 mm. long by a breadth of 1.25-1.5 and a height of 3-3.3 mm., yellow-white, plano-convex ; the anterior, and partly the superior portion formed by the coils of the whitish sper- matoduct ; in one individual one coil embraced the sheath of the radula. The first part of the spermatoduct strong, when unrolled about 25.0 mm. long ; the succeeding part of the length of 4-5.0 mm., thinner ; the rest about 7.0 mm. in length, stronger, nearly as in the first part. In the beginning of this last part the true spermatic duct was rolled up in tight coils, the remaining part of its length was nearly straight. The penis about 1.5 mm. long, with the usual glans in the interior. The spermatotheca (fig. 6a) spherical, its chief duct nearly twice as long as the bag, the vagina short (fig. 6e). The spermatocysta appeared pyriform (fig. Qd) In color this form seems to differ from the typical one, as that is represented by Alder and Hancock (Monogr., Part vi, 1854, fam. 3, li. 9); in the anatomical relations no specific differences could be detected. A specimen of another variety was obtained by Dall, on a gravel beach, at low water, in June, 1874, at Port Etches (Prince William Sound . According to Dall, the mantle was of "brown " color. The specimen had a length of 13.0 mm,, by a breadth of 8.0 mm., and a height of 5.0 mm. ; the height of the leaves of the gill was about 1.0 mm. The color of the back was brownish and yellowish; that of the gill, as well as of the rhinophoria, yellowish. The number of leaves of the gill was about thirty. The bulbus pharyngeus about 1.75 mm. long, by a height of 1.5 mm. ; the sheath of the radula nearly as long as the bulbus ; the buccal crop ^ In one specimen the form of this organ was entirely as figured iu my Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Reisen). Tab. LXV, fig. 2. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 a little larger than the bulbus. The radula brownish-yellow, with nine rows of teeth, further back fifteen developed and two younger rows, the total number being twenty-six. The teeth quite as above, dark, horn-colored in their thicker parts ; the median ones reaching a height of 0.16 mm. The salivary glands as above-mentioned. The biliary sac uncommonly small. The black contents of the rectum consisting of undeterminable animal matter, mixed with larger and smaller pieces of small Crustacea. The liver much flattened on the riglit anterior half. The anterior genital mass large, about 7.0 mm. long, 5.0 mm. high, and 3.0 mm. thick. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct whitish, forming a long ansa, about 5.0 mm. long. The spermatoduct shorter than in the other form, otherwise, with the penis, as in that form. The spermatotheca yellowish, short, sac-shaped, of a largest diameter of 3.0 mm. ; the spermatocysts about 0.3 mm. long, pyriform. The mucous gland chalk-white and brownish-gray. Of another variety, Dall, in August, 1872, obtained six specimens, in Sanborn Harbor (Shumagin Ids.), on stony bottom, at low water. According to Dall, the color of the back of the living animal is " red-brown, with whitish papilla3." The color of the backs of the specimens preserved in spirits was rather uniformly, dirty brown- yellowish, commonly much lighter on the middle, the papilliB whitish ; the gill and the rhinophoria of the color of the back ; the under side of the whole body yellowish ; more whitish on the mantle. The length of the animals varied from 18.0 to 25.0 mm., by a breadth of 11.0 to 16.0 mm., and a height of 8.0 to 12 0 mm. ; the breadth of the foot '1.5 to 12.0 mm. ; the height of the rhinophoria reaching 3.0 mm., that of the gill 2.0 mm. The form as usual. The horseshoe shape of the gill very pronounced, the number of leaves, twenty-eight to thirty. The gill was surrounded by higher papillae, which, in the largest specimen, reached the height of about 2.5 mm. ; the space inclosed by the gill closely set with similar papillas, the largest (as large as the above mentioned) in the periphery. The gill can be so deeply drawn back in its groove, that these external and internal papillai shut over and quite conceal it ; the papilla? of the centre smaller ; a crest or some few papilhe in the median line go from the anus backwards, between the incurved ends of the gill. The anus small, very slightly prominent ; the renal pore on the right side. The openings of the rhinophor-holes as usual, before them the two usual papilUc, behind them a bare space. The papilla? of the back quite as 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. in the previously examined form, the largest (in the largest specimen) reaching the height and the diameter of about 1.5 mm., those in the neighborhood of the gill somewhat larger. Two smaller individuals were dissected, the larger being harder than these and not so suitable for that purpose. The peritoneum w^as colorless. The central nervous system just as in the former specimens, but the buccal ganglia smaller than the olfactoiy, and the gastro-oesophageal short-stalked. The eyes as above. The otocysts, under the glass, very distinct as chalk-white points on the hinder and outermost part of the cerebral ganglia. The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicula. The skin and the papillae of the back as above or still more crowded with very hard spicula. The oral tube large, (in both individuals) about 2.5 mm. long. The bulbus pliaryngeus of the usual form, (in both individuals) about 3.0 long, by a breadth of 1.8 mm , and the height nearly the same; the sheath of the radula projecting straight backwards 2.0 mm. The buccal crop, lying to the left side of the bulbus, somewhat compressed, of about 3.0 mm. largest diameter, the stalk nearly half as long as the largest diameter of the crop. The tongue with ten rows of teeth, further backwards also eleven or twelve developed and three younger rows, the total number thus being twenty-four or twenty-five. They were entirely as in the form first examined. The salivary glands, the pyloric part of the intestine, with its biliary sac, and the liver as usual. The sanguineous gland whitish, much flattened, covering the whole upper side of the bulbus pharyngeus and the central nervous system ; a flattened cavity in its interior. The hermaphroditic gland, through its more reddish color, contrasting with the grayish color of the liver. The anterior genital mass 11.0 to 12.0 mm. long, by a height reach- ing V.O to 8.0 mm., and a breadth of 4.0 to 4.5 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct lying transversely on the lowest and most anterior part of the back of the mucous gland, rather straight or forming nearly a circle, about 5.0 to T.O mm. long, whitish. The spermatoduct making many coils on and before the anterior part of the mucous gland; the first part about 35.0 to 45.0 mm. long, the second nearly 25.0 mm. long ; the penis about 1.5 to 2.0 mm., pro- jecting freely from the vestibulum, conical ; the glans seemed rather short. The spermatotheca of about 3.0 mm. diameter, whitish. The 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCK8 OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 spermatocysta (fig. 66) quite imbedded in and concealed by the mucous gland, only a part of its chief duct free on the surface of this last ; the spermatocysta scarcely shorter than the spermatotheca, pear-sluiped, incurved ; the duct to the mucous gland (fig. Qd) passing from the end of the bag, the other strong, longer (tig. (^c^, opening in the duct of the spermatotheca, where it begins to be wider (vagina) ; the vagina (fig. Ge) rather wide, but short. The mucous gland whitish, yellowish and dirty yellow. ^ 2. L. varians, Bgh. PI. XI, fig. 1.3, 14; PI. XIII, fig. 1. L. varians, B. R. Bergh, Malacol. Unters. 1. c, 1878, p. 613, 014. Color cu?rulescens vel albescens vel flavescens. Dentes laterales margine interno denticulati fere usque ad apicem, Hab. Oc. Pacif. (Ins. Kyska). Of this species six specimens were taken by Dall, in July, 1873, at Kyska Island, on sandy ground, at a depth of 9-14 fathoms. Four specimens were sacrificed to the anatomical examination. According to Dall the color of the living animal is " bluish." The animals preserved in spirits were of a uniform whitish color, so too the rhinophoria and the branchia. Their length was 9-12.0 mm. by a breadth of 5.3-7.0 and a height of 3-4.5 mm. ; the breadth of the foremost part of the foot 3.6-5.0 mm. The height of the rhinophoria reached about 2.2 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.0 mm. T he form almost entirely as in the typical form and as in the L. hystricina. 'i he head as in the last species ; also the openings of the rhinophor-holes, with their (mostly three) larger tubercles, set with equal spaces ; the club of the rhinophoria Vf-ith about twelve to fifteen rather thick leaves. The tubercles of the back as in the L. hystri- cina ; the number of larger ones much exceeding that of the smaller, which are scattered between them. The branchial disk as in the L. hystricina, also the branchial leaves, whose number did not surpass twelve to twenty. The foot as usual. The central nervous system (fig. 1) nearly as in the L. hystricina. The cerebro-visceral ganglia of roundish or oval form, as also the pedal ones which were not much smaller than the former. The com- 1 In my "Malacolog. Unters." (Semper, Philipp. II, ii, Ileft xiv, 1878, p. 60G-G13 ; Tab. Ixiv, tig. 13, 14-1'> ; Tab. Ixv, fig. 1-.5, G-13) I have given some anatomical remarks on the typical L. bilaviellata and ou the Green- landic variety {D. liturata. Beck). 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. missura pedalia nearly as long as the diameter of the pedal ganglia ; the subcerebral lying rather close up to the pedal ; the visceral quite free, much thinner. A very short-stalked smaller ganglion (fig. Ic) connected with the under side of the right visceral ganglion, gives off a nerve that swells into a new ganglion, which sends out three nerves (N. genitalis). The olfactory ganglia short-stalked, spindle-shaped. The buccal (fig. Id and the gastro-oesophageal ganglia (fig. le), nearly as in the L. hystricina ; the commissure between the first extremely short, the gastro-oesophageal somewhat smaller. The nervi optici one to one and a-half times as long as the diameter of the cerebral ganglia ; the eyes with black pigment, yellowish lens. The otocysts (fig. 1) lying rather backwards, a little smaller than the eyes ; the otokonia of the usual form, in number about fifty. The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicula. In the skin were almost no spicula and no larger or calcified ones on the surface of the rigid papillag of the back, which thus were rather smooth. In the intersti- tial connective tissue small calcified cells, but no larger spicula. The mouth-tube as in the L. hystricina. The bulbus pharyngeus as in that species, but the sheath of the radula shorter and less prominent, bent upwards, sideways or down and forwards. On the intei'ior part of the nearly colorless labial disk, the usual belt of (about twelve to fifteen) rows of small denticles. The tongue strong, rather long, with curved superior and nearly straight inferior margin. In the mature radula twelve to fourteen or sixteen rows of teeth, further backwards fifteen or sixteen to eighteen rows of developed, and three of partly developed teeth ; the total number of rows thus thirty, thirty-one or thirty-five to thirty-seven. The median plates (fig. 14) of nearly the usual form, in the under side rather excavated, with thickened margins. The large lateral plates (fig. 13) formed nearly as in the L. hystricina, but larger, reaching a height of 0.12 mm. ; the denticulation of the interior margin of the hook stronger, with more (about twenty) denticles and reaching farther out towards the end of the hook. The exterior plates nearly of the same form as in the last species, reaching to the height of about 0 6 mm. The sucking-crop quite as in the former species. The salivary glands much smaller than in the former species, re- duced to a large, scarcely lobed, whitish mass on each side of the root of the ojsophagus. The oesophagus somewhat spindle-shaped. The stomach included in the liver. The intestine issuing from the liver behind its middle- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES Or PHILADELPHIA. 69 The liver of grayish-white color, of the length of about 9.5 mm. by a breadth of 4 and a height of about 3.75 mm. ; the hinder end rounded, the fore-end rather truncated, the anterior one-third on the upper and right side flattened by the anterior genital mass. The heart and the renal syrinx as usual ; the median renal cham- ber continued to the fore-end of the liver. The sanguineous glands connected on the upper side of the central nervous system to a flat- tened whitish mass. The glandula hermaphrodisiaca clothing the upper side of the liver, and scarcely distinct from it in color ; in its lobules were large oijgene cells. The anterior genital mass compressed, plano-convex; 4.0 mm. long, by a height of about 3.3 and a breadth of 1.2 mm. The albumi- nous gland on the left side of the mass and forwards, yellowish, very finely gyrated on the surface ; the mucous gland whitish, pellucid. The spermatoduct as well as the (3.0 mm. long) penis as in the L. echinata. The spermatotheca rather small, spherical. L. varians, var. To this same species belonged certainly five specimens of a Lam- ellidoris, which were taken by Dall in July, 18'73, at Unalashka Island (Aleutians), at the depth of sixty fathoms on mud and stones. Nevertheless, the color of these animals in the living state was, accord- ing to Dall, " yellowish-white." The size and the particular measures accorded with those of the more typical individuals, referred to above. The central nervous system as just mentioned, so even the eyes and the otocysts. The bulbus pharyngeus of the usual form ; on the tongue eleven rows of teeth, farther backwards twenty-six developed and four not quite developed rows, the total number thus forty-one. The plates quite as formerly described. The sucking-crop quite as in the typical form, also the salivary glands. The whitish sanguineous gland entirely covering the central nervous system. The penis as usual. Two specimens of another variety of this form were gotten by Dall, In July, 1873, at Kyska Island, on sandy bottom, and at a depth of nine to fourteen fathoms. In a living state they were, according to Dall, of yellowish color. The length of the animals preserved in spirits was 8.5 to 9.0 mm., by a breadth of 6.0 ram., and a height of about 3.5 mm. The color was uniformly whitish or yellowish-white. One individual was dis- sected. TO PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The central nervous system was as above mentioned, and also the eyes (their nervi optici rather long), and the otocysts (the number of the otokonia about one hundred). The bulbus pharyngeus as usual ; on the tongue sixteen rows of teeth, farther backwards eighteen rows of developed and four of younger teeth ; the total number of rows, thirty-eight. The plates as above ; the length of the median plates 005 to 0 058 mm. ; the height of the anterior large lateral plates about 0.14 mm., of the posterior about 0.17 mm. ; the number of den- ticles on these plates mostly fifteen to twenty. The vesica fellea wa? at the left side of the pylorus. S. L. hystricina, Bergh. L. hystricina, Bcrgh, Mai. Untersuch., 1. c, 1878, p. 614, Tab. Ixviii. fig. 17-23. Color cocrulescens. Denies laterales margine interno denticulati sed non usque ad apicem. Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum (insula Kyska). One specimen of this species was found by Dall, at Kyska Island (Aleutians), on rocky bottom, at a depth of ten fathoms, in June. 1873. According to Dall, the color of the living animal is bluish. The specimen preserved in spirits was 9.5 mm. in length, reached a breadth of G 0 mm., and a height of the true body (without the papilUe) of .3.5 mm. ; the breadth of the foremost part of the foot was 5.3 mm., the height of the rhinophoria was about 2.1 mm., of the branchia about 1.2 mm., of the dorsal papilla^ 1.2 mm. The color was uniformly whitish. The form was oval, the back not very convex. The head rather large, formed like a velum, that is radiately folded, and has its side parts connected with the ends of the anterior margin of the foot ; in the middle of the hinder part of the under side of the velum is a trans- verse slit, in which the small mouth-pore opens. The opening of the rhinophor-holes was nearly round, with the margin rather thin, here were three papilla? of the same kind as on the back ; the rhinophoria stout, the club with about twenty leaves. The back covered all over with mostly stout, club-shaped papilhv, apparently set without order, and extending nearly out to the very margin of the mantle, which is thin and has on the upper side smaller, cylindrical or club-shaped papilhe. The papilht all firmly adherent to the skin, the spicules shin- ing through all over on the back and in the papillae. The branchial 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Tl disk rather large, at the margin set with about fourteen papillae, irregu- larly alternating in size. The branchia composed of twelve small leaves of the usual kind. The centre of the disk and the anus as usual. The foot somewhat shorter and narrower than the back, broader in front, with the anterior margin rather straight, rounded posteriorly. The cerebro-visceral ganglia showed the visceral part a little larger than the cerebral, the pedal somewhat smaller than the visceral; the four commissures as usual; the offshoot of the nerva genitalis could not be determined. The buccal ganglia rounded, connected through a short commissure ; the gastro-oesophageal having about one-quarter of the size of the latter. The eyes with very rich black pigment ; the nervus opticus not short. The otocysts as large as the eyes, filled with otokonia of the usual kind. In the thin leaves of the rhinophoria no spicula. In the skin of the back and in the dorsal papillas an enormous amount of irregular or rounded particles, often coalescing together in larger, irregular lumps, which very often were crowded together in irregular heaps ; in the papillse also were long, strong and very much calcified spicula, often of uneven surface, whose points, as usual, often projected on the surface of the papillie. In the interstitial connective tissue, including the ends of the different ducts of the genital organs (vagina, mucous gland duct), masses of large and long (as much as 0.9 mm,), calcified spicula. The mouth-tube was about 1.0 mm. long, rather wide, with strong, longitudinal folds. The bulbus pharyngeus of usual, irregular form, the bulbus proper of the length of about 1.75 mm. ; the sheath of the radula, nearly as long as the bulbus, curved downwards. The labial disk oval, at the inner margin of darker color, and there showing (fig. 17) a narrow belt of small, yellowish denticles, of a height of 0.007 to 0.015 mm. ;' this belt seems continued a short space up in the mouth that is otherwise, like the rest of the buccal cavity, clothed with a rather thick, yellowish cuticula. Ihe tongue rather long and narrow, in the groove on its back sixteen rows of teeth, in the sheath eighteen developed and six undeveloped rows, the total number conse- quently forty. The color of the true lateral teeth yellowish, the others nearly colorless ; the height of the outer pseudo-plates about 0.075 mm. 1 he median pseudo-plates elongate, narrow (fig. 21) ; the true (lateral) ' In the outer mouth was found a little Caprella, of the length of 3.0 mm. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. teeth strong, finely denticulated (with six to eight denticles) on the inner side of the hook, and with a strong, rounded prominence at the base of this (fig. 18a, 19, 20) ; the external pseudo-plates with the usual curved points (fig. 186). Irregularities in the form of the last were often observed (fig. 23).^ The crop entirely as in the typical species, the largest diameter 1.3 mm. / In the stomach indeterminable animal matter and a little, undeter- minable worm, of the length of 2.0 mm. The hermaphroditic gland as usual ; the lobules filled with sperma. The anterior genital mass rather large, measuring in length 4.5 mm., in height 2.5 mm., and in breadth 2.3 mm. ; the left side flat or a little excavated, the right rather convex. The mucous gland, as well as the albuminous gland, white and yellowish-white. The spermatoduct not very long, but rather strong, continued in the very strong penis, that (retracted ) forms the fore-end of the whole mass. The penis has a length of about 3.5 mm., by a diameter of 1.3 mm. ; the inferior end rather constricted ; the superior three-quarters of the organ com- pact, perforated through the axis by the dense coils of the spermato- duct proper ; the inferior one-third hollow, including the curved and pointed glans. 2. L. muricata (MilUer). Plate IX. fig. 18; Plate XI, fig. lO-Ii. Doris muricata, O. F. Muller. Zool. Dan. Fas. Ill, 1789, p. 7, Tab. LXXXV, f. 2, 3, 4. Doris muricata, Muller. Sars, (forma /5) Loveu, Ind. Moll. Scand.1846, p. 5. Dori2, p. 262. * Lamellidoris Loveni, Friele et Arm. Hansen, 1. c. p. 3. Lameliidoris Loveni, G. O. Sars. Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 364. Tab. XIV, fig. 1. ? Lamellidoris muricata (Mull.) Abildgaard. Morch, Faunula Moll. Ins. Fiiroens. Naturb. Foren. Yidsk. Meddel., 1867, p. 75.' Doris muricata, Miiller, Sars ('>), Loven, lud. Moll., 1846, p. 5. Doris muricata, M. Sars. Reise i Lofoten og Fiumarken, 1851, p. 75. Color dorsi et rhinophoriarum e brunneo lutescens, paginal inferioris et branchiae lutescens. Dentes laterales (magni) hamo edentulo ; externi (linguae) numero 12. Hob. Oc. Atlant. septentr. This species was first noticed by Sars, who hesitatingly regarded it as perhaps the Doris imiricata of Mueller. It is, moreover, the prin- cipal form of the Doris muricata (" Mueller, Sars ") of Lovt'n (his second variety being the true L. muricata) ; has been established (1862) as a species by Alder and Hancock, and has as such been adopted by Friele and Hansen, as well as by G. O. Sars, who lately gave figures of the teeth on the tongue. The species has been much confounded with the *' D. muricata," which is a Lamellidoris ; it is certainly distinct from the Ad. proximn^ and seems also to differ from the other described species. Of this form I have had fifteen individuals for examination, kindly sent me by Mr. Friele, of Bergen, and dredged in the neighborhood of that place. ' According to Morch (Rink. Gronland, I, 1857. Tillaig 4, p. 78), the D. muricata, Sars, should bo the D. liturata, Beck ; this last is a mere variety of the Lamellidoris bilamellata, and with this should, on the other hand, accoidiug to Morch (Faunula Mollusc. Isl. Naturh, Foren. Vidensk. Med- del., 1868, p. 203), the D. proximo of Meyer and Moebius be synonymous, which belongs to the quite diflferent genus, Adalaria. An example more — if such were needed — of the way in which the Nudibranchiata have been .synonymized and systematized. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The color of the animals preserved in spirits was uniformly yel- lowish. The length was 13-15.0 mm., by a breadth of 8.5-9.5 and a height of 4-5.0 mm.; the breadth of the foot 6 mm.; the height of the rhinophoria about 2.5 mm., of the branchial leaves 1.0-1.3 mm. ; according to M. Sars the height of the rhinophoria is four to five times that of the tubercles of the back, (1. c. p. 16, also in one of his figures fig> 7). The form as usual ; the back .covered all over with large rounded tubercles, which rose to the height of 1.5 mm., and were of a similar breadth ; they were sessile or more or less subpedunculate, sometimes set in indistinct longitudinal rows ; between the larger tubercles everywhere were smaller ones of different sizes ; on the margin of the back were tubercles of middle size or smaller ; the spicula rather indistinct between and in the tubercles. The rhinophor- openings as usual, two large tubercles before them ; the club of the organs with about twenty-five leaves. The gill with eight to twelve leaves ; according to M. Sars, the number of branchial leaves is ten — to LovL'n, eight to ten. A large (high) tubercle between the hindermost leaves, before it the low anal papilla, and to the right side the renal pore ; some few smaller papillae were spread over the space between the anus and the branchial leaves The head large, broad ; the short tentaculje pointed. The genital opening as usual. Six individuals were dissected. The peritoneum was colorless. The central nervous system rather flattened, especially the visceral ganglia, which lay on the outer side of and behind the cerebral ones', which were a little larger ; the pedal ones larger than either of the other ganglia, situated perpendicularly upon the former. The proxi- mal olfactory ganglia bulbiform, a little smaller than the buccal ones ; no distal could be found. The length of the commissures equal to the largest diameter of the pedal ganglia ; the subcerebro-pedal about three times as thick as the visceral. '! he buccal ganglia of oval form, connected through a short commissure ; the gastro-oesophageal about one-sixth of the former in size, with one very large cell. The eyes with black pigment, yellow lens ; the nervus opticus about as long as the largest diameter of the cerebral ganglion. ']"he otocyst* of the same size as the eyes, situated externally at the junction of the cerebral and the visceral ganglia ; with about fifty ordinary otokonia, but among them four to six larger ones, of a diameter of about 0.025 mm. The leaves of t^e rhinophoria nearly without spicula ; in the axes, and especially in the stalks, on the contrary, an enormous quantity of large spicula, in great part transversely situ- 1830.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. St ated. In the skin a rather large quantity of spicula. The broad centres of the warts of the back chalk-white in transverse section, on account of the mass of strong spicula which ascend in bundles through the axes of the warts, their peripheral parts being free from spicula. The spicula, for the most part, staff-shaped or cruciate, reaching a diameter of about 0.08 mm. ; small and large rounded ones were also very common ; the spicula mostly very strongly calcified. In the interstitial tissue calcified cells were seen scantily. The mouth-tube was 1.5 mm. long ; the bulbus pharyngeus about I. .5 mm. long, the sheath of the radula projecting about 0 75 mm., bent upwards ; the sucking-crop nearly as large as the proper bulbus, short-stalked. The Hp-disk with the cuticula rather thick, especially at the inferior median line, here sometimes prominent and reminding one of the two blades in the AcantJwdorides. The tongue (in the six individuals examined) with seven to nine rows of teeth ; further back- wards twenty-nine, thirty-one, or thirty-four (in three individuals) developed, and three younger rows ; the total number of rows was thus forty-two to forty-six. The median plates (fig. 8a) and the large lateral (fig. 6«a, Y, 86) ones quite as in the Ad. Pac'fica, also the ex- ternal ones (fig. 6 J, 8c), but the number of those never surpassed ten or twelve ;^ frequently all gone from the tongue, and only existing in the two to four posterior rows ; the height of the large lateral plates rising to about 0.09 mm. The salivary glands, as usual, white. The oesophagus somewhat wider in its first part ; the stomach as usual ; the liver of usual form, its substance of yellow color ; on the first quarter of the right side an impression for the anterior genital mass. The vesica fellea rather smaller, on the right side of and a little behind the pyloric part of the intestine, with its upper end appearing on the surface of the liver ; the duct nearly as long as the bag, opening in the stomach. The sanguineous gland of subquadratic form, the largest diameter about 2.3 mm., very much flattened, whitish. The tube on the floor of the renal chamber rather strong. The hermaphroditic gland clothing the liver with a thin, whitish- gray layer. The anterior genital mass small, nearly undeveloped, much compressed, of about 1.75 mm. in length, the height a little less. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic gland thin, otherwise as usual. ' According to Friele and Hansen (1. c. p. 3) the number of external plates is twelve ; the figure of these authors (Tab, II, fig. 1) is rather bad. G. O. Sars has eleven to twelve external plates in his figure. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The spermatoduct as usual, also the penis.* The spermatotheca and the spermatocysta as usual. The mucous gland very small, whitish and yellow. ACANTHODOEIS, Graj. Acanthodoris, Gray, Figs, of Moll. Animals, iv, 1850, p. 103, Guide Moll. Brit. Mas. 1857, p. 207. AeaniJiodoris, Alder and Hancock, Mon. Brit. Nud. Moll., vii, 1855, p. 43, app. p. xvii. G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norvegise, 1878, p. 308, Tab. xiv, fig. 4. Acanthodoris, R. Bergh, Gattung. Nord. Doriden, 1. c, 1879, p. 35G-360. Forma corporis subdepressa. Nothaeum supra sat grosse villosum. Branchia (non retractilis) e foliis tripinnatis non multis et in orbem positis formata. Caput latum, veliforme ; tentaculis brevibus, lobiformibus. Margo apertur«um rhinophorialium lobatus. Discus labialis armatura e hamulis minutis formata et infra cuticula incrassata prominenti instructus. Lingua rhachide nuda ; pleuris an- gustis dente laterali, hamiformi permagno et dentibus externie minutis- (4-8). Ingluvies buccalis bulbo pharyngeo connata. Penis armatura e hamulis minutis formata instruetus. Vagina lonsissima. 'o- The genus Acanthodoris was established by Gray, to receive the Doris pilosa with its non-retractile gill. Alder and Hancock adopted the genus, made an anatomical examination of the typical form and gave it natural characters, which were then adopted by Gray. In several new malacological publications of a systematic nature the genus has been omitted, and in the last twenty years no new information has been published, until G. O. Sars lately gave some notes on the bulbus pharyngeus. The Acanthodorides approach the Lamellidorides, yet differ ex- ternally in the scattered soft villosities of the back and in the smaller number of the leaves of the gill, which are arranged in a circle. Internally they differ still more, in the presence of a strong, oral armature, in a different dentition (4 + 84-1+0 + 1+8-1-4), by a pecu- ' Sars (1. c. p. 16) mentions and figures (fig. 8) the penis as "a large, white, conical " organ. 1880.] * NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 liarly armed penis and by the imbedding in the pharyngeal bulbus of the buccal crop,^ The Acanihodorides are not much depressed. The back is covered with soft villi or papillte ; the openings for the rhinophoria have lobed margins. The gill is not retractile, and consists of several (generally seven to nine) tripinnate leaves, quite distinct from one another.^ The labial disk is provided with a densely set armature of small hooks, passing backward on the cuticula of the mouth. This last also, in the lowest part of the mouth, at each side of the median line is thickened and projects like two thin, lancet-shaped blades over the bare space left between the lower parts of the prehensile collar.^ The form of the bulbus pharyngeus is as in the Lamellidorides, but the buccal crop is imbedded in the upper wall of the bulbus, opening into it through a slit, and is not connected with it by a short stalk. The tongue is not broad, but nearly fills the buccal cavity, with a flat furrow for the radula. This last has a naked rhachis, with a low and narrow, longitudinal fold. The pleuraj contain a very large, com- pressed, upright, lateral plate, with a large body and a rather short, strong hook, denticulated or plain along the inner margin ; at the outer side of the large plate are several (four to eight) small, external plates (increasing in number backwards). The salivary glands long, thicker in their foremost part. The oesophagus with a little, crop-like diverticle at its root. Above the pyloric part of the intestine opens a ' The genus Calycidoris, of Abraham (Notes on some new genera of Nudibranchiate Moll., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., xviii, 1876, p. 132 ; and Revision of the Anthobranchiate Nudibr. Moll., P. Z. S., 1877, p. 224 j, which is said to be allied to the Acantlwdorides and Lamellidorides, still differs by its " subretractile " gill, with simple pinnate leaves, and does not possess external plates on the radula. The genus is very probably apocryphal ; iu the phauerobranchiate Dorididm it often happens that the gill appears as if more or less retracted in a cavity. A single new species is mentioned, of unknown habitat, the C. OuniJieri, Abr., 1. c., p. 133, PL vi, fig. 1. ■■' Alder and Hancock mention and figure (1. c, PI. 15, fig. 2, 3) the branchial leaves as "united at the base ;" so do Meyer and Moebius (1. c, p. 65) ; this is not the case. The leaves are quite isolated, but there are usually one or two foliola standing between them, which might simulate a coherence of the leaves (cf. also PI. xv, fig. 6, A. and H.). ' These thickenings of the cuticle have been regarded, both by Alder and Hancock, and more lately by Meyer and Moebius (1. c, p. 64, taf. v A, fig. 8, K 9), as "jaws," but have hardly anything in common with those organs properly so called. 7 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. little sac, which seems to be homologous with the biliary sac (pancreas, autt.) of other Dorididse. Alder and Hancock, therefore, have de- nominated that part of the digestive tract as " stomach," although it in no essential respect differs from the rest of the intestine, and is just like that part in the Chromodorides, and should be undoubtedly regarded as the pyloric part of the intestine, when that sac opened lower down, as in the Chromodorides,^ in the cavity, which is included in the liver, and seems to be the true stomach. The spermatoduct and the chief duct of the spermatotheca (vagina) are of very considerable ■ length ; the former consisting of two different parts, a superior softer, and an inferior very muscular part, internally clothed with an arma- ture, which is continuous through the penis. This last is rather short, the superior part solid and projecting as an armed glans into the in- ferior, hollow part (prseputium). The armature consists of rows of hooks continued in the interior of the organ, and, as mentioned above, farther upwards ; quite like that of the Polyceridse^^ Fhyllidiidse^ and Doriopsidae.* About the biological relations of these forms very little is yet known and that only with reference to the typical species, through Alder and Hancock, as well as Meyer and Moebius. The spawn is figured by Alder and Hancock (1. c, PI. 15, fig. 9), and by Meyer and Moebius (1. c, fig. 13, 14) ; about the development nothing is yet known. The few known species of this genus seem limited to the northern parts of the Atlantic and of the Pacific. 1. Acanthodoris pilosa (O, F. Miiller). Oceanum Atlanticum et Pacificum, Doris pilosa, Cuv. Doris stellata (6m.), Cuv.* > Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp., II, ii), Heft xi, 1877, p. 464-494 ; Neue Nacktschnecken der Siidsee, 11, Journ. der Mus. Godeffroy, Heft viii, 1875, p. 72-82 ; idem, iv, 1. c, Heft xiv, 1879, p. 1-21. 2 Cf. my Malacolog. Uuters. (Semper, Philipp., II, ii), Heft xi, 1877 (Trevelyana. Nembrotha). ^ Cf. my Bidr. til en Monogr. af Phyllidierne, Naturh., Tidskr. 3, R. V., 1869 ; Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp., II, ii), Heft x, 1876, p. 377- 387. * Cf., 1. c, Heffc X, 1876, p. 384-387 ; Journ. der Mus. Godeffroy, Heft viii, 1875, p. 82 94. ^ According to Fischer (Note sur quelques especes du G. Doris, decrites par Cuvier, Journ de Conchyl. 3 ser. x, 1870, p. 290), the Doris stellata, Cuv., and the D Icevis, Cuv., are identical with his D. pilosa, and this with the typical form of Miiller. The D. stellata of Philippi seems a quite different form, a Platydoris 1880. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 Doris Imvis, Cuv. ? Doris fv sea, O. F. Mull., Zool. Dan. (descr.).' ? Doris tomentosa, Loven, Index Moll. 1846, p. 4. 3. A. subquadrata (Aid. et Hanc). Oceanum Atlanticum. Doris subquadrata, A. et H. Monogr., Part. V, 1851, fam. 1, Plate 10, f. 1-3 ; Part VII, 1855, p. 43, and III, PI. 46, Suppl. f. 14. ? {D. stdlata, Cuv. ?). Lebert, Beob. iiber die Mundung einiger Gasteropoden, J. Muller, Arch., 1846, p. 441-446, Taf. XII, fig. 10-13.^ S. A. cmrulescens, Bgh., n. sp. Oceanum Pacificum. 4. A, ornata, Verrill. Notice of recent additions to the mar. fauna of the eastern coast of North Amer. XXXVIII ; Amer. Journ. of Sc. and Arts, XVI, 1878, p. 318. Oc. Atlant. 5. A. siellata (Gm.), Verr., 1. c, p. 313, D. bifida, Verr. Oc. Atlant. 6. A. citrina, Verr., 1. c, p. 313. Oc. Atlant. 7. A. f mollicella, Abraham, 1. c, 1877, p. 228, PI. XXX, fig. 1-4. Oc. Pacincum. 8. A. ? globosa, Abr., 1. c, 1877, p. 228, PI. XXX, fig. 5-9. Oc. Pacif. I. Acanthodoris pilosa (0. F. MUller). Plate X, fig. 12-15; Plate XI, fig. 1-2; Pl;.te XII; Plate XIII, fig. 2-5. Acanthodoris pilosa (O. F. Muller), Alder and Hancock. Monogr. Br. Nudibr. Moll., Part V, 1851, fam. 1, Plate I, f. 1, 3-5, 12; Plate 2, f. 2-6; Plate 15; Part VII, 1855, Plate 46; Supph Plate 48, f. 1. Doris pilosa (O. F. Miiller), Meyer und Moebius, Fauna der Kieler Bucht, I, 1865, p. 63-67 c. tab.; taf. V, A. " Color pagin'cB superioris corporis albus vel luteus vel fuscus vel griseus vel rubro-brunneus vel niger. Dentes radute barao pro parte denticulato. Hab. Oceanum Atlanticum septentr., Pacific, septentr. < Platyd. FMlippii, Bgh.). Cf. my Malacolog. Untersuch. (Semper, Philipp. II, ii.). Heft, xii, 1877, p. 507. ' It is in most cases a quite useless task to try to elucidate the species of Dorides of the elder authors ; their examinations vrere all too superficial and their descriptions don't contain the data necessary for their verifica- tion. The best way would be to wholly cancel these names {D. fusca, M.; D, loRtis, L., etc.) which have given later authors so much trouble. On the Doris fusca of O. Fabricius, Morch has even formed a genus Proctaporia (Rink. Gronland. I, 1857. Tillag. 4, p. 78), that must be cancelled, too. * The short statements of Lebert about form and color of the animal examined by him can scarcely entirely prohibit the identification of it with the species described by Alder and Hancock. The figures of the (tongue) teeth given by Lebert, rough as they are, suffice, on the other hand, to secure the identification with the D. subquadrata, or at least with a nearly related species. 92 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Of this species I have had a lot of specimens for examination, all preserved in spirits; partly (two) from the neighborhood of Bergen (Norway), kindly sent by Mr. Friele, partly (one) from the Frith of Kiel, sent by Prof. Moebius ; but particularly (seventeen) from the coast of Denmark (Striib, lille Bait.) The individuals varied much in color. The variability of the color is noted by Alder and Hancock, They were whitish, or whitish sprinkled with brownish, or dark (bluish) gray, or yellowish, or brownish, or reddish-brown on the back, with whitish or yellowish sides and foot. The length reaching 12.0 mm., by a breadth of 80 and a height of 5.0 mm. ; the foot then about 4.0 mm. broad, the branchial leaves reaching to the height of about 1.0 mm. The back covered all over with the soft, slender, conical and pointed, erect (or curved) papillas of very different sizes, most of them small ; between these are larger ones ;^ some of the largest divided into two or three points, and some of them connate and forming small crests, divided above into two or three points. The margins of the sheaths of the rhinophoria rather prominent, divided into several (six to eight) smaller and larger pointed lobes ; the club of the rhinophoria with about twelve to twenty leaves.^ The branchia, in both Norwegian specimens, with eight tripinnate leaves, otherwise with seven to nine (as men- tioned by Meyer and Moebius). The anal papilla low, with several papillulag and a star-shaped aperture ; on a low crest, issuing from its posterior, is a strong papilla. The head and the tentacles (Plate X, fig. lib) as figured by Alder and Hancock (1. c, Plate 15, fig. 1). The anterior margin of the foot with a fine transverse furrow (Plate X, fig. 14a). The genital opening is a longitudinal slit (Plate XI, fig. 2). The peritoneum was mostly of reddish-brown color. The central nervous system showed^ the cerebral ganglia rounded- triangular, not much flattened, a little larger than the more rounded visceral, which lie behind and on the outside of them and show a slight notch in the outside ; on the inferior side of the visceral ganglia the pedal ones are set nearly perpendicular on the latter, connected by the ^ Alder and Hancock, also Meyer and Moebius give eighteen to twenty leaves. Cf. the figures 7-8 of Meyer and Moebius. * Collingwood (Ann. Mag. N, H., 3 ser. vi, 1859, p. 463) remarks that it " when not in motion; bears a great resemblance to a miniature hedgehog." ^ The representation of the system given by Hancock and Embleton (On the anatomy of Doris, Philos. Transact. MDCCCLH, Plate 17, f. 8) is not very like nature. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 three distinct commissures, which are nearly as long as the diameter of the ganglia. From the outer part of the right visceral ganglion issues a nerve nearly as long as the transverse diameter of the whole central nervous system and swelling to a rather large ganglion (gangl. penis) at the root of the penis ; this ganglion contains only rather small cells and gives off three or four strong and several thinner nerves (Plate X, fig. 15). The part of the brain which gives off the nervus opticus, simulates a ganglion. The proximal ganglia olfactcia bulbi- form, somewhat smaller than the buccal ganglia, but much larger than the distal ganglia olfactoria ; the buccal ganglia flattened, rounded, con- nected by a rather short commissure ; the ganglia gastro-oesophagalia rounded, having about one-fifth of the size of the last, containing one very large cell and a few smaller. The eyes with black pigment and yellowish lens. The otocysts lying at the hinder part of the cerebral ganolia, as large as the eyes ; with numerous small otokonia, which in the specimens from Kiel, were not much calcified. No trace of spicula in the leaves or other parts of the riiinophoria. The spicula of the skin were, so to speak, limited to the margins of the mantle and of the foot ; in the last they were chiefly arranged perpendicularly or obliquely against the margin, except that in the foremost and hinder part of the sole some few spic- ula were seen scattered. The amount of spicula in the skin seems to vary notably in the Acanthodoris piJosa, as seems to be the case in general in different forms of Dorididce, especially, as far as hitherto known, in the Poly- ceratidce {Polycera, Ancula). (Cf. Meyer and Moebius, Fauna der Kieler Bucht, I, 1865, pp. 52, 60.) Frey and Leuckart (Beitr. zur Kenntn. wirbellose Thiere, 1847, p. 145 ; described a very regular position of the spicula, but not, as it seems, in accordance with nature. In the margin of the mantle the spicula were arranged as figured by Alder and Hanc., 1. c. Part VII, PI. 48, supplem. fig. 1, only more con- centrically at the transition from the margin to the side of the body; a narrow belt of spicula crossed the back before the region of the gill. Some spicula were also seen in the tentacles. The spicula reached a notable length (at least 0.6 mm.^, in old individuals they were more calcified than in younger ones. The skin was filled with unicellular glands, especially in the dorsal papilla?.' The mouth-tube was wide and strong, about 1.5 mm. long; the bulbus pharyngeus in the largest individuals about 2.75 mm. long, by ^ Cf. the (not very good) fig. 6 by Meyer and Moebius. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. a breadth of 2.0 and a height of about 3.0 mm. ; the sheath of the radula projecting backward nearly 1.0 mm. ; the lip-disk sometimes surrounded by a ring of black pigment. The armature of the lip- disk entirely as shown (PI. XII, figs. 1-4, 10-11) by me in the form from the Pacific, also the crop (PI. XIII, fig. 2) of the bulbus.' The tongue in the eight specimens examined was provided with five, seven, eight, nine rows of plates, farther backwards also sixteen to twenty developed, and three younger rows; the total number amount- ing thus to from twenty-seven to thirty.^ The large latei-al teeth^ yellow in the body, especially in the anterior-inferior part, with commonly five to eight denticles on the inside of the hook ; sometimes, especially in the younger plates, the number of denticles rose from eleven to fifteen, sometimes the three to four outermost denticles were much larger than the rest, sometimes the denticulation was quite irregular ; the height of this plate reached 0.4 mm. The outer plates (PI. XI, fig. 1) com- monly four to six, seldom seven to eight ; in a series of four on the hinder part of the tongue, the outermost measured about 0.05, the next 0.09, 0.11, 0.125 mm.; they were quite colorless, compressed, with the upper side flattened, and rather erect. The salivary glands as in the purple-colored form from the Pacific. No constant dilatation of the middle of the oesophagus (as figured, PI. I, f. 12^', by Alder and Hancock), but a strong, particular one at the root as figured (1. c. PI. I, f. 12/j by Alder and Hancock and by me (Gatt. nordischer Doriden, 1. c. Taf. XIX, fig. 14r). The stomach as in the Pacific form ; the intestine sometimes dilated in its first part, sometimes absolutely of the same caliber as the rest, and neither externally nor internally different from it ; a little bag (biliary sac) which has been noticed by Alder and Hancock (1. c. PI, I, fig. 12^'), opening into the right side of this part of the intestine. The posterior visceral mass (liver) flattened and excavated on the anterior-inferior right half. The sanguineous gland whitish, convexo- concave, short and irregularly kidney-formed, with the excavation ^ The first specimens of the Nortliern Atlantic left at my disposition being too small and too few for a thorough examination, I am obliged to refer to my examination given herewith of the form fiom the Pacific. Cf. moreover my figures iu "Gatt. uord. Doriden," 1. c. PI. XIX, figs. 10, 11. The crop is rather well figured by Alder and Hanc. (1. c. PI. I, f, 12c). * According to Meyer and Moebius, the number of plates ("of the radula") is thirty-one, to Alder and Hancock, twenty-seven. * Cf. my Gattungeu nordischer Doriden, 1 c. Taf. XIX, fig. 12. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 forwards, transversely situated, with a largest diameter of 3.0 mm. The renal chamber and the syrinx as in the form from the Pacific. The hermaphroditic gland as in this last variety, its white color con- trasting with the hue of the liver. The anterior genital mass of short pyramidal form, with the point outwards, about 4.75 mm. long, the breadth and the height a little less. The ampulla of the hermaphro- ditic gland yellowish-white, forming a single ansa, about 4.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 0.75 mm. lying on the upper part of the back of the mucous gland. The spermatoduct yellowish, about 15.0 mm. long, constricted a little above the middle of its length ; strong, sloping into the penis, which is about 1.0 mm. long. The armature of the penis entirely as in the form from the Pacific, continued backwards in the interior of the spermatoduct for a length of 6.0 mm. ; the hooks rising to the height of about 0.035 mm., nearly colorless.^ The sper- matotheca (PI. XIII, fig. 5a) spherical, of a diameter of about 2 0 mm., greenish or whitish ; the spermatocysta (fig. 56) much smaller, pyriform, yellowish ; both filled with sperma The chief duct (the vagina, fig. 5dd) very long, with several (four) longitudinal folds, which are folded again transversely ; the structure seemed to resemble en- tirely the form from the Pacific ; in the cavity was more or less sperma. The mucous gland yellow and yellowish-white ; the fold of the duct with brownish-gray points, but no black pigment on the lower part of the vagina or penis. One specimen of this typical form, with "brown mantle," and in all respects agreeing with the Atlantic, was dredged by Dall at Kyska, in June, 1873, on rocky bottom at the depth of ten fathoms. An individual of a (in living state) " yellowish-white " variety was dredged by Dall in Popoff Strait (Shumagin Islands), on rocky bot- tom at a depth of six fathoms. The animal preserved in spirits was 10.0 mm. long, by a breadth of 6.0 and a height of 4.5 mm. ; the rhinophoria 1.5 mm. high, the eill 1.0 mm., the foot 3.0 mm. broad. The color yellowish-white. In the club of the rhinophoria about thirty leaves ; nine branchial leaves ; the anal papill.i with three small protuberances ; the renal pore very distinct on the right side. The genital opening very wide ; the bul- bus pharyngeus 2.0 mm. long ; the tongue with seven rows of plates, the total number of these twenty-six (16 + 3) ; five external ^ The armature of the penis has been first seen by H. Friele and G. Armauer Hansen (Bidr. til Kundsk. om de Norske Nudibranchiar. Christi- ania, Vidsk. Selsk. Forh., 1875, extras, p. 4). 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880- plates. The diverticle of the oesophagus nearly as large as the true bulbus. The spermatoduct and the penis as usual, also the vagina ; the spermatotheca of 1.6 mm. largest diameter. No trace of pig- ment on the vagina or penis, and the peritoneum was colorless. Another variety of the species, with " brown mantle and yellowish- white papilljB," was dredged by Dall, in Yukon Harbor (Shumagins), in August, 18t4, on sand and stones, at a depth of six to twenty fathoms. The individual preserved in spirits was 9.0 mm. long, by a breadth of 6.5 mm., and a height of 4.5 mm. ; the breadth of the foot 4.0 mm., the height of the gill 1.5 mm. The back of the animal densely brown- dotted, especially the circumference of the gill and the free area left in the middle of the gill ; the dorsal papillae all whitish ; the stalk of the rhinophoria and the inferior part of the club densely dotted with brown, also, in a somewhat slighter degree, the outside of the branchial leaves. The under side of the mantle and the upper side of the margin of the foot and, in a slighter degree, the sides of the body and the sole of the foot dotted with an enormous quantity of brownish-gray points. The form as usual. The gill with nine leaves, of which the two pos- terior were much smaller than the others. The central nervous system as usual ; the otocysts very conspicuous under the magnifier as chalk-white points. The mouth-tube 2.0 mm. long. The bulbus pharyngeus 2.0 mm. long ; the sheath of the radula projecting 2.0 mm., bent downwards. The armature of the lip-disk (PI. XII, fig. 10, m very like that of the var. albescens (cf. PI. XIII, fig. 4). The buccal crop as usual. The tongue with nine rows of plates; the total number of rows, twenty-five (13 f 3). The large lateral plates as usual ; the djnticulations rather long and somewhat irregular. The number of the external plates (fig. 12) reaching to six. The salivary glands, the oesophagus with its diverticle, the pyloric part of the intestine with its bag (biliary sac), and the liver, as usual. The sanguineous gland rather large, covering, besides the central nervous system, the whole of the bulbus pharyngeus. In the lobes of the hermaphroditic gland, masses of zojsperms. The anterior genital mass of the usual form ; the ampulla of the herma- phroditic duct somewhat larger. The spermatoduct as usual ; so, too, the penis, with its armature ; the length of the glans about 0.5 mm. The spermatotheca and the spermatocjsta as usual; also the chief duct (vagina), the cavity of the last filled with sperma. The mucous gland yellowish-white and in the centre (albuminous gland) brownish- 1 880. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 yellow. Very scanty black pigment on the inferior part of the vagina and of the penis ; the peritoneum of the back, on the contrary, very (lark brown. 2. Acanthodoris pilosa (0. F. MUUer), var. albescens, PL X, fig. 14, 15 ; PI. XI, fig. 2 ; PI. XII, fig. 13-16. Color flavescente-albidus. Hamus dentium (lingua;) edentulus vel parce denticulatus. Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. (Aleutian Islands). Two rather large specimens of this variety have been dredged by Dall, in June and July, 1813, at Kyska Harbor (Aleutians), on sand or on rocky bottom, at a depth of nine to fourteen fathoms. According to Dall, the color of the living animal was "yellowish- white ; " that of the specimens preserved in spirits was so, too, but very likely much more whitish. The length was 16.0 or 17.0 mm., by a breadth of 6.5 to 8.0 mm., and a height of 6.5 mm. ; the h^^ight of the rhinophoria 2.5 to 3.0 mm., of the gill 3.0 to 4.0 mm. ; the breadth of the foot 5 0 or 6.0 mm., the length of the genital opening 2.0 or 3.0 mm. The form as in the typical D. jnlosa; the rhinophoria showed about twenty-five broad leaves in the club ; there were nine branchial leaves ; the anal papilla very low ; the renal pore rather large. The central nervous system as previously described. The distal olfactory ganglion small ; a large (diameter, 0.4 mm.) ganglion penis (fig. 15). The eyes with rich, coal-black pigment ; the otocysts visible under a lens as chalk-white points, with about one hundred and fifty otokonia. The bulbus pharyngeus 8.5 mm. long, with the sheath of the radula projecting 1.3 to 1.5 mm.; the height of the bulbus, with the crop, 4.0 to 4.5 mm., its breadth 2.5 to 3.0 mm. The older elements of the lip-plate (PI. XII, figs. 13, 14) agreeing in form with those of the typical species, but oftener showing a granu- lated interior ; the said elements reaching a length of about 0.04 mm. The diameter of the disk and mouth about 3.0 mm. The breadth of either half of the disk 0.66 mm. The tongue showed nine or ten rows of teeth ; the whole number of rows, twenty-nine (16 or 174-3). The large lateral teeth were as in the typical species, reaching 0.65 mm. in height (PI. XII, fig. 15, 16), without or with only a very slight denticulation of the hook (fig. 15). The number of the outer teeth, three to five.' ' Cf. my Gatt. nordischer Doriden, 1. c, Taf. xix, fig. 13. 98 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The salivary glands deeply imbedded in the cavity for the oesophagus at the fore-end of the liver. The oesophagus with its rather large (1.5 mm. long) diverticle, the stomach, the intestine with its little (1.0 mm. long bag, as above. The liver 7.0 to 9.0 mm. long, 5.0 to G.O mm. broad, 5.0 to 6.25 mm. high, of yellowish-gray color. The san- guineous gland of irregular, oval form, of a largest diameter of 4.0 mm., by a thickness of 1.0 mm., and of grayish color. The renal syrinx about 0.75 mm. long. The anterior genital mass Q.O or 7.0 mm. long, 4.0 to 6.0 mm. high, and 3.0 or 4.0 mm. thick. The ampulla as usual; also the (about 40.0 mm. long) spermatoduct and the (nearly 2.0 mm. long) penis, with its armature ; the hooks often set in pairs. The spermatotheca (diameter, 4.0 mm.) and the spermatocysta (diameter, 1.5 mm.) as above ; the chief duct, with the vagina (about 23.0 mm. long, by a diameter of 0.4 to 1.0 mm.), as usual, and also its internal cellular clothing (PI. X, fig. 13) ; the yellow nucleoli somewhat brighter; the cavity nearly filled with sperma. The mucous gland as usual. No black pigment on the inferior part of the vagina or on the penis. S. Acanthodoris pilosa (0. F. MUller), mr. purpvrea, PI. XII, fig. 1-9. Color e purpureo brunneus et flavescente-albidus. Habitat. Oceanum Pacificum septentrion. Insula? Aleutiana? (Una- lashka). Only two specimens of this species were dredged by Dall, in Sep- tember, 1874, on mud and stones, at a depth of about sixty fathoms. The color of the living animal was, according to Dall, '■ purple-brown and jellowish-white." The length of the animals preserved in spirits was 24.0 or 25.0 mm., by a breadth of 9.0 or 10.0 mm., and a height of 7.5 mm.; the foot 6.0 mm. broad; the height of the rhinophoria about 3.0 mm., of the branchial leaves 2.3 mm. The color of the back reddish-brown ; the stalk of the rhinophoria brownish, the club yellowish ; the branchial leaves yellowish-white, the last brownish at the rhachis ; the under side of the mantle margin, with the sides of the body, the head and the foot, yellowish-white, dotted with brownish- gray all over, the color much more scanty on the sides of the foot and still more so on the head and on the sole of the foot. The form was somewhat elongate. The back covered all over with pointed, rather (0.75 mm ) high, digitiform, soft papilla3 and with inter mixed smaller ones. The margin of the rhinophor-holes with several pointed, projecting, digitiform processes ; the stout club of the rhino- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 phoria with about twenty leaves. The branchial leaves stronjr, (in both individuals) eiglit in number, the two hindermost separateil by a narrow crest, which rises into a larger papilla ; before this the anal papilla, covered with some papilloe, at its right side is the r^nal pore ; on the space before it were several smaller papilla?. The under side of the free margin of the mantle (about 2.0 mm, broad) smooth. The head large, the tentacles short. The genital opening a rather large, cres- centic orifice. The foot rounded behind. The peritoneum was richly dotted on the back with brownish-red. The central nervous system nearly quite as in Ac. pilosa; the proximal olfactory ganglia of oval form, true distal ones could not be detected in the root of the rhinophoria, but only a fusiform swelling of the nerve, with scattered nervous cells. The subcerebral and pedal commissures connected, the visceral isolated. The buccal ganglia larger than the olfactory, of oval form, connected by a commissure nearly as long as each ganglion ; the gastro oesophageal ganglia de- veloped on the side of the nerve, which is a little longer than the ganglion, and in size about one-fifth of the former ; the contents one very large cell, three or four smaller and several quite small ones. On the upper part of the penis the large ganglion genitale, of about the diameter of 0,3 mm., rounded, partly covered with black pigment consisting of only rather small cells ; in the first parts of the nerves given off from the ganglion, one or two rows of nervous cells of the same kind as in the ganglion. The eyes with black pigment, yellow lens ; the optic nerve rather long. As chalk-white points the otocysts were situated on the hinder part of the cerebral ganglia, where they touched the pedal ones ; they were filled with solid, yellowish otokonia of about the usual form and size, but, in both respects, rather irregular. In the leaves of the rhinophoria no spicula. In the margin of the mantle and of the foot almost no spicula at all, but everywhere in the skin, especially on the back and the papilla, were an enormous quantity of large and small glandular openings. In the interstitial connective tissue were hardly any calcified cells at all. The mouth-tube was about 2.3 ram. long, wide, with a glandular belt on the outside, not closed below ; on the inside lined with a yellowish cuticula. The bulbus pharyngeus strong, about 4.0 mm. long, and the sheath of the radula projecting nearly 10 mm. from the posterior part of the under side, directed straight backwards or downwards ; the height (through the buccal crop) 4.0 mm., the breadth 2.5 mm. The 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. buccal crop making nearly half of the whole bulbus, and of the usual form ; the walls very thick ; the compressed and rather small cavity communicating through a long cleft with the anterior half of the small buccal cavity. The lip-disk (fig. 1) of rounded contour, clothed throughout its whole breadth (on each side to about 0.5 mm.) with the light, horn-yellow colored armature ; the lowest part of this, as usual in the Acanthodorides, injured or wanting ; the breadth of the belt decreasing towards the upper end, where it is interrupted in the middle line, also at the lower end. The armature (fig. 2&&, 36, 4} composed of hooks, whose points are directed forwards (towards the opening of the mouth), nearly like, but still differing a little from those in the typical Ac. piloHO, reaching the height of about 0.04 mm., yellowish, with rounded, bifid or irregularly cleft points. The lancet-shaped (fig. la, 2a, 3a) blades at the inferior angle of the mouth as usual. The tongue with nine or ten sei'ies of plates, farther backwards thirteen to fifteen developed and three undeveloped series ; the total number in this way, twenty-five to twenty-eight. The large lateral plates relatively larger than in the Ac. pilosa, and (fig. 5, 6) less thick in the anterior-inferior part of the body, with relatively larger hook ; the denticulation of this last much weaker and much more irregular ; in one specimen generally two to four denticles, sometimes only a few vei'y insignificant ones or none at all (fig. 6) ; and this was the case with the other specimen, in which only some few plates showed two small denticles.* The outer lateral plates as in the typical form, scarcely more than from four to six. The salivary glands whitish, rather strong at their short first part, in the rest of their length thin (fig. 7), accompanying the oesophagus to the cardia ; the duct rather short (fig. 7a). The oesophagus forming a little crop,^ with thin walls and longitu- dinal folds on the inside; in the rest of its length rather thin. The stomach rather small, with the usual biliary apertures. The intestine (fig. 8a) somewhat inflated in its first part, with many rather strong folds and one particularly thick ; a little over the point, where it appears on the surface of the visceral mass, on the right side, a little, scarcely pedunculated bag (fig. 8&^, of the length of 1.0 to 1.25 mm., with fine, longitudinal folds ; the rest of the intestine (fig. 8c) some- what narrower; the total length of the intestine about 12.0 to 13.0 ^ Although very like the plates of the Atlantic form, they still bore a somewhat peculiar aspect. ■^ Cf, my Gattungen uordischer Doriden, 1. c, Taf. xix, fig. 14. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 mm., by a diameter of 1.0 to 1.5 mm. The contents of the stomach and of the intestine indeterminable animal matter, mixed with an enormous quantity of different and partly very handsome forms of Diatomacese, with some polylhalamia and some small copepoda, and fragments of the same. The liver about 9-9.5 mm. long by a breadth (at the forepart) of 6.5-5.5 and a height of 6.25-6.0 mm. ; the posterior half somewhat pointed, the anterior notably flattened and excavated on the right side ; around the cardia the liver appeared naked (not covered by the her- maphroditic gland) of (greenish) gray color, in sections it was yel- lowish. The ramifications of the aorta nearly as in the typical Dorididce,^ the root of the posterior aorta still longer and the Art. syringis renalis stronger and more ramified. The sanguineous gland yellowish-white, rather flattened, of irregular triangular form, lobulated, about 3.5 mm. long. The renal chamber large ; the yellowish-white renal syrinx about 0.75 mm. long, its tube somewhat more than twice as long, imme- diately continuous with the tube on the floor of the renal chamber. The hermaphroditic gland easily distinguishable from the liver through its more whitish color; the secondary (ovigerous) lobes rather small; in the lobes zodsperms and large oogene cells. The anterior genital mass of plano-convex heart-shape with the point down and backwards; the length about 5.0 mm. by a breadth of 4.0 and a height of 5.0 mm. The ampulla of the very thin and white hermaphroditic duct resting on the upper posterior part of the mucous gland, yellow, short and thick (4.0 mm. long by a diameter of about 1.25 mm. form- ing a simple ansa. The vas deferens yellowish, strong, resting upon the upper side of the genital mass with its large coils and freely de- scending before its anterior margin to the penis, constricted about the (fig. 9c) middle of its total length (30.0-35.0 mm.). The penis forming the end of the spermatoduct somewhat thicker, about 2.0 mm. long, somewhat curved ; its lower part hollow, the rest solid and prominent in the cavity of the former as a cylindrical glans of the length of about 0 6 mm. The glans with about ten series of yellowish hooks, which from a rather large basis raised to the height of about 0.04 mm. ; the continuation of the armature reaching through the interior of the glans and of the spermatoduct nearly up to the stricture of the last, but the » Cf. my Malacolog. Unters. (Semper, Philipp.) Tab. XLVIH, fig. 11. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. number of sei'ies here smaller, about five to eight. The spermatotheca whitish, forming an oval bag of 3.0 mm. largest diameter ; the sperma- tocysta yellowish, of 1.3-1.5 mm. largest diameter, the ducts as in the typical Ac. pilosa. The chief duct, too, very (about 25.0 mm.) long, rolled up in many coils, partly spiral, the diameter varying between about 0.3 and 0.15 mm. ; the last fourth of the duct (vagina) with scattered black pigment, somewhat narrower and with a rather strong retractor muscle at its commencement ; the interior of this duct with some few strong longitudinal folds, clothed with a cuticula, and under the same a very fine layer of round and angulated cells with a large round or oval nucleus of the diameter of about 0.4 mm. and a rather large yellow nucleolus (PI. X, fig." 13). In the cavity of the vagina more or less sperma.i The mucous gland yellowish and white ; the central mass (albuminous gland) yellow ; the duct with scattered black pigment on the outside (also on the outside of the lower part of the penis), with the usual fold. The vestibulum genitale with black pigment on the folds, the same pignaent was seen in the lowest part of the cavity of the penis and of the vagina and on the folds of the duct of the mucous gland. A very similar animal, but " with brown mantle,'' was dredged by Dall in Kyska Harbor (Aleutians) in July, 1873, on sand, at a depth of nine to fourteen fathoms. It was of large size ; the length 21.0 mm., by a breadth of 11.0 and a height of 9.0 mm. ; the margin of the mantle 2.0 mm. broad, the foot 6.0 mm. broad ; the height of the rhinophoria and of the gill 3 mm. ; the genital aperture 3.0 mm. broad. The color dirty brown on the upper side ; the rhinophoria and the branchial leaves yellowish, dotted with grayish, especially on the stalk of the rhinophoria ; the sole of the foot yellowish, the under side of the animal whitish ; the under side everywhere with an enormous quantity of gray and black dots. The number of branchial leaves nine. The peritoneum black-brown ; the central nervous system, eyes, otocysts, as previously described. The bulbus pharyngeus of the length of 4.5 mm. by a breadth of 3.0 and a height (with the crop) of 4-T5 mm. ; the sheath of the radula projecting 1.25 mm. ; the crop alone of the height of 2.3 mm. and 3.25 mm. broad. The lip-disk as above, the thickenings in the lowest part of the mouth 1.2 mm. long, of which nearly half freely projected. On the tongue nine rows of ' The length of the spermatoduct and the duct of the spermatotheca (vagina) was much more considerable than in the typical form. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 plates, farther backwards eighteen developed and three younger rows, the total number thirty; the plates denticulated as previously men- tioned, the height of the large plates rising to 0,7 mm. ; the number of external plates four to five. The oesophageal diverticle of a largest diameter of about 3.0 mm. The pars pylorica of the intestine of about 4.5 mm. length, with higher folds than in the rest of the intestine, which had a length of about 15.0 mm. ; the bag at the first part of the intes- tine 1.5 mm. long. The liver 12.0 mm. long by a breadth of 8.0 and a height of 6.0 mm. The sanguineous glands whitish, 5.0 mm. long by a breadth of 6.0 mm. and 2.0 mm. thick, convexo-concave, the fore-end flattened (by the buccal crop), the hinder end with two transverse fur- rows (produced by two coils of the spermatoduct ; the anterior genital mass 8.0 mm. long by a breadth of 3.5 and a height of 7.5 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic duct 5.0 mm. long, whitish. The coils of the spermatoduct and of the vagina in this individual covering the upper side of the mucous gland, and ascending to the back between the pharyngeal bulbus and the liver ; a coil of the former embraced the sheath of the radula. The first part of the spermatoduct 12.0 mm. long, the last of the length of about 25.0 mm ; the penis about 3.5 mm. long, the armature as usual. The spermatotheca nearly spherical, of 3.5 mm. diameter ; the spermatocysta yellowish, round, with a diameter of 1.5 mm. ; the chief duct (vagina) 33.0 mm. long with a general diameter of 1.2 mm. ; the structure of the wall as above ; the last, nar- rower part (from the m. retractor downwards), 5.0 mm. long. 'J he vestibulum, as well as the inferior part of the vagina and of the penis, with very scanty black pigment. 4. Acanthodoris caerulescens, Bgh., n. sp. Plate XIII, fig. 6-7 ; Plato XIV, fig. 16. Color paginas superioris corporis caerulescens. Dentes radulae hamo per totam fere longitudinem deuticulato. Hah. Mare Beringianum (Nunivak Island). One specimen of this species was found by Dall at the north end of Nunivak Island, Bering Sea, in July, 1874, on stony bottom, at the, depth of eight fathoms. According to Dall, the color of the living animal was bluish. The animal preserved in alcohol had the length of 14.0 mm. by a height of 5.0 and a breadth of 8.0 mm. ; the length of the foot was 12.5 mm. by a breadth of 6.5 mm. ; the height of the rhinophoria 2.0, of the bran- chial leaves 1.5 ram. The color uniformly yellowish-white, with the back of a slightly bluiah hue. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The form elongate-oval. The back covered all over with irregular (the greatest height reaching about 1.5 mm.), conical, rather soft and flexible papillte, in general larger than in the typical species. The margin of the rhinophor-holes thin, somewhat prominent, with two anterior strong tubercles and a posterior much smaller one ; the stalk of the club rather low, the latter with about twenty-five to thirty leaves. The branchia consisting of nine to ten leaves, the adjacent border set with several strong tubercles ; the branchial leaves quite isolated at their base, apparently simply pinnate. The anus prominent, before the same a small tubercle, behind it a much larger one. The margin of the mantle rather thin, on the upper side covered with a mass of smaller and larger papillse and tubercles, the under side smooth. The head broad, flat, with prominent rounded, flattened tentacula. The foot broad, rounded behind. The central nervous system as in the typical species ; the buccal ganglia rounded, the commissure between them very short. The eyes with black pigment and yellow lens. The otocysts a little smaller than the eyes, with numerous otokonia of the usual form, and reaching a length of 0.03 mm. The leaves of the rhinophoria without spicula ; in the axes of the organs large, molecularly calcified cells and groups of smaller calcified cells. In the papillae of the skin of the back were no spicula at all, on their surface the usual large quantity of glandular cells ; in the skin beneath the papillte cells and groups of cells as in the case of the rhinophoria. The mouth-tube rather wide, with strong cuticula. The bulbus pharyngeus formed apparently as in the typical species ; the lip-plate composed of many rows of rather low (the height rising to about 0.02 mm.), very (fig. 6) finely striated columns. The tongue with ten rows of teeth ; further back, twenty-six developed and three undevel- oped rows ; the total number thus thirty-nine. The lateral plates large, yellow, of usual form, with a series of denticles along nearly the whole of the inner margin of the hook (fig. 16a). The external plates colorless, eight in number; somewhat depressed (fig. 7, 16), obKquely rising from the cuticula of the tongue (fig. 7), of nearly equal size excepting the outermost (fig. 16&), which is much smaller. The salivary glands seemed of the usual form. The oesophagus and the stomach as usual. The intestine issuing from the liver at the middle of its length on the left side, rather short. The liver of the length of about 9.0 mm. by a breadth and a height of about 4.2 mm. ; 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 the right anterior half excavated (on account of the anterior genita mass) ; the color brownish-gray. The heart and the sanguineous gland as usual, also the renal cham- ber and the renal syrinx. The hermaphroditic gland by its yellowish color contrasting with the liver, clothing the under side, part of the left side, and its right anterior half. The anterior genital mass rather compressed, about 6.0 mm. long by a breadth of 2.0 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphro- ditic duct rather short, sausage-shaped, about 2.3 mm. long, curved and whitish. The larger part of the penis was gone, but hooks were seen in the remaining part as in the typical species. The sperma totheca rather large, bag-shaped, about 3.5 mm. long ; the vagina rather wide, about 10.0 ram. long. The mucous gland white, and the albuminous gland yello wish- white. ^ This species seems very distinct from the typical one, by its color and by the different form of denticulation of the large plates of the tongue. POLYCERATID^. This large family, so rich in generic forms, was found represented in the northern Pacific only by two generic types, Polycera and Iriopha. POLYCERA, Cuvier. Polycera. Cuvier, (1812?), Regne-anitn., 1817, ii, p. 390.^ Regne-anim., ed. 2, ill, p. 52. Themisto, Oken, Lehrb. der Zool., 1815, p. 278. Cufaa, Leach, Moll. Britann. Synopsis, 1852, p. 21. Polycera C, Aid. and Hanc, Observ. on the genus Polycera, Ann. Mag. of Nat. Hist., vi, 1841, p. 337-342, PI. IX. Limacia, O. Fr. Miiller, Zool. Dan., i, 1781, p. 65-68.^ Phanerobranchus, A. Fredol (Moquin-Tandon), Le monde de la mer, 1864, PI. xii, figs. 1, 2. * The anterior genital mass was so hardened and altered, tliat the nature of its different components could not be determined with certainty. 2 According to a note of Hermaunsen, under the genus Themisto, Oken, (Ind. Gen. Malacoz, primordia, ii, 1849, p. 572), the genus Polycera was established by Cuvier, 1812, [but this is probably a typographical error, since, under the genus Polycera itself, he indicates only the year 1817 — Dall,] (cf., 1. c, p. 314). ' Limacia, Hartm., Neue Alpina, i, 1821, p. 208 [Arion, Fer.). 8 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Limbus frontalis digitatus vel tuberculatus. Branchia S-Y-foliata. Appendices dorsales (extrabranchiales) 1-3. Tentacula brevia, lobi- formia. Lamelhe mandibulares laterales forte?, sat applanataj. Radula rhachide nuda ; pleuris dentibus lateralibus hamatis duobus (margine Isevi), interne minore, externo majore, et dentibus externus 4-8. Prostata magna ; pleuris ut in omnibus Polyceratis. The genus Polycera was established by Cuvier (1812 ?), to receive the Doris quadrilineata of Miiller and (in 1830) allied forms ; a few years afterwards (1815), and not knowing the genus of Cuvier, Oken formed his Themisto, nearly identical with the Polycera of Cuvier.* The Gufeea of Leach (1852), is entirety congeneric with the genera of Cuvier and Oken, as is also very likely the Phanerobranchus of A. Fredol (Moquin-Tandon). The Limacia of 0. Fr. Muller (1781), contains a whole series of different Nudibranchiata, among them the D. quadrilineata, and, as first-named species, the D. verrucosa; the name cannot therefore be employed here. Although, tlirough Cuvier and Alder (1841), their external char- acters were somewhat made known, still Polycera, like so many other Nudibranchiata, remained very superficially known, until the laro-e monograph of Alder and Hancock, ^ that first really unveiled their external and internal structure, although Frey and Leuckarf'' had given some anatomical notices of these animals. Lately more light has been spread over the northern species of the group, through the investigations of Meyer and Moebius,^ and of G. O. Sars.* The true Polycera shows a form of body common to the whole family. The well-developed frontal margin is more or less curved in * A careful search has failed to find any other ground for supposing that Cuvier described the genus Polycera in 1812, or at any date before 1817, so that the 1812 of Hermaunsen is almost certainly merely a misprint. The name Themisto, of Oken, if congeneric, should therefore take precedence. — Dall. 1 Alder and Hancock, Monogr. Brit. Nudibr. Moll., Part 2, 1846, fam. 1, PI. 23 ; Part 4, 1848, fam. 1, PI. 24 ; Part 5, 1851, fam. 1, PI. 22 ; Part 6, 1854, fam. 1, PI. 17 (anat. !) ; Part 7, 1855, PI. 46 supplem. figs. 20, 21. '^ Frey and Leuckart, Beitr. zur Kenntn. wirbellose Thiere, 1847, p. 66- 70, taf. i, fig. 1§, 13. 3 Meyer and Moebius, Fauna der Kieler Bucht, i, 1865, p. 49-57, m. 2 taf. uud taf. iv. A, B. * G. 0. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 312, 813, Tab. xiv, fig. 14-16. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 the middle, with its free margin tuberculated or digitate. The frontal veil is continued in a more or less tuberculated ridge, that limits the true back, and posteriorly ends in a single strong or in several smaller dorsal (branchial) appendices on the outside of and behind the region of the gill. The true back with longitudinal rows of more or less developed connected tubercles, sometimes forming low longitudinal ridges. The number of leaves in the club of the rhinophoria is not large. The gill is composed of a moderate number (five to seven) of leaves, which are either simply pinnate or composite (bi- or tripinnate). The tentacles are small, flattened or auriculate. The jaws or man- dibular plates in form somewhat recall those of the u^olidiidce, strong, flattened, sometimes with a peculiar superior process. The rhachis of the radula naked ; on the pleura? two large hook-formed lateral teeth, of which the outer is much larger than the inner ; at the outside of the laterals are four to eight, somewhat flattened uncina^. A large prostate gives the genital apparatus a particular feature ; the arma- ture of the penis is of the usual kind. About the biological relations of Polycera very little is known, as usual among the Nudibranchiata. The spawn of the most common northern species is known, and a part of the developmental history has been investigated by Ray Lankester.' A small number of species have been described by different authors in the course of years. Alder and Hancock (Monogr. part T, 1855, p. 45, XVIII) established and rather well characterized two groups of Polycera ; according to these authors Gray soon after (Guide I, 1857, p. 213) denominated these groups Polycera (typical) and Palio, which perhaps might be conserved as subgenera. L POLYCERA (stricte). Marge limbi frontalis digitatus. Folia branchialia simpliciter pin- nata ; appendices dorsales (branchiales) singula? majores. Lamellae mandibulares processu superiori aliBformi. 1. F. quadrilineata (O. F. Miiller). M. Atlanticum ; Mediterraneum. 2. P. horrida, Hesse. Joum. de Conchyliol.,3 S., XIII, 4, 1873, p. 345. M. Atlanticum. ' Ray Lankester, Contrib. to the Developm. hist, of Moll., Philos. Trans., MDCCCLXXV, p. 29, PI. 10, f. 1-9. Meyer and Moebius have, moreover, given a figure of the shell of the embryo of their Pol. ocellata (1. c, fig. 10 j. 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. 3. P. plebeia, Loven. Index Moll., 1846, p. 6.^ M. Atlanticum. 4. P. doriformis (Quatref.). Phanerobrancbe doriforme. Moquin-Tandon (pseud. A. Fredol) Le monde de la mer., 1864, PI. XII, fig. 1. M. Mediterraneum. 5. P. eanteriata (Quatref.) Phanerobrancbe a chevrons. Moquin-Tandon (do) 1. c, pi. XII, f. 2. M. Mediterraneum. II. PALIO, Gray. Marge limbi frontalis tuberculatus. Folia branchialia bi- vel tri- pinnata ; appendices dorsales (branchiales) niinores, complures. Lamellae mandibulares simplices (sine processu superiori). 6. P. Lessonii (d'Orb.). Pol. ocellata, A. et H. M. Atlanticum. 7. P. pudica, Loven. Ind. Moll., 1846, p. 6. M. Atlanticum. 8. P. pallida. Bgh.. n. sp. M. Pacificum. 9. P. diibia, Sars. Bidr, til Soedyrenes. Naturh., 1829, p. 13. Tab. 3, fig. 5, 6. Loven, Ind. Moll., 1846, p. 6. M. Atlanticum sept. 10. P. ? Cookii, Angas. Journ. de Conchyl., 3 S., IV, 1, 1864, p. 58 ; PI. V, f . 6. M. Pacificum. 11. P. ? Capensis, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de I'Uranie. Zool., 1824, p. 417 ; PI. 66, f. 4. M. Capense.2 P. pallida, Bgh., n. sp. Plate XV, fig. 14 ; Plate XVI, fig. 1-9. Color flavescens. Branchia sexfoliata. Lamellie mandibulares fere ut in FoL Lessonii, sed magis elongatae. Armatura lingualis fere ut in Pol. Lessonii; denies externi 5. JIab. Oc. Pacificum septentr. Of this form Dall dredged a single individual in June, 18t3, at Kyska Harbor (Aleutians), at the depth of ten fathoms on rocky bottom. According to Dall, the color of the living animal was " yel- lowish-white." The length of the animal preserved in spirits was 7.0 mm., with a height of 4.0 and a breadth of 3.0 mm. ; the height of the branchial leaves about 1.0 mm., also that of the rhinophoria ; the breadth of the 1 "Viridifusca, sulpliureo maculata, papillis frontis 10, brancliiali utrinque una postica majore ; 11 mm. Bohus," Loven. This, as well as the other new Polycera of Loven, has not since been seen (Cf. G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv., 1878, p. 313). 2 Of the three (not too naturally represented) "Polycerse " of A. Fredol (Moquin-Tandon), the one (1. c. PI. XII, fig. 6) seems to be the Pel. Lessonii, the other two (fig. 3, 4) belong undoubtedly to the genus Thecacera. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 109 foot 2.0 mm. The color of the animal whitish, that of the rhinophoria and the branchial leaves more yellow ; the margin of the foot white. 'The form as usual. The head rounded, with a prominence on the upper lateral part ; the mouth a vertical slit. The margin of the rhinophor-grooves plain. The stalk of the rhinophoria nearly as high as the club, cylindrical ; the club rather flattened, with about fifteen leaves; before the rhinophoria a low transverse frontal veil with scarcely more than two prominences ; the veil continued backwards as a rather indistinct prominent line on each side of the smooth rounded back ; the pericardial region a little prominent ; behind the middle of the length of the back, the gill with six tripinnate leaves in a slight curve ; behind them the quite low anal nipple, and towards the right side the renal pore ; behind the gill a little flattened space with a slight crest on each side with three papilliB. The sides of the body rather high. In the region of the anterior angles of the foot the genital papilla with the everted penis (without its recurved point, 0.75 mm. high), and below it a folded lamella, the duct of the mucous gland. The foot rather narrow, of nearly the same breadth ; the rounded anterior angles somewhat prominent ; a fine furrow in the anterior margin. The intestines indistinctly appearing through the walls of the body. The peritoneum colorless, nearly without spicula. The central nervous system (fig. 1) very depressed; the cerebral ganglia of rounded-triangular form, a little larger than the more rounded visceral (fig. la); the pedal ones more pyriforra, a little larger than the last ; the (proximal) olfactory ganglia bulbifonn, not quite as large as the buccal ones, which were (fig. lb) of rounded form, connected by a not very short commissure ; the gastro-oesophageal ganglia of about one-eighth of the size of the former, rounded.^ The three inferior ( subcerebral, visceral, and pedal) commissures (or at least the visceral one) free. The eyes (fig. 1) short-stalked, with black pigment and pale yellowish lens. The otocysts (fig. 1 ) in their usual place, very short-stalked, with about eighty otokonia of the ordinary kind. In the stalk of the rhinophoria some scattered yellowish thick spicula, of the same kind as in the skin of the back ; none, on the contrary, in the leaves of the club. In the skin some scattered, yellowish, thick, straight or curved spicula, mostly of about 0.15-0.3 mm. in length, and of the usual form. In the interstitial tissue very few larger spicula. ^ In the other species of Polycera I have examined, I never saw gastro- CBSophageal ganglia, nor any in Ewplocamui or iu Plocamopherus . no PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880 The oral tube whitish, of about 1.0 mm. length, wide. The bulbus pharyngeus clear brownish-yellow, somewhat pyriform, with oblique flattened posterior end, in length about 1.6, by a height of nearly 1.3, and a breadth of 1.5 mm. ; the sheath of the radula a little prominent downwards, and to the left from the hindermost part of the under side of the bulbus. The lip-disk clothed with a brownish-yellow cuticula, that is continued into the two mandibular plates behind the lip-disk at the entrance of the oral cavity, the form of the mandible could not be determined with certainty ; a yellowish cuticula clothes the rest of the cavity. The tongue with ten rows of plates, further backwards six developed and two younger rows ; the total number eighteen.^ The rhachis (fig. 2) not very narrow. The plates yellow. The length of the first plate about 0.11, of the second 0.20, of the inmost of the ex- ternal plates 0.14, of the following 0.12, 0.10, 0 08 and 0.06 mm. (all from the hinder part of the sheath). The first lateral plate (fig. '■laa^ 5, 6) formed somewhat as in the P. Lessouii, the hook still smaller ; the second of the same form, but larger (fig. 2&i, 3), the hooks much larger, especially the anterior, which is broader and excavated (fig. T). More outwards five external plates (fig. 2cc), all with a crest, which is larger in the two innermost ; adjoining the outermost of these plates several longitudinal folds of the lingual cuticula, which sometimes simulate one to two plates more (fig. 2). The salivary glands whitish, elongate. The oesophagus rather wide, the stomach inclosed in the liver. The intestine appearing at the middle of the length of the liver a little to the left, at the bottom of a deep and large cavity in the upper side of the liver ; the pyloric part ' According to Alder and Hancock (Monog. Part VII, 1855, PI, 41 sup- plement, fig. 20, 21), the number of rows was fifteen in the Polycera qnad- rilineata, sixteen in tlie P. ocellata. thirteen in the P. Lessonii ; Alder and Hancock saw (1. c.) four external plates in the Pol. quadrilineata, five in P. ocellata, and six in P. Lessonii. Meyer and Moebius saw five to seven external plates in their Polycera ocellata, whilst the number of rows (1. c. PI. 50) is noted as thirteen to fifteen ; in the P. quadrilineata they found four to five external plates and twelve to thii-teen rows. In four specimens of Pol. quadrilineata I saw six to eight rows on the tongue, more back- wards six to seven developed, and one not quite developed row ; the total number of rows was fourteen to fifteen. In all specimens there were but four external plates. In four specimens of Pol. Lessonii I saw nine to ten rows on the tongue, more backwards eight to seven or five developed, and a single not developed row; the total number of rows was sixteen to eighteen. In all the specimens there were eight external plates. 1880.] ' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill of the intestine rather wide, its curve reaching to the bulbus pharyn- geus. The liver about 5.0 mm. long by a breadth of 3.5 and a height of 3.25 mm. ; the form conical, the posterior end rounded, the anterior much broader, flattened and adjoining another flattening on the infe- rior part of the right side of the organ ; the color was yellowish. The sanguineous gland of quadrangular form, of a diameter of about 1.5 mm., whitish. The hermaphroditic gland with its yellowish-white lobes covering nearly the whole surface of the liver : in the lobes large oJgene cells. The anterior genital mass of the length of about 4.0 mm. by a height of 3.0 and a breadth of 1.5 mm. The ampulla of the hermaphroditic dact resting on the inferior margin of the genital mass, whitish, straight, of the length of 3.0 mm by a diameter of about 0.5 mm. At the anterior end of the ampulla a flattened body (prostate) that freely projects before the anterior margin of the rest of the genital mass ; it was of about the same length as the ampulla, but nearly twice as broad ; the cavity of the organ rather large and the walls rather thin. The prostate slopes gradually into the thin but strong spermato- duct, which is about 6.0 mm. long and terminates in the penis, which was short, conical (fig. 8«, 9), about 0.75 mm. long, and terminated in a somewhat flexible, yellowish glans (fig. 8, 9, 14), of the length of about 0.37 mm. by a diameter at the base of about 0.09, and at the point of 0.037 mm.; through the largest part of its length it was covered with (in all about twelve) series of small chitinized crests, which did not surpass the height of about 0.0025 mm. (fig. 14 i; the armature only continued through a short part of the interior of the spermatoduct. The spermatotheca spherical ; the spermatocysta pyri- form, filled with sperma. The cordate mucous gland whitish and yellowish-white (fig. 8b). This species approaches to the Pol. Lessonn, but seems even dif- ferent in color from that and the other Atlantic forms, and also differs in the slight development of the frontal veil and of the lateral crests of the back, as well as in the number of the external plates of tongue, and' in the nature of the armature of the penis. * The armature of the penis of Polyc. quadrilineata (hitherto the only species in which an armature has been described) as figured by Friele and Hansen (1. c. Tab. II, fig. 3) is very different from that of the Pacific spe- cies, and that difference has been confirmed by my examination of typical specimens. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. TEIOPHA, Bergh, n. gen. Forma corporis fere ut in Triopis, sicut quoque margo fronta- lis ; margo dorsalis appendicibus nonnullis nodosis vel breve ramosis. Tentacula eompresso-poculiformes (auriformia) ; rhino- phoria retractilia, clavo perfoliato. Branchia quinqnefoliata, foliis tripinnatis. Os lamellis dnabus fortioribus e baculis rainutis eompositis armatum. Lingua rbachide dentibus spuriis (4); pleuris denti- bus lateralibus 3-4 (corpore processu alaiformi et hamo ap- planato instractis) et serie dentium externorum (10-11) armatis. Prostata ? This interesting form, that forms a link between Polycera and Triopa on one side, and the Euplocami on the other, ap- proaches more nearly to the latter than to the former. In the exterior, the Trioph(E^ resemble the Trio'pce^ but still differ in some points sufflcienth'. The appendices of the back are more composite ; the tentacles seem different from those of the Triop, 175Y) quotes Rumphius, PI. XIV, f. E. ; and Catesby's Carolina, ii, PI. XXV. Rumphius' figure (of a specimen from Amboina) represents a form with the fingers regu- larly tapering, and resembling G. tetragonon more nearly than any other species with which I am acquainted, but the figure is not accurate enough to have an}^ systematic value. Catesby's figure is the well-known Ocypoda arenai-ia of North America. Linne (in the Amoenitates Academici, vi, p. 416) gives a description, which does not at all apply to this species, and quotes in addition Marcgrave, Piso, Rumphius, Catesby, and Seba, in the order given, showing a still greater confusion. In his 12th edition, p- 1041, Gronovius and Petiver are added to the list, but no hints showing what should be regarded as the Cancer vocanii. As there exists such confusion, it is impossible to apply the name vocana, with certainty, to an}' species, and for that reason I have thought. it best to allow it to lapse into sj'nonymy and take the first recog- nis ible description for this species. 8. Gelasimas marionis Desmarest. PI. ix, f. 8. Oelasimus marionis Desm., Consid. sur le Crust., p. 124, PI. XIII, f. 1 (1825) ; Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, p. 145 (1852). Carapax smooth, and with each margin terminated by an acute angle directed forward; an H -shaped impression on the carapax. Ocular peduncles slightly enlarged at the extremity, and without a terminal point. Inferior border of the orbit creuulate. Right hand greatly larger than the left, greatly' compressed, basallv granulate; finger straight, its sides smooth, its occludent margin granulate ; thumb arcuate below, with its internal border broadly excavate in the middle, and armed with fine teeth. Length, 8 lines ; breadth, one inch (Desmarest). Manilla (Desm.^. Malabar {'Edw.''. I have not seen any form corresponding to this description or figure. S. Gelasimus dubius Stimpson. Gelasimux dubius Stra., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phlla., 1858, p. 99. Carapax and front as in G. cultrimanus. Inferior margin of orbit crenulate, externally angulate. Meros of larger cheliped spinulose, hand stout, externally granulate or tuberculate ; in- 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ternally with crests as in G. cuUrimanus, but less prominent. Digits rather broad, externally sulcata ; inner margin nearly straight, irregularlj'^ dentate, two or three teeth larger than the others (Stm.). Loo Ghoo (Stm.). 10. Gelasimus forcipatus White. PI. ix, f. 9. Qelanmus forcipatus White, Catalogue Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 36, sine descr. (1847) ; Voyage Samarang Crust., p. 50 (1848). Gelasimun coarctatus Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, p. 146, PI. Ill, f. 6 (1853; ; Heller, Crustaceen Sud. Europas, p. 100 (1863) ; Alph. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch, du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., IX, p. 272, PI. XII, f. 4 (1873). Carapax convex, naiTOwed behind. Meros of larger cheliped externally granulate, its margins denticulate. Carpus granulate, inner margin produced but without a prominent tooth. Palm externally granulate, its upper border slightly margined, its lower tuberculate ; on the inside a few tubercles in a curved line near the base of the dactjdus, and an oblique line from the lower margin runs up to the articulation with the carpus, dactylus granulate at the base, otherwise the hand and fingers are smooth. Thumb regularly tapering, with an external impressed line, its occludent margin regularly arcuate, with genei'ally a prominent tubercle near the middle. Dactylus with a prominent distal dentate lobe. [?1 Odessa/ Guerin (Phil. Acad.). Philippines! Drs. Wilson and Burroughs (Phil, Acad.). Australia! E. Wilson (Phil. Acad.). Borneo (Adams and White). Odessa (Edw. ). New Caledonia, (A. M.-Edw.). I have united these two nominal species from an actual com- parison of specimens. In the collection of Guerin-Meneville now in the possession of the Philadelphia Academy, is a specimen labelled " Gelasimus coarctatus Edw., Cat. Mus., Paris, Odessa," and which was probably one of the original specimens which was the foundation of Edward's description. I am strongly inclined to doubt of the authenticity of the locality " Odessa," as I have been unable to find any other authority than that of Edwards. Marcussen in his Fauna of the Black Sea (-Archiv. fur Natur- geschichte xxxiii, pp. .358-363, 1867) does not mention it. His subsequent paper and that of Uljanin, I have not seen. Heller merely quotes from Milne-Edwards. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 11. Gelasimns arouatus De Haan. PI. ix, f. 10. Ocypode ( Gelasimns) arcuata De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 53, PI. VII, f. 2 (1835). Gelasimns arcuatus M.-Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. Ill, xviii, p. 146 (1852) ; (?j Krauss, siid Afrikanische Crus- taceeu, p. 39 (1843) ; A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch, du Mus., ix, p. 373, (187?,'. Carapax with sides carinate, carina acute, scarcel.y granulate; inferior margin of orbit granulate. Meros of larger cheliped, above concave, below flat ; internally with an acute granular ridge. Carpus externally convex, above flat, hand twice the breadth of the carapax , fingers compressed, smooth, externally longitudinally sulcate (De Haan). Japan (De Haan). JSew Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.). [?J Natal Bay (Krauss). 12. Gelasimns tetragonon Ruppell. PI. ix, f. 11. Seba Thesaurus, iii, PL XIX, f. 15. ? Cancer serratan Forskal, Descr. Animalium, etc., p. 87 (1775). Cancer tetragonon Herbst 1. c, i, p. 257, PI. XX, f. 110 (1790). Gelasimns tetragonon Ruppell, Beschrei- bung und Abbildung 24 Krabbeu des rothes Meeres, p. 25, PL Y, f. 5 (1836) ; Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 52 (1837) ; Ann. Sci. Nat. Ill, xviii, p. 147, PI. Ill, f. 9 (1859) ; White, Cat. B. M. Crust, p. 3G (1847) ; Guerin, Voyage Coquille, p. 10 (1839') ; Heller Reise der Novara, p. 37 (1868) ; Hilgendorf in van der Decken, p. 84 (1867) ; Kossman Reise nach rothen Meeren, p. 52 (1877). Gelasimns duperreyi Gueviu, 1, c, PL I (1826) ; Dana, U. S. Ex. Ex. Crust., p. 317 (1852). Gelasimns desjardinii Guerin, MS. Gelasimns tetra- gonon var spinicarpa Kossmann, 1. c, p. 52. Kossman gives a reference to a paper by Poulson, but as the title is written in Russian I have not been able to verify it. Carapax strongly arcuate, front not expanded below the eyes, Meros of the larger cheliped with the upper margin terminating distally in a strong spine, carpus smooth, the inner margin acute, its basal portion sometimes expanded into a strong tooth. Hand compressed, externally finely granulate, a shallow pit with coarse punctffi near the base of the thumb ; internally granulate but without tubercular ridges ; thumb with two prominences on the distal lialf ; the finger regularly tapering. Mauritius ! Dr. WiLson, Guerin's Collection ; Tongatabou ! Wilkes Expedition; Tahiti! A. Garrett ; Sandwich Is ! Dr. W. N. Jones ' The title page of the volume bears the date 1830, but the introduction to the Crustacea and Aiachnida is dated "15 Novembre, 1838," so that it is probable that the volume did not appear complete until 1839. The plates bear date 1826. 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. (Phila. Acad); Tahiti and Sandwich Is..' A. Garrett (Peab. Acad.); Red Sea and Nicoiar Is. (Heller); Zanzibar (HilgCn- dorf, ; Bourbon (Edwards) ; New Caledonia {A. Milne-Edwards). 13. Gelasimus acutns Sfm. Gelashnus acutus Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 99. Carapax narrowed behind, anterolateral angles prominent, acute, marginal line distinct. P'ront narrow, not constricted, inferior margin of orbit crenulate, externally acute, internal suborbital lobe convex ; a crest on the sub-hepatic region parallel to the in- ferior margin of the orbit, the included surface smooth. Larger hand coarsely granulate, a tubercular ridge on the inner surface. Fingers not longer than the palm, externally sulcate, inner margin dentate, median tooth larger, but no sub-terminal tooth (Stimpson). Macao (Stimpson). 14. Gelasimus forceps Milne-Edwards. PI. ix, f. 12. Oelasimus forceps Edw., Hist. Nat. des Cmst., ii, p. 52 (1837) ; An- nales des Sciences Naturelles, III serie, tome xviii, p. 148, PI. Ill, f. 11 (1852) ; White Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 36 (1847). Cavapax narrowed behind, lateral angles prominent, acute; orbits below with two denticulate margins. Meros and carpus smooth, the lower margin of the meros crenulate, upper cristate, finely dentate ; hand smooth or indistinctly granulate, fingers long, slender, finely denticulate, the thumb with a distal lobe (Edwards). Australia (Edwards, White). I have not forms referable to the two foregoing species. 15. Gelasimus longidigitum (nov.). PI. ix, f. 13. Closely allied to forceps in shape of carapax, orbits below with a simple smooth margin. Meros and carpus smooth, the inner margin of the carpus acute, crenulate. Basal portion of the hand externally obscurely granulate ; internally with an oblique tuber- cular ridge, and a few tubercles near the base of the fingers. Fingers compressed, long, finely denticulate, and narrower near the base than at the middle point. Moreton Bay, Australia ! E. Wilson. 16. Gelasimus smitMi (nov.). PI. ix, f. 14. Carapax gibbous, front narrow ; meros with a strong, oblique ridge on the upper outer surface, the inner upper mnrgin produced into a prominent vertical crest. Carpus externally nearlj' smooth. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 the inner margin slightly produced and denticulate. I'ulni exter- nally granulate above, smooth below, its upper margin granulate and indistinctly indicated by an impressed line on the outer sur- f;ice, and its inner surface smooth, without tubercular ridges, except one at the base of the fingers. Fingers long, slender, slightly compressed and regularly tapering, the extremity of the dactylus somewhat expanded and excavate. Natal! E. Wilsou (Phila. Acad.). Named in honor of my friend Prof. S. I. Smith, of Yale College, who has monographed the Amei'ican species of this genus. 17. Gelasimus urvillei M.-Edw. PI. i.\, f. 15. GeUisiinus urvillei M.-Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii i). 148, PI. Ill, f. 10 (1852). Resembles closely G. forceps, but has the medio-frontal sulcus nearly linear, and the fingers shorter, the anterior border of the meros of the larger cheliped obtuse and granulate (M.-Edw.). Vanikoro (M.-Edw.). 18. Gelasimus dussamieri M.-Edw. PI. x, f. 16. Gelasimus dussumieri M.-^dw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, PI. IV, f. 12, (1852)? Hilgendorf in van der Decken's Reise in Ost Afrika, Crustaceen, p. 84, PI. IV, f. 1 (1867) ; Alph. M -Edw., Nouv. Arch, da Mus. d'Hist. Nat. IX, p. 274 (1873). Resembles closely G. urvillei, but the accessory sub-orbital lobe is less marked, the median sulcus of the front entirely linear and the anterior border of the meros of the larger cheliped denticu- late. Chela ver}- large, G. rubripes is closely allied, but appears to be distinguished by the form of the fingers of the larger hand, the larger tubercles of the carpus, etc., (Ex. auct.). Malabar and Samarang (Edw.) ; New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.) ; Zanzibar (Hilgendorf). 19. Gelasimus rubripes Jacq. and Lucas. PI. x, f. 17. Geliisimus rubripes Jacquinot and Lucas, Voyage des Astrolabe et Zelee Crustacea, p. 66, PI. VI, f. 2 (1853) ; Heller, Reise der Novara Crus- taceen, p. 38 (1867). Orbits granulate above and below, carpus of larger cheliped with the external portion granulate, its margins finely denticulate. Hand prominently granulate, internally smooth except fine granu- lations at the origin of the thumb ; below strongl^^ dentate, finger smooth except at the base where it is granulate; the inner margin of the thumb with three large teeth, the intervals between which 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880- are finely denticulate. Thumb smooth below its inner margin with several rows of granulations and a prominent tooth near the middle (J. et L.). Unknown (J. and L. ) Nicobars (Heller). 20. Gelasimus signatus Hess. PI. x, f. 18. Oelasimus signatus Hess, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, xxxi, p. 146, PI. VI, f. 6 (1865). " Front between the eyes not so small as a G. variatns, cheliped one and a half times the breadth of the body; arm, carpus and hand bright red, fingers white. Arm below with two rows of pearlj' tubercles, fingers with an elevation at the middle of the inner border, distallj' arcuate and pointed " (Hess). Sydney, Australia (Hess). 21. Gelasimus crassipes White. PI. x, f. 19. Oelasimus crassipes White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p. 36, sine descr. ; Adams and White, Voyage Samarang Crustacea, p. 49 (1848). ? 0. brevipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, p. 146 (1852). " Carapace very much arched, suddenly narrowed behind, front with a lobe without narrow stalk. Four hind pairs of legs thicker and stronger than in the other species " (Ad. and White). Philippine Islands (White). There have been described three other species * belonging to the narrow-fronted section, one of which has been made the type of the genus AcanthopJax by Milne Edwards. A fourth species from Bahia, Brazil, is in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy-. So far as 1 am aware these are all females and are represented by only a single specimen each, and as I am strongly inclined to consider them the females of well-known forms I omit descriptions of them. * Oelasimus insignis Smitli, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 126 (1870). Acayithoplaxinsignis'Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, p. 151, PI. IV, f, 23 (1852) ; Archives des Museum, vii, p. 162, PI. II, f. 1 (1854).— Chili (Edw.). Oelasimus ornatus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 125, PL II, f. 9, PI. Iir, f. 5 (1870) ; Report Peabody Acad. Science, iii, p. 91 (1871).— West Coast Nicaragua! McNiel (Peab. Acad.). Acanthoplax excellens Gerstiicker, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xxii, p. 138 < 1856). -No locality. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 § B. Front broad between the orbits. * Male abdomen seven-jointed. 22. Gelasimus vocator Martens. PI. x, f. 20. Cancer vocator Herbst, Bd. iii, h. iv, p. 1, PI. LIX, f. 1 (1804). Gelasimus vocans Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 54 (1837) ; 111. Edit. Regne Animal, Cru.stacea, PI. XVIII, f. 1 (no date) ; White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p. 36 (sine synon.), 1847. Gelmimus vocans (pars) Gould, luvertebrata of Mass, p. 325 (1841). Oelasimus vocans var. a Dekay, N. Y. Fauna Crustacea, p. 14, PI. VI, f. 10 (1844). Gelasim2is palustrisBdyr., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, p. 148, PI. IV, f. 13 (1852) ; Stimpson, Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., p. 62 (1860); Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 127 (1870). Gelasimus pugillator Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1855, p. 403. Gelasimus brevifrons Stimps., Ann. N. Y. Lyceum, vii, p. 229 (1860) ; Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 131 (1870) ; Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad., vii, p. 147 (1877). Gelasimus sp. Saussure, Memoirs Societe Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve, xiv, p. 440 (1858,1. Gelasimus vocator Martens, Archiv fiir Naturgesch., xxxv, p 1 (1869 ; xxxviii, p. 104 (1872) ; Kingsley, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1879, p. 400. Gelasimus pugnax, mordax et rapax Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, pp. 131, 135, 134, Pis. II, f. 1, 2, 3, IV, 2, 3, 4 (1870). Gelasimus affinis Streets, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1872, p. 131. Gelasimus crenulatus Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad., vii, p. 149 (1877). Carapax smooth, meros of the larger eheliped with its margins denticulate or tuberculate, cai-pus externally granulate, internally with an oblique tubercular ridge. Hand tuberculate, its inner surface with a ridge running up from lower margin to carpal groove ; in front of this are scattered granules. Thumb straight, extremity obliquely truncate, finger strongl}^ arcuate, longer than the thumb. East Coast of America, from Cape Cod! to Para, Brazil! West Indies! and Aspinwall ! West Coast of Mexico ! Panama! The localities from which I have examined specimens number over thirty and embrace several hundred specimens. I find in the Guerin Collection two specimens from Mauritius which closely resemble Cuban forms. This is, without much doubt, the species intended by Herbst ; Edwards quotes the Cancer jMlustris of Sloane as this species, but aside from the fact that his History of Jamaica was published in 1125, And his name is therefore ante-Linnean (and is also poly- 148 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880 nomial), Sloane gives not the slightest description, but says th^it, it agrees perfectly with the figure of Marcgrave which is the G.. maracoani of authors. I think that any one studying as I have large series of specimens, will agree with me in uniting these various forms under one specific name, as the characters which separate them are variable and not of specific importance. Prob- ably G. minax should also be included here, as suggested by Professor Smith. 23. Gelasimus minax LeConte. PI. x, f. 21. Gelamnus minax LeConte, Pix)C. Phila. Acad., vii, p. 403 (1855; ; Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 128, PL II, f. 4, PI. IV, f. 1 (1870) ; Rep. U. S. Fish Commission for 1871-72, p. 545 (1875); Kingsley, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1879. p. 400. Carapax strongly arcuate longitudinally, the branchial regions granulate anteriorly. Meros of larger chelipeds, with the upper and lower margins tubei'culate as is the upper portion of carpus ; inner margin of carpus with prominent tubercles, its inner surface with an oblique tubercular ridge. Palm cristate above, externally with large depressed tubercles above, smaller below, inner surface also tuberculate and with a ridge of tubercles running obliquely up from the lower margin at the base of the thumb to the depres- sion into which the carpus folds, and a second curved one near the base of the fingers. Fingers long, slender, regularly tapering, finger longer than the thumb and distally strongly' arcuate. Beesley's Point, Dennis Creek, N.J..' S. Ashmead (Phila. Acad., LeConte's types) ; Bhiffton, S. G. ! Dr. Mellichamp (Peab. Acad.) ; Northampton Co., Va. / H. E. Websier (Union College); New Haven, Conn., and St. Avgustine, Fla. (Smith). 24. Gelasimus annulipes M.-Edw. PI. x, f. 22. Oekisimus annulipes M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., II, p. 55, PI. 18, 1. 10-13 (18371 ; White, Cat. B. M. Crust., p 36 (1847' ; Edw.. Ann. Sci. Nat. Ill, xviii, p. 149, PI. IV, f. 45 (1852) ; Dana, U. S. Ex. Ex. Crust., 317 (1853) ; Heller, Reise der Novara, Crustacea, p. 88 (1867); Hilgendorf in Baron Decken's Reise, p. 85 (1867) ; Monats- berichte Berliner Akademie, 1878, p. 803; Kossmann, Reise nach rothen Meeren, p. 53 (187>) ; Spence Bate in J. K. Lord's Natural- ist in Vancouver. Gelasimus macrodactylus Edwards and Lucas in D'Orbigny's Voyage, 27, PI. XI, f. 3 (1843) ; Nicollet in Gay's Hist. Chili Zool., iii, 165 (1840); Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, 149 (1852\ Gelasimus lacteus Krauss, Sud. Af. Crust., p. 39 (teste Hil- gendorf j. Gelasimus pidchellus UtiTaitsou, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 100. Gelasimus annulipes \a,v albiinana kossmann I.e.. Gelmi- mus rectilatus Lockington, Proc. California Acad. Sci., p. 148 (1877), I 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 Carapax transversely nearly flat ; inferior margin of orbit crenulate. Meros of larger cheliped smooth, angles rounded, carpus the same with a few obsolete granulations on the upper surface. Hand smooth, sub-marginate below, an oblique row of tubercles on the inner surface, running up and back from near the lower margin half way to articulation with the carpus, and two sitttilar cuived lines near the articulation of the dactylus. Thumb regularly tapering, a prominent tubercle near the middle, extremity sub-excavate. Dactylus distally strongly curved, extending slightly beyond the thumb. Australia! E. Wilson; Singapore! Dr. McCartee (Phila. Acad.); Zanzibar! (C. Cooke) "N. W. Boundary Survey, A. Campbell, Commr., Dr. C. B. Kennerly" ! (Peabody Acad.) ; Seas of India and Asia (Edw.) ; Ceylon, Nicobars Madras (Heller); Mozam- bique Inhambeni (Hilgendorf) ; Pondicherry (White) ; Valparaiso (Edw. and Lucas) ; Vancouver (Bate) ; Lower California (Lock- ington) ; Tahiti [^im.) \ Red Sea (Kossmann). 25. Gelasimus laoteas DeHaan. PI. x, f. 28. Ocypode (Gelasimua) lacteus DeHaan, Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 54, PI. XV, f. 5 (183.3). Oelasimus lacteus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xviii, 150, PI. IV, f. 16 (1852) ; Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, 100; Miers, Proc. Zool. Poc, 1879, p. 36. Carapax longitudinally strongly arcuate, transversely nearly f.at; antero-lateral angles prominent; meros of larger cheliped externally granulate, a constriction of the upper margin near the articulation with the carpus, lower crenulate or even denticulate. (Carpus externally smooth, inner edge acute denticulate ; hand ex- ternally finely granulate, above more plainlj^ so ; a crenulated ridge near the inner lower margin and one or two near the fingers. Fingers elevated, strongly compressed, the thumb suddenly nar- rowed near the apex. Japan! E. Wilson ; Pondicherry ! Dr. T. B. Wilson fPhila. Acad.) ; Japan (DeHaan) ; China (Edw. Stm.). 33. aelasimas splendidas Stm. Qelasiinus splendidus Stm., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 99. Inferior margin of orbit crenulate, externally rounded. Larger hand nearly smooth, internally with an oblique tubercular crest. Crest at the base of the fingers nearly obsolete. Fingers long, slender, slightly denticulate. Thumb with the apex excavate (Stm.). Hong Kong (Stm.). 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. I have not seen this species ; it, however, appears to be very near annuHpes. 27. Gelasimus minor Owen. Gelasimus minor Owen, in Beechey's Voyage of the Blossom ; Ap- pendix ; Crustacea, p. 76, PI. XXIV, f. 2 (1831). Oahu, Sandwich Is. (Owen). Tliis species is very near the annuHpes of Edwards, the only difference being the larger teeth of the fingers of tlie cheliped. 28. Gelasimus triangularis A. M.-Edw. Oelasimus triangularis A. M.-E.). 12 -l3. ^4cari, ^ 3. /'/. J//. }t JlfJ-^A ■ J. —J6'. ^.r<7/tf/i«J»ri\i- />f/,>j;r f.M. ) t»rr . f Froc.ji.N.S. P?iilcui.J''if^'K Vj j-r^^,7,r J-/ xi// 4- 7>.,ns A\vpl. in AJa^k,. /P7-OC. Ji.J\r.S. PhUa^. 1880. VI J M^br . J^l.^TT. JJ — 20 . Tri^^pa Tnod^^fM . JB . 21-^22. Tt- r7iir- J-/-, xn. J —e Haan. Fauna .Japonica Crust., p. 33 (1835). Grapsus longipes Randall. Jour. Pliila. Acad., viii, p. 125 (1839). Goniopsis ruricola White. List Brit. Mus. Crust., p. 40 (1847). 'Grajysus pelU Herklots. Additamenta ad Faunam Carcinologicam AfricjB Occidentalis, 8, PI. I, f. 6-7 (1851). 'Goniograpsus cruentatus Dana. U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 342, PL XXI, f. 7 (1852). Front granulate, supra-frontal lobes four, margins crenulate, oi'bits entire above, distally emarginate. Carapax with oblique transverse ridges. Anterior margin of nieros of chelipeds ex- panded, dentate, the upper and lower margins with spiniform tubercles, as is also the upper margin of carpus. Hands with spiniform tubercles above and below, the middle of the outer sur- face smooth, the inner surface with scattered prominent granules. Thumb and finger sub-excavate, the latter spinose above. Ambu- latory feet compressed and armed with still' black bristles. Pos- terior angle of meros of last pair rounded, in the other feet dentate. Floridti.! (H. E. Webster, in Union College Museum) ; Bahamas! Cuba! (H.F.Baker); Surmam! (Dr. Hering, Randall's type of G. longipes) ; Gaboon, W. Africa (Du Chaillu) ; West Coast of Nicaragtia! (J. A. McNiel, in Museum of Peabody Academy); Tropical Seas of America (Auct, ), Genus METOPOGRAPSUS M.-Edw., 1858. Front more than half the width of carapax, deflexed. Sides straight. Internal suborbital lobe very broad, reaching the front and excluding the antenna from the orbit. Meros of external maxilliped short, much broader than long. Key to Species. Antero-lateral margin entire. Frontal margin sinuate. messor. Frontal margin straight. latifrons. Antero-lateral margin toothed. oceanicus. M. messor Edwards ex ForskaL Cancer messor ForskaL Descr. An. in Itin. Observ., p. 88 (1775). Grapsus gaimardii Andouin, Expl. PL Savigny (teste Edw.). Grctpsus messor ^Avf ■ Hist. Nat;" Crust., ii, p. 88 (1837). 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 191 Grapsus thukuJiar Owen. In Beechey's Voyage, Zoology, p. 80, Tl. XXIV, f. 3 (1839). Graps>is paniUelus Randall. .Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. viii, p. 127 (1839). Metopograpsus messor, timkuliar, eydouxi et intermedius Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, XX, p. 165 (1853). Carapax slightly narrowed behind, plications and rugse more or less distinct. Frontal lobes rather prominent, frontal margin sinuate, smooth or crenulate at the angles. Meros of chelipeds with the posterior surfiice rugose, the anterior margin expanded and distally truncate, a few spinose teeth near the base and several on the truncate margin. Carpus externall}' rugose, inter- nallj' with a prominent bifid or quadrifid tubercle. Hands with oblique folds above and below, and a longitudinal ridge on the lower outer surface. Fingers sub-excavate. Last joint of male abdomen but slightly narrower than penult joint. Sandwich Is. ! (Nuttall, Pease, Jones, Wilkes' Expedition); Tahiti! (A.J. Garrett); Avstralia / (E. Wilson); Mauritius/ (Guerin); Aden; ! Natal! (Dr. T. B. AVilson) ; Indian and Pacific Oceans (Auct.) M. latifrons Edwards ex White. Oi'apsus latifrons White, in Jukes' Voyage of the Fly, ii, p. 337, PI. II, f. 2 (1847j. Metopograpsus latifrens et maculatus'Eidw., Ann. Sci. Nat. Ill, xx, pp. 166 and 165, PI. VII, f. 1 (1853). Metopograpsus pictus A, M.-Edw., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vii, p. 283 (1867) ; Nouv. Arch, du Mus., ix, p. 289, PI. XIII, f. 2 (1873). Carapax narrowed behind, plications indistinct ; frontal lobes granulate on the edge. Front broad, nearly straight, mai'gin denticulate. Chelipeds similar to those of M. messor. Base of last joint of male abdomen much narrower than the extremity of penult joint. Batavia, ! (Dr. "Wilson); Singapore (White); Java (Edw); New Cale- donia (A. M.-Edw.). M. oceanicus Jacq. et Lucas. Metopograpsus (Grapsus) oceanicus Jacqiiinot et Lucas, Voyage Astro- labe et Zeelee, Crust., p. 73, PI. VI, f. 9 (Text 1853, Plates 1842-53). Metopograpsus quadridentatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1858, p. 102. Pulo Han (J. et L.); near Hong Kong (Stm.) ; Nicobar Is. (Heller). 192 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Geuus EPIGEAPSUS Ileller, 1S621 {Nedograpsus Heller, 1865). Sides arcuate, entire orbits externally open ; external maxilli- peds gaping, meros shorter than the ischium, rather broad abdo- men of the male five-, of the female seven-jointed. E. politus Helltr. Epigrapsus politus Heller, Verb. Z. B, Ges. Wien, 1862, p. 522. Nectograpsus politus Heller, Reise der Novara, Crustaceen, p. 57, PI. V, f. a (1805). Nicobars ; T«7i^<^■ (Heller). Genus GEAPStJS Lamarck (restrict). Sides arcuate, with one tooth behind the orbital angle; front narrow, deflexed ; antennae entering the orbit. External maxilli- peds slender, gaping ; meros oblong. Fingers of chelipeds exca- vate. G. maculatus Edwards ex Catesby. Pagttrus maculatus Catesby, Nat. Hist, of the Carolinas, ii, Plate XXXVI, f. 1 (1743 et 1771).^ ^ Dr. Heller, in his preliminary account of the Crustacea collected by the Novara Expedition (Verbandl. Zool. Bot. Gesellscbaft, Wien, 1862, pp. 519-528), characterizes several genera and species of which no mention is made in the final report. These are MenmtJiius brevirostris which is prob- ably Acantlionyx consobrinus A. Edw. , of the final report ; Xantho tetraodon is Eudora tetraodon, Carpilodes granulatus appears to be C. tristis Dana. Lupa Mrsuta was probably referred to Neptunus sanguinolentus. Thel- phusa willlerstorfl appears to be /. leschenmidii, Parathelphusa dentipes to be P. tridentata, Eelcecius areolatus to be H. cordiformis, Metaplax Jiirtipes is apparently referred to a new genus, Orapsus depressus is probably Oeo- grapsus crinipes, Orapsus dedivifrons is apparently rechristened Pachygrap- sus iniermedius, Eeterograpsus barbigerus has its specific name altered to barhimanus, Epigrapsus nov. gen. reappears as Nectograpsus nov. gen. with no reason assigned for the change. Metasesarma granulatus is redescribed as new under the name rugulosa. Plagusetes elatus is prob- ably, as pointed out by Mr. Miers (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, p. 147, 1878), Acuntliocydus gayiof the final report. Oelas^m^ls vcmegatus appears to have been finally referred to G. annulipes. Palinurus paulensis was afterward apparently referred to P. lalandii and Pelias notatus is refen-ed to Anchistia. All this shuffling of names is made without the slightest hint to aid one in correlating the two papers, and is a proceeding which cannot be too strongly condemned. - There were at least two editions of Catesby bearing dates as above, and as the second appeared thirteen years after the tenth edition of the Syslema Natures oiJAmw, and five after the twelfth edition, the names em- ployed by Catesby will hold. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 Cancer grapsus Liim., Syst. Nat., Edit., x, p. 630 (1758). Qrapsus pictus Latieille, Hist. Crust, etiiis., vi, p. 69, PI. XL VII, f. 3 (1803-4.) Goniopsis pictus De Haan, Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 33 (1835). Grapsus strigosus Brulle, in Webb et Berthelot Hist Canaries, ii, PI. II ; Crustacea, p. 15, 1836-44 (teste'Edw.)' Grapsus maculatus, webbi, ornaius et pharaonis Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. pp. 167-8, PI. VI, f. 1 (1853). Grapsus aUifrons Stimpson, Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., vii, p. 230 (1860). Carapax depressed, transversel}^ plicate, folds anteriorly broken lip into squamiform tubercles. Frontal crest four-lobed, median lobes the larger, their margins subtuberculate. Frontal margins crenulate, regularly arcuate. Lateral margin arcuate. Inferior border of orbit with a deep fissure. Anterior border of ischium and meros of cheliped spinose, the lower margin of the meros spino- tuberculate, the posterior surface plicate. Carpus with distant tubercles, its interior margin with a laminate spine. Hand above tuberculate, externally with longitudinal ridges, below with oblique folds. On the inner surface the tubercles and folds are less prominent. Fingers short, tips excavate. Ambulatory feet com- pressed, propodal and dactylic joint spinose. Florida Keys! (Webster, Ashmead) ; West Indies/ (Lawrence, Wood, Wilson, Goes, Lea) ; San Lorenzo I (Wilkes' Expedition) ; Pernambuco! (Dr. Wilson); Tahiti! (A. Garrett); W. Coast Mexico! (Dr. Jones); Central America I (McNiel) ; New Zealand! (Dr. Wilson); Mauritius! (Guerin) ; Natal! (Dr. Wilson); Georgia, California, Peru, St. Helena and Cape Verde Is. (Miers) ; Paumotu and Hawaian Is. (Dana) ; Honduras! (no collector's name). The genus Graj)sus, as well as several others, is divided into sections by Milne-Edwards, characterized either by having the posterior distal angle of the meros of the last pair of ambulatory feet regularly rounded, or dentate ; but in specimens of G. macu- latus., I have occasionally found this angle on one side entire, and the other dentate. G. maculatus var. tenuicristatus Alartens ex Herbst. Cancer' tenuicristatus Herbst. Krabbeu und Krebse, PI. Ill, f. 33-34, 1790 (teste Martens). Grapsus rudis Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., il p. 87 (1837). Grapsus hirtus Randall, Jour. Phila. Acad., viii, p. 124 (1839). ^ Brulle gives not the slightest description which will distinguish his specimens from either maculatus or strigosus. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Is distinguished from the typical forms of G. maculatus only by the hairy carapax and nieral joints of the ambulatory limbs, and the narrower carpal spine. All other characters Avhich have been given prove inconstant. Dr. Martens, by an examination of Herbst's type, has shown the identity of Herbst's teniiicriatafus, and Edwards' rudis. Hfiwaian Is.! (J. K. Townseiid, Randall's type) ; OoJiu! (Dr. W. H. Jones) ; Ceylon (Heller) ; Bonin (Stm.). G. Strigosus Latreille ex Herbst. Cancer strigosus Herbst, PL XLVII, f. 7 (17991. Orapsus strigosus Latr., Hist. Crust, et Ins., vi, p. 70 (1803-4). Grapsus alboUneatus Lamarck, Hist. Animaux sans Vertebres, v, p. 249(1817). Ooniopsis strigosus De Haan, Fauna Japonica Crust., p. 33 (1835). Grcqysus granrtlosus, peronii et pelagicus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, XX. p. 169 (1853). . Grapsus longipes et suhquadratus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, pp. 102 et 103. Carapax but little convex, posteriori}' with oblique transverse lines, anteriorly with sqnamiform tubercles. Frontal lobes mod- erate, frontal margin crenulate. Orbits with a deep fissure below. Epistome short. Meros spined anteriorly, its other margins rounded, the posterior surface with transverse rugae- Carpus granulate and bearing internally a slender spine. Hands much as in G. maculatus. Posterior distal angle of meros of last pair of ambulatory feet denticulate. Natal! Australia! (Dr. T. B. Wilson) ; Sandtdch Is.! (in Peabody Acad.). Its distribution is embraced within the above limits and Hong Kong (Stimpson). G. gracilipes Milne-Edwards. Grapsus gracilipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xx, p. 168 (1853). China (Edwards). Subgenus Orthograpsus, nov. Carapax transverse, broadest behind. Sides straight, with one tooth behind the orbital angle. Antennas entering the orbit. Fingers of chelipeds acute. 0. hillii nov. Carapax depressed, plications faint. Supra-frontal lobes mod- erate ; front straight, narrow, deflexed. Sides of carapax straight, post-orbital tooth small. Meros of external maxilliped a little 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 longer than broad. Chelipeds much as in Metopograpsus onessor-, the hand granulate above, fingers acuminate. Posterior distal angle of meral joints of ambulator}^ feet rounded, entire or finely serrate, there being a variation in the sides of the same specimen. West Indies ! (Dr. Wilson) ; Key West, Fla. ! (Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr., Peab. Acad). 0. longitarsis Kingslcy ex Dana. Grapsus longitavsis Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1851, p. 249. U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 339, PI. XXI, f. 4 (1852). Pmmiotu Archipelago (Dana). Genus GEOGEAPSTJS Stimpson, 1868 (Biscoplax, Am. Ed., 1867). Carapax depressed, sides curved in front, straight behind, one tooth behind the angle of the orbit. Front narrow, strongly de- flexed. Internal suborbital lobe large. Antennae entering the orbit. Dactyli of chelipeds acuminate. Synopsis of Species. Meros of chelipeds with a laminiform expansion of the anterior margin. Front nearly straight. Folds of carapax transverse. Udidus. Folds of carapax oblique. gvayi. Front arcuate. crinipes, Meros not expanded, carapax tuberculate anteriorly. longipes. G. lividus Stimpson ex Milne-Edwards. Orapsus lividus Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 85 (1837). Grapsus brevipes Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xx, p. 170 (1853). Geograpsus litidus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, p. 101. Geograpsus occidentalis Stimpson, Annals N. Y. Lye, vii, p. 230 (1860). Carapax much broader than long, depressed. Plications nearly transverse. Frontal lobes prominent, front deflexed, its margin nearly straight. Sides of carapax slightly arcuate. Orbit with a deep fissure below. Meros of chelipeds above and below with transverse rugae, its anterior margin expanded, proxiraall}^ den- ticulate, distall}' the teeth are larger. Carpus granulate and with a short spine on the inner margin. Hand and dactylus tubercu- late above, externally and below with short, oblique rugae ; fingers acuminate. Distal angle of meral joints of the last pair of ambu- latory feet rounded. Isle Bartholomeio, W. I.! (A. Goes) ; Chili! (Guerin) ; West Indies (Auct.) ; Cape St. Lucas (Stm.). 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. G, criuipes Stimpson ex Dana. Grapsus crinipes Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, 1851, p. 249. U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 341, PI. XXI, f. 6 (1852). Geograpsus crinipes Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, p. 101. Grapsus depressus Heller, Verh. Z. B. Gess. Wien, 1862, p. 521. Carapax depressed, the sides nearly parallel, folds of the cara- pax oblique, frontal lobes but little prominent, front arcuate. Ischial joint of cheliped spined in front ; meros with the anterior margins expanded, finely serrate proximally, more coarsely so at the apex ; carpus and hand roughened above, a few inconspicuous lines on the lower outer surface of the palm. Distal angle of meros of the last pair of ambulatory feet rounded. Sandioich Is. ! (Dr. W. H. JonesJ ; Tahiti (Heller). G. grayi A. Milne-Edwards ex H. Milne-Edwards. Grapsus grayi Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xx, p. 170, 1853. Geograpsus ruhidus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, 1858, p. 103. Geograpsus grayi A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Arch, du Mus., ix, p. 288 (1873). Carapax somewhat inflated, its folds oblique ; frontal lobes prominent, front nearl}^ straight. Orbit with a slight fissure below ; chelipeds much as in G. ciHnipes. Distal angle of meros of last pair of feet rounded, entire or dentate. This is probabl}' the adult of the preceding species. Tahiti! (A. Garrett); Australia, Mauritius, Zanzibar (Hilgen- dorf) ; Madagascar, India, Bonin, New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.). G. longipes Kingsley ex A. Milne-Edwards. Discoplax longipes A. M.-Edw., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vii, p. 284 (1867). Nouv. Arch, du Mus., ix, p. 294, PI. XV (1873). New Caledonia (A. M.-Edw.). Genus LEPTOGRAPSTJS M. -Edwards (pars), 1853, Stimpson. Carapax with the sides arcuate, two-toothed. Front less than half the width of the carapax, not deflexed. Internal sub-orbital ^ lobe small, antennae entering the orbit. Meros of external max- illipeds as broad as long, but shorter than the ischium. Leptograpsus variegatus Milne Edwards ex Fabricius. Cancer varkgatus Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 450 (1793). Grapsus marginatus Latr., Hist. Crust, et Ins., vi, p. 71 (1803-4). Grapsus personatus Lamarck, Hist. An. sans Vert., v, 249 (1817). Grapsus jyictus Quoy et Gaimai'd, Voyage Uranie et Physiciene, p. 523, PI. LXXVI, f. 2 (1824). 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 Grapsvs strigillatus White, in Gray's Zoological Miscellany, p. 78 (1843). Grapsus variegatus Edwards et Lucas, in d'Orbigny's Voyage, p. 27 (1849). Grapsus planifrons Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1851, p. 249. U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 638, PL XXII, f. 3 (1852). Leptograpsus variegatus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xx, p. 171 (1853). Leptogiapsus hertheloti, xerreauxi, ansoni et gai/i Edw., 1. c, p. 172 (1853). Carapax nearl}' flat, transversely plicate. Protogastric region concave, with squamose tubercles, protogastric lobes but little prominent. Front slightl}^ depressed, its margin crenulate and nearly straight. Orbits with a narrow, deep, external fissure. Meros of chelipeds with the anterior border expanded, dentate ; the other angles rounded, the posterior surface rugose. Carpus tuberculate and with a short spine on the internal surface. Hand tuberculate above, externall}'' smooth. In the 3'oung there is an elevated line along the outside of the palm. Ambulatory feet with stiff setae. Pernambuco / (Dr. Wilson); Chili/ (Wilkes' Expedition) ; Austra- lia / (E. Wilson); JVeic So. Wales! (Capt. Putnam, Peabody Academy) ; Isle Guam (Quoy and Gaimard) ; Canaries (Edw.); Norfolk I. (Miers) ; Shanghai (Heller). Genus GEAPSOPES Heller, 1865. Carapax depressed, sides arcuate and dentate in front, behind straight. Front less than half the width of the carapax, strongly deflexed. Orbits externally open. Internal sub-orbital lobe small, antennae entering the orbit. Meros of external maxilliped longer than broad. Male abdomen five-jointed. G. notatus Heller. Grapsodes notatus Heller, Novara Crust., p. 58, PI. V, f. 2 (1865). Nieobars (Heller). Genus CYETOGRAPSUS Dana, 1851.1 ■ Carapax broader than long, front narrow, excavate, sides arcu- ate, with three teeth behind the orbital angle. External maxilli- peds widely gaping, without a piliferous ridge. Epistome very 1 For some reason, Prof. Smith in his paper on Brazilian Crustacea (Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. ii, pp. 1-42, 1869), and in his notes on Ocypodoidea (1. c, p. 154), refers several times to this genus, and always as Cryptograpsus. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. short. AnteniiiB entering the oi'bit. Male abdomen seven- jointed, the second joint verj^ short. * C. angulatas Dana. Cyrtograpsus angulatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. • 250. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 352, PI. 22, f. 6 (1852). Cryptograpsus angulatus Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., ii, p. 37, 1869. Carapax uneven, granulate. Sides three-toothed, second tooth small. Orbits with a slight fissure above. Feet all granulate. Hands inflated; fingers acuminate. Rio Negro, Patagonia! (U. S. Expl. Exped.). C. cirripes Kingsley ex Smith. Cryptograpsus cirripes Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad, ii, p. 11, PI. I, f. 3 (1869). . Carapax depressed, areolate ; front narrow, slightly excavate. Sides of carapax strongl}'^ arcuate, with four teeth behind the angle of the orbit, the second and last teeth much smaller than the others ; all of the borders of the carapax are crenulate. Chelipeds stout, granular. Propodal joints of first, second, and fourth, and dactylus and carpus of fourth pair of ambulatory feet haired. Bio Janeiro! (Captain Harrington, Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass., types). Genus PACHYGRAPSUS Randall (1839); Stimpson (1858). Carapax somewhat narrowed behind, and with transverse striae-. Front more than half the width of the carapax, sides entire, or with one or two teeth ; inner sub-orbital lobe small, allowing the antennae to enter the orbit. External maxillipeds widelj' gaping, meros as broad as long. Type, P. crassipes. Synopsis of Species. Sides entire. Front straight or nearly so. Numerous transverse folds on carapax ; lower margin of hand spined. corrugat^ls. Carapax but little plicate, hands smooth below. mthiopic^is. Front strongly sinuate. Hands smooth. minutus. Hands externally with longitudinal ridges. j)^'^'^'^^'^^- Sides with one tooth behind the orbital angle. Posterior distal angle of meros of fifth pair of feet rounded. Front with a prominent tooth at angle. crassipes. Front slightly sinuate without prominent teeth. maurtis. Posterior distal angle of meros of fifth feet dentate. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 Fingers of cheliped smooth. transversus. Fingers dentate or spined above. gracilis. Bides two-toothed. Transverse lines of carapax naked. marmoratus. Transverse lines of earapax haired. pubeseens. Unknown to me. latipes. P. crassipes Randall. Paehygrapms crassipes Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, viii,p. 127 (1839). Grapsus eydouxi ^dw., Ann. Sci. Nat., Ill, xx, p. 170 (1853). Leptograpsus gonagrus Edw., L c, p. 173 (1853). Carapax somewhat arcuate, sides with a single tooth behind the orbital angle ; frontal lobes prominent ; front deflexed, its margin nearly straight, the angles with a prominent tooth. Meros of Ghelipeds with the anterior margin produced, distally truncate and dentate. Hands inflated, margined above and with a longitudinal ridge on the lower outer surface ; fingers excavate. Distal angle of meros of posterior ambulatory feet roimded ; dactyli of the ambulatory feet spinulose. (?) Sandwich Is. ! (T. Nuttall, Randall's type); California from San Francisco! to San Diego ! (Many coUectoi's) ; ? New Providence, W. I. ! (H. C. Wood, Jr.); Tolcohama (Tozzetti). P. maarus Lucas. P achy grapsus maurus Lucas, Expl. Algiers, Crust., p. 20, PL II, f. 5 1849). Ooniograpsus simplex Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 24'J ; U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust, p. 344, PI. XXXI, f. 8 (1852). Pachygrapsus simplex Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 102. Algiers (Lucas) ; Madeira (Dana); Bio Janeiro (Dana, Heller). P. transversus Gibbes. Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Science, iii, p. 182 (1850). Ooniograpsus innotatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, i>. 249 ; U. S. Expl. Exped. Crust., p. 345, PI. XXI, f. 9 (1852). Leptograpsus rugulosus Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat. Ill, xx, p. 172 (1853). Pachygrapsus lavimanus Stimpson, Proc. Phila. Acad., 1858, p. 102. Metopograpsus duhiusetminiatus, Saussure, Mem. Soc. Phys, etd'Hist. Nat. Geneve, xiv, pp. 444-445, PI. II, f. 16, 17 (1858). Grapsus declivifrons Heller, Verhandl. Z. B. Gesellschaft, Wien, 1862, p. 521. Pachygrapsus intcrmedius Heller, Novara Crust, p. 44 (1865). Pachygrapsus socius Stm., Ann. N. Y. Lye. x, p. 114 (1871). Pachygrapsus advena Catta Ann. Sci. Nat. VI, iii, No. 1. p. 7, PI. I (1876). 200 • PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. Carapax depressed, shining, witli transverse plicae, oblique on the branchial region. Sides generally slightly arcuate, with one tooth behind the orbital angle. Frontal lobes prominent, front sinuate. Meros of chelipeds with transverse rugse, the inner margin dentate ; carpus rugose, with an internal rounded tubercle. Hand minutely granulate, a longitudinal ridge on the lower outer surface, margins rounded; dactylus with the upper margin smooth. Postero-distal angle of the meros of last pair of ambulatory feet dentate. Florida! {K.. S. Packard; Peab. Acad.; Brown Univ.; H. E. Web- ster, Union College) ; West Indies! (S. G. Morton, H. C. Wood, Jr.); Brazil! (Dr. T. B. Wilson); California! (J. L. Leconte); New Zealand ! (E. Wilson); Tahiti {h.. Garrett); W. Coast Nicar- agua! (J. A. McNiel, Peab. Acad.); Australia (Stm.); Mio Janeiro (Heller); Madeira (Stm.). P. gracilis Stimpson ex Saussure. Metopograpsus gracilis Saussure, 1. c, p. 443, PI. II, f, 15 (1858) Orapsus guadulpensis Desbonne et Schramm, Crustaces de la Guada- loupe, p. 48 (1867). Pachygrapsus gracilis Stimpson, Ann. N. Y. Lye, x, p. 113 (1871). Orapsus {Leptograpsus) rugulosus Martens, Archiv fiir Naturges- cliichte, xxxviii, p. 102 (1873). Carapax much as in P. transversus, but with no folds on the cardiac region; lateral margins nearly straight, one-toothed. Frontal lobes nearly obsolete ; front nearly horizontal, regularly arcuate and minutely crenulate. Chelipeds and ambulatory feet nearly as in P. transversus, the hand and dactylus, however, being spined or toothed above. Florida! {A. S. Packard, Jr., Peab. Acad.); West Indies (Auct.). P. corrugatus Kingsley ex Martens. Orapsus {Leptograpsus) corrugatus Martens, 1. c, p. 107, PI. IV, f . 8 (1872;. Cuia (Martens). P. aetMopicus Hilgendorf. Orapsus {Pachygrapsus) a'thiopicus Hilgendorf, in von der Decken's Reisen in Ost-Afrika, Crust., p. 88, PI. IV, f. 2 (1869). Ugurunga, Fast Africa (Hilgendorf). P. plicatus Stimpson ex Milac-Edwards. Orapsus plicatus Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 89 (1837). Orapsus A;rff?th. quctdridentatui, C. convexus DeHaan. CMamagnatlms eonvexus DeHaan, Fanna Japonica, p. 55, PL VII, f. 5 (1835;. Jcifiin (DeHaan) ; Eastern Seas (Adams and White). C. subquadratns Dunn. CJiasmagnatTms siibquadratns Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.^ 1851, p. 251 ; U. S. F^x. Exp., Crust., p. 363, PL XXIIT, f. 5 (1852). Ne^!) Zeulaiidf Avstraliaf (Dana). C laevis Dana (=- ? C. subqnadratus.) ChasmngnntMs laris Dana, Proc. Acad,, p. 252 ; Ex. Exp., p. 365, PI. XXIII, f. 7 (18:;2). Paragi-npsus verremixi 'Edw., Ann. Sci. Nat., HI xx, p. 195 (1853). Paragrnpsus lavis Heller, Novara Crust, p. 55 (1865). Carapax slightly convex, punctate ; regions not defined. Epi- gastric lobes prominenf. Front deeply excavate in the middle, when viewed from ahove. Antero-lateral teeth separated by narrow fissures. Chelipeds everywliere smooth. Anterior surface of carpus and propodus of first pair of ambnlatory feet tomentose. Australia! (Guerin ; Ne^e Zealand (Miers). C. urvillei Kingsl from which the third individual will be developed in the same way as has been illustrated in the first figures. In i^p") we have the plumula, in (r") the radula of the third fronds ; (/") in 'Fig. YIII shows the fissure for the formation of the fourth individual. In this way we see the propagation continued through the summer, plant after plant being formed from a cleft of the pre- ceding individual through a process of prolification. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880 My investigations have been made only on the Lemna .minor ^ but there is no reason to doubt that in the development of the "whole family of Lemnacese (analogous to our species) we have an interesting instance of parthenogenesis, there being seeds (pro- duced in autumn by a sexual process) from which, during the course of summer, generation after generation is propagated with- out any further fertilization. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 233 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HEMITSIPTERUS FROM ALASKA. BY AV. N. LOCKINGTON. Hemitripterus cavifrons, nov. sp. D. iv-xiv, 1-12. A. 14. P. 20. V. ^. C. 3-12-3. L. lat. 44. Head very large and depressed ; abdomen protuberant, so that the depth equals the width ; snout to tip of ascending process ot pre-maxillar}' rising at an angle of about 45^ ; thence to occiput, along the median line of the fish, deeply concave ; from occiput to caudal peduncle regularly arched, the curve reaching its highest point at about the tenth dorsal spine. Outline of anal base corresponding to that part of the dorsal directly above it. Depth, 3^ ; greatest width, 3^ ; length of head, 3^ ; length of pectoral rather more than 4 times in the total length, caudal included. Axial length of snout, 3f ; longitudinal diameter of orbit, 6f ; interocular width, 2|| times in length of head ; least depth of caudal peduncle rather less than 5 times in greatest depth. Anterior nostril on a level with the centre of tlie pupil, and prolonged into a conspicuous tube ; posterior nostril somewhat tubular. Orbits elevated considerabl}' above the general surface of the forehead, so tliat the concavity of the inter-ocular area is equal lo about f of the transverse diameter of the eye ; e^^es lateral, some- what elliptical. Mouth very large, ver}' slightly oblique ; its width from tip to tip of the opposite maxillaries, li in the length of the head, and exceeding that of the upper jaw by more than one-third. Pre-maxillaries not forming the whole of the margin of the upper jaw, the maxillaries entering into it posteriorly. Posterior extremity of maxillary considerably behind the orbit, its upper margin not concealed by the pre-orbital in the closed mouth. Lower jaw slighth' projecting beyond the upper. Several rows of sharp, recurved, cardiform teeth, forming a broad band, in both jaws, also on the vomer, palatines and phar^-ngeal bones. The teeth on the vomer and palatines slightly longer than those on the jaws. 16 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880, No gill-rakers ; pharyngeal hones large. Supra-ocular and post-ocular ridges prominent, the former curved inwards posteriorly, parallel to the post-ocular ; between the two, at the posterior upper angle of the eye, are two small spines or short ridges. Occipital ridges with three tubercles, the anterior near the post- oeular ridge, the two postei'ior near together and elongated transversely ; a low ridge between the first and second. Temporal ridge with three tubercles, the first immediately exterior to the first of the occipital series, the second a longi- tudinal ridge ; the third rounded, close to the second. A long low crest across the operculum ; just above and anterior to this a shorter ridge connecting it with the temporal series ; a tubercle on the supra-scapula ; no spines upon the head, except two upon the posterior border of the pre-operculum. All the tubercles of the head and the spines of the pre-operculum, covered b}' skin. Maxillary with a fimbriated skinu}- flap near its posterior extremit}' ; lower margin of mandible set along its whole length with skinny flaps, of which three pairs are especially long and fimbriated on both edges, while the posterior flap is very broad. Lips well developed ; lower lip pendulous at sides, and to a rather less extent in front, and bearing a fimbriated flap on each side. Two pairs of similar flaps on the snout, and two over each eye. Gill-membranes continuous below the throat. Branchiostegals, 6. Origin of first dorsal slightly anterior to the lower pectoral axil ; first two spines longest, about 2f in the length of the head, fourth much shorter than the third, and a little shorter than the fifth ; sixth, seventh and eighth much longer than fourth, the remaining spines diminishing to the eighteenth, which is the shortest. A tag at the end of each spine, the membrane between the two parts of the first dorsal notched considerably. A spine at the commencement of the second dorsal, the base of which is contained more than 2^ times in that of the first, the rays increasing in length to the fifth, which is about ^ longer than the longest spine of the first dorsal ; upper margin of second dorsal, convex. 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 235 Anal longer than soft dorsal, arising opposite the last spine of the first dorsal, and terminating somewhat posterior to the second, Ninth to twelfth raj's slightly the longest. Pectorals very broad and rounded, their base oblique, the tip of the longest (sixth) ray reaching to about the sixteenth dorsal raj- ; rays simple, the longest a little less than one-fourth the total length of the fish. Tentrals small, narrow, the longest (middle) ray rather more than half the length of the longest pectoral ray, but not reaching to the vent. Caudal truncate on hinder margin, rather narrow, ra3's simple. Yent midway between insertion of ventrals and origin of anal. Lateral line with a series of skinny fimbriated flaps, similar to those upon the head. Body and head scaleless, but the former covered all over with osseous papillre ; largest above the lateral line, smallest upon the protuberant portion of the abdomen. Color, in alcohol, blotches of dark purplish-brown on a lighter ground ; the blotches on the fins conspicuous, and running into transverse bars on the pectorals. Abdomen, light dirtj'-brown. A single specimen of this interesting species was obtained by Mr. W. J. Fisher, at St. Paul's, Kodiak. It is in the museum of the California Academy of Sciences. Hemitripterus cavifrons is the western representative of H. acadianiis of the Atlantic, and differs from that species in the following characteristics, among others : — The great depression of the inter-ocular area, whence the specific name ; the greater number of dorsal spines ; the shorter pectorals ; the lesser depth of the posterior anal rays; the absence of hook- like papillae along the lateral line, and the presence in their place of fleshy slips ; and the smaller size of the bony papillae along the dorsal region. Dimensions. Total length, 15.15 Greatest depth, 4.50 Least depth of caudal peduncle, 92 Length of head, 4.50 Width " 4.50 " of mouth, from tip to tip of maxillaries, . 3.75 Length of upper jaw along its curve, . . . 2.75 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Axial length of snout, ..... Longitudinal diameter of eye, Interocular widtli, ...... Width of pectoral base, .... Lengtli of longest (sixth) pectoral ray, "Tip of snout to origin of dorsal, axial, . " " " " " along top of head 'Length of base of spinous dorsal, Height of first spine, . " second spine, " fourth spine, " fifth spine, . •" sixth spine, . " eighth spine, ■^' eighteenth spine, . •" spine of second dorsal, " longest (fifth) ray of second dorsal, Length of base of second dorsal, Tip of lower jaw to ventrals, along abdomen, " " " origin of anal, along abdomen « '' " vent, .... Length of ventrals, . . base of anal, longest anal lays (9-12) 1.25 .70 1.70 2:75 3.88 2.75 3.25 6.50 1.75 1.70 .90 .98 1.00 1.20 .'88 1.00 2.00 2.50 3.75 8.80 6.32 2.00 3.44 2.10 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CATOSTOMUS (CATOSTOMUS CYPHO) FROM THE COLORADO RIVER. BY WM. N. LOCKINGTON. Catostomus cypho, sp. nov. D. 3, 14. A. 2, T. C. M-16-1-Y. P. 18. T. 10. L. lat. 79. Head conical ; snout long, much depressed ; dorsal outline rising in a straight line to the occipital region, where commences a prominent and considerably elevated liump, which attains its greatest height at a distance from the occiput about equal to the length of the snout, and thence descends to the origin of the dorsal. Along the base of the dorsal fin the dorsal outline descends rapidly to about the end of the second third of the total length of the fish ; caudal peduncle extremely elongated, and widening considerably' toward the caudal base. Abdominal outline almost straiglit to the origin of the anal, thence diminishing to the caudal peduncle. Greatest depth, at anterior pectoral axil, contained not quite 4^ times ; head a little more than 4 times in tlie total length ; snout a little more tlian 2|, eye between 8 and 9 times in the length of the head ; length of top of head not quite 2^ times in the distance (in a straight line) from the tip of the snout to the dorsal ; inter-ocular width equal to the length of the snout ; pectoral about 1^ in length of head ; caudal peduncle about 3| in the greatest depth. Moutli rather wide, inferior. Lower lip small, in two distinct ovoid lobes, covered with low, flat-topped papilla? ; the front of the dentarj- bones covered by a well-developed, round-edged, horny plate. Lower lip quite distinct from the upper ; the skin of the cheeks forming an obliquely ascending crease, which does not, however, cover the angle of the mouth. • Anterior nostril horizontally sub-elliptical ; posterior large, vertical, crescentic, entirely covered by its anterior flap. Two distinct rows of pores on the top of the head ; connected on the occiput with a series running behind and below the eye almost to the tip of the snout. Phar3Migeals arcuate, with numerous teeth, regularly' diminish- ing posteriorly. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Opercular region well developed ; the distance from the posterior margin of the eye to that of the operculum being, to the length of the snout, about as eleven to nine. Posterior margin of operculum and sub-operculum forming a continuous bold couA^ex curve. Pectorals triangular-ianceolate, fourth and fifth rays longest ; their tips extending to beyond the middle of the pubic bones, ra3'S once or twice bifurcate, the first two excepted. Yentrals reaching bej^ond the vent, the third rays longest, the last about two-thirds as long ; all the ra^^s twice bifurcate except the first. Dorsal well developed, fourth and fifth rays longest, and con- tained about 1^ times in the greatest depth ; first three rays simple, the others twice bifurcate. Anal considerably shorter than the dorsal, but equal in depth to the height of the latter; the first two rays simple, the others (except the last) twice or thrice bifurcate ; first ray about half as long as the second. Origin of the dorsal about one-sixth nearer to the tip of the snout than to the centre of the base of the caudal (measuring along the axis of the body), the base of its eighth ray above the anterior axil of the ventrals. The tips of the anal rays reach beyond the first caudal accessories. Caudal with numerous accessory rays, the longest about half as. long as the outer simple principal ray ; the other principal rays three times bifurcate ; posterior margin of fin triangularly emar- ginate. Scales C3'cloid, of variable size ; each scale with 8-16 conspicuous radiating striie on its exposed portion ; ihe striae and their inter- spaces crossed by numerous, much less distinct concentric striae. Engaged portion of each scale with numerous diverging striae, less distinct than those of the free portion. Scales along and near the lateral line larger than those above and below, and increasing considerably in size posteriorly, as do also those above and below, so that the largest scales of the body are upon the peduncle of the tail. The scales diminish much more rapidl}- in size downwards than upwards, so that those of the abdominal region and behind the pectoral base are by far the smallest. Scales somewhat pentagonal, the length exceeding the height ; those upon the caudal peduncle almost twice as long as high. 1880J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PinLADELPHIA. 239 Fins scaleless, as is also a small patch on the anterior part of the dorsal hump. Lateral line deflected near its origin, then running along the median line of the bod^- to the origin of the caudal. Pores simple. Color of the preserved specimen silv£r3--gray above, light straw-color or creamy on the abdominal region and under side of the head ; fins light uniform slat^-gra}'. The color is produced by numerous dark dots upon the scales and membrane between them, but fewer upon the scales, the outlines of which are there- fore quite distinct. The hump is supported anteriorly by a very large trapezoidal inter-neural, formed of a thick central pillar witli anterior and posterior aloe, the latter twice as large as the former. The upper margin of the bone is highest at the point of the central pillar, from which it slopes anteriorly' and posteriorly. Tlie base of the central pillar is broadly expanded transverseh', oftering a double articulating surface on its under side. The next inter-neural is a thin flat sub-rectangular plate, while the next three are expanded above, attenuated below ; the fifth bent, and smaller than the fourth, the loM'er portion of which is also bent forward. Inter- neurals of dorsal fin with a central ray and an anterior and posterior expansion dying out at their lower fourth ; symmetrical, except that supporting the first two rays. Tliis is evidently formed by two inter-neural bones, united by a thin bonj' plate, which forms a broad expansion in front of the first, and a narrow one behind the second. Upon the first vertebra there is a broad articulating surface, apparentl}"^ for the reception of the first inter-neural, as a thin longitudinal perpendicular partition exactly fits into a notch between the two articulating surfaces of that bone. Tlie trans- verse processes of this vertebra are broadly expanded inferiorly, and their lower edges suturally united to a pair of ver}^ large bony plates of complex form, connecting tlie air-bladder with the back of the skull. From the anterior margin of each neurapophj-sis of the next nine vertebne springs an upward-directed process, which, in the first of these vertebnv, is almost as long as tlie neural spine, br,t which diminishes in size on each successive vertebra. The neural spines of the first two of these vertebriie are bifid. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The single specimen from which the above description is taken was brought from the Colorado River, at the junction of the Gila, and was sent to the museum of the California Academj^ of Sciences by John E. Currj^, Esq., Civil Engineer. It is said that the species is not uncommon in the locality from which this specimen was procured, and it is much to be regretted that we have onl}- this example, especially since it is greatly damaged by the extraction of the large inter-neural some two years ago. The air-bladder is destroyed, so that it is impossible to tell whether it agrees with the other species of Gatostomus, in having that organ divided into two portions. The extremities of the fins are also much broken, and the shape of the body distorted. Dimensions Total length, Length to base of caudal. Greatest depth, about . Length of head, . " top of head, " snout, from e^'e, Longitudinal diameter of eye, Inter-ocular width, Depth of head, at front of eye, Snout, from front of uostrils, Tip of snout to origin of dorsal, ii Length of base of dorsal. Height of longest dorsal ray, Tip of snout to anterior portion of Length of pectoral fin, Tip of snout to anterior portion of Length of ventrals, '• anal base, *■' longest anal ray, . Tip of snout to origin of anal, Width of caudal peduncle, . Length of first inter-neural, . Heiiiht of " '• a straight line pectoral ventrals base INCHES. Hi n n 2V Wa j>_ 16 27 3 2 2| 1 15 2H ^ 3 1^ 6| 3^ 1 5 T« 29 32 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 P R O C E E D 1 N a S OP THE MiNERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION OF THE ACADEMY OF Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 187 7-18 7 9. May 28, 1877. A New Polariscope — Mr. H. C. Lewis remarked that a cheap and accurate polariscope for the measurement of the optic-axial diveroence in minerals had Ions:: been a desideratum amona; min- eralogists. He wished to direct attention to an instrument for this purpose, lately made for him by Queen & Co., of this cit}', which had proved very satisfoctory. The light was polarized b}^ reflec- tion from a plate of black glass, converged upon the rotating stage by two sets of adjustable lenses, and analyzed by a Nicol's prism. A graduated circle of steel, having through its axis a sliding forceps, is fastened at right angles to the stage. A pointer records the amount of rotation of the forceps. The mineral to be examined is either held in the forceps or is attached by a drop of oil to a piece of thin glass which is held in the same way. Cross-hairs are fixed below the eye piece, and the measurement of the divergence of the optic axes is performed in the usual way. The instrument was found to work admirably and could be recommended. The adjustments were made quickly and the axial divergence could be determined to within 30'. It is simple, absorbs but little light, and gives good results even with very small fragments of minerals. A Garnet with Inverted Crystallization. — Mr. Lewis ex- hibited a garnet which he had found in Germantown, and stated that it showed a very perfect example of inverted cr^'stallization. Its form was a perfect trapezohedron except that one octant was depressed, its apex lying within the crystal, one-halfway towards the centre. The re-entrant angles corresponded in position with the trihedral edges on the opposite octant of the crystal. The garnet was an isolated one found in a matrix of gneiss. Atten- tion was called to the fact that such inverted cr3'stallization was apparently more common in the isometric than in other S3'stems of crj'stallization and comment was made upon the cause of such phenomena. June 25, 1877. Change of Serpentine into Quartz. — Mr. Theodore D. Eand described and presented specimens showing the change of ser- 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. pentine into quartz, very strikingly shown near a quarry of serpentine rock on tiie farm of John Stacker, about a tlaird of a mile N. W. of Radnor Station, P. R. R., Delaware Co., Pa. The outcrop of the serpentine is accompanied by a rock, locally called " Ironstone," which however is a cellular quartz, generally stained by oxide of iron. It occurs as loose masses in the soil, generally of small size, but sometimes of over a hundred pounds weight ; the cavities are frequently lined with drusy (piartz. This rock is of common occurrence in connection with serpentine belts, but that it has arisen from a decomposition of the serpentine, has, he believed, not been observed elsewhere. On the south side of Stacker's quarry a few feet below the original surface of the ground, is a bed of soft serpentine much cracked ; a foot or two above, these cracks are found lined with chalcedonic quartz, of paper-like thinness ; above, the quartz thickens, the serpentine becomes more and more decomposed, until near the surface the quartz onl3^ re- mains, with the cavities empty, or filled with what appears to be oxide of iron with alumina. It is an instance of pseudomorphism on a large scale, the progress of which can be traced, step by step, from almost unaltered serpentine to almost pure quartz. Well-water. — In this connection the analysis of the water of a well 50 feet deep in the serpentine, about 400 hundred feet from the quarry, but under the same quartz outcrop, may not be xniinteresting. In a gallon of 70,000 grains, — mean of three analj^ses : — Grains, per Gall. Parts in 1,000,000. Silica, ..... 2.753 89.3 Magnesia, .... 1.262 18. Lime, .262 3.7 Peroxide of Iron and Alumina, . .577 8.2 Sulphuric Acid, .687 9.9 Chlorine, .124 1.7 .5.665 80.8 A New Locality for Siderite. — Mr. H. C. Lewis announced Dunbar, Faj'ette Co., Penna., as a new locality for Siderite. It there occurs in finely crj'stallized specimens in the interior of nodules of amorphous Siderite. These nodules or concretions are of various and often curious shapes. Doubly terminated limpid quartz crystals and minute but ver}^ perfect crystals of Pyrite are associated with those of Siderite, forming handsome specimens. Magnetite Markings in Muscovite. — Mr. Lewis made some remarks on the markings in the Muscovite of Brandy wine Hundred, Delaware. He proved that these markings were Mag netite, by exhibiting their attractability by the magnet, and said 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 that in order to exhibit this properly, the section must be exceedingly thin. He stated tliat an optical examination had proved that the direction of the main lines of the markings corresponded with or was at right angles to that of the crystallographic axes of the Muscovite. He exhibited a plate of the mica shown distinctly to be a twin by the two different groupings of Magnetite markings. Examination in the polariscope confirmed this structure. Thus, frequently, the crystalline structure of the mica and the direction of its axes may he ascertained b}' an inspection of these markings alone. It appeared, therefore, that the form and direction of the markings was determined, not by independent crystallization of the Magnetite forming them, but in part at least by the Muscovite from which it had probably been derived. These markings are, in some respects, pseudomorphs after Muscovite. He thought that the statement in Dana's Mineralogy (p. 150), referring to these markings, that "the brandling at angles of 60° indicates com- position parallel to a dodecahedral face," was misleading, implying that this form was produced by an inherent property of the Mag- netite, and not, as he thought now appears, by the crystalline structure of the Muscovite. September 24, 1817. A New Local if y for Asholite. — Mr. Lewis stated that he had found Asbolite at Flourtown, Montgomery Co., a new locality for this mineral. It is found in iron ore mines as an incrustation upon Psilomelane. It is of a bluish-black color, is as soft as graphite, and gives a shining streak when scratched by the nail. The blowpipe indicates a considerable percentage of cobalt. A New Locality for Fluorite. — Mr. W. W. Jefferis stated that a few days since he was shown a massive specimen of Fluor- 6;par of a deep purple color, which was found in the limestone near the village of Howellville, in Tredyffrin Township, Chester County, Pa. This is the third locality of fluor in this county. Epidote in Molybdenite. — Mr. Lewis mentioned that while examining some Mol3'bdenite from Frankford, Phila., he had found plates of a transparent hard mineral, of a light greenish- yellow color, somewhat resembling Wulfenite, occurring in thin laA-ers and minute scales between the folife of the Molybdenite, and sometimes coating it as a thin film. It was not until after a careful examination that it was proved to be Epidote in an unusual form and situation. October 22, 1877. A New Locality for 3Iillerite. — Mr. Theo. D. Rand announced the discovery of Millerite in Dolomite, from the Soapstone quarry on the Schuylkill, in Philadelphia, near the Montgomery County line. It occurred in capillary crystals in cavities of the Dolomite. 244 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. THE OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF SOME MICAS. BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS. For the determination of the true characters of the micas — a class of minerals rapidl}" gaining in importance — a knowledge of their optical characters is almost as necessarj^ as is that of their chemical composition. The optical is certainly the most ready method of determination. The investigation here recorded is but a partial one, and it is hoped that in the future it may be extended so as to include most of the American micaceous minerals. The measurements have been made for the most part upon minerals which have never been optically examined, and are chiefly Ameri- can. A few foreign species have been introduced for comparison. The micas examined are largely those in the collection of the Academy. Others were either in the writer's collection or have been kindly given him by friends. The source from which each specimen has been obtained is noted in the tables given below. The polariscope used was made by Queen & Co., of this cit}', and was described before this Section at its meeting last Maj-. It reads to within 30'. The figures given below represent the mean apparent optic-axial angular divergence for white light. As the angle is somewhat different in different specimens and some- times CA'en in different portions of the same plate, the figures must be regarded as only approximate. In each case they represent a mean of a number of separate measurements, and collectively' are the result of over 1600 such measurements. Phlogopite. 1. Sussex Co., N. Y. Hexagonal crystals, 3'ellow, transparent. (Acad. Nat. Sci.) 6°. 2. Burgess, Oiit., Can. Clear brown. (A. N. S.) 6°45'. 3. N. Shore of Rideau Lake, Burgess, Can. Angle varies in same piece. Clearbrown. (J.Willcox.) 6°-12° 4. Hammond, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Clear 3'ellow. Hypei'bolas closer in the centre than thev are near the edges of the crjj-stals. Crystals are sometimes uniaxial in the centre and biaxial at each end, while the plane of the optic axes at 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 245 one end is at right angles to that y at the other end, viz. : One crystal had angle at centre, T^SO', angle at edge, 11°15'. (A. K S.) 10^40'. 5. Jefferson Co., N.Y. Brownish-yellow. (A. N. S.) ll°21'-12°50^ 6. Yrooman's Lake, Jefferson Co., N. Y. Wine-j'el- low. (A.N. S.) 12°45'. 7. Oxboro', Jefferson Co., N. Y. Light yellow. (A. X. S.) 13°12'. 8. Ottey Lake, Burgess, C. W. Brown hexagonal crystals. (W. W. Jefferis). ' 13°20'. A crystal from the same locality (J. Willcox) gave for the outer part of crystal, 13°41'; centre of crystal, 11 °23'. 9. Calumet Is., Canada. Greenish-^^ellow, transpar- ent. (A. N. S.) 13°20'-14°18'. 10. New Hampshire. Reddish-brown, similar to Darby Biotite ; nearly uniaxial in thin plates. 13°10'-lt°. 11. Sparta, N. J. Dark brown; by reflected light nearly black. 14°20'. 12. Yrooman's Lake, Jefferson Co., N. Y. Clear pale 3'ellow. Some crA'stals show identical phenomena with those from Hammond, St. Lawrence Co. 13. St. Denis. "Plumose mica:" brown: thick, nebulous hj-perbolas. 14. "Warwick, N. Y. Dark green; cleaving into rhombs ; often mistaken for Biotite. 15. Pope's Mills, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Deep reddish-bi'own. (W. W. Jefferis.) 16. Yesuvius. Black by reflected light, dark red- dish-brown in thin plates. With icespar : very opaque. (A. N. S.) It. Clark's Hill, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Brown. (W. W. Jefferis.) 18. Kennett Square, Del. Co., Pa. Brown ; in lime- stone. 19. Edwards, N.Y. Pearly white. (W.W. Jefferis). 20. Rossie, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Yellowish- brown. (A.N. S.) 15=52'. 14^ =24'. W =30'. 14< =52'. 15°. 15 '°±. 15' ^10'. 15< =20'. 15< =30'. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. 21. S. Burgess, Can. Large brown crystal, purple on edges. (A. N. S.) 16°38'. 22. Clark's Hill, near Rossie, N. Y. Brownish- yellow. (A. N.S.) 16°45'. 23. Clark's Mills, N. Y. Light brown, transparent : (probably identical with Nos. IT, 20, 22). (A. N. s.) n°. 24. Canada. Asteriated Phlogopite. 19°. 25. S. Burgess. Clear yellow-brown. (A. N. S.) 19°. 26. Burgess, C. W. Yellowish-brown crystals, with secondary cleavage along diagonal. (W. W. Jefferis). 20°. 2*1. Rossie, N. Y. Black by reflected, reddish- brown by transmitted light. (A. N. S.) 21°13^ 28. Vesuvius. Black, crumbling, very opaque, mixed with black hornblende. (A. N. S.) 21°20'±. 29. Burgess, C. W. Asteriated, not transparent, silvery-brown. (A. N. S.) 21°35'±. 30. Rossie, N. Y. Black by reflected, dark brown by transmitted light. Contains apatite. (A. X. S.) 22°. 31. Chester Co., Pa. Feebly asteriated; locality wrong ? ; probably from Rossie, N. Y. (A. N. S.) 23°15'. 32. Alamutchie,X. J. Clear reddish-brown. (Frankl. Inst.) 30°5'. 33. Van Arsdale's Quarry, Bucks Co., Pa. Red- brown ; with graphite, etc. " 34°. Biotite. 1. Easton, Pa. White, silver mica. 2°±:. 2. Antwerp, N. Y. Greenish-white. 0°. 3. Culsagee, N. C. White. 0°. 4. Vesuvius. White. 0°. 5. Darby, Del. Co., Pa. Deep red. 0°. 6. Delaware Co., Pa. Crystal in muscovite ; black by reflected, brownish-red by transmitted light. 5°±. 7. Scotland. Brown. 0°. 8. Rossie, N. Y. Brown. 0 Probably several of these Biotites have an angle of l°-2°. o 0°. 0°. 56' =25'. 56 °50'. 59' =20'. 60°. 60' =40'. 61' = 10'. 63°. 63°4'. 63' =15'. 63^ '4r. 64 °23'. 1880. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 Lepidomelane. Arendal, Norway. Black; uniaxial. Frankford, Phila. Black; uniaxial. Muscomte. 1. Brunswick, Me. Briglit green scales. (A. N. S.) 2. Pennsbury, Pa. (A. N. S.) 3. Yesuvius. With adularia. (A. N. S.) 4. Button's Mills, Del. Co., Pa, (J. M. Cardeza.) 5. St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. Greenish-white, plu- mose radiated crystals, showing Airy's spirals. (A. N. S.) 6. Darby, Phila., Pa. Small scales in gneiss. 7. Siberia. (A. N. S.) 8. Germantown, Phila. Smokj- brown, clear crystals. 9. Plainfield, Conn, Margarodite. Contains 5 p. c. of water. 10. Poorhouse, Del. Co., Pa. 11. Germantown, Pa. 12. Germantown, Pa. Containing enclosed crystals of a black, uniaxial mica. 64°30'. 13. Frankford, Pa. In hornblende rock : in calcite, Avith fluorite and epidote. (T. D. Rand). 64°50'. 14. Falls of Schuylkill, Phila. In hornblende rock. " 65°. 15. Cumberland, England. "Nacrite." (A. N. S.) 65°. 16. Goyaz, Brazil. (A. N. S.) 65°50'. 17. Brandywine Hundred, Del. Containing mag- netite markings. 65°-67°30'. After heating until it whitens, it has an angle of 49°. 18. Litchfield, Me. (A. N. S.) 19. Portland, Conn. 20. Southern Colorado. Identical with mica of Pennsbur}', Pa., and Brandywine Hundred, Del., having magnetite markings, 21. Grafton, N. H. 22. Chandler's Hollow, Del. (J. M. Cardeza.) 23. Black Hills, Wyoming. (A. N. S.) 24. Zinnwald, Bohemia. (A. N. S.) 25. Buncombe Co., N. C. (A. N. S.) 65° -68°34'. 66°. 66°7'. 66°12'. 66°40'. 66°48'. 66°51'. 67°30'. 6r ^30'. 67' ^45'. 61' =45'. 68°. 69^ n9'. 69' =38'. 69' =45'. 70' =14'. W =30'. 74' °10'. 75°. 76' = 15'. 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. 26. Germantown, Pa. Large silvery plates. 27. Dixon's Quarry, Del. Pale green. 28. Connecticut. Green scales. (A. !N^. S.) 29. Georgetown, Col. 30. Upland, Del. Co., Pa. Pale green. (.J. M. Cardeza.) 31. Germantown, Pa. Pale green. 32. Chester Co., Pa. (A. N. S.) 33. Westchester Co., N. Y. 34. Fabyans, White Mountains, N. H. 35. Glacier of the Aar, Switz. (A. N. S.) 36. Trumbull, Conn. Margarodite. 37. Paris, Me. Rose-color. (A. ]S^. S.) Where not otherwise indicated, the above muscovites are of a clear j^ellowish-brown tint. Lepidolite. 1. Altenberg, Saxony. With Pycnite ; sometimes distorted. (A. N. S.) 31°. 2. Zinnwald, Bohemia. Often very irregular. On different parts of the same piece the angle varies from 34°30' to 51°30'. (A. N. S.) 49°30' 3. Paris, Me. Much distorted ; several axes. (A. N. S.) 60°±:. 4. Middletown, Conn. 66°. Talc. 1. Lafayette, above Manayunk, Pa. Exfoliating : fan-shaped cr3^stals : images much distorted. 12°40'. 2. Lafayette, Pa. Clear. 15°. 3. Lafayette, Pa. Foliated talc ; distorted images. 15°. 4. Harford Co., Md. White. 15°. 5. Shetland Is. Clear pale green, sometimes nearly uniaxial. • 17°. Pyrophyllite. Westana, Sweden. 106°51'. Serpentine. Chrysotile from Chester Co., Pa., shows strong double refraction when the fibres make an angle of 45° with the plane of polariza- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 tiou of the instrument. Bissectrix apparently parallel to the fibres, Probabljr orthorhombic. Common serpentine and Wil- liamsite show no double refraction. Damourite. 1. Culsagee, N. C. In scales : analyzed by Koenig. (F. A. Genth.) 66°lt'±. 2. Unionville, Pa. " Emerylite : " irregular h3-per- bolas. (A. X.S.) 69°35'±:. 3. Unionville, Pa. On corundum. 72°. 4. Unionville, Pa. " Corundellite." (J. M. Car- deza.) 12°. 5. Horsjoberg, Sweden. (T. D. Rand.) 72°25'. 6. Chester Co., Pa. " Margarite : " irregular, show- ing sometimes four hyperbolas. (A. N. S.) T2°30'. 1. Haywood, N. C. "Altered from corundum." (F. A. Genth ) 74°. 8. Unionville, Pa. Analyzed by Sharpless. (F. A. Genth.) U°10'. 9. Unionville, Pa. Analyzed by Koenig. (F. A. Genth.) 74°15'. 10. Newtown, Conn. With Cyanite. 74°24^ 11. Newlin, Chester Co. "Margarite." (A. X. S.) 75°50'. It is evident that the minerals labelled Emerylite, Corundellite, Margarite, etc., are all Damourite. Euphyllite. .1. Chester Co., Pa. (A. N. S.) 37°-40°. 2. Unionville, Pa. "Original." (F. A. Genth.) 36°30'. A thicker piece in which the h^-perbolas were very dim, had an angle of 45°±. This result is interesting, as the optical angle given by Silliman is 71°. Cookeite. Paris, Me. In small scales. 42°40'. 17 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Vermiculite. 1. E. ISTottingham , Chestei* Co., Pa. Hallite. In green crystals : uniaxial. 0°. 2. Cecil Co., McL, Magnesia Quarry. Hallite. Con- tains enclosed arrow-shaped crystals like Hal- lite : uniaxial. 0°. 3. Chester Co., Pa., Brown's Quany. Uniaxial. (T.D.Rand.) .0°. 4. Macon Co., N. C. Maeonite. In brown scales ; uniaxial or with a divergence of 1°±. (F. A. Genth.) 1°±. 0. MineralHill,Del. Co., Pa. Pale green. (A.N. S.) 19°. 6. Lenni, Del. Co., Pa. Brown and green ; some- times a very small optic angle occurs. 19°-20°. *7. Culsagee, N. C. Culsageeite. Yellowish-brown: variable angle. Sometimes the angle varies as different portions of the same piece are moved into the field. One piece gave 9°, and another was nearly uniaxial. The angle given is the most constant one. 20° dz. 8. West Chester, Pa. Jefferisite. Variable angle : a specimen gave at one part 16°30', and at another 25°, the latter being the most distinct ; a very tliin piece gave 11°30', and a thicker piece 2t°20'. Apparentl}^ the optic-angle in- creases with the thickness of the plate. Some good specimens gave 22°, 25°, and 28°; mean angle probabl}^ 26°±:. 9. Lafayette Soapstone Quarry, Montgomery Co., Pa. Brown scales in chlorite slate : constant angle 32°-36°30' ; mean, 34° ±. 10. Germantown, Phila. Brown plates in hornblende rock. Optic-angle constant w^ithin 31°20'- 39°30' ; the most constant angle is 37°±:. It is very probable that, as suggested by Prof. Cooke, the varia- tion in the optic-angle of the Yermiculites is caused by twinning 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 Ripidolite. 1. Patterson's Quarry, Xewliu Township, Chester Co., Pa. Irregular green plates; with corun- dum ; inclination of bissectrix to normal to cleavage plane, 5^30': optic-axial divergence variable on the same plate on account of twin- ning, varying from 50° to 59°30'. (T. D. Rand.) Generally as given. 59°30'. 2. West Chester, Pa. Green plates ; inclination of bissectrix 10° : axial divergence, 78°3'0'. 3. Brinton's Quarrj', Chester Co., Pa. Fine clear green plates ; inclination of bissectrix, 12°30'. f) y> V. Axial divergence, 82°. 4. Dudleyville, Ala. Pale rose-color; on chromite. Inclination of bissectrix, 1G°. o > v. (F. A. Genth). 94° 15'. In all of these, double refraction is feeble compared with that of Muscovite. It is observed that the inclination of the bissectrix to the normal to the cleavage plane increases with the divergence of the optic axes. Prochlorite. Brewster, X. Y., Tillj- Foster Mine. Uniaxial. 0°. Margarite. 1. Cullakanee, N. C. White, "altered from corun- dum." Irregular figures. (F. A. Genth.) 110°±. 2. Chester, Mass. Rose-color, with corundum ; irregular, in some places showing four hj^per- bolas; one piece gave 89°30'. 1I2°45'. 3. Dudle3'ville, Ala. White, clear; inclination of bissectrix, 1°±. (F. A. Genth). 122°15'. 4. Cullakanee, X. C. White, " altered from Zoisite." Inclination of bissectrix to normal to cleavage plane, 2°ih. (F. A. Genth.) 124°. The large optic-axial divergence of Margarite readily distin- guishes it from Damourite and other micas which resemble it. If further observations agree in showing that the bissectrix is inclined to the normal to the cleavage plane, it will show that Margarite is Monoclinic and not Orthorhombic as has been supposed. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. October 22, 1871. A New Locality for Analcite — Dr. A. E. Foote called atten- tion to the fact that Analcite had been found at Falls of Schuyl- kill,— a new locality for that mineral. November 26, 1877. On the Measurement of Plave Angles. — Mr. Lewis described a simple and quick way of measuring plane angles in minerals. It was a method which he had found very useful in the measurement of all edge angles, of cleavage and striatiou angles, the angles of markings and dendrites in mica, and of other flat angles to which a goniometer could not conveniently be applied. A paper protractor was constructed, the radii of which, distant each from each 1°, were continued from the circumference to the centre. Horizontal lines, about twenty in number, are drawn across these, parallel to the radius 0° and at right angles to the radius 90°. These lines being parallel, the angles formed by the intersection of any radius with each of them are equal. In order to measure the angle of a crystal, it is laid on the protractor, one of its edges is made parallel to a horizontal line, and then the crystal is slid along that line until the other edge, forming with the first the angle to be measured, becomes parallel to one of the intersecting radii. The desired angle is now read oflT on the cir- cumference of the protractor. Angles approaching 90° are read on one of the upper horizontal lines, while those of less amplitude are read correspondingly farther down. A magnifying lens is conveniently used to determine the exact coincidence of the edges of the ciystal with the lines of the protractor. Very large crys- tals as well as crj'stals as small as a millimetre in diameter can be measured in this way. It was found that this method of measurement was very conve- nient, and, if the protractor had been carefully made, was exact to within 30' ; while it applied to those cases in which neither the reflective nor the hand goniometer could be used. December 17, 1877. On an Exfoliating Talc. — Mr. Henry Carvill Lewis described a variety of talc, occurring at the soapstone quarry above Mana- yunk, which is in some respects new. It occurs in fan-like crystals in Dolomite, and is much more similar to Pyrophyllite than to common talc. It moreover differs from common talc by exfoliat- ing when held in the flame of a candle or Bunsen bui'ner, and was, therefore, at first mistaken for Pyrophyllite. In the closed 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 tube it exfoliates and gives off water. In optical characters it is identical with common talc, having been found to have an axial divergence of about 12°40', frequently distorted. . It is marked with striations or cleavage planes crossing at angles of 60° and 120°. In this respect it is like Jettei'isite or Culsageeite, while in common talc such markings are rarely visible, and never distinct. It has the chemical composition of talc, except that the percentage of water is larger than usual, being 7-02 per centum. None of this water is hygroscopic, as its weight remains constant in a desiccator over sulphuric acid. The water of two other talcs from the same localit}^ was deter- mined. A massive talc whicli does not exfoliate in the Bunsen burner flame or in the platinum crucible, but does so at the point of the blowpipe flame, contains 4.23 per centum of water. A foliated talc which is caused to exfoliate onlv very slightly even in the blowpipe flame, contained 2.84 per centum of water, and this was driven oS only at an extremel}'' high and long continued heat. In these three talcs, therefore, we have the interesting results : 1. That there is a direct ratio between the amount of combined water and the amount of exfoliation. 2. That there is a direct ratio between the tenacity with which the water is held and the temperature at which exfoliation occurs. It is thought that perhaps these results may have a bearing in an explanation of the propei'ties of the various Yermiculites. January 28, 1878. Tin in Nor^fh Carolina. — Mr. Lewis exhibited a small piece of tin ore said to have been found in Surry Co., N. C, and which had been handed to him for examination. It was a soft, light earth}' mass of a brown color, crumbling when pres^^ed, which, when held in a candle flame, became covered with small globules of pure tin. The earthy base was a silicate of alumina, iron, and lime, and was partially' soluble in acid. The tin was reduced b}^ ver}^ gentle heat, for less than that required to reduce Cassiterite. It was suggested that the tin existed in it either native or as an ochre or hydrous oxide. No sulphides were present. It was questioned whether the specimen exhibited was a genuine native product. A New Locality for Gypxum. — Mr. Theo. D. Rand announced his discovery of gypsum, as an eftlorescence upon gneiss, at a quarry near Darby, Pa. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ON SIDEEOPHYLLITE— A NEW MINERAL. BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS. A.mong other interesting minerals which are found in the neigh- borhood of Pike's Peak, Colorado, is a hard black mica, occurring sometimes in large and fine crj'Stals, which the writer has been unable to identify with any known species. It is monoclinic, and has an eminent micaceous basal cleavage. It has the following characters : Hardness, 3.2. Specific gravit}^, 3.1. Lustre, bright micaceous. Color, black b}- reflected light, and fine chrome-green by trans- mitted light. Opaque except in very thin pieces. Streak, pale green. Laminae very brittle. Biaxial ; optic-axial divergence 10° ±. In its composition it appears to be an iron-alumina mica. The analysis here given is a mean of two made b}^ the writer. In one the mineral was fused with sodic carbonate before solution, and in the other it was dissolved in hydrochloric acid. The anal3'ses were performed in the usual way. Iron was estimated by solution in sulphuric acid in a closed flask, and subsequent titration. The percentage of alkalies was kindly determined by Mr. F. A. Genth, Jr. The percentage of water is that given off on moderate igni- tion. On strong ignition the mineral loses over 3 per centum of its weight, some of the alkalies being driven off. 0 ratio. SiO, A 1,0s Fe,0:, PeO MnO MgO CaO Na.,0 Li,0 K.,0 H,0 36.68 20.41 1.55 25.50 2.10 1.14 .81 1.09 .37 9.20 1.01 2.44 1.19 I .06 j .n .06 .06 .03 .03 .02 .20 .11 2.44 1.25 1.22 2.00 1.02 1.00 This gives R 99.86 R : Si = 1 Silica 1 basic. 1:2, and for the ratio of bases to 1. It is therefore a Unisilicate in which the water is 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 It has the formula and the symbol Kg, Tl , OJ3, U,.>. Before the blowpipe it fuses with intumescence at about 2.5 to a black glass. It sometimes gives a red lithia color to the flame. It is soluble in hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, with separation of silica. In its pyrognostic properties it is thus similar to Annite, although Annite is less fusible. Its oxj^gen ratio is that of Biotite, but the absence of magnesia, and its physical and optical proper- ties, distinguish it from that mineral. It occurs in good crystals back of Pike's Peak, Colorado. Amazon-stone and Astrophyllite occur in the vicinity. The material upon which this investigation has been made was obtained from Dr. A. E. Foote, of this city. The name of Siderophyllite {(Tidrfpoq ifolkov) has been given in allusion to the large percentage of iron which it contains. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. February 28, 1818. On Sterlingite and Damourite. — Mr. H. C. Lewis stated that an optical examination of a number of American damourites had shown that they all had a large optic-axial divergence. This angle was generality 72°-H°. It is an angle somewhat larger than that of niuscovite, and is remarkabl}^ constant in different specimens. On the other hand, the original damourite of Delesse has, accord- ing to Descloiseaux, an optic-axial divergence of only 10°-12°. No such angle has been found in any of the American damourites. As it has been shown that damourite (" h^'dro-mica ") is an im- l)ortant element in our rocks, and is of wide distribution and frequent occurrence, it is essential that its characters should be well known. The damourite of Sterling, Mass., conforming precisel}', both as to composition and structure, with the t^- pe of American damourite, and which Prof. Cooke has shown to have an optic-axial divergence of 70° ±:, has been named by Inm, Sterlingite. This distinctive name was given solely on account of its larger optic angle. But it appears that this large angle is characteristic of all American damourites, and probably of many European ones.^ It therefore follows either that all of our damourites should be called Sterlingite, or that the name should be dropped ; there would otherwise be confusion. Notwithstanding the exceptional optical character of the mineral examined by Descloiseaux, it is thought that identity of chemical composition and of physical properties is sufficient reason for retaining the original name of Damourite. March 25, 1878. Vanadium in Philadelphia Bocks. — Mr. Lewis said that he had discovered the presence of Vanadium in hornblendic gneiss near Wayne Station, Germantown. The presence of sphene in that rock suggested the search for vanadium, recent researches having shown that this element frequently accompanies titanium. The following method was employed for its detection. The pul- verized rock was slowlj' heated in a crucible with sodic carbonate and sulphur. After partial fusion the mass was digested in warm water and the filtrate acidified. The precipitate was washed, ignited, and fused with sodic carbonate and sodic nitrate. It was now digested in water, filtered, the filtrate concentrated, and solid ammonic chloride added. A precipitate fell, which was found by blowpipe and other tests to contain pure vanadium. An exfoliating hydrous mica occurred at this locality, resulting ^ V. " The optical characters of some Micas :" by 11. C. Lewis, Proc. Min. and Geol. Section, October 22, 1877. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25Y perhaps from the alteration of hornblende, and which was believed to be a new species, in which there was .38 i^er centum of oxide of vanadium- A New Locatity for Epsomite. — Mr. Lewis reported having found Epsomite in Sideling Hill Tunnel, E. Broad Top R. R., Huntington Co., Pa. It there occurs in small, colorless, acicular ciTstals in an olive-colored shale in the lower part of the Vesper- tine formation (No. X). 258 proceedings of the academy of [1880. November 25, 1818. the surface geology of philadelphia and vicinity. by henry carvill lewis. At intervals during the past year the writer has been devoting some attention to the gravels and clays of our city, and although the work as yet is only preliminary, and is still in progress, it is thought that a sketch of what has been done ma}^ serve to show what an interesting field is open for more thorough investigation. A large number of localities have been examined and many sec- tions have been made, but it is proposed at present merely to summarize the facts observed. The Upland Terrace. — 1. A traA'eller going from the city upon the Germantown Railroad will notice in the cuttings for new streets between Tenth and Broad Streets, and in the railroad cut at New York Junction, numerous exposures of red or yellow gravel, often overlaid by clay. The brickyards in the vicinity of Nicetown expose large beds of brick-clay containing occasional well-rounded boulders and pebbles. The land so far has been comparatively level, and no rocks have been seen. Just before reaching Wayne Station, rocks rise upon both sides of the road, the clay and gravel disappear, and a rolling wooded country is entered. A thin covering of light micaceous soil containing no pebbles or boulders covers the gneissic rocks from here to Chest- nut Hill. There is a great contrast between the two regions. 2. On the Pennsylvania Railroad it will be noticed that, soon after leaving the depot, gravel covers the rocks along the Schuyl- kill, and as the railroad turns back from the river, a plateau of clay follows. The Centennial grounds lie upon this clay, and boulders are frequent. Upon reaching Fift^^-seventh Street, op- posite Belmont and George's Hill, the hill is entered by a cut, the rocks come to the surface, and the drift is no more seen. 3. Again, on the North Pennsylvania Railroad gravels first appear, then, on higher ground, clay, and soon after passing Green Lane Station, the rocky uplands, free from drift. 4. So, too, on the West Chester Railroad, gravels and clays cover the ground up to the base of the hill on which Swarthmore College stands. 5. On the otlier hand, the New York division of the Pennsyl- vania Railroad and the Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPinA. 259 Railroad, which run parallel with the Delaware River, do not rise out of the region of drift. Now, connecting by a line the four points mentioned, it will be found to represent a long straight hill 200 feet or more in height, having a northeast and southwest trend, pai'allel to the river, and lying at a mean distance from it of about four miles. We have traced it from Bucks County, thi'ough Philadelphia and Delaware Counties, into the State of Delaware, and find that it uniformly defines the western boundarj^ of the drift. This hill is easily recognized where uncrossed by creeks, being remarkably straight and of uniform height. It forms the limit of tidewater, and is recognized where it crosses streams by the occurrence of rapids or falls. Being the first hill of importance west of the Delaware, it often commands a fine view and is a favorite site for residences. The geographical position of this ancient terrace may be more exactly defined in the vicinity of Philadelphia, as the hill which crosses Second Street Pike near Foxchase, and crossing Tacony Creek farther south, runs nearly parallel with it as far as Crescentville ; which crosses Green Lane and New Second Street road near the place of Mr. J. L. Fisher ; crosses the North Pennsylvania Railroad above Olney road, and the York road below the Jewish Hospital ; which crosses Germantown Avenue at the railroad bridge (being here called Negley's Hill), and running along the railroad to beyond Wayne Station, passes back of the Germantown Cricket Ground, past Old Oaks Cemetery to Falls of Schuylkill. Thence, passing Chamouni, Belmont, and Geoi-ge's Hill, it crosses the Pennsjdvania Railroad near Heston- ville, and Haverford Road at Haddington ; passes back of the Burd Orphan Asjdum into Delaware County, and runs north of Kelleyville, Clifton and Morton to Swarthmore College, and thence past Village Green into Delaware. This hill, which is approximately parallel not only to the river, but also to the shore of the Atlantic Ocean and to the line of strike of the Cretaceous formations of New Jerse}^ forms, as we have seen, the main dividing line between the ancient and the modern formations. We shall call it for convenience the Upland Terrace. The strike of the gneiss forming it corresponds closely with the trend of the terrace itself. A boulder-bearing clay rests upon its southeastern slope at a uniform elevation of 150-170 feet above mean ocean- level. While it is true that, as will appear hereafter, there are 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. patches of an ancient gravel on high points back of it, the Upland Terrace nevertheless remains as the most important geological feature in sontlieastern Pennsylvania. Between the Upland Terrace and the Delaware, claj^s and gravels cover the rocks in a continuous sheet except where eroded away in the neigliborhood of streams. The amount of tlieir erosion is in some respects a measure of the age of the surface formations. It has been noticed that these foi'mations in the vicinit}' of Phila- delphia have undergone very different amounts of erosion, the amount of such erosion increasing as we recede from the Delaware ; and this fact is regarded as offering evidence that the deposits are of different ages ; those lying farthest from the river and highest in elcA^ation being the most ancient, and those which are close to the river, which have undergone but little erosion, being the most modern of our surface formations. Examples of erosion of the Philadelphia gravel may be well seen on the Philadelphia and West Chester Railroad which crosses a number of creeks and runs nearlj'' parallel to the terrace for several miles. As each creek is approached the drift ' disappears and rocks come to the surface. So on the Schuylkill, no gravel is seen on the river drive in the East Park, but upon going back from the river and rising 100 feet above it, as far as the East Park Reservoir, gravel appears abun- dantly. Yet on the same riA^er, nearer the Delaware, a newer gravel, made of different materials, not only forms its banks but underlies it. Recent Alluvium. — The most recent of all the surface deposits is the stiff bluish clay which covers the low ground in the southern part of the city. The Richmond meadows and the flats of Moya- mensing, Greenwich and Tinicum are covered by this deposit. It is bounded by a low terrace which may be called " The Floodplain Terrace.'''' This terrace, up to which the river often comes in times of flood, crosses South Broad Street diagonall}^ below Moya- mensing Avenue, and crossing the Delaware extension of the Pennsylvania Railroad near Penrose Ferry Road, winds around Point Breeze Park back towards the Gas Works, and passing below Suffolk Park crosses into Delaware Count3\ This terrace is about ten feet above mean tide. It is the lowest and newest of all the terraces and is formed of the next older formation, the " River gravel." The mud or clay lying between this terrace and ' The term "drift" here includes all superficial formations of whatever age. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 the river is too stiff to 1)6 useful for brickmaking. Blackened fragments of twigs, roots and leaves are frequent in it, and it is said that trunks of the white cedar abound in it in some places. There is here an indication that these beds are sinking and that, as on the Atlantic coast, the water is encroaching. Frequently a good peat covers the clay. The River Gravel. — Forming the Floodplain Terrace and lying back of it, is a light sand and gravel free from claj', which may be designated the " River Gravel," since it formed the ancient river bed. It is composed of a light micaceous sand made from the wear of gneissic rocks, ovcrl3'ing a clean, loose gravel, whose peb- bles are composed of the rocks which form the river bottom farther north. The pebbles are generalh' flattened and are composed of gneiss, Triassic red shale, Triassic argillite, etc. It is of a gray color, white quartz pebbles being comparatively^ scarce. It under- lies the river to a great depth and forms islands in it. Frequently large boulders lie upon the river gravel. Bridesburg and the Lazaretto are built upon it. The sand is used for building pur- poses. It is bounded by the " i?u-e?- Gravel Terrace," a terrace rising some twenty feet above mean tide, and which is capped by the red gravel and brick-clay about to be described, while rocks are frequently exposed at its base. The Chester Branch of the Reading Railroad lies below this terrace, and the present line of the Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore Railroad is above it. The Bed Gravel and Brick-Clays.— T\\q built-up portion of the city stands upon an extensive deposit of brick-clay and gravel, sections of which are exposed in ever}' cutting. The brick-clay invariably overlies the gravel, and will therefore be first described. By far the finest exposures of brick-clay are those on either side of Long Lane, in the "Neck." The clay here is ver}" compact, free from sand and gravel, and is often 15 feet or more in depth. Loam lies above it, and is mixed with it for brick-making. Well- rounded boulders of Potsdam, Medina, Trias, etc., are frequent. The whole lies upon some 20 feet of stratified gravel. It is a much finer and deeper clay than that of the northern part of the city, as at Nicetown. It is interesting to note that while the clay which is farthest from the Upland Terrace and lowest in elevation is purest and deepest, on the other hand that near the terrace and more than 100 feet above the river is both shallow and sand3\ It suggests that the former was deposited in deep water and the latter near the shore. At the base of the terrace the clay is but 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. two or three feet deep. The boulders of the Nicetown clay are similar to those of the Neck clay, except in the fact that in the latter there are numerous rounded and sharp fragments of triassic red shale, while in the former boulders of that material are very scarce. The boulders of both clays are invariably derived from a northern source, ^o shells or organic remains have as 3'et been noticed in this formation. Beneath the clay, and often unconformable with it, is the Phila- delphia red gravel. It is a claye^'^ gravel which packs well and is much used on roads, and whose red color is caused by the ferru- ginous clay in which the pebbles are imbedded. The pebbles are composed of all kinds of rock and are not flattened as are those in the river gravel. The predominant material is white quartz, but pebbles of all other materials, as conglomerate, sandstone, fossil- iferous hornstone, flint, red shale, etc., are numerous. Stratifica- tion is observed in almost every section exposed. Good sections of gravel are seen near the University of Pennsylvania. It has here an elevation of about 50 feet, and comes to the surface of the ground with but a very slight covering of clay. The gravel is here over 15 feet deep, and as it is in some respects a typical exposure, a section is herewith presented. Ft. Fig. 1. 10 1 5 3 1 + BRICK-CLAY. RED GRAVEL. BLACK GRAVEL. YELLOW GRAVEL. MICACEOUS SAND. BOULDERS. DECOMPOSED GNEISS. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2G3 It will be noticed, in the first place, that the clay lies in the form of crests and hollows upon the gravel. This is almost inva- riablj'^ the case. Beautiful examples of wave motion may be seen at Twenty-eighth Street and Columbia Avenue, at Tenth and Tioga, at Fifteenth and Clearfield Streets, and in Fairmount Park. In each of these we have apparently the action of a rushing flood of water upon the gravel. Often the clay lies in a kind of pot-hole in the gravel, and a concentric structure of clay and pebbles can be seen. The following section, at Twent3'-eighth Street and Columbia Avenue, shows six well-marked waves of gravel and clay, the clay always filling the hollows between the crests of gravel. Fig. 2. s N The approximate dimensions of the weaves are given in the diagram. Along the line of contact between clay and gravel there are alternate streaks of fine and coarse gravel. A ver}^ beautiful example of water action is exposed at Fifteenth and Clearfield Streets, in a cut about 100 feet in length (Fig. 3). The second point to be noticed in the section near the Univer- sity is the stratification of the gravel, and its division into layers of three diflTerent colors, — red, black and yellow. It is instructive to note that this division is by no means a local one, but exists along a line of about equal elevation (60 to 80 feet above ocean level), in widely separated parts of the city. While the colors are of course due simply to different states of oxidation of the iron, the fact that the}^ mark continuous deposits through long distances, indicates a uniformity in the condition of deposition which could be due only to the presence of a large bodj^ of water. In the third place, the section (Fig. 1) shows the important fact that the gravel rests, not upon a hard floor of rock, as is usual with the drift in more northern States, butupon a completely decomposed gneiss. This is universall}' the case in every section examined in the vicinity of Philadelphia. In no case does the gravel rest upon 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. unaltered rock, except possibly in the vicinity of streams where the water has eroded away the soft rock. In such posi- tions, however, the gravel also is usually eroded, except in the case of the " River gravel " proper. It will be observed that a sharp stratified micaceous sand, made up of the materials of the decomposed gneiss, and often showing " flow and plunge " structure, lies below the gravel. In the section given, a well-rounded boulder of a lower Silurian sandstone is seen partially imbedded in the decomposed gneiss. This fact offers two interesting deductions : — (1.) That the gneiss was decomposed before the deposition of the gravel. (2.) That water, not ice, was the agent of such deposition. (1.) As additional evidence in support of the first deduction, it has been observed in several sections that portions of the de- composed gneiss have been taken up and interstratified in horizontal layers, either with the gneissic sand, or with the gravel itself That the steeply-dipping decom- posed gneiss should be thus re-stratified, as though by a flood, and that, on the other hand, no such phenomena are ever observed in undoubted glaciated regions, can only be explained upon the assumption that the gneiss was decomposed before the Glacial epoch. That such decomposition took place in a j^et earlier geological age, will be indicated below under a description of the " Bryn Mawr gravel." (2.) Absence of a glacier in this region is indicated by the wave-like junction of gravel and clay, by the stratification of the gravel, and by the presence of decomposed gneiss. No polished surfaces of rock have Fig. 3. 1+ 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 ever been observed in this region, although the occasional slicken- sides upon the gneiss in some quarries has been mistaken for glacial strite. Frequently the lower yellow gravel is replaced by a 3-ellow sand more or less fine, which is used for building purposes ; and in this there are often good examples both of oblique lamination and of " flow and plunge;" — structures attributable to flowing water. Examples ma}'^ be seen on the North Penna. R. R. and in the East Park. Tlie boulders of both clay and gravel, if not brought down by water alone, have been dropped by floating ice. The absence of life in either deposit indicates that the water was too cold to support it. The conclusion is therefore forced upon us tliat, during the melting of the great Northern Glacier, whose southern terminus crossed the river probably near Belvidere, the flooded Delaware, then a great torrent five or ten miles wide and at least 150 feet deeper than it is now, deposited at first gravels and afterwards, when quieter, clays; while floating ice carried down already rounded boulders and dropped them upon its bed. The uniform elevation of the edge of the clay at the base of the Upland Terrace can hardly be accounted for upon another hypothesis. The presence of an actual glacier over this region has, however, been brought forward as the onl}^ explanation of our surface deposits. Thus, in a recent paper, ^ the author, after inspection of a gravel opening in West Philadelphia, concludes " that this belt of drift deposit is no other than a glacial moraine formed by the Schuylkill glacier receding from the site of the cit^." He adds, " the surface of the gneiss where laid bare is comparatively smooth, and shows evidence of having been polished, though so soft as not to retain the marks of glaciation."' To us the very locality described (Forty-fifth and Spruce) off'ers strong evidence of the absence of all glacial action. The gravel, containing no scratched pebbles, is horizontally stratified and shows flow and l)lunge structure ; while the underlying decomposed gneiss, so far from being polished, is seen in several places to have been taken up by the swiftly flowing water and mingled with the gravel which it bore along, so that several layers of decomposed gneiss, each about half an inch in thickness^ and soon dying out, alternate with the lower portion of the gravel. ' "On Glacial Depoi^itsat W. Pliila.," Pioc. Am. Fhil. Soc, Nov., 1875. 18 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. It has been supposed that the bending over of the outcrops of steeply-dipping rocks, sometimes observed near Philadelphia, has been caused by the pressure of a glacier. A very beautiful example of such broken and l)ent-over strata is seen in a quarry at Edge Hill. That such phenomena are to be explained, not by glacial agencies, but by the force of gravitj^ onl}', — being the gradual sliding-down-hill of the soil known as " creep," — is shown by the facts, (1) that such bending over is always towards a lower eleva- tion,— down hill; (2) that on the two slopes of the same hill the strata have been seen to be bent over in opposite directions. Thus at various points along the long ridge of altered Primal slates known as Edge Hill, the slates on one slope are bent towards the south, and on the other towards the north. A similar fact has been noticed in the gneiss forming the Upland Terrace. Moreover, such bending of the strata often occurs in regions quite free from drift. If, as we have conjectured, the Delaware Valley was filled with a large body of water when the drift was deposited, it is reason- able to suppose that the Schuylkill also was of far greater size, and that some boulders would be brought down the valle}' of that stream. Here again facts sustain the hypothesis. In the gravel taken from the excavation for the East Park Reservoir, associated with Triassic red shale and other boulders, we have found partiall}'^ worn fragments of chlorite slate containing octagonal crystals of magnetite, evidently derived from the steatite quarry at Lafayette, six miles above on the Schuylkill. At Twenty-eighth Street and Columbia Avenue is a large boulder of trap, identical with that of the trap-dyke which crosses the Schuylkill River at Conshohocken. It thus appears that during the Glacial epoch the waters of the Schuylkill em})tied into those of the Delaware at Falls of Schuyl- kill, the city proper being entirely submerged. Before closing our account of the Philadelphia red gravel — the " University gravel," as it might be called for distinction — it will be necessary to sa}' a word as to what occurs on the New Jersey side of the river. If we are correct in ascribing this gravel and brick-clay to a flooded river valley, similar deposits at the same elevation must be found on both sides of the river. Although we have been able to do but very little work upon this point in that State, it has been obserA^ed : (1) That there is a sand at Camden near the river, si.nilar to the sand of the " River gravel " of lower 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 Philadelphia ; (2) that at a higher elcA'ation there are deposits of superficial yellow brick-cla}' quite distinct from the underlying plastic clays ; (8) that boulders identical with those on this side of the river occur in the brick-clay ; (4) that a stratified red gravel containing Triassic shale, and similar to the University gravel occurs ; and, (5) that there are indications of the existence of a Terrace, several miles from the river, bounding the brick-clay and its boulders, and composed of an older, and probably oceanic, gravel and sand. The Fossiliferoiis Gravel. — There seems to be evidence that between the Upland Terrace and the River Gravel Terrace there is an intermediate terrace, back of which is a gravel somewhat different from the Philadeli)hia red gravel. It is characterized by comparative absence of Triassic red shale, and by the presence of numerous pebbles of flint, hornstone, or limestone, which are fre- quently fossiliferous. These pebbles, as well as those of white quartz, are not fresh-looking, but are eaten and weather-worn by age. In both its position and its appearance it is an older forma- tion than the red gravel. It is of a 3'ellowish color, becoming- white when exposed to the weather, and is more sandy than the red gravel. For these reasons it is less esteemed for road-making. The Germantown Railroad cuts through this gravel at New York Junction, We have found here pebbles containing Cyathophyl- loid corals, Favosites, a Trilobite, etc. The Connecting Railroad at Ridge Avenue Station cuts through the same gravel, and here we have found Strophomena^ etc. Other fossils have been found below the ela}' in the East Park and at the Centennial Grounds. This gravel is found on the high level plateau which lies at the base of the Upland Terrace, and is covered b}^ more recent brick- cla3^ It lies farther from the river and at a higher elevation than the red gravel, and there is a decided rise in the ground from the latter to the former. This terrace has been observed in many places near and in the city, but has not as yet been traced con- tinuously, and its existence is doubtful. Nearly- all the brick-3'ards in tlie city, exceijt those in the " Neck," lie upon this gravel and back of this terrace, which lies at a mean distance of about a mile inside of the Upland Terrace. It seems as though the flood, diminishing in breadth, had eroded away the clay within this •' Red Gravel Terrace." The red gravel comes to the surface, with very little overlying cla}', at elevations below about 100 feet; while at a higher elevation is the brick-yard plateau. 2C8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The Pennsj'lvania Hospital for the Insane stands upon the hill forming this inner gravel Terrace. Its course is somewhat parallel to the main Upland Terrace, and it crosses Walnut Street near Fiftieth Street, and Broad Street near the Reading Coal Road cross- ing. In Prof. Rogers' Geological Map of Pennsylvania, where a rough attempt is made to represent the boundary of the drift, the line in one place corresponds quite closely with what we have pre- sumed to be the "Red Gravel Terrace ; " but it appears that in most places in that map the boundary is meant to be merely a hypoth- etical one. While the existence of this inner terrace is yet doubt- ful, and while it is probable that red gravel will be found above it and fossiliferous gravel below it, yet nothing has yet appeared to con- trovert the assumption that the latter gravel is older than the former. How much older, and whether of oceanic or of fresh- water origin, is not yet determined. Here, again, a study of the New Jersey gravels will be of assistance. The Branch town Clay. — Having now described the surface deposits lying between the Delaware River and the Upland Ter- race, it remains to point out the existence of some isolated patches of gravel and clay which have been noticed on some of the hills back of and above this terrace. In the village of Branchtown, on a plateau 250 feet above the river, there is a local deposit of brick-cla}' \yh^g in an oblong belt runnhig N. E. and S. W., perhaps a mile in length and an eighth of a mile in breadth. That it is not a clay formed in place by decomposition of the gneiss is shown hy the presence in it of pebbles and rounded boulders of foreign rocks. The smaller pebbles consist of quartz, and the larger of a friable quartz sand- stone, prob?.bly Potsdam. Not a single fragment of Triassic red shale, and not a single pebble of flint or fossiliferous rock was found: and in this it is distinguished from any deposit heretofore described. Nor were an^^ of the pebbles formed of the materials of the bed of the Delaware River. Numerous sharp fragments, often six inches square, of white or yelloAv siliceous sandstone and of brown jaspery quartzite, both probably of lower Silurian age, were f'jund. The peculiar conglomerate described below as "Mt. Holly Conglomerate" does not occur. Decomposed gneiss lies below the cla}^., which is two to three feet deep. The presence of sharp and rounded boulders of a rock in place farther north suggests an overland flood during glacial times ; but the complete absence of 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 all traces of Triassic red shale, a formation of large extent six miles north of here, over which such a flood must have passed, is difficult to explain upon that hypothesis. This belt of cla}', which may be called for convenience the " Branchtown clay," extends S. W. to Chelton Avenue and Chew Street, in Gerniantown, and to the N. E. to Limekiln Pike and City Line Road, and is the site of several brickyards. The clay plateau is bounded on the N. W. by a hill 325 feet high. Doubtless this clay will be found in other places, when more light will be thrown upon its origin and age. The Bryn Maior Gravel. — Upon the summits of some of the highest hills in the gneissic region back of Philadelphia, at a mean distance of about nine miles from the river, and at elevations of from 325 to 450 feet above it, there are isolated patches of an ancient gravel, different from any yet described, to which we have given the provisional name of " The Brj'n Mawr Gravel." It can always be recognized b}- the presence of sharp or partially rounded frag- ments of a hard, heavj^ iron sandstone or conglomerate. Such fragments are often covered by a brownish-black iron glaze. More than ten years ago, the writer noticed in the soil of the upper part of Gerraantown, pieces of this conglomerate, unlike any known rock, and it is only of late that its origin has been suspected. It con- sists of well-rounded pebbles of quartzite or siliceous sandstone cemented by iron into a stone which is often very hard. This conglomerate is found in occasional fragments upon ground over 300 feet high, but is not found in abundance until an elevation of over 400 feet is reached. At these highest points it occurs in a red gravel wliose pebbles are identical with those of the conglom- erate. One of such points is near Chestnut Hill, on the City Line Road at its highest elevation, near Willow Grove Road. Here, nearly nine miles from the river and 425 feet above it, is a patch of this gravel and conglomerate. The larger pebbles and boulders, like those of the Branchtown Cla}', consist of a friable quartzite sandstone or a jaspery quartzite. Sharp fragments of quartzite are numerous ; but there are no traces either of Triassic red shale, of fossiliferous pebbles, or of rounded pebbles of the uiiderlying gneiss. It rests upon a much decomposed gneiss. The conglom- erate sometimes contains cavities filled with white sand. The tract of gravel is of an oval form, whose major axis points N. E. and S. W. It crosses the Township Line Road near the Bethesda 2T0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. Home, near which place have been found a sharp boulder of conglom- erate three feet in diameter, several fragments of ferruginous sand- stone equally large, a partially rounded boulder of white quartz nearly four feet long, and numerous fragments of quartzite and Primal rocks. The gravel is here in part replaced by clay. A similar tract of this gravel occurs at Bryn Mawr, extending from that place to near Cooperstown. A good section is exposed in the railroad cut below the station. From this locality, so easy of access from the city, we have named the formation. It is here about 430 feet high, and nine miles from the river. The gravel is ten feet deep, and lies upon a steepl^'-dipping gneiss so completely decomposed that it is as soft as cla3^ Underneath the bridge, a soft Avhite kaolin-like material, conformable with the gneiss, shows a decomposed steatite,^-being probably the con- tinuation of that which crosses the Scimylkill at Laftiyette. Here, as at Chestnut Hill, the gravel lies in an isolated patch upon a hill, distant from any stream or other eroding agency. The gravel holds sharp fragments of primal rocks and also the iron con- glomerate. As at Germantown, the fields below, to the south, contain occasional fragments of the conglomerate. Another good exposure of the Bryn Mawr gravel is on a hill crossed by the road leading from Haverford College to Coopers- town. The conglomerate is here in large, sharp fragments, and the gravel shows slight horizontal sti'atification. On the crest of the hill, some 450 feet high, there is a weather-worn boulder, four feet in diameter, of a soft, coarse, brown sandstone of Br^'n Mawr age, apparently in place. A fourth, precisely similar exposure of gravel Avith conglom- erate, and at about the s:ime elevation, caps the hill back of Media, near the lloseti'ee. Without describing any further exposures, it already appears that in these elevated patches of ancient gravel we have the last remnants of a once continuous formation. The very great erosion which has swept away all but these few traces is a sufficient proof of its age. There are no points at all approaching the elevation of these hills, between them and the Atlantic Ocean ; and it is at once suggested that these patches are the remnants of an oceanic deposit, possibly of Tertiary age. It is interesting to find that a precisely similar formation caps some of the hills in New Jersey. On top of the hill at Mount Holl}^, N. J., is an identical con- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2tl glomerate and gravel, similar in appearance, and composed of the same materials as the formation in Pennsylvania. Tlie con- glomerate has the peculiar ferruginous glaze already noticed. It here overlies Cretaceous marls aud sands. From its abundance at this place, and in order to show its con- nection with Pennsylvania deposits, we shall call the conglomerate of the Biyn Mawr gravel, " Ji?. Holly Conglomerate.'''' Prof. H. D. Rogers' suggests that this rock at Mt. Holly may be of Mio- cene age ; but Prof. Cook, not distinguishing it from the modern iron crusts in the red Philadelphia graAel near the river, considers it veiy recent. In the consideration of its age it is worth noting that the sand of southern New Jersej^, apparently of late Plio- cene age, frequently contains rounded pebbles of Mt. Holly con- glomerate, thus showing that the latter is an older formation. From the identit}^ of their contained boulders, it is probable that the Branchtown cla}' and the Br3'n Mawr gravel are nearly coeval. Being oceanic, it is presumed that they will be recognized all along the gneissic hills of the southern Atlantic States. We have given this detailed description of each of the surface formations near Philadelphia in the hope that they may be recog- nized elsewhere by other geologists. It has been found that a careful examination of the materials comprising each gravel, taken in connection with their elevation above tide, is the onl}- means of - discriminating between them. Desultory observations in detached localities are of little value. Should this work be extended in Penns^dvania and New Jersey, and the distinctions between the four gravels described be carried out, it is thought that, notwith- standing the shifting character of the underlying strata in the latter State, much may be done not only towards an exact deter- mination of their age, but towards a settlement of some of the vexed problems of surface geology in Eastern America. Recapitulation. — The results obtained may be briefly summa- rized as follows: — Forming the N W. bound.iry of the Philadelphia gravel and brick-cla}' is a hill of gneis?, rising 200 feet or more above the river, which ma}^ be called the Upland Terrace. It has a N. E. and S. W. trend, and in this vicinity is at an average distance of five miles from the river. 1 Report ou the Geology of N. J., 1839. 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. Within the Upland Terrace, resting upon its slope, and extend- ing to the river, is a series of stratified gravels and a boulder- bearing brick-clay. Of these, the oldest is the " Fossiliferous gravel ; " a gravel l^^ing near the terrace and under the brick-clay, and containing pebbles which frequently are fossiliferous. Of more recent age, and at a lower level, is the " Philadelphia red gravel," which is made up of the pebbles of the Fossiliferous gravel mixed with fragments of Triassic red shale and other rocks brought down the Delaware Valley. It is distinctly stratified, rests upon decomposed gneiss, and contains rounded boulders dropped by floating ice. Upon both of these gravels rests the Philadelphia brick-clay, often l^ang unconformably upon them in a series of pot-holes or wave-like forms, and apparently an aque- ous deposit. A yet more recent formation, the " River gravel and sand," lies within the others and close to the river, and is made up of flattened pebbles composed of the rocks over which the river flows. Upon this, in the river flats, lies a modern mud, the " Recent Allu- vium." Back of the Upland Terrace, isolated patches of two surface deposits, more ancient than any 3ret described, lie upon the hills. These are, the " Branchtown clay," at a height of 250 feet, con- taining boulders of Potsdam rocks, but no traces of Triassic red shale or of fossiliferous pebbles ; and the " Bryn Mawr gravel," which caps hills of a higher elevation, and which, containing boulders and pebbles of identical material with those of the last, is characterized by the presence of a hard iron conglomerate or sandstone. This conglomerate, occurring also in New Jersey, and named the " Mt. Holly Conglomerate," is conjectured to be of Tertiary age. In these seven formations is written the geologic history of the Delaware Yalley. Much remains to be done before any certain results can be expected. It is hoped that the imperfect examination here recorded may form the basis for a future and more thorough study, which, extending to wider fields, shall make more exact the knowledge of our surface geology. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2t3 October 28, 1878. 'On a Belt of Steatite and Serpentine in Radnor, Del. Go. — Mr. Theu. D. Rand read a paper on a belt of Steatite and Serpentine, in Radnor Township, Delaware Co., Pa. (Publisiied in Proc. Acad. Nat Sci.) November 25, 1878. Chromite near Radnor, Pa. — Mr. Theo. D. Rand annonneed the occurrence of Chromite in considerable quantity in the Southerly Serpentine Belt, near Radnor Station, Delaware Co., Pa. 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. February 24, 18*79. ON RANDITE. BY THEODORE D. RAND. At the December meeting of the Mineralogical Section, Mr. Goldsmith made a communication in regard to the uranium-yellow coating found at the south end of the largest quarry at Frankford, northeast of Adams Street, stating that he found in it, carbonic acid, silicic acid, phosphoric acid, uranium, alumina and lime; and that his conclusion was, that it was a mixture of autunnite and calcite. The writer stated at the same meeting that he had made an incomplete examination of the same mineral, which, in great part, confirmed Dr. (roldsmith's observations, but that he failed to find phosphoric acid, and promised the Section the result of experiments then under way. At the meeting of the Academy held December 31st, 1878, Dr. Koenig communicated the results of a full quantitative analysis, giving the composition, a hydrous carbonate of uranium and lime, to which he gave the name Kandite. The writer's results differ somewhat from those of Mr. Gold- smith and Dr. Koenig. Owing to the very small amount of the coating, and its close adhesion to the rock, proper separation was impossible, and the first experiments were made by treating the rock and coating, first with acetic acid, to remove calcite, then with dilute hydrochloric acid. The coating was unaffected In* the acetic acid, as proven by one specimen, in which, after solution of a large amount of calcite, the Randite was left in tufts of acicular crystals. The acetic solution contained chiefly lime, with a little alumina, but no uranium. The hydrochloric solution yielded a small amoimt of silica, alumina, sulphuric acid, and phosphoric acid, with a large amount of lime and uranium. In the treatment with acetic acid, bubbles appeared to rise from the coating — a multitude of tiny bubbles ; on the succeeding treat- ment with hydrochloric acid, the bubbles were much larger, and fewer in number, and appeared to rise from a cai"bonate in the crevices of the rock. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 The proportion between the lime and uranium may be given as follows : Koenig. Rand, 1. Rand, 2. Lime, 50 38 26 Uranium, 44 G2 14 10.708 gm. of coated rock, after treatment with acetic acid, yielded to 8 p. c. liydrochloric acid, cold, in about five minutes (the coating having disappeared), .122. On evaporating the solution to dryness there was a residue less than .001 gm. The solution Avas precipitated by ammonia, in the presence of chloride of ammonium ; the solution with oxalate of ammonia gaA'^e car- bonate of lime, .0365. The precipitate treated with acetic acid dissolved wholly, except .001 of a white precipitate, which con- tained phosphoric acid, and was probably phosphate of alumina. The solution pi-eeipitated by phosphate of soda gave jjhos. uran., .0711 =U20;, .0569. Per cent. Uranic oxide, .0569 46.71 Lime, .0204 16.71 Phos. al? .001 .89 Undetermined, 35.69 100. About 100 grams of the rock, free from the coating, were treated with acetic acid in excess. A large amount of lime was dissolved, and a trace of alumina. The residue, treated with hydrochloric acid, yielded a little silica, some alumina, and considerable lime. I infer from these tests that the mineral has not the composition obtained b}^ Dr. Koenig, and that further investigation is needed, if pui'e material can be obtained. 276 PROCEEPINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. March 24, 1879. Some Microscopic Enclosures in Mica. — Mr. Theo. D. Rand described, and exhibited under the microscope, certain crystals, etc., included in mica, chiefly from Swain's quarry, Chester Co. Pa. Of these, the magnetite dendritic markings, and similar mark- ings of red and brown colors, apparent!}' due to oxidation of the magnetite, are most common and best known. Besides these the following occur : — Hexagonal crystals, black and opaque ; angles, 60° and 120°. In the form of the crystal in this description, the form of the section exhibited under the microscope is intended. A similar crj'stal, brown in color, perhaps the same substance, translucent ; probably biotite or lepidomelane. Hexagonal or rhombic crj- stals of a bright red color, sometimes with the angles modified; angles (;0° and 120°. There are some specimens which indicate the change of the black into the red rhombs. One of the red rhombs contained a black crystal, with faces parallel to those of the red, and one, a very symmetrical and simple crystal, from near Newtown Square, Delaware Co., Pa., was black for about one-fourth its length, the remainder red. Rhombic crystals, polarizing light, giving very brilliant colors. At first this was supposed to be due to films of the miea itself, but the regularity and brilliancy of the rhombs, compared with the mica, and their angles, seem to render this more than doubtful, the angles being between 73^° and 78°. They are almost universally accompanied by, and in contact with, the red or black rhombs, and generally both. Quartz cr3'stals, generally flattened, sometimes very minute, sometimes large enough for the crystallization to be seen with the naked eye ; generally masses of crystals, showing distinct crj- stal- lization on the edges only, occasionally separate doubly terminated prisms. Some of the specimens with polarized light are ver^^ beautiful. A substance usually presenting the form of disks, jL inch and less in diameter, showing, with polarized light, a radiation from the centre, and a change of brilliant colors as the analyzer is rotated. Apparently the same material occurs in acicular crystals, often twinned at 60° and 120^, in a plumose form, and in a form closely resembling a section of agate across the layers. Some of these disks appear to be strictly a radiation of acicular crystals from a centre, others to be made up of three or more oval masses ; sometimes the latter are separate, or joined two, three, four, or six together, showing apparent twinning at 60° and 120° ; these oval masses, with polarized light, take each a single tint at a time. This material was found also in mica from near Newtown Square, 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2tt Delaware Co., Pa., and from the Junction Railroad, above Girard Avenue, Fairmount Park, associated with rhombs apparently of lepidomelane or biotite, and also with quartz. On the Bryn Maivr Gravel Mr. Henry Carvill Lewis re- marked, that since the presentation of his paper on the " Surface Geology of Philadelphia and vicinity," he had been able to extend the investigation then begun, considerably beyond the limits of Philadelphia. The " Upland Terrace " has now been traced con- tinuously from near Trenton, through Bucks, Philadelphia, and Delaware counties, to beyond Wilmington in Delaware. As far as could be judged, the clay comes up to a uniform level along this terrace. It has been gratifying to find that the main charac- teristics of the different deposits, recorded in the paper referred to, are constant throuohout the whole of this region. The principal difficulty in the work has been want of topographi- cal data. While within the limits of the city, the topographical map of the Water Department had been of great service, but beyond these limits elevations had to be estimated from occasional railroad levels. Topography is an aid in all geological investiga- tions, but in the study of surface geologj^ it is a necessity. It is now desired to call attention to the great development of the Bryn Mawr gravel in Delaware, and to the indications of its assuming an important position in the geology of the Southern States. In Bucks County, north of Philadelphia, the formation has been recognized but scantily, but as we go south of the city it increases largely in extent. Numerous hills in Delaware Co. have been found to be capped by this formation, and in northern Delaware it covers the gneissic hills in patches several miles long and comes close to the river. The Upland Terrace, after crossing the Delaware State line about two and a-half miles back from the river, gradually ap- proaches it, until near Bellevue Station, P. W. and B. R. R., its base is but half a mile from the river. It forms the upper portion of Wilmington, and then trends S. E. towards Baltimore, north of the railroad and away from the river. In the neighborhood of AVilmington the Bryn Mawr gravel lies directly upon and back of the Upland Terrace, which is here about 300 feet high. It is abundant to the southeast of Tallyville, Del., covering a large tract of country, and it appears on the hills on both sides of the Brandy wine in the neighborhood of Dupont's Powder Mills. It is found on the Philadelphia and Wilmington Turnpike, two miles northeast of Wilmington, and one mile from the river. In many places it is five feet deep, and it seems less eroded than in Penn- sylvania. It consists of sharp pieces of Mt. Holly conglomerate and iron sandstone with well-rounded pebbles of quartzite and of Potsdam sandstone, being identical with that of Chestnut Hill and Br^n Mawr. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. This forination, so abundant in Delaware, is thus proved to be by no means a local one, and it is probable that it will be identified with some of the formations grouped together under the name of " Southern Drift." The Bryu Mawr gravel has also recently been found in the Montgomer}' County limestone valley, and there seems to be a close connection between it and the surface or drift iron ores of that valley. Some of these ores appear to be simply a verj' fer- ruginous variety of the Mt. Holly conglomerate. They overlie unconformably the steeply-dipping decomposed shales which hold a more ancient and richer ore. In Bucks Count}' there occurs a gravel different from any yet described, M^hich at first occasioned some confusion. It has proved to be the result of the decomposition of the lower Triassic con- glomerate, the pebbles of which, loosened from their cementing material, have been scattered tlirough the soil. These Triassic pebbles are formed of gneiss, not Potsdam. Hills of red shale border this gravel. A preliminary map of the Surface Geology of Southeastern Pennsylvania was exhibited, and it was suggested that its publica- tion would be of service to man 3^ besides geologists. April 28, 1879. On some Enclosures in 3Iica. — Mr. Lewis exhibited some plates of Muscovite which he had found on Shoemaker's Lane, German- town, which contained microscopic ciystals of peculiar shape. They consisted of a dark green mica, probably Lepidomelane, in minute sharp crj^stals thickly- disposed throughout the muscovite. These crystals were frequently arrow-shaped, and generally much elongated. Large numbers of them were shaped like a musket. They were very different from any of the enclo- sures in the muscovite of Pennsbury, Del. Co., and were interesting- objects under the microscope. On Dendrites. — Mr. Henry Carvill Lewis made some obser- vations upon dendrites and their mode of growth. He stated that dendrites were not caused by filtration of metaliferous water, but that they frequently grow upward by chemical or capillary action. He described an exposure of white lower Triassic sandstone in a quarry in the southern part of Noriistown, where dendrites of oxide of manganese were seen upon the surface of the rock, growing from below upwards. The dendrites were apparently in process of growth, and were so soft that they could be scraped with a knife from the rock. The material thus obtained gave a bright metallic streak on the fingers, and was shown by the blow- pipe to be hydrous oxide of manganese. It was otaserved that while the rock above and below these dendrites was spotted with minute rust-specks of manganese, the i)ortion upon which the 1880,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPHIA. 279 dendrites grew was pure white and free from such specks. It seemed that the material of the dendrites is abstracted from the rock and by some segregating force built up into tree-like forms. An examination of their structures showed that the dendrites were quite amorphous and that very frequently the upper extremities of their branches were thicker than the stem portion, as though some concretionary or capillary force acted most powerfully at the growing points. No cr^'stalline structure was apparent, the dendrites being bounded throughout by curved lines. It looked as though they might have grown by a succession of concentric metallic shells. It was remarked that these dendrites were quite different from those in muscovite and other crystals, which, frequently derived from the substance of the crystal, have been so influenced by its structure as to become often pseudomorphic. It was noted that there are several distinct kinds of dendrites. They may be internal, as in moss agate ; or external, as in the case now described. They may also be either crystalline or amorphous. The crystalline dendrites are subdivided into those which have been free to crystallize of their own accord, and into those which have been influenced b}' the crystalline structure of the mineral in which they exist. Examples of each were cited. On a Jurassic Sand. — Mr. Lewis directed attention to a fine sand of considerable extent and depth, which he had found under- lying the lower Cretaceous plastic clay. If this clay, as is supposed, is the base of the Cretaceous formation, the sand below it may be of Jurassic age. There is a fine exposure of this sand near Elkton, Md. From its coherence it may be regarded as a fine-grained sandstone. It is either white or pale yellow in color, and about 16 feet are hei'e exposed. Underneath the plastic cla^' south of Trenton, N. J., the same sand is at least 30 feet deep. It is sug- gested that, in the absence of fossils to fix its age, it may possibly correspond stratigraphically with the " Hastings sand." The overlying clay contains fossils at Baltimore, which Prof. Uhler identifies as Wealden. Upon the summit of the same hill, near Elkton, where the above- described sand is exposed, " Bryn Mawr gravel" occurs in abun- dance. It contains " Mt. Holly conglomerate," and has the same features as in Delaware and Penn^lvania. Whether or not it has any connection with the plastic claj^ is not known. This same l)lastic clay, of probably Wealden age, occurs at Turkey- Hill, in Bucks Countv, I'enna. 5 May 2G, 1879. Potsdam Sandstone near King of Prussia. — Mr. Theodore D. Rand called attention to primal (Potsdam) sandstone rocks in the bed of a valley on the farm of Samuel Tyson, South Chester A'al- ley Hill, near King of Prussia, Montgomery County, Pa. 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. A Kew Locality for Amethyst.— Mr. W. W. Jefferis announced that Amethj'sts, well cr3'stallized, and of a rich purple color, had been found this spring, for the first time, in the northern part of Newlin Township, Chester Count}'. They were brought to the surface by deep plowing, and were supposed to be derived from a vein of this mineral. September 22, 1879. A New Corundum Locality. — Mr. W. W. Jefferis remarked that a vein of blue Corundum, similar to that found in North Carolina, was struck, on the south side of the Serpentine Kidge, in Newlin Township, Chester County, a short time since. The vein is well defined, being between walls of Culsageeite, in large plates of a yellowish green color. Over 500 lbs. of massive blue corundum has been taken out within ten feet of the surface. The llinerals of Surry County, N. G. — Mr. H. C. Lewis commu- nicated the following list of minerals which he had found near Dobson, Surry Co., N. C, during a recent visit to that locality :— Native sulphur, galena, pyrrhotite, p3n'ite,chalcopyrite, hematite, menaccanite, magnetite, limonite, hausmannite, psilomelane, wad, hornblende, actinolite, asbestos, garnet, talc, steatite, ripidolite, chlorite. The psilomelane occurred in a bed about 18 feet in thickness. The magnetite was frequently polar. Native sulphur occurred in cavities in quartzite as a coarse loose powder of rounded wax- like grains, and was the result of the decomposition of pyrite. It was also stated that rutile occurred in Alexander Co., N. C. — a new locality. Fossil (?) Casts in Sandstone. — Dr. J. M. Cardeza exhibited specimens of quartz sandstone (Potsdam?) which he had found lying loose upon the soil at Dutton's Mills, Pa., in which were oblong rounded casts of sandstone, about an inch in length, and similar to one another in shape. It was questioned whether they mioht not be fossils. *» On a Peculiar Stratification in Gneiss. — Mr. Theodore D, Rand stated that while much of the porphyritic gneiss of the belt running southwest from the Falls of Schuylkill at the surface was in rounded boulder-like masses, which had been mistaken for trap, some of it presents at the surface a thin-bedded structure with, apparently, very distinct stratification. Recently the cut of the Pennsylvania Railroad through this belt, between Merion and Elm Stations, about a mile from the boundary of the City of Philadel- phia, has been widened, and on the south side ma}^ be seen an interesting section. A mass of the gneiss, perhaps 15 feet across, 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 has ])een cut througli, and almost encircling it may he seen the thin-bedded Aariet}', with its apparent stratification tangential to the mass from which, by decomposition, it evidently was derived. The true stratification of this bed of gneiss appears to be more nearly horizontal and less contorted than that of any of the rocks of the vicinit)- of Philadelpliia. A Neio Locality for Lignite. — Mr. Henry Carvill Lewis announced the discoveiy of lignite, or brown coal, in the lime- stone valley of Montgomery Coanty, a mile and a-half from the boundarj' of Philadelphia. He had found it, last June, at Marble Hall, close to the marble quarry, within a few feet of diggings for iron ore. In order to ascertain its extent and geological posi- tion more definitely, he had caused a shaft to be sunk 40 feet deep on the propertN' of Henry Hitner, Esq. After passing through 38 feet of decomposed hydromica slate, there was found a stratum 4 feet thick of a tough black fire-clay filled with fragments of lignite. These fragments, sometimes a foot or more in length, lay in all directions in the cla^^ They had the form of twigs and branches, and, though completely turned into lignite, showed distinctly the grain of the wood. The smaller pieces were generally flattened, and offen as soft as charcoal, but the larger ones were quite hard aud brittle and had the shining fracture of true coal. It burned with a bright 3'ellow flame. Frequently l)alls of pyrite occurred with the lignite. The clay which contained it was underlaid by sand, and appeared to dip south. It had an east and west strike, like that of the lime stone and of the iron ores. In appearance it was similar to the sub-Cretaceous plastic clays of New Jersey, which also contained lignite I'esembling that of Marble Hall. White kaolin and white and red potters' clay occur in the vicinity and are probably of similar age. They are all older than the surface deposits and gravel of the valley. It was stated that while lignite is not uncommon in the Triassic formation, its occurrence in a Silurian limestone valley is of great interest. Whether referred to Tertiary or Jurassic age, it brings a new geological epoch into this region and revolutionizes our ideas of the age of man^' of the so-called *■' Primal " iron ores. On Serpentine in Bucks County Mr. Lewis called attention to the fact that while serpentine was abundant in Delaware Co., it had not been recorded as occurring anywhere in Bucks Co. He had recently noticed an exposure of it in that county, near the village of Flushing, Bensalem Township. A narrow dyke of hard, impure serpentine here crosses the road near the Neshaminy Creek. He thought that the genesis of serpentine and its relation to the gneissic rocks was still uncertain. 19 282 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. October 27, 1879. THE IRON ORES AND LIGNITE OF THE MONTGOMERY CO. VALLEY, BY HENRY CARVILL LEWIS. The discovery ol lignite in the iron ore region north of Phila- delphia introduces some new considerations in the study of its geology, and has a direct bearing upon the age of its iron ores. Lignite was found in this valley many years ago, but was supposed to be Triassic, and therefore unimportant.' Before judging of the connection that the occurrence of lignite in the Montgomery Co. limestone valley will have with the geology of the Atlantic coast, it will be important to enumerate other localities of a similar nature where that mineral has been found. In his Geology of Vermont, Prof. E. Hitchcock described an occurrence of lignite in a similar position at Brandon, Yt., and proposed a theory which excited much attention, but which has been rejected by many geologists. It was shown that a steeply- dipping stratum • of lignite lay within beds of plastic clay, kaolin and iron ore, all dipping steepl}^ southeast. The iron ore deposit was sometimes 100 feet deep, and all these beds rested against a limestone which had the same steep dip. Mottled clays were described as similar to those of Martha's Vineyard and the Isle of Wight, and much of the formation was said to resemble a meta- morphosed mica schist. The stratum of lignite was opened from near the surface to a depth of 80 feet, and was used as coal. It proved to be generally dicotyledonous, and to contain twigs and fruits which belonged to a tropical climate, and which Professor Xesquereux referred to a Tertiary epoch, probably Miocene. From this discovery, Prof. Hitchcock proposed the theorj^ that all the limonite iron ores of the Atlantic coast in similar geological posi- tions were Tertiary and of oceanic origin. On the other hand, it was argued that an isolated example was not sufficient to estab- lish such a wide conclusion, and the lignite was regarded as locally :formed by having been washed mto an existing cavern in the limestone floor. The next occurrence of lignite is a very similar one at Pond Bank, near Chambersburg, Pa., described in an interesting » F. Piof. Leidj, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci., Phila., 1861^ 77. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 paper by Prof. Lesle3\^ Here again it was found in a limestone valley close to iron ore excavations. It was at a depth of 40 feet, belo-sv strata of clay and sand. According to the superintendent of the mine, it was in two strata, the lowest of which was 18 feet in thickness, and was separated from the upper bed, 4 feet thick, b}^ a stratum of sand. Below it, at a depth of 65 feet, red and white plastic clay occurred. The strata were nearly horizontal. It was thought that the lignite was not necessarily connected with the iron ores, but w^as a local deposit of late date, made in a shallow pond, and that, as at Brandon, a sink-hole had been formed in tiie underlying limestone. It was regarded as of the latest Tertiary age. Lignite has also recentlj^ been discovered by Prof Prime, in Browm's iron mine, at Ironton, Lehigh Co., Pa.- He states that it occurs in a Avhite plastic clay, but does not give the depth at which it was fonud. He believes that it was transported by ice and water in the Glacial epoch, and refers the iron oz'es of the valley- to the same origin. The writer believes that in the light of facts now developed, this theory of the age of the lignite cannot be maintained. After an inspection of the locality, he has found that the surface-drift and boulders of that valley lie unconformably upon the forma- tion containing the lignite. The lignite lies at a depth of 46 feet from the surface, in a tough plastic clay, which is entirely free from boulders. About 30 feet of potters' clay and decom- posed hydromica slate lie upon the lignitic stratum, and resting upon the whole is 15 feet of drift. This surface drift, of yellow brick-clay, boulders, gravel and drift iron ore, is thus of quite different character from the strata below it, and is probably de- posited b}^ glacial water's. The underlying formations have, apparently, in some places, a dip like that of the adjacent lime- stone, and are certainly more ancient than the surface drift. The lignite recently found by the writer in the Montgomery Co. valley, and described at the last meeting of the Section, occurs under conditions very similar to those above indicated. In im- mediate proximity both to a limestone outcrop and to iron ore diggings, it was found at a depth of 35 feet, in a plastic cla}'- which contains no gravel or boulders, and which is overlaid by 1 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, ix, 463. ^ Report DD., 2d Geolog. Survey of Pa., p. 76. 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. clay and decomposed hydromica slate. A surface drift, containing iron ore, gravel, and occasional boulders, lies unconformably upon the whole formation. The section here presented was made in a shaft which the writer was allowed to have sunk within a few feet of Mr. Hitner's marble quarry, Marble Hall, Montgomery County. FEET. 10 m 2^ LLLLU " Top dirt," yellow, impure. Soft white decomposed hydromica slate or im- pure " kaolin," containing occasional broken seams of sharp quartzite,'but no pebbles. Coarse white sand and rounded pebbles ; appar- ently a decomposed sandstone. Tough mottled red claj'. Blue plastic clay. Lignite in a very tough, dark clay. Coarse yellow sand, with fragments of stony iron ore and with pebbles. The lignite bed contains occasional streaks of fine gray sand, and is underlaid by a coarser sand. So far as could be judged from the very limited exposure, it dipped south, at an angle of about 30° ; becoming thicker as it dipped. The lignite lies in fragments in the clay, and consists of twigs and branches of land plants, apparently all dicotyledonous. The lignite frequently shows a brilliant black lustre when transversely fractured. The small fragments are more like charcoal, and are often in the form of flattened twigs. Some of these appear to be partially rounded by attrition. No shells or marine fossils occur. Pyrite frequently encrusts the lignite or forms nodules, and when exposed to the air decomposes into ferrous sulphate. At this same locality, lignite has been taken from three other shafts in addition to the one just described. Two of these are 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHlLADELrHIA. 285 close to the Marble Quariy, but the third is about 400 feet east of these, behiud the barn of Mr. H. S. Hitner, who sa^-s that it Avas found many feet below the surface. These facts indicate an east and west strike to the lignitic strata, and an extent of 400 feet in length and 40 feet in breadth. Shafts 100 feet north of these struck iron ore, but no lignite. They exhibited the following succession of strata: — (1) "Top dirt;" (2) Decomposed hydro- mica slate; (3) White clay; (4) Yellow sand ; (5) Iron ore. Recent explorations have shown that Marble Hall is not the only locality where lignite is found, but that it occurs in a number ol other places in the same valley. About a mile and three- quarters west of Marble Hall it was formerly found in a field on the Eidge Road, opposite a house once owned by W. Potts. It was at a depth of about 40 feet. Red and white potters' clay, white kaolin and iron ore are found close to the opening. The lignite at this place is hard, and is said to burn well. Another locality is on the farm of W. Wills, south of Plymouth Creek, about one mile from Conshohocken. Considerable quantities of lignite have been here exhumed, the pieces being often a foot in length. This shaft was opened about thirt}'^ years ago, and was probably the locality referred to by Dr. Leid}'. Lignite has also been found in a number of iron ore pits south of here and east of Conshohocken. It is said always to occur in fire-clay. The above localities are all included in a strip of country about two and a-half miles long and a quarter of a mile broad, Ij'ing in nearly an eist and west direction. The lignite appears to form two distinct, na. row lines of outcrop with a definite E. and W. or E. N. E. and W. S. W. strike, — thus conforming with the limestone. While its dip has not been actually established, the decomposed slates and sandstones of apparently similar age have been observed to dip 40° S. 20° W. From these facts it would appear that the lignite is not a mere local wash or accidental deposit, but thatf it is part of a stratified and distinct formation, having a trend like that of the limestone, and of considerable extent ; and when the strata in the Mont- gomery Count}" Valley are compared with those in other parts of the countr}^, it will be seen that we have here to deal with a forma- tion which, closely connected with the limonite iron ores of the great limestone valleys, and having remarkably similar characters throughout, may prove an important feature in American geology. In entering upon a consideration of the age of the lignite, it will 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. be desirable brieflj^ to sketch the geolog}', and especially the surfoce geolog}' of the valley in which it occurs. The underlying rock is an altered lower Silurian limestone, the "Auroral " of Rogers, which in the southern part of the valley is crystalline marble and in the northern part is a sand}^ magnesian limestone. It has an E. and W. strike and a steep south dip, and is supposed to have an inverted synclinal structure. The lime- stone rises to the surface in a series of parallel ridges, and between these lie the iron ores and the lignitic strata. Bounding the valley are hills of altered shale of probably Potsdam age. Beyond this line of hills to the north, are the Triassic red shales and sand- stones, while to the south is the Philadelphia gneissic district. In many places the North Valley Hill has been eroded away and Triassic strata lie directly upon the limestone. The iron ores of this region probably belong to four different geological ages, and may therefore be divided into four classes. 1. Gneissic Ore. This ore, never found in the valle3^, occurs in the gneissic rocks of Chester County north of the Chester Vallej^, and has been formed in place from the altered gneiss. It dips with the gneiss, and is generally accompanied by scales of graphite. Prof. Rogers^ supposed that this ore belonged to isolated patches of Triassic red sandstone. The writer, however, has not been able to confirm his sections, nor to show the presence of any more recent formation than the aneiss. 2. Primal Ore. The hydromica slates which lie between the Potsdam sandstone and the limestone liberate, when decomposed, a rich limonite ore which is largely mined in jjortions of the valley. Although in very irregular beds, a steep dip can be re- cognized. It is perhaps derived from the decomposition of pyrite. This is pi-obably the ore mined at Edge Hill. 3. Tertiary Ore. This ore, associated with which are the de- posits of lignite, plastic clay, kaolin, fire-sand, etc., has been hitherto confounded either with the Primal ore or Avith the Drift ore of the valle^'. In that part of the valley under discussion there are three distinct lines of outcrop of this ore, having nearly an E. and W. trend. A ridge of limestone separates two of these lines. The ore lies, sometimes at a great depth, below a re-stratified decomposed h3dromica slate. This latter formation is almost identical in appearance with the decomposed Primal slate in place 1 Geol. of Penna., I, 87. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 at the edges of the valle}', and has therefore been mistaken for it. The discovery of lignite below it proves its re-stratification in a later age. In manj- places shafts have been sunk over 100 feet without coming to the limestone. The ore, originally derived either from the limestone or from the primal slates, appears to lie below the lignitic strata, 4. Drift Ore. Resting often unconformabl}^ upon these last, and capping the elevations thi-oughout the valley, is a drift deposit of gravel and boulders containing a workable iron ore. The compo- sition of this drift is most interesting. Its boulders, almost with- out exception, are composed of a loose-grained Potsdam sand- stone,— a formation not now existing either on the North or South Valley Hill at this place, and found only in a limited exposure at the eastern end of the valley. The ScoUthiis linearis is frequently found in these boulders. Moreover, notwithstanding the large extent of Triassic red shale and sandstone immediatel}' to the north of the valle}', and the occurrence of that rock resting often directly upon the limestone, not a trace nor a fragment of Triassic rocks have been found in this drift. The evidence is here strong that this drift has not been caused by any flood from the north in a modern age. Additional evidence bearing upon the same point is found in the fact that the Triassic region north of here is absolutely free from drift of any kind. A careful study by the writer of much of that region has shown that not a single drifted pebble is there found. The soil is formed from the rocks below it, and such elaj^s as occur are bog clays of local origin and recent age. That the pebbles of the valley drift have not been derived by weathering from the neighboring lower Triassic conglomerate, which holds often large pebbles, is shown by the fact that such pebbles are here formed entirely of gneiss or gneissic quartzite, and never of Potsdam, and therefore are quite different from those in the valle3^ The drift ore and gravel does not lie in hollows, as though locally washed, but is found in patches upon the elevated portions of the valley, as though it were the remnant of a once continuous deposit. The facts above enumerated suggest a possible origin at an age when cliffs of Potsdam sandstone, since eroded awaj-, stood as a high barrier between the limestone valley and the Triassic rocks north of it. Such a barrier would effectually prevent Triassic fragments from mixing with the drift of the valle}', and would, 288 PROCEEDINGS 'of THE ACADEMY OF [1880. during its degradation, offer the material for the pebbles and boulders of that drift. In Triassic times some such barrier may have formed the southern shore of the Triassic waters. It has been interesting to discover that most of the pebbles belonging to the sub-Cretaceous plastic clays of the Delaware are formed of Potsdam sandstone, and that therefore during lower Cretaceous times also, some such mountain of Potsdam must have offered itself to eroding agencies. Again, it is found that Tertiary* gravels, both in Pennsyh'ania and New Jersey, contain an abundance of Potsdam pebbles. The hypothesis that the materials for the sub- Cretaceous plastic clays and the Tertiary gravels were furnished by hills now sunk beneath the Atlantic Ocean ^ is not sustained by what is known of the configuration of the sea-bottom. The theory now offered is supported by numerous facts concerning the power of erosion, which geological considerations in other fields have presented. In a former paper on "The Surface Geology of Philadelphia and vicinity," the writer showed that, in addition to the clays, four separate gravels of different ages can be distinguished in that region. These are (1) ''The River Gravel," the newest of all the gravels; (2) "The Philadelphia Eed Gravel," of Champlain age; (3 ) '' The Fossiliferous Gravel," recently proved by the writer to be of upper Tertiary, perhaps Pliocene age, and now called the " Glassboro Gravel ; " (4) " The Br^ai Mawr Gravel," the oldest of the gravels, also oceanic, aud conjectured to be of upper .^Miocene agfi. This last gravel, and this only, agrees in its char- s.'Sicters with the valley drift now under consideration. In the «;absence of .all Triassic fragments, in the presence of Potsdam 'boulders, and in the amount of erosion, these two gravels are iden- :tieal, and it saems probable that the " Drift Iron Ore " of the one is only a very ferruginous variety of the "Mt, Holly Conglom- ero^te " of the olher. This being the case, we have here a formation wh.icii, notwithstanding its boulders, suggestive of floating ice, ap- pears ,to be older than an oceanic Pliocene gravel. There is per- haps no good reason wh}'^ a glacier might not have existed in upper Tertiary tim«s, boulders formed by which ma^^ still be .fouit(i. However tikis may be, it appears that there are strong grourjds for assiguiiag an upper Tertiary age to the drift ore and :gra,vel «of the Montgoiiaer^^ County Valley. Retui'Aing, finall}', to the lignite and associated strata, shown to •^ .Report,ffla Clay Deposits of N. J., 1878, pp. 20.31. 1880.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 be older than the formation just described, and shown by its own characters to bear no trace of glacial agencies, we may conjecture, without au}^ reference to the phmts of the lignite, a middle or lower Tertiary age. From the steep dip of the beds, — a fact difficult to ex- plain,— and from the great resemblance of the plastic clays to those in New Jersey, on the Delaware, the writer at first supposed them to be of Wealden age. Some facts in connection with a gravel found in Virginia and other Southern States, which, in both appearance and position is ver}' similar to the Bryn Mawr gravel, were at first thought to indicate a Jurassic age. But after a comparison with the other lignite localities, and especiall}^ with that at Brandon, where the fossils were shown to be of Tertiary age, this view can hardly be sustained. The absence of shells or marine plants indi- cates a period of inland waters, and the plants at Brandon belong to a tropical climate. It is now suggested that the period of the lignite mny corre- spond most closely with that called b}' European geologists the Oligocene. Since, in the present state of our knowledge, it is obvi- ously' unsafe to make the age of these lignite deposits contempora- neous with any exact geological epoch, and as there is a possibility of their belonging to some period not recognized elsewhere, it will probably be wiser for the present to group them together under the name of The Brandon Period. As more facts develop and wider comparisons can be made, more certain conclusions will be possible ; aiid it must be understood that the theories here proposed are brought forward onlj^ as those which now appear best to ex- plain the facts observed. Postscript. — Since the presentation of the above paper, the writer has been in correspondence with Prof. N. A. Bibikov, of Augusta, Georgia, who has recently discovered lignite in that vicinity. The locality, called "Read's Brown Coal Mine,'' is in Richmond County, two and a-half miles from Berzelia, and sixteen miles from Au- gusta. It is described as h'ing back of the outcrops of gneiss and limestone, and is apparently in a very similar geological position to the Pennsylvania locality. Iron ore, plastic clay, kaolin, and decomposed sandstone occur with the lignite. As in Pennsylvania, the lignite was found in a plastic clay beneath 25 feet of a decom- posed sandstone. Pour strata of lignite, separated by layers of shale and clay, were found at a depth of from 30 to 45 feet from the surface. A series of coarse and fine sands and clays under- laid these deposits and were penetrated to a depth of 95 feet. 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |_1880. Three different shafts were sunk, the extremes being 600 feet apart, in all of which lignite was found. The shaft in which the following section was made is about 150 feet from an outcrop of hornstone and quartzite, and 300 feet from a creek which lies 200 feet below it. 24 1 3 2 1 3 6 1 8 1 2 8 11 + rM ©;-=3): Mottled clay. Decomposed sandstone. Crust of iron sandstone and spathic iron. Decomposed sandstone with thin layers of clay. Nodules of pyrite. Lignite. Shale and clay. Lignite. Shale and clay. Lignite. Shale and clay. Lignite. Light-colored shale with fossil plants. Dark-colored (bituminous) shale. White clay with streaks of rose-color, etc. Sandy clay. Ferruginous coarse sand with nodules of clay iron-stone, 4 inches to 2^ feet in diameter with ochre, clay, etc., and quartz i^ebbles sometimes 3 inches in diameter. Light-colored shale. Yellowish sand. Sandy clay. White, very fine micaceous sand with clay. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 The second stratum of lignite is the best, and contains fragments of lignite sometimes three feet long. A number of fossil plants have been found in this and other laj-ers. Some specimens were im- bedded in a Isiyev of brown sandstone. The fossils appear to be fragments of trees, grasses and other land plants, none of Avhich, however, were sufficiently perfect to be determined. No shells were found. The whole section at Berzelia is rem.irkabl}- similar to those at Brandon, Chambersburg, Ironton and Marble Hall, and with them indicates the existence of a great inland fresh water Tertiar}' for- mation in Eastern America, during the Brandon Period, once fifty miles broad and nearly a thousand miles long. 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. All Enclosure in Quartz. — Mr. H. C. Lewis exhibited a crystal of quartz from Herkimer County, N. Y., in wliich, hanging from a bubble which moved in a cavity containing liquid, was a tuft of minute acicular crystals of a pure white color. A microscopical examination had failed to identify them with any known substance. The crystals were similar to those of many organic salts. It was conjectured that they had crystallized out from the liquid. Under a power of 75 they looked like tufts of white wool, and it was suggested that if future investigation failed to refer them to a known mineral species, it might be convenient to give them the name Erilite (from £V>:ov, wool). In other cavities in the same crystal thei-e was an amorphous yellow^ish-brown w^axy substance of unknown composition. Menaccanite and Talc from Maryland — Mr. Wm. W. Jefferis remarked that in Harford Count}^, Md., near the village of Dublin, there is a vein of green foliated Talc in the serpentine, which has been opened about 6 feet in length. It has furnished cleavage foliated specimens over a foot in extent. The same vein contains Menaccanite in tabular crystals, Avell crystallized. Yellow beryl has also been found there, showing all three in the same specimen. Sunstone in Lahradorite. — Mr. Jefferis stated that on examin- ing a specimen of Labradorite in his possession, from the coast of Labrador, he found that in addition to the usual play of colors (blue and green), by turning it in another direction it showed innumerable crystals of giithite, making it a beautiful sunstone, which, he believed, was an unusual thing, and w4iich he had not found mentioned in the books. On a Probable Pseudomorphism of Gummite and Uranotile after Uraninile. — Dr. A. E. Foote remarked that among a number of specimens of gummite and uranotile, that he had recently' received from Mitchell Co., N. C, he noticed some which were of remark- ably regular form. The edges were slightl}' rounded, but they were apparently simple prisms belonging to the triclinic system. On breaking these open he found a solid core of uraninite, sur- rounded by a layer of gummite, and this, in turn, surrounded b^^ a layer of uranotile. Although crystals of uraninite have never been obsei-ved, he ventured to suggest that this is plainly a case of pseudomorphism after uraninite. He hoped hereafter to obtain crystals wdiose angles can be accurately measured. He had observed nt least twenty specimens having evidentl}- the same crystalline form, and all plainly pseudomorphs after some pre-existing crystal. The majority of those that were broken open showed the alteration of uraninite into gummite, and of gummite into uranotile ; though in a few the uraninite had been changed, and the crystal showed simply gummite and uranotile. 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 November 24. 1879. on a new fucoidal plant from the trias. by henry carvill lewis, The fossil described here as Palseophycas limaciformis^ sp. nov., is from a very beautiful and well-defined specimen, casts of which stand out in relief upon a slab of Triassic sandstone. It was found by the writer near Milford, New Jersey,' in upper Triassic strata. Its general faeies is like that of some species of Palseo- phycus and Astropthycus of the Carbonifei'ons age, and of Butho- trephis of the Clinton group, and it belongs to the same order of plants — that of the fucoid or marine algae. The general, rather than generic name of Palaeophycus, which is quite as indefinite as that of Fucoides, is well applicable to it. The frond is cjdindrical and jointed. The ramuli, or short l)ranches of the frond are flesh}-, tubular, elongated bodies of about an inch in length. They are spindle-shaped, attenuate, and more or less curved at both ends. The}' are very frequentl}^ ag- gregated in bunches of three or more, radiating from a com- mon point of growth, and are generall}' detached from the main frond. The form of these bodies is characteristic of the plant, being distinctl}' snail-shaped; hence its spe- cific name, " limacifomnis.-^ At the locality where it was found there also occur specimens of ripple-marked sandstone, also of rain-prints and mud-cracks. These show the phj-sical conditions under which the plant grew — that of mudflats in shallow water frequentl}' left exposed to sun and rain. The rain-prints have been compared with Nat. Size. PalcEophycus limaciformis Lewis, sp. nov. 294 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. modern rainprints made in mud, and their great similarity noticed. One specimen of a fucoid found liere has apparently been so con- fused and distorted by the beating of a heavy rain-storm that its structure can scarcely be recognized. Fucoids of somewhat similar apjjearance have been described from more ancient geological horizons, but not, so far as can be learned, from the Trias. The occurrence of a plant which has the characters of marine algae in a formation supposed to have been deposited by fresh water is interesting. Postscript. — Since the above paper was presented, a photograph of this fossil has been sent to Mr. Leo Lesquereux, the distin- guished paleobotanist, who, in a letter to the writer, says : " Your plate represents what I consider a new species of Palseo2:>hycus, whose analogy is with P. (species undetermined) Hall, Paleont. of N. Y., vol. i, PI. 70 (Hudson River group); also distantly related to Fucoides auriformis and especially F. heterophyllus, same author, 1. c, ii, PI. .3, figs. 3, 4. You may also find a kind of analogy to what Hall considers and figures as roots or also as stems of some marine plants, same vol., PI. 8, figs. 4, 5, and pi. 9, fig. 4, and also pi. 10, figs. 5, 7 (all Clinton plants). The type is evidently old, rather Devonian, even upper Silurian. European authors have nothing like this from the Trias, Jurassic, Cretaceous or Eocene." • 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 295 TJie Northern Belt of Serpentine in Radnor Township. — Mr. Ranp made the followinaj communication. Sometime ago, in a communication to the Academy, (Proc. Ac. N. S., 1878, 402) I described a belt of serpentine in the valley of the Gulf Creek, Radnor Township, Delaware Co., Pa. Recently a trench for water pipe on the property of Judge Hare has enabled me to procure specimens illustrating a section across the bed and on both sides of it, which are presented herewith. The section is on a line nearl}^ N. 75° W. The belt is probablj' not far from N. 70°-73° E., or about two-thirds that of the section, but this is not certain. While deductions from these few specimens would not be safe, 3"et the strong resemblance between the decomposed gneiss of the easternmost exposure and the clearly magnesian rocks 40 feet distant, points more to an alteration in place than to a distinct bed. Garnet mistaken for Corundum. — Dr. J. M. Cardeza called attention to a garnet rock at Chelsea, Delaware Co., Pa., which is quarried and used as corundum. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. THE TRENTON GRAVEL AND ITS RELATION TO THE ANTIQUITY OF MAN. BY HENRY GARVIIiL LEWIS. In the course of an investigation of tlie Surface Geology of Southeastern Pennsylvania, some facts have been developed in connection with one of the gravels, which,, bearing directly upon the Antiquity of Man in America, become of great interest.. Among the many scientific problems now attracting attention^ none perhaps holds a more prominent position than that of the Antiquity of Man. It is a subject which, notwithstanding the numerous facts gathered and the bulk of literature published, must be regarded as still in an undecided condition. As the Delaware is in many respects a tj'^pical river, and as therefore deductions made here will hold good for the valle3^s of many other rivers of the Atlantic coast, it is thought that a record of the investigation will be of more than mere local interest. The subject will be approached from a purely geological standpoint. The main difficult}^ in inquiries of this kind has been the absence of exact geological data. Hasty conclusions have been drawn from an inspection of relics found in a gravel, which a more accurate knowledge of the age of that gravel would not have sustained. The writer has shown in former papers ' that the gravels of the. Delaware Valley belong to several distinct ages ; and if therefore at any place the remains of man are shown to occur, it will be all important to know to which of these gravels they should be referred. The surface formations of Southeastern Pennsylvania may be divided into five clays and four gravels. The following is believed to be the succession in which the^- occur, beginning at the oldest: (1) Jurasso-Cretaceous plastic clay; (2) Tertiary clays, (" Brandon Period ") ; (3) Bryn Mawr gravel, (upper Tertiary); (4) Branchtown clay; (5) Glassboro gravel, (Pliocene); (6) Phila- delphia red gravel, (Champlain) ; (7) Philadelpiiia brick-clay, (Champlain) ; (8) Trenton gravel, ("Eskimo period"; ; (9) Recent alluvium. Of clays, the oldest is the Jurasso-Cretaceous plastic clay exposed at Turkey Hill, Bucks Co. A similar plastic clay, 1 "The Surface Geology of Phila. and vicinity." Proc. Min. and Geol. Section, Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., Nov. 1878. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 which, however, may be of later age, has been passed through by artesian wells in the southern part of Philadelphia. The next oldest clay appears to be the potters' clay of the Moutgomer}- Co. limestone valley, which, containing sometimes lignite, and overlaid by kaolin, decomposed hydromica slate, etc., belongs with its asso- ciated limonite ores, to an inland Tertiary formation, the " Bran- don Period,'' possibly of Oligocene age.^ A third clay, the " Branchtown claj^" found at high elevations in a few places in the gneissic region, containing occasional boulders, was made at a period of general submergence and appears to be of a late Tertiary age. The " Philadelphia brick-cla3' " of more recent formation, of large extent, and with numerous boulders, is confined to the river valley. This clay, deposited at the close of the Glacial period by the waters resulting from the melting of the great Northern Glacier, rests against the rocky " upland terrace " at a height of about 150 feet above the present river. The fifth and newest clay is the recent bog claj^ or mud in the flood-plain of the river, still in process of formation. The gravels are distinguished from one another both by their composition and b}' their relative hj'psometrical positions. The " Bryn Mawr gravel" — the oldest gravel of consequence in this region — is readil^^ distinguished from others by the peculiar mate- rials composing it, and is also known b}' being found at high elevations (400 feet), in often isolated patches, capping the gneissic hills. It is characterized by absence of fossiliferous or Triassic pebbles and by the presence of an iron conglomerate, and is of oceanic origin, and probably upper Tertiary age.^ A similar gravel occurs on the heights of Georgetown, D. C. The next oldest gravel, also oceanic, and which here occurs at lower elevations than the last, the writer called in a former paper " The Fossilifer- ous Gravel." It frequently contains pebbles formed of Niagara limestone and other fossiliferous rocks, and has been found abun- dantly' in New Jersey as well as in Pennsylvania. It is well exposed in the railroad cut at Ridley Park, Del. Co. It is the yellow gravel Avhich caps the watershed between the Atlantic and the Delaware at a height of nearly 200 feet, and is now named for distinction " The Glassboro gravel." Its pebbles are frequently ^ F. "The Iron Ores and Lignite of the Montgomery Co. Valley," by the writer. Oct., 1879. = 7. "On the Bryn Mawr Gravel," by the writer, Mar., 1879. 20 ^98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. weather-worn and eaten hy age, and have thus a much more ancient appearance than the smooth, fresh-looking pebbles of later gravels. It contains no boulders of consequence and is believed to be of Pliocene age. L^-ing at a lower level, within the Grlassboro gravel, and formed of a mixture of its pebbles with others brought down the Dela- ware valle}^, is a third gravel — the " Philadelphia red gravel." This, like its overlying bi'ick-cla}', is confined to the river valley. It is distinctly stratified ; it contains numerous fragments of Triassic red shale and of gneiss, and smooth boulders of Silurian rocks ; it shows flow and plunge structure and wave action on a large scale ; and like the older gravels, it rests upon a decomposed gneiss, which is sometimes interstratified with its lower laj^ers. There are numerous exposures near the Universitj^ of Pennsjd- vania. The writer has identified it on the Potomac and other rivers, and it appears to belong to the age of the melting glacier — the Champlain epoch. The last and newest of all the gravels is one which, at Philadel- phia, seemed to be of little importance. It lies close along the river, and rising a few feet above it, extends but a short dis- tance back from the river bank. It covers the flat ground of Camden and the lower part of Philadelphia, and forms islands in the river. It was called The River gravel and sand. It is this alluvial gravel, the latest, except the recent mud-flats, of all the surface formations, which is the subject of the present paper, and which, from its great development farther up the river, is now named The Trenton Gravel. It is in this gravel, and in this gravel only, that traces of man have been found. The Trenton Gravel at Philadelphia is composed principally of a sharp micaceous sand, which, when below water-level, becomes a "quicksand." Gravel lies below the sand. Unlike all the other gravels, it contains but few pebbles of white quartz, and is of a dark gray color. Its pebbles are made exclusively of the rocks forming the upper valley of the river. Their shape is also very characteristic. The pebbles of the older gravels are oval or egg- shaped, but these are for the most part flat. This flat shape is characteristic of all true river gravels. At several places along the Delaware, gold has been obtained from this gravel. The absence of clay in anj^ of its laj-ers indicates the action of swiftly- running water. Data obtained from artesian wells have shown 1880."] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 that this formation has a depth on Delaware Avenue, Philadelphia, of about 50 feet, and that it extends up to about Third and Market Streets. On Smith's Island and on the bar in the river opposite Cooper's Point, it is 100 feet deep, lying upon rock. It therefore underlies the river, filling up its ancient channel. On Richmond Street some verj- large boulders are seen lying upon the sand. On tracing the Trenton gravel up the river, it is found to be confined to its immediate vicinity, and that, from Philadelphia to the Neshaminy Creek, its boundary is generally between the linO: of the Pennsylvania Railroad and the Delaware. From this point the bounding terrace trends directlv towards MorrisviUe and away from the present river. Thus, at Bristol, the gravel and its overlying sand extends two miles back from the river, and is. bounded b^' a well-marked hill, upon which lie the older gravel and brick-clay of Champlain age. These and the Tertiary gravels, extend nearl}' seven miles inland. At Tullytown the Trenton gravel extends two and a-half miles back, and at the canal shows the following succession of strata : (1) sandy loam, 1 foot ; (2) fine gray "moulding-sand," 2| feet; (3) shai-p "bar sand," 1 foot; (i) clean gray river gravel of unknown depth. In other openings near here the gravel is so full of boulders that these are dug in large quantities and sent to Philadelphia for " cobble-stones." Near Wheatsheaf Station, close to the railroad,. an opening which has exposed a section of the Trenton gravel nearly half a mile in lenoth. exhibits well the general features of the formation. The pebbles, of characteristic shape and color, are made of gray Triassie argillite, slate, red shale, sandstone, conglomerate, and various:, other rocks found farther up the valley, while large and often sharp boulders of red shale and other materials frequently occur. The whole formation has a A-ery fresh appearance when compared with older gravels. Xear Turkey Hill a large smooth boulder, five feet in diameter, lies upon the sand. At MorrisviUe the narrower portion of the valley begins, and from here up, the river flows on arockA* bottom, and the gravel is shallow and is confined to the immediate vicinity of the river. The older gravels of oceanic origin continue across New Jersey and do not appear above Yardleyville. The Philadelphia red gravel is no more seen, but the brick claj' with its boulders occa- sionally appears part way up the steep hills enclosing the valley,, and is abundant in the side valleys formed by tributary streams. 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Above Yardleyville, therefore, we have to deal with but two sur- face formations, — the boulder-bearing brick clay, often much eroded, and the Trenton gravel, confined to the bottom of the valley and showing but little erosion. It will be well to bear in mind the distinction between these two formations, — the one of glacial, the other of post-glacial age. The writer has traced them as far up as the Water Gap, past the great terminal moraine into -laciated regions. It is interesting to note that while the modified moraine material close to the river at Belvidere is in some points similar to the Trenton gravel, and is the source of part of that for- mation , the moraine on the Lehigh River at Stemton and at other inland localities contains pebbles and boulders very similar to those of the Philadelphia brick-clay. Throughout the whole course of the Trenton gravel it is observed that it lies within a channel previously excavated down to the rock through the boulder-bearing brick claj- and its red gravel, which, as shown in a former paper, belong to the Champlain epoch. The Trenton gravel is therefore, later than the Glacial and Cham- plain epochs ; and this is a fact which, when considered in connec- tion with the human relics found in this gravel and the consequent antiquit}^ of man, it will be most important to remember. Having now sketched the character and position of the Trenton gravel along the Delaware valley, we are prepared to examine the formation as exposed at the locality whose name we have chosen to distinguish it. Trenton is in a position where naturally the largest amount of a river gravel would be deposited, and where its best exposures would be exhibited. It is at the point where a long, narrow valley with precipitous banks and continuous downward slope, opens out into a wide alluvial plain at a lower level. It is here that the rocky floor of the river suddenly descends to ocean level and even sinks below it, forming the limit of tidewater. Thus any drift material which the flooded river swept down its channel would here, upon meeting tidewater, be in great part deposited. Large boulders which had been rolled down the inclined floor of the upper valley would here stop in their course, and all be heaped up with the coarser gravel by the more slowly flowing water except sn<3h few as cakes of floating ice could carr^^ oceanward. On the other hand the finer gravel and sand would be deposited farther down the river. 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES 01' PUlLAtlfiLi'fllA. SOl This is precisely what occurs at Trenton. The material, Which at Philadelphia is generally- fine, grows coarser as the river is ascended, until at Trenton we find often immense boulders im- bedded at all angles in the gravel. Moreover, the river has here cut entirely through the gravel down to the rock, exposing at one place a cliff of gravel 50 feet high. At Philadelphia, on the other hand, as we have seen, the river still flows on the top of the gravel. This fact may also be accounted for. Having heaped up a mass of detritus in the old river channel as an obstruction at the mouth of the gorge, the river, so soon as its volume dimin- ished, would immediatel}' begin wearing away a new channel for itself down to ocean level. This would be readil}^ accomplished through the loose material, and would be stopped only when rock was reached. On the other hand, that gravel wliich had been deposited at places farther down the river where its bottom was below ocean level, would remain un-eroded or nearly so. Wheii the river had attained the level of the ocean there would be no occasion to cut a deep channel, and it would therefore flow on top of the gravel which it had deposited. It is necessary that this point should be understood, as other geologists have brouglit for- ward various theories to explain the high bank of gravel at Tren- ton. The fact of the river having cut through the gravel at Trenton, while at Philadelphia it flows upon it, is due to the con- figuration of the rock floor of the river, which at Trenton rises above ocean level, and at Philadelphia lies nearl}^ 100 feet below it. In addition to the exposure upon the river bank, where the whole depth of the formation is seen, the long railroad cuts made by the Pennsjdvania R. R. at Trenton, afford excellent sections of the gravel. It exhibits the distinctive characteristics of a true river deposit, and is very different from the gravels which are found at higher levels. It contains no clay;. its pebbles are made of the rocks of the river bed and are flattened, and the strati- fication of the whole deposit is well seen in the alternations of sand and gravel. It extends several miles back from the present river, covering the low ground along the Assunpink Creek, and indicating the existence here of a former bay or arm of the Dela- ware. This bay was shaped somewhat like a horseshoe, which had one extremity in Trenton at the hill above the canal, and which washed the base of the hill north of the Assunpink Creek, and, extending about three miles back from Trenton, and sweeping 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. aronncT the " Bear Swamp," had its other extremity near the house of Di\ C. C. Abbott, below Chambei'sburg. This village was under water. Another ba}^ extended up the valley of Crosswicks Creek. Boulders of Champlaiii age lie upon the Tertiary" gravels which form the ancient banlv. From the extent of the Trenton gravel in this vicinity, state- ments have been published that it covered the whole southern part of the state, and that at the time of its deposition the Delaware Rivel' emptied into the ocean at Trenton. It is evident tliat the distinction between the very different gravels of this region has not been perceived. Careful examination will show the great dis- similai'it}^ between the Trenton gravel and such gravels as occur at Princeton Junction and interior New Jersej^, which are in great part of Pliocene age, and will prove that it is confined to the ancient river bed. The presence of very large boulders on the river bank at Tren- ton has led some geologists to suppose that the formation was a glacial moraine. The occasional though ver}' rare examples of scratched pebbles and polished boulders, which the flood had evi- dently carried down from the moraine material north of Belvidere. have been brought forward as supporting this theory. Yet the absence of till and of angular masses of rock, and generally of materials foreign to the Delaware Valley, when regarded in con- nection with what we have shown to be the general characters of the formation, can not be explained upon this theorj^ The char- acter of the river banks along the valley render the presence of a glacier at Trenton extremely improbable. These show no marks of glacial action. We have, moreover, already shown that the Trenton gravel is more recent than the deposits of Cham- plain age, and that, lying in a channel cut within them, it is the most recent of all the gravels. Clearly the Delaware Valley and the channel of the river were excavated in a time previous to the deposition of the Trenton gravel. The channel subsequently having been filled up by this gravel, the diminished river still later has cut a new channel either completel.y through it, as at Trenton, or partially, as at Philadelphia. It is probable that slight undulations of the level of the coast have aided in producing these changes. Before describing the human relics found in the Trenton gravel, there are several facts bearing upon its origin and age which it will be well to consider. 1880.] NATURAfi SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 30o It has been noticed that from Trenton to Philadelphia the creeks flowing into the river Delaware have a steep south bank, while the ground north of the creek is flat. The writer finds that the flat ground north of the creek is made of Trenton gravel, while the southern bank is made of older formations which have been for- merl}^ cut awaj^ by water action coming from the north. Thus, the steep south bank of the Neshaminy is made of " Philadelphia red gravel " of Champlain age, while a flat plain of Trenton gravel lies south of the creek. The same configuration of the banks of creeks on the New Jersey shore has been noticed by Prof. Cook. By assuming that the river at the time of the deposition of this gravel was of larger volume than now, this fact is of ready explana- tion. The southern bank of the creek, often of Cretaceous or Tertiarj" strata, in each case formed the shore of the ancient river, and was worn away into a steep bank by the flood from the north. Similar in cause and effect are the present banks of the Delaware, which are steep on the outside of each curve of the river, and flat and covered with recent alluvium on the inside. Another fact showing river action is the frequent occurrence of exposures of " flow and plunge structure " in this gravel. In these the la3^ers are seen to dip up stream, as would be expected by downward flowing water. It is interesting to find, on the other hand, that the same structure in the Tertiary gravels, both of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, shows layers dipping southeast, as though deposited by incoming oceanic tides. Another instance of the fluviatile character of the Trenton gravel is found in the peculiar topography which it sometimes exhibits. Frequently, instead of forming a flat plain, it forms higher ground close to the present river channel than it does near its ancient bank. Moreover, not only does the ground .thus slope downward on retreating from the river, but the boulders become smaller and less abundant. Both of these facts are in accordance wdth the laws of river deposits. In a time of flood the rapidly flowing- water in the main channel, bearing detritus, is checked by the more quiet waters at the side of the river, and is forced to deposit its gravel and boulders as a kind of bank. In determining the comparative age of the Trenton gravel, a guide may be found in the amount of its erosion. In this respect a marked contrast exists between this and more ancient gravels. Unlike the land covered bj' older surface formations, that covered o04 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1880.] by the Trenton gravel is remarkably level and free from hillocks or ravines. The change in topography may be well seen in the neighborhood of Trenton, and can be noticed almost anywhere along the valley. This fact alone would indicate a more recent age than that of the clays and gravels of the Champlain epoch. This difference is much more marked when comparison is made Avith the oceanic gravels. The actual time necessary for the Delaware to cut down to the rock through 50 feet of this gravel at Trenton is by no means great. Numerous facts have been adduced by geological writers and by engineers to show how rapidly a stream of water can wear through loose gravel material. When it is noted that the gravel cliff at Trenton has been made, not b}" a straight downward cut, but by a side wearing away as at a Ijank, and when it is remem- liered that the erosive power of the Delaware was formerly very much greater than it is now, it will be conceded that the presence of the clitf at Trenton will not necessarily infer its high antiquity. From what is known of the action of running water upon gravel, it is thought that the time necessary to produce the erosion now observed might be reckoned b}^ hundreds rather than by thou- sands of 3'ears. While the gravel was of course formed in a previous time, the rapid action of the flood which deposited it, shown in many places by the character of the gravel, indicates that the time necessary for its deposition need not have been long. Having now shown that the Trenton gravel is a true river deposit of modern age, it will be of interest to inquire how such a flood as we have proved to exist could have originated. No flood within the historical epoch has been known to at all approach in magnitude that which deposited the Trenton gravel. No boulders of the size found in and upon that gravel are ever carried down the river by recent ice-cakes. In fact, at Trenton and below, the boulders of this gravel are often much larger than any in the Champlain gravel of that part of the valley. We have seen that at the time of the Trenton gravel flood, the lower part of Philadelphia, the whole of Bristol and Tullytown, and almost all of Trenton were submerged. That the climate was then cold is indicated not only by the suggestion that there were then prob- ably very large masses of bouldei'-bearing ice floating in the river, but also by the fact that, as the writer is informed by Dr. C. C. Abbott, bones of Arctic animals (walrus, reindeer, mastodon). 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 305 often rounded by attrition, have been found in this gravel. Although the Trenton gravel has none of the features of a moraine, it is true that the cliff at the base of Riverview Cemetery, holding immense boulders, has the appearance of having been deposited b}' glacial waters. At other places, the boulders resting upon the sand overlying the gravel suggests the grounding of large ice- cakes derived from some mass of ice large enough to be called a glacier. It is difficult to imagine an origin for such a flood as we have described other than the melting of a glacier. We have shown that the flood was not an inroad from the sea, but that it came down the valle}'. No rain-storms of modern experience could have supplied such an amount of water. To call the time of this flood a '■ Pluvial Epoch," will be of little assistance, since no origin for such extraordinary rains is suggested, except under a very different climate, or by evaporation from a melting glacier. Yet such a glacier cannot be the great glacier of the Glacial epoch. That was the glacier which in its melting deposited the brick-clay and red gravel which Tve have shown to be much older than the Trenton gravel. It must have been, if a glacier at all, another and more recent one whose melting caused the flood which formed this gravel. This last glacial flood flowed in a channel excavated through the deposits of the first glacial period. It appears, then, that there is evidence of a Second Glacial Period — a period in which was deposited the last of the gravels, and which has but lately passed away. From the limited extent of its deposits it is inferred that the second glacier was much smaller than the fti-st, and that its southern extremity was con- fined to the valley. A second glacial period is recognized in Europe under the name of the Reindeer Period. It is thought that the hypothesis of a second and more local glacier, long subsequent in age to the first great glacier, will explain all the facts observed. The Trenton gravel cannot be assigned to the first glacial period except by assuming that there have been no river gravels deposited since that time ; — an assump- tion which can hardly be maintained. Some European archje- ologists have held that the Palseolithic Era, the era of the river gravels, is antecedent to the Reindeer Period, the period of the cave-men. No such distinction has been observed on the Delaware. Should future researches show that a separate and second glacial 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. epocli cannot be proved in America, the facts here observed will indicate a much more recent date for the disappearance of the great glacier than has been assigned to it. The period of the Trenton gravel flood, whether contemporaneous with a glacier or not, is the period of the last geological deposits here known- the recent mud-flats being alone excepted. We have now glanced at the characters of the Trenton gravel, and have indicated, so far as the facts at hand allow, its position, origin, and relative age. It is in this gravel that the writer's friend, Dr. Charles C. Abbott, of Trenton, has made the interesting discovery of stone implements of human workmanship, which, in their shape and characters, are quite unlike those of the Red Indians of the Atlantic coast.^ He has found them imbedded at various depths in the ap- parently undisturbed gravel of the cliff at Riverview Cemetery and in other places near Trenton. They are of palseolithic type, and differ from Indian stone implements by being larger, ruder, and made from a different material. They are composed of gray argillite, a rock which is found in place farther up the river, and which is a Triassic shale altered and hardened bj- the heat from adjacent trap dykes. They occur in positions which render it extremely probable that they belong to the same age as that of the deposition of the gravel, or at least to an age when it was overflowed b}' the flooded river. There are two points which offer strong evidence in that direction. The first is the fact that modern Indian implements, "neoliths," are never found associated with these " palaioliths " in the gravel. Although abundant on the surface, it is stated that thej^ never occur at a depth of more than a few inches in undisturbed soil, while the palteoliths are found often ten or more feet from the sur- face. This fact alone argues a different age for the two classes of implements. The second fact is that when found below the surface of the ground, these palffioliths always occur in the Trenton gravel and never in older gravels. The writer, in company with Dr. Abbott, has gone over much of the ground where the implements occurred ; and it was very interesting to find that it was onl^^ within the limits of the Trenton gravel, previously traced out by the writer, ^ V. Tenth and Eleventh Annual Keports of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology. 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 30t that Dr. Abbott had found implements below the surface. Beyond the terrace of older gravels the pala^oliths sometimes occur with implements of the modern tj'pe, but are not imbedded at any depth. In Pennsylvania, moreover, the writer has found similar pahieoliths in the region covered by the Trenton gravel and in that region onh'. Here, then, is the strongest probability, even if the implements were found upon the surface only, that they belonged to and were of coeval deposition with the river gravel. The implements of argillite found at the lowest depth in undis- turbed gravel have been generally decided by archa-ologists to be of human origin. It is, however, true that there are many sharp fragments of this rock in the Trenton gravel which are of natural origin, and that pebbles and partially rounded fragments of the same rock are frequent. The writer has found several fragments of argillite in the gravel exposed at the cut near Wheatsheaf Station, Bucks Co., Pa., which, whether they were artificial or natural, it was impossible to determine. All the evidence that has been gathered points to the conclu- sion that at the time of the Trenton gravel flood, man in a rude state lived upon the banks of the ancient Delaware. He may have been in the habit of spearing fish and seals with spears pointed by his rough stone implements, and these having been dropped into the flood may have sunk into the loose and shifting gravel. The weathering upon the implements is so slight as to afford no evi- dence of their high antiquity. Many of the paljeoliths found in the river gravels of Europe, are of very similar tjqie. As a rule, probably the implements of the Trenton gravel are somewhat more rude. The writer is informed that even more primitive forms are now in constant use among some of our Western Indian tribes. It is interesting to find, as pointed out by archaeologists, that until lately the Eskimos have used stone implements quite as rude and similar in appearance to those found in the Trenton and other river gravels, and it has been suggested that that race, now living in a climate and under conditions perhaps similar to those once existing on the Delaware, may have some kinship with the pre- Indian people of this river. It ma}' be that an Eskimo race, living here at the time of the flooded Delaware, were driven north by the coming of the Red Indians. If future archaeological work shows this surmise to be correct, the writer suggests that the period of the Trenton gravel and of this palaeolithic people, — a period 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. perhaps following a second glacial age, — might appropriately be called The Eskimo Period. This name, derived fi-om a higher order of beings than that which gave the name Beindeer Period., is much more suggestive and is probabl}' of full3^ as wide application as the latter name, A term already in use, the Palaeolithic Era, is also convenient. It has been held that the occurrence of palaeoliths at Trenton offered evidence of a very high antiquity of man in America, and, the gravel being considered as a glacial moraine, that man's exist- ence was carried back to interglacial and even pregiacial times. ' As we have seen, the geological investigations along the Delaware Yallej", described in this paper, throw quite a new light upon this subject. They show that the implement-bearing gravel is of post- glacial age, and is a river deposit of comparativeh^ recent forma- tion ; and that neither in the gravels of the Champlain epoch nor in de])Osits of any previous age have any traces of man been discovered. The evidence appears to indicate the origin of man at a time which, geologically considered at least, is recent. The actual age of the Trenton gravel, and the consequent date to which the antiquity of man on the Delaware should be assigned, is a question which geological data alone are insufficient to solve. The only clue, and that a most unsatisfactory one, is afforded bv calculations based upon the amount of erosion. This, like all geo- logical considerations, is relative rather than absolute. The same reasoning that showed that the modern river channel might have lieen excavated in hundreds rather than thousands of years, will indicate that no great length of time is necessary' to produce all the surface features of the Trenton gravel. While the writer may venture to express the opinion that there is no reason geologically for carrying the age of this gravel and the antiquity of man on the Delaware farther back than a very few thousand years at the most, lie is fully aware that any close approximation can safely be arx'ived at only by extended comparison with other river gravels and by a much more complete series of observations than have yet been possible. Ethnological considerations, which make paljco- lithic man to antedate the oldest races of the mound-builders, will Jiave a bearing upon this question. Meteorologists ma^^ show that 1 It will be remembered that Sir Charles Lyell, in his Principles of Geol- ogy, 11th Ed., vol. 1, p. 286, conjectures the period of the gi'eat glacier to have been about 200,000 years ago. 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 a cold climate and a period of a flood far larger than any of late ex- perience may require a long lapse of time. These considerations are not within the scope of this paper. It has been the aim of the writer to define the antiquit}' of man in relation to geological rather than to historical events. If, in showing that the Eskimo period is the last of the geological ages, it does not necessarily follow that it is by anj' means recent, it must be remembered, on the other hand, that its high antiquity is not proven by the facts thus far observed. The conclusions to which the facts seem to point may briefly be summarized as follows : — 1. That the Trenton gravel, the only gravel in which implements occur, is a true river deposit of post-glacial age, and the most recent of all the gravels of the Delaware valley. 2. That the palteoliths found in it really belong to and are a part of the gravel, and that they indicate the existence of man in a rude state at a time when the flooded river flowed on top of this gravel. 3. That the data obtained do not necessaril}^ prove, geologically considered, an extreme antiquit}- of man in Eastern America. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Note on Philadelphite — a new mineral. — Mr Lewis gave a pre- limiiiaiy description of a new verniiculite from near Wayne Station on the Germantown Railroad, wliicli he proposed to call ''■ Philadelphite." It occurs in plates of a brown color and talcose lustre, existing as seams in an altered hornblende rock. When heated, it exfoliates with great force to man}' times its original size and becomes of a coppery bronze color. It was stated that while exfoliating, it was able to lift over 50,000 times its own weight. It had a hygroscopic power nearl}^ as great as that of chloride of calcium. Its optical characters and its chemical composition were given. Analysis of Philadelphite. — Mr. Reuben Haines contributed the following analyses of Philadelphite. Specific gravity (determined in alcohol of 95 p. c.) 2.78-2.96. I. XL SiO^ 39.06 38.52 re.,03 20.59 20.01 AI2O3 14.75 14.82 Fe,0 2.04 2.04 CaO .99 1.08 MgO 11.49 11.32 MnO (traces) .... .... Li20 (traces) .... .... K,0 6.89 6.61 Na,.0 .90 .64 H,0 4.27 4.27 F (traces) .... .... 100.98 99.31 Per cent, of hygroscopic water in I, 3.12 p. c. ; in II, 3.43 p. c. In these analyses the mineral was dried t.t 100° C, the hygro- scopic water not being included in the determinations. Owing to its very hygroscopic nature, it was found very diflicult to obtain its weight at 100° C. accurately. It gains rapidly in weight while being weighed upon the balance. Examples of its hygroscopic power were given. The analyses were made l)y dissolving the mineral in concentrated hydrochloric acid. Iron was estimated volumetrically and the alkalies hj Smith's method effusion. 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 December 22, 1879. THE SO-CALLED EMERY-ORE FEOM CHELSEA, BETHEL TOWNSHIP, DELAWARE COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA. BY F. A. GENTH, JR. At the November meeting of this Section, Dr. Cardeza called the attention of the members to a garnet rock, mined as emery- ore, at Chelsea, Bethel Township, Delaware Co., Pa., and subse- »iuently left it with me for analysis. The rock is composed almost exclusively of rounded rhombic- ilodecahedral grains of red garnet, varjdng in size from a fraction of a millimetre to over one centimetre ; also a little quartz, biotite, muscovite, and magnetite. It is very friable, being easily crushed. Its fracture is uneven, excepting in some of the larger grains, which are so much intersected by mica, that, when struck by a hammer, they break into angular fragments, apparently showing a crystalline cleavage. Specific gravity = 4.028. An analysis of the smaller and purer grains, obtained by wash- ing and picking out, gave : SiO, = 41.11 Fe.p3 = 2.11 Al.Os = 21.60 FeO ^ 25.86 MnO = 2.22 CaO = 1.89 MgO = 5.41 100.20 which proves it to be an ordinary iron-alumina garnet. 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Some Neiv Mineral Localities. — Mr. Joseph Willcox announced the following new mineral localities : Burgess, Ontario, Canada, on the north shore of Rideau Lake : Phlogopite, Green Pj-roxene, Apatite, Zircon. North Elnisley, near Otty Lake, Canada : Phlogopite, in large and perfect crys- tals. Bedford, Trontenac Co., Out., Can. : Apatite (unusually fine). Black Pyroxene, Scapolite. Near Westport, Ontario, Can. : Black Tourmaline. Russel, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. : Steatite pseudomorphous after Tremolite and Scapolite ; Black Tour- maline, with modified terminations. Macon Co., N. C. : Crystals of Biotite in Muscovite. All the above were found in fine specimens, well crj^stallized. Specimens were exhibited to the Section. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 ON PHILADELPHITE (Sp. Nov.). BY HENRY CARYILL LEAYIS. The mineral to which the above title has been applied was found by the writer four years ago, in what was then a quarry of horn- blendic gneiss, close to the boundary of the Twentj^-second Ward, Philadelphia. The locality is on Germantown Avenue, at the bridge crossing of the Germantown and Norristown Railroad, near Waj-ne Station. The quarry is now walled u^d, and is used as a coal and lime yard. Geologically, the locality is just at the base of the terrace of metamorphic rocivs which bounds the drift formations underlying the greater part of the city. Quaternarj^ clays, boulders of the Champlain period, and tertiary gravels appear within a hundred feet of the quarry, and the waters of those different epochs have successively eroded the hill rising above it. This hill, here called Neglejf's or Logan's Hill, about 225 feet in height, is part of the same hill or " Upland Terrace,'' which, trending nearl}' northeast and southwest, has been traced continuously from here into Mary- land, on the one side, and across New Jersey on the other, and Avhich, though composed of quite different rocks in different places, forms throughout, the boundary of the post-jurassic formations.' The rock at this place is a hard black hornblendic gneiss, subject to decomposition in its upper portions. It is well exposed in the cut on "Waj-ne Street, where numerous minerals occur, and it is the same which is quarried at Frankford and at MoKinney's quarry, both noted mineral localities. In its altered state it crumbles easil}-, and when heated exfoliates. In this condition, after being crushed in a mill between heavj^ iron rollers, it is sometimes used as a building sand. The mineral here described as PhiladeJphife belongs to the ver- miculite group of hj'drous silicates. It occurs both disseminated in scales throughout the gangue-rock, and also in seams, an inch or more in thickness and many feet long. Associated with it in the same quarry are crystals of sphene, epidote and hornblende, and specks of chalcopyrite. It has been found in small quantities also at Waj'ue Street, at McKinney's quarry, and in Germantown. ^V. Proc. Miu. and Geolog. Section Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Nov., 1878. 21 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Since most of the vermiciilites occur in serpentinous or chloritic formations, it is to be noted that no such rocks occur here or in the vicinit}'. The mineral is probablj' derived orio-iually from hornblende. Physical Characters, — Hardness, 1..3 ; Specific gravit}', 2.80 (taken in alcohol and referred to water). Lustre pearly. Color, by reflected light, bronze ; by transmitted light, brownish red, and in A'er}^ thin laminae, brownish yellow. Opaque, except in thin pieces. Streak brownish yellow. Laminae unelastic, readily flexible, tough, not brittle. Feel greasy. CrystaUographic Characters. — Monoelinic. Cleavage ; basal, emi- nent ; also, occasional!}', a cleavage parallel to the diagonals. Striations crossing at about 90°, caiising the mineral to break into nearly rectangvilar fragments, are sometimes observed, and these are parallel to the plane of the optic axes and to the diagonals of the rhomb. No triangular striations as in Jefferisite. Plates often contorted and wrinkled. Twin crystals frequent, observable by polarized light. Optically biaxial. Double refraction strong, negative. Optic-axial angle, 31°20'-39°30' ; generally 3T°±:. Crj-stals sometimes nearly 2 inches wide and \ inch high. The hyperbolas are well defined in the polariscope, and the angle of their divergence is more constant than in some of the other ver- miculites. Twinning produces variations in the angle.^ Pyrognostic Characters. — In the closed tube it gives off water and exfoliates with great force, in a direction perpendicular to its base, to ten times its original volume. Upon exfoliation it becomes of a bright copper color and takes a metallic lustre. It also becomes brittle and more opaque. The exfoliated mineral has a far more distinct and frequent secondary vertical cleavage than it has before exfoliation, and the basal cleavage is also easier. It shows strong double refraction in the polariscope, and has an optical divergence of about the same amount as that of the unignited mineral (30° to 37°). The h^'perbolas are extremely ill-defined, and no exact measurements could be taken. It is yellow b}- transmitted light. It forms a fine object under the microscope by reflected light. The fine copper color gained on exfoliation is characteristic, dis- tinguishing it from the other vermiculites. The color is obtained whether it is heated suddenly in the flame, or slowly in an air-bath to exfoliation. Upon long-continued ignition in a platinum cru- 1 T'. Prof. Cooke's Paper on the Vermiculites, Proc. Amer. Acad., Boston, 1874, 35. ISSO.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 cible, heated without access of air, it becomes a steel-gray color, its iron having been reduced. Before the blowpipe it gives the violet flame of potash and fuses to a black magnetic globule, which does not intumesce when further heated. With the fluxes it reacts for silica and iron. It is readily dis- solved by hot sulphuric acid, the pure white silica being left in the original shape of the mica. It is dissolved in hydrochloric acid upon long digestion . Chemical Composition. — In the investigation of the chemical composition of Philadelphite the writer has had the valuable advice of his friend, Prof. F. A. Genth, of the University of Pennsylvania. The method used in the estimation of vanadium is entirely due to him. The writer is also indebted to his friend, Mr, Reuben Haines, of Germantown, for two analyses, and for some interesting experiments. Of the four analyses given below, Numbers I and II are by Mr. Haines; Nos. Ill and IV by the writer. Nos. I and II were made upon the pulverized mineral, previously dried in an air-bath at 100° C; the hygroscopic water, amounting to over 3 p. c, not being included in the determinations. " In both the anal3^ses the sample was dissolved in concentrated HCl, and the Si02 purified by digestion with HCl. The Fe and Al were precipitated togetlier by NH4HO and the Fe titrated by permanganate. The ferrous oxide was found by dissolving the weighed mineral in sulphuric acid in a closed flask from which the air was expelled by boiling with sodic carbonate, and titrating as before. The magnesia was weighed as pyrophosphate and the alkalies were separated by Smith's method of fusion, and were determined by platinic chloride, controlling the result by ignition of the platinic salt in hydrogen and weighing as metallic platinum. Tlie combined H,0 is an average of the results of experiments Nos. IV and VI (given below) taken at a red heat on bottom of crucible." Analyses Xos. Ill and IV were made upon the ignited mineral, this being considered its most constant state. The atomic water was determined separately, and the analysis of tlie anhydrous mineral reduced when the percentage of water was added. The ignited mineral being v\ith difficulty soluble in acid, it was decom- posed by fusion with sodic carbonate for anal^'sis. After repeated evaporation of the silica with HCl, it was found still to contain titanic acid, which was extracted by evaporation with concen- trated H,iS04 and precipitated by dilution and boiling. Addi- 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. tional titanic acid was separated upon boiling the filtrate from SiO,„ after reduction with H-S. In one analysis titanic acid was sepa- rated from SiOoby volatilizing the latter with HF, dissolving the residue in HsSOi, diluting and boiling. Ferrous oxide Avas deter- mined in the air-dried mineral as in analyses I and II. Iron and alumina were estimated by precipitation b}' boiling with sodic acetate in a neutral solution, dissolving in HCl, reprecipitating with NH4HO, igniting and weighing together. In the filtrate MnO was precipitated by bromine and ignited. The following method was employed for the detection of vana- dium. 80 grammes of impure mineral were mixed with 90 grammes of sodic carbonate and 100 grammes of sulphur, and the whole heated slowly in a Hessian crucible covered by charcoal until partially fused. It was then digested in warm water, filtered, and to the filtrate dilute IICl was added, precipitating a copious heavy flocculent brown mass of the sulphides of vanadium, copper, cobalt and nickel. The precipitate was washed, ignited and evap- orated with nitric acid, when it gave a red residue. This was fused with a mixture of sodic carbonate and sodic nitrate, and extracted with water in order to separate the oxides of copper, cobalt and nickel. Solid ammonic chloride was now added to the aqueous solution, when vanadate of ammonia was precipitated. Upon ignition it was changed to vanadic oxide, and was found to be pure, giving all the characteristic reactions. For the estimation of vanadium the following method was em- ployed. 4^ grammes of the pulverized ignited mica were fused with a mixture of 3 parts NaCOj and 1 part NaNOs, the mass ex- tracted with H.O, filtered, and the filtrate digested with HiS. Traces of CuS and FeS were filtered off, and the silica eliminated by evaporation to dryness and addition of dilute H2SO4. II2S was again added, giving a blue solution. After driving off" the H,,S by heat, the vanadic acid present was estimated volumetrically by the addition of a measured portion of a standard solution of per- manganate of potash. Magnesia was determined as pyrophosphate, and the alkalies b}' means of Smith's method. Phosphoric acid was precipitated as phosplioraolybdate of ammonia, and weiglied as pyrophosphate of magnesia. On account of the remarkable h3'groscopic powers of Philadel- phite, great difficult}^ was experienced in the estimation of the com- bined water. Nearly one-half of the water in the air-dried mineral 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. sn is h^'groscopic, and may be driven off eitlier by long exposure over sulphuric acid in a desiccator, or by drying in an air-bath at 100° C. The percentage of water given in the analj'ses represents approximately the amount of water in the mineral after such desiccation. Spec. grav. (taken in alcohol of 95 p. c.) 2.78-2.96. SiO, Al,,03 Fe.,03 Fe^O MnO MgO CaO Na,0 Li.b K2O F H2O H^-gr Spec. 2.80. SiO,, TiO,, Ai,d, Fe^Og V2O3 FeO MnO NiO| CoO) CuO MgO CaO Xa,0 Li.,0 K.2O PO, CI H,S04 H,0 I. 39.06 14.75 20.59 2.04 trace 11.49 .99 .90 trace 6.89 trace 4.27 II. 38.52 14.82 20.01 2.04 trace 11.32 1.08 .64 trace 6.61 trace 4.27 Mean. 38.79 14.78 20.30 2.04 11.40 1.03 .77 6.75 4.27 Quantivalent ratio. 2.587 .861 .761 .056 .570 .037 .025 .143 .474 2.587 1.622 5.45 3.42 .831 1.75 .474 1.— 100.98 99.31 100.13 oscopic water in I, 3 12 ; in II, 3.43. grav. (taken in alcohol of 84 p. c on the air-dried mineral) III. 35.94 1.30 15.23 19.48 .37 2.09 .46 trace trace 11.41 1.38 1.42 trace 6.52 trace trace trace 4.34 lY. 35.52 .77 16.32 19.43 .36 2.28 .55 .06 .08 11.72 1.54 .38 ti'ace 7.11 .11 trace trace 4.34 Mean. 35.73 1.03 15.77 19.46 .37 2.18 .50 .06 .08 11.56 1.46 .90 6.81 .11 4.34 2.43 5.05 Quantivalent ratio. 2.38 .05 .91 ) .73 V 1.65 3.43 .01 ) .06 ^ .01 5 3 .58 .05 .03 .14 .87 1.80 .48 .48 1 1 99.94 100.63 100.45 Hygroscopic water in III and IV, 3.24. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. From both these pair of analyses we have the ratio R: R : Si : H = 2 : 3 : 5 : 1 and R R : Si : H= 1 : 1 : i. The ratio of bases to silica is 1:1, and for sesquioxides to protoxides. vr II S : R = 2 : 1. Philadelphite dried at 100 ^C appears to be a unisilieate, the water not being basic. The formula ma}' perhaps be written £.: \\ O. \\ r 2. (K ^^-^"l -L 3. Q f S2 ^^ "(I,, J- 2 „., •^- II ^-i II L 0 \^>i' -i^J ^ o P K^^- 1 ^~ )j^ ^ 5 '^4 The general symbol would be, 11 VI R^jiVi, O20. Sio- 2 HjO. The water will be regarded as water of cr3'stallization. Prof. Cooke has shown the close chemical relation between the anhydrous vermiculites and biotite. A like result is brought out by the fol- lowing analysis of ignited Philadelphite. The analysis is a mean of the two analyses of the anhydrous mineral which formed analyses Nos. Ill and lY of the mineral dried at 100° C. 2 Quant, ratio SiO, TiO, 37.35 1.08 2.49| .05) 2.54 2.82 ALO3 . 16.49 .96 ^ re,03 20.33 .76 1.73 . 1.92 V203 .38 .01) FeO 2.28 .06 V MnO .52 .01 1 MgO CaO 12.09 1.53 .60 ( .05^ .90 1. Na,0 .94 .03 1 K.O 7.13 .15^ 100.12 II VI Here R : ?^ : Si ^ 1 : 2 : 3, the ratio of a typical biotite. Anal- gous as the anhydrous mineral is to biotite in its formula, it has been shown that physically and optically the two minerals are quite dissimilar, and it is not proven that they have any necessary connection. It is by no means a hydrous biotite in the sense that margarodite is a hydrous muscovite, in which case the characters, optical and phj'sical, are identical. Such hydrous biotites occur in several places in the vicinity of Philadelphia, in a partially 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPfflA. 319 altered micaceous gneiss, in which the muscovite has become margarodite, and the orthoclase become white and crumbling. Such mica exfoliates slightly when heated, is uniaxial, fusible with difficult}^, and might be called Hijdr-ohiotite for convenience. It frequentl}' occurs enclosed in cr^'stals of margarodite, or in muscovite passing into margarodite. Hygroscopic Properties. — In the determination of water in its different states in PhiladeliDhite, the principal difiicult}^ was on account of the strong hygroscopic properties possessed by the mineral. After the water has been expelled by heat or desiccation, it is rapidly absorbed again from the air, if exposed. Upon the balance, the dried mineral gains so rapidly that it was found necessary while weighing to enclose it in corked tubes. It appears to absorb water with the avidit}^ of chloride of calcium. Even when enclosed in watch-glasses clasped together and standing in the closed balance-case with dry CaCL, it gains decidedly in weight. The following experiments by Mr. Haines illustrate its h3^gro- scopic properties : G-rammes. (1) Weight of undried mica, .9935 Heated at 100° C. for li hours, .9616 Weight after standing; in balance-case with CaCL for 3 days, .9915 Reheated for 3 hours at 100° C, .9580 Left on balance 20 minutes. Gain in weight, .0070 Left on balance 2 hours. Total gain in weight, .0085 (2) Weight of undried mica, 1.1280 Heated at 100° C. for 3 hours, 1.0965 Left in balance-case with CaCl, for 1 hour, 1.1175 Left in balance-case with CaCI.^ for \\ hours, 1.1230 Left in balance-case with CaClj for 2^ hours, 1.1250 Left in balance-case with CaCl,^ for 2 days, 1.1260 (3) Undried mica heated at 100° C. for 6^ hours. Loss, 2.49 p. c. On standing in balance-case with CaCL for 2^ daj'S, regained nearly the whole of its original weight (all but 2 milligrammes). Again heated at 100° for 3 hours, loss of weight, 3.09 p. c. These experiments, showing that nearly the total amount of hygroscopic water is regained even in the presence of such an 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. active desiccator as chloride of calcium, indicate a remarkable hygroscopic force in the dried substance ; a property not easy to explain. It will be noticed that this force is exercised much more powerfully immediately after desiccation than it is after a lapse of time. Experiment No. (2) shows that two-thirds of the water is absorbed during the first hour. It has been found that the amount of water in the powdered mineral varies with the hygrometric state of the atmosphere at the time of weighing. It is interesting to note that several of the zeolites, a class of hydrous silicates whose exfoliation by heat is very like that of the vermiculites, also have strong hygroscopic powers, losing and regaining part of their water with ease.^ Water of Crystallization — The water in Philadelphite probably exists in three theoretical conditions, viz. : — H^-groscopic water, water of crystallization and water of constitution. The first is driven off by drying at 100° C. or by exposure to dry air over HaSO^; the second by gentle ignition, and is accompanied by ex- foliation ; the third by strong and prolonged ignition. The latter, which probably does not much exceed 1 per cent., and whicli the analyses have shown is not needed with the basic radicals to complete the unisilicate formula, will be regarded with the water of crystallization. The most satisfactory determinations of the water of crystallization have been made by subtracting the hygro- scopic water from the total water. The following experiments haA'e been made upon the amount and condition of the water. (1). The dry mica, which had been out of the quarry for more than a year, was cut into pieces about 5 mm. square, heated in a platinum crucible to a bright red heat for 25 minutes, cooled in a desiccator over HsSOi for half an hour, and then quickly weighed. It lost 7.58 per cent., which will be regarded as the total amount of water. (2). The finely powdered mica holds more water. Different experiments gave:— 7.81 (ignited 10 minutes), 7.89, 7.90, 8.11 (ignited 25 minutes), 7.50 (powdered just previous to ignition). Strong ignition of the powdered mica probably volatilizes some of the alkalies in addition to the water. >• Damour (Ann. d. Mines, IV, x, 208) shows by an experiment similar to those given above, that the water lost by lieulandite exposed over H^SO^ is all regained in 1^ days. 1S80.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 (3) The finely powdered mica was divided into two portions, one of which Avas spread out on an open w^atch-glass, the other placed in a crucible. Both were weighed, put in a desiccator over sulphuric acid, and let stand unopened for two months. That in the crucible lost 2.76 per cent, of water. That on the watch-glass had lost 3. 87 per cent. On standing 3 or 4 minutes upon the scale-pan it gained .53 per cent, of water from the air. Upon ex- ]iosure over sulphuric acid in the desiccator 24 hours longer and then being quickly weighed, it was found to have lost 3.99 per cent. It Avas now placed in an air-bath and kept at a temperature of 100° C. for 4 hours. After cooling 15 minutes in the desiccator, it was found to have gained in weiglit about ^ per cent., indicating that the desiccation over sulphuric acid was more complete than that in the air-bath at 100° C. That in the crucible lost on igni- tion 5.97 per cent, of its weight. (4). The powdered mica w.as placed in a watch-glass in a desic- cator over sulpliuric acid. Aftev27 days it had lost 2.28 per cent. " 40 " " " 2.36 " During weighing; it was enclosed in clasped w^atch-glasses. It was now^ put in a crucible and ignited. The dried mineral lost on 1st ignition, 5.18 per cent. u u a 2d " 5.36 " " " " 3d " 5.47 " (5). The following direct determinations of water of crystal- lization w^ere made from the mica, dried in a glass tube, corked while weighing, and then ignited in a crucible. Desiccation. Time of Desiccation. If^nition Loss of water in dried mineral (a) 100° C. in air-bath. 24 hours. 15 min. 5.38 p. C. (b) u u 3 days. 20 min. 5. (c) over H,SO, 2 weeks. 3 times. Mean, 5.00 " 5.32 " Tliis determination is thought to be too high, including some iiygroscopic water, since the mica in a tube cannot be perfectly desiccated. A mean of the three determinations of hygroscopic water ab- sorbed over sulphuric acid gives 3.24 per cent., which deducted 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. from the total water, ^.5S per cent., giA^es for water of cr3'stalliza- tion, 4.34 per cent. As will be seen below, a similar amount is de- duced from Mr. Haines' experiments. The following experiments by Mr. Haines have been kindly placed at the disposal of the writer. They may be relied upon as having been performed with great care. I. The powdered mica is placed in a desiccator over concen- trated sulphuric acid. (a) Dried 15 days. Loss, 2.69 per cent. (b) " 10 " " 2.89 " II. The undried mica is heated in an air-bath at 100° C. (a) Heated 3 hours. Loss, 3.14 per cent. (b) " 3.33 " (c) " 3.42 " (d) " 51 " " 3.69 " Weights. Per cent, of loss. III. Weight before heating. 1.0880 Heated at 100°, 1| hours. 1.0613 2.46 " " 4i " 1.0598 2.59 Over H2SO4 and heated 5 hours at 100°. 1.0558 2.96 Heated 2 hours at 100° and cooled over H,SO,. 1.0613 2.46 "Weight. Total Loss from Inere- p.c. ofp.e. ol loss. 100° C. ment total loss fr. ofloss. loss. 100°O lY. Weight before heating. .9035 HeatedatlOO° C. for Ihr. .8743 .0292 3.23 " * 100° " 2 " .8730 .0305 3 37 " 105° " 2^" .8715 .0320 .0015 .0015 3.54 0.15 " 119° " 1 " .8705 .0330 .0025 .0010 3.65 0.28 " full red heat 5 mill. .8350 .0685 .0380 .0355 7.58 4.34 " over blast lamp 1st time. .8270 .0765 .0460 .0080 8.46 5.27 " over blast lamp 2d time. .8280 .0755 .0450 8.35 5.15 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 Weight. Total L.OS? from Incre- p. c. of p. c. of loss. 100^ C. ment total loss fr. ofloss. loss. 100°r V. Weight of iindried mica .S052 " at 100° C. .7827 .0225 2.79 " at 125° C. cooled for 8 minutes. .7757 .0295 .0070 .0070 3.66 0.89 " at 150° cooled for 3 minutes. .7682 .0370 .0145 .0075 4.59 1.85 " at 170°-175° cool- ed for 4 min. .7682.0370.0145 4.59 1.85 " 190° cooled for 3 minutes. .7647 .0405 .0180 .0035 5.03 2.30 VI. "Weight of undried mica. .9855 " at 100°C, heated several hours. .9615 .0240 2.43 Below faint red heat. .9445 .0410 .0170 .0170 4.16 1.77 Heated to pale red at bottom of crucible. .9320 .0535 .0295 .0125 5.32 3.07 Heated to bright red at bottom of crucible. .9210 .0645 .0405 .0110 6.54 4.21 Heated to full red on whole crucible. .9148.0707 .0467 .0062 7.17 4.85 VII. Total water. (a) Loss of weight at red heat, 7.30 per cent. (b) " " on ignition, 7.50 '• (c) " " " 3 times, 7.86 " From the above experiments of Mr. Haines in connection with Nos. (1), (2) and (3) under "hygroscopic properties," we may deduce the following percentages : For total water, we have (IV), 7.58 p. c. ; (VI), 7.17 ; (VII, a, b, c), 7.3a, 7.50, 7.86. Mean total water, 7.48 per cent. For h3'groscopic water, driven off at 100°, we have Exp. (1) Exp. (1) Exp. (2) Exp. (3) Analysis I. Analysis II. Heated 1| hrs. Reheated 3 brs. 3 hrs. 3 hrs. 3.12 3.43 3.21 3.57 2.79 3.09 Exp.IIaExp. lib Exp. lie Exp. II d Exp. III. Exp. IV. Exp. V. Exp. VI. 3 hrs. 5^ hrs, 5 hrs. 2 lirs. several hrs. 3.14 3.33 3.42 3.69. 2.96 3.37 2.79 2.43 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. A mean of these 14 determinations gives for hj'groscopic water 3.17 per cent. Subtracting tliis fx'om the mean total water, 7.48 per cent., we liaA^e for water of crystallization 4.31 per cent., an amount closely agreeing with that deduced from the writer's experiments. The desiccation over sulphuric acid in Exp. I is for too short a time to completely extract the hj^groscopic water. The exact state of the water cannot yet be regarded as certainly established. There is no reason why a fixed temperature of 100° C. should divide the hygroscopic water from the water of crystal- lization. The above experiments show that the loss of water as the temperature is raised above that point is a very gradual one. It is difficult to see in what manner the water driven off at 190° in experiment Y, differs from that driven off at 100°. It will be seen hereafter that much of the water can be driven off without exfoliation. Again, there is no sufficient reason why some of the water absorbed by sulphuric acid in the desiccator may not be water of crystallization. It has been long known that sulphate of copper either at 100° C. or in a desiccator over sulphuric acid loses much of its water of crj'stallization. M. Damour has shown that chabazite loses nearl}^ half of its water in a desiccator. It seems probable that Philadelphite, with other vermiculites, holds its water in a similar manner. From the experiments here de- tailed it would seem that we maj" define water of constitution to be the more closely combined, and hygroscopic water the less closely combined water of cr3-stallization ; and the distinction between the three states of water then becomes a theoretical rather than a practical one. Temperature of Exfoliation. — The temperature at which exfo- liation occurs is from 1,50° to 160° C. It has been found that the exfoliation temperature is proportional directly to the original volume of the substance, and inversely to the rapidity ^Df the ap- plication of heat. The larger the piece experimented upon, the higher the temperature necessary to make it exfoliate, and the more rapidly the heat can be applied, the sooner will it exfoliate ; as the following experiments will show. (a) Yery small fragments heated on a watch-glass in an air-bath began to exfoliate at 150° C. {h) A large piece heated similarly did not exfoliate at 210° C. (c) A piece was immersed in melted parafflne. At 100° C. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. .325 bubbles went off slowly, but there was no exfoliation. The tem- perature being raised, it made tlie first movement at 160°, exfoli- ated vigorously at 175°, and at 180° rose from its support to the surface of the parafline. (d) Another piece similarly immersed gave bubbles briskly at 1.30°, and began to exfoliate at 160°. (e) Pieces thrown into melt'ed parafline whose temperature had previously been raised to 1G0° C, immediatel}^ exfoliated and rose to the surface. (/) A large piece did not exfoliate even after the temperature had been gradually raised to 225° C. (g) Immersed in melted sulphur, it immediately exfoliated and strongly effervesced. (h) Immersed in concentrated sulphuric acid which had been heated to 160° C, it immediately exfoliated and became pure white, being completeh- and immediately^ decomposed. Immersed similarh' at a temperature of 150° C. it exfoliated, but did not become immediatel}^ white. At a lower temperature no exfoliation occurred. A similar piece being similarly immersed and the tem- perature raised, began to exfoliate at 130° C, and continued ex- foliating as the temperature rose, though being meanwhile decom- posed. This sudden change of form and color upon immersion in hot sulphuric acid recalls a somewhat similar change in the efflor- escence of protosulphate of iron when immersed in the same acid. It is seen from these experiments that no absolute determination of the exfoliation temperature is possible. By a verj- slow heat a large proportion of the water (about 5 per cent.) can be driven off' and the mica raised to a high heat without any exfoliation of consequence. The following experiment illustrates this fact. (/.) A piece of Philadelphite was cut into two equal portions. One piece, heated suddenly on platinum foil to a red heat, exfoliated to ten times its original volume. The other piece was slowly heated in an air-bath. At 285° C. it had exfoliated but very slightl\'. It was then taken out and heated on platinum foil to a red heat, when it exfoliated very little more, becoming only one- fourth the length of the first piece. A similar experiment has been made upon heulandite and stilbite from near Philadelphia. Both of these zeolites, as is well known, exfoliate largely when held in the flame. It has been found that if the}' are heated very slowlj- on platinum foil, they can be raised 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. to a white heat without exfoliation, and when afterwards held in the flame, exfoliate but slightly. Apparently the water in Phila- delphite is combined precisely as in the zeolites It appears that it is as difficult to make a distinction between water of crystallization ahd water of constitution as it is to make one between the former and li3^groscopic water. Amount of Exfoliation. — The amount of exfoliation is quite constant at ten times the original volume. Original thickness. Thickness after exfoliation. Inches. Inches. Eatio, .015 .13 .015 .17 .02 .2 1 : 10 .03 .25 mean 1 : 10 04 .47 I mean 1 : 10.4 .06 .68 / These experiments were made by heating tlie mica on platinum foil over the flame of a Bunsen burner. The heat must be sudden in order to have a large exfoliation (i-. Exp't. k\ Exfoliation takes place in one direction onlj', viz., at right angles to the cleavage. No lateral expansion whatever occurs. When the flame is applied to one side of the mica, that side exfoli^es the most, and causes the exfoliating mineral to curve in the opposite direction. Force of Exfoliation. — It has been found that the force exer- cised during the exfoliation of Philadelphite is enormous. In one experiment a fragment of it while exfoliating lifted more than 50,000 times its own weight. The 'force of exfoliation is governed by a law which is the inverse of that controlling the exfoliation temperature. It may be stated thus : The force of exfoliation increases directly with the rapidit}' of the expulsion of water, and inversel}^ with the volume of the substance. The latter part ot the law follows as a necessaiy consequence of the first part, since the smaller the fragment, the more rapidl}- and completel}' can it be heated. Various experiments were made, and though per- lormed in an extremeh^ rough manner, will give an idea of this force. To find what amount a given Aveight of the mica could lift when exfoliating, iron pound-weights were placed upon the ring of a retort stand and connected with the fragment of mica placed on a support immediately below them. A pencil of chalk or gas IsSO.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 32T carbon resting loosel}' in a perpendicular position between the mica and the centre of the weights connected them so that an^' expansion of the mica would lift the weights from off the ring on which thej^ rested. The blowpipe flame was now directed from one side upon the mica. G, retort stand. b, ring. (', support. d, weight. e, pencil of chalk. /, fragment of mica. In the following table of experiments, the first column repre- sents the weight of the fragment of mica, and the second column, the iron weight which was lifted by the exfoliating mica. Philadelphite. Weight. 15 grains lifted 10 lbs. avoirdupois. 6 i,'. 10 lbs. u 5i ii 10 lbs. u n U 10 lbs. u 2 a 5 lbs. u u u 2 lbs. u 1 u 3 lbs. n 2 3 a 2 lbs. u 1 2 a * 3 lbs. u 1 . 2 u 4 lbs. u readily. In the last experiment the four-pound weight was lifted up and thrown ofl" the ring supporting it ; the weight lifted being 56, Ot 0 times the weight of the mica. A remarkable motive power is here deA'eloped. That it is OAving solely to the escape of the combined water is shown by the tact that if the weights are so arranged that the mica can onlv slightly expand, and, after heating, are removed, the mica will expand no more, or very slightly more, upon further application of heat, the water having been in great part expelled. If the mica is confined under a weight so heavj' that it is impossible for it to o28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. exfoliate, and is suddenl}' heated by the flame, it occasionally explodes with a loud report, throwing off fragments laterally into the air. It may be stated that the exfoliated mineral when powdered, forms a handsome and permanent bronze powder not liable to tarnish, and useful in the arts. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 A Potsdam Sandstone Outcrop on the S. Valley Hill of Chester Valley. — Mr. H. C. Lewis remarked that an occurrence of Potsdam sandstone on the farm of Mr. S. Tyson, near King of Prussia, Montgomery Co., to which Mr. T. D. Rand had directed attention last May, was of considerable interest. A recent examination of the locality with Mr. Rand, had shown that the blocks of sand- stone there found were not, as had been supposed, out of place, but belonged to a narrow outcrop of the sandstone on the South Valley Hill. It had a strike, and apparently a dip, nearly iden- tical with that of the limestone in the valley below. In one place the decomposed rock is quarried for white sand. Pits for iron ore have been sunk in a very ferruginous variet}' of the same rock. The exposure, which can be traced by blocks upon the surface, suddenlj' comes to an end in a ravine, as though by a fault. A tongue of sandstone blocks extends three hundred 3'ards or more down this ravine, towards the valley, in a line at right angles to the line of strike. On the farther side of the ravine, to the east, no sandstone has been found, its place being filled by the usual damourite slate of the South Valley Hill. The blocks of sandstone therefore make an " L," the shorter arm of which extends down the ravine. There is here an interesting example of the work of erosion in carrying down these blocks to a lower level. Whether or not the existence of a fault can be proved, the occurrence of Potsdam sandstone at a new locality on the South Valle}^ Hill is well worth}' of studv. This formation forms the North Valle}^ Hill, but is almost totally absent on the South Valley Hill. It is found here only in a few isolated patches. Its place is supplied by a greenish damourite slate. If, as is sup- posed, the North and South Valley Hills are opposite sides of a synclinal trough which dips beneath the limestone of Chester Vallej', it is curious that the rocks of each hill are so very dis- similar. It is important that each one of the rare exposures of sandstone on the South Valley Hill should be made known, and it is thought that a determination of their relations to the adjoining slates will greatly help to elucidate the geology of that region. 22 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. July 6. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in tlie chair. Eleven persons present. July 13. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Six persons present. July 20. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Ten persons present. July 27- The President, Dr. Ruschenberger. in the chair. Eleven persons present. The death of Constantine Hering, M. D. was announced. Fresh-water Sponges of Fairmount Park.^Mx. Potts reportetl that he had found in a small stream within the limits of the late Centennial grounds, Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, three distinct species of Fresh-water Sponges, one of which appears to be un- described and the others ditfer in important points from the pub- lished descriptions. In anticipation of a more detailed paper describing; these and some other forms which had come under his notice, he said — that one of tliese known as the common green sponge of this neighborhood, resembles the European Hjwngilla Jacusfris in its general appearance and in the shape of its skeleton and dermal spiculae ; but differs in that the seed-like bodies or spherulfe are entirely smooth, showing no incrustation of curved spined spiculae as described in the European species. The second form was first seen as a thin rust-colored incrusta- tion, afterwards discovered to consist of spherulfe forming a continuous layer. Supposing this to be new he had named it provisionally S. Morgiana : but later examinations of the living- sponge had convinced him that it was identical with the N. fragilis of Leidy. The third was found creeping upon and around Aimcharis and Willow roots, matting them together and thus forming loose, ir- regular masses several inches in diameter ; color yellowish, light or dark green, according to exposure to the light. Spherulae, globular, light yellow or brown, rather numerous amongst the 1880,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 roots and spicuke ; covered with long birotulate spicula^ radially arranged ; foramen elongated into a tube flaring at its extremity and dividing into 2 — 5 tapering, slender, curling or twisted tendrils, believed to be as much as half an inch in length. The sareode decomposes early in the season and most of the skeleton spiculte are then washed awa^^ ; but these tendrils hold the mass of spheruUie attached to the roots etc. above mentioned, awaiting the spring germination. For this curious species he suggested the name S. tentasperma or tendril seeded. Dr. M. S. De Bey of Aix-la-Chapelle and Prof. Torquato Taramelli of Pavia were elected correspondents. August 3. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair Sixteen persons present. The death of James Ridings, a member, was announced. Notes on Jarof^ite. — Prof. George A. Konig communicated his Scf»rus carolinensis ; Ground Squirrel, Tamias sfriatus ; Gray Rabbit, Lepus sylvati- cus ; Meadow Mouse, Arvicola riparius ; White-footed Mouse, Hesperomys leucopiis ; Deer, Gervus virginianus: Elk, Gervus canadensis. Arnong the remains, none have been identified as positively pertaining to our domestic animals, unless, perhaps, a pair of specimens are to be referred to this category. The specimens are the complete isolated first and second large molars of a foetal or new-born Horse 1 The collection further contains numerous bird bones, chiefly of the Wild Turkey, Meleagris gallopavo ; some of turtles, the Box Turtle, Gistudo clausa^ the Snapper, Ghelydra serpentina, etc. ; and others of several species of snakes. In the same stratum were also found a number of shells of moliusks, chiefly Helix albolabris, H. alternata, and H. tridentata. Also a valve of Unio complanatus. Of A^egetal remains there were a few small fragments of charcoal, and many seeds, consisting of those of the Dogwood, Gornus iJorida, Pig-nut, Gary a porcina, and Walnut, Juglans nigra. The human remains are of an interesting character. One is a large stone celt of hard brown slate, obtained from the bone earth some distance within the cave. There are five bone awls, several of which exhibit marks of gnawing. Some of these were found in the cave, and others in the outside debris. An implement con- sists of the prong of an antler worked so as to be barbed on one side, and was probably used as a needle for making nets. A small implement of bone, resembles in its present condition a crochet needle such as is iiow employed by ladies in making worsted work. It is much gnawed away on one side, and looks as if it may have been like an ordinary needle with a perforation, and this now rendered incomplete from the gnawing. Another implement is a fish-hook worked out of bone. Such bone implements are among the rarest of human relics in our portion of the countr}' . Another remarkable relic is a cone shell bored through the axis as a bead. The shell is a marine species, Gonus tornatus, found on the western coast of Central America. Its presence among the cave remains, would indicate an extended intercourse among the inhabitants of early times. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 349 The investigation of the interesting collection of remains secured by Mr. Paret, had led Prof. L. to examine a small collection of bones in the Museum of the Academy, which had been presented upwards of thirty years ago, as a sample of many of the same kind discovered in Durham Cave, Bucks Co., Pa. The cave appears to have since been obliterated in the quarrying of lime- stone. At the time of the presentation of the specimens of bones the}' were recognized as pertaining to existing species of animals and were therefore regarded as of little interest, though fortu- nately they have been preserved. Prof. Leidy remarked that these bones Avere of the same charac- ter as those of Hartman's Cave, and he had distinguished among them the followino- : The Black Bear, Ursus americanus : Raccoon, Skunk, Gray Fox, Deer, Moose, Alee americanu>< ; Woodland Reindeer, Bison, Gray Squirrel, Rabbit, Beaver, Muskrat, Porcupine, Woodchuck, Woodrat, Wild Turkey, Box Tortoise, Snapper, Snake, Sturgeon, and Cattish. The examination of these collections show that the exploration of small caves may not only prove of ethnographic value, but serve to give us information relative to the early fauna of the countr}'. Thirty years ago Prof. Baird gave an account of the exploration of some bone caves in this State (Proc. Am. Assoc, II, 1849, 352). He refers to a vast accumulation of remains in one of the caves, and remarks that the number of species of mam- malia found is twice that of present existing species in Pennsyl- vania. It is to be regretted that no further account has yet been given of the species to which the remains belong. Dimorphic Flowers in Hoiistonia. — Mr.Tnos. Meehan remarked that flowers dimorphic in their sexual character were well known. Generalh' there was little difference in the corolla between the short styled or long styled flowers, but in Houstonia cceridea^ L., the long st^'led form was accompampanied by a thick tube, while the tul)e in the short styled form was not more than half the diameter of the other. In this species of Houstonia the anthers were placed on a ledge which was at the base of the tube in the long styled form. In the short styled form the anthers were brought to the mouth of the corolla without any lengthening of filaments, but by the bringing up of this ledge on which the anthers are placed. The position of the anthers at the mouth or at the base of the tube, was in fact decided by the modification of the form of the corolla tube. This had been explained in the first series of " Flowers and Ferns of the United States." In a recent examination of Houstonia serpullifoHa^ Mx., on the top of Roan Mountain in North Carolina, Mr. Meehan found preciselv the same characters in that species. On the same mountain Houstonia purpurea^ L., abounds, and also has a similar sexual dimorphism, but_in]^this case the elevation of the anthers is due 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [1880. to the lengthening of the stamens and the form of the corolla-tube is the same in both sexual forms. The number of plants repre- senting each sexual form is about equal. In a handful of plants gathered at random there were of Houstonia serpyllifolia thirteen with long styles and short stamens, and eleven with short styles and the anthers in the mouth of the tube. Of Houstonia j)urpurea there were thirteen with long styles to fourteen with short ones. An interesting fact in connection with these sexual differences is that the dimorphism seemed to be wholly in the shortening of the style or filaments, and did not seem to effect injuriously the anthers or stigma. Both forms seemed to be equally fertile. In answer to a question by Mr. Redfleld, Mr. Meehan said there did not appear to be any intermediate forms. The stigma or the anthers were either exactly at the throat of the flowers, or exactly at the base. In regai'd to cross fertilization the long styled would be in the best position for receiving pollen from foreign flowers, but the short styled one would more readil}" receive its own. As cross and self-fertilization had an equal advantage he would infer that the dimorphism had little reference to fertilization as a final cause. Gleistogam.y in Oxo.lis Acetosella, L. — Mr. Meehan observed that under the forests of Abies Frazeri^ on Roan Mountain, North Carolina, early in August Oxalis Acetosella was abundantly in flower. In a large number of cases examined he could find no traces of any disposition to produce seed vessels, but pushing out beneath the soil or near the surfece were numbers of cleistogene flowers, from which, in all probability, seeds would be produced in abun- dance. Most plants which produced cleistogene flowers, also produced the usual open corolla bearing flowers at one time or another in the season, and it had been suggested that this bright petalled condition was for the purpose of attracting insects, and thus give the species some chance to escape from the evils which cleis- togamy, or close-breeding is supposed to involve. It is worthy of note that no day insects were noted to visit the flower of the Oxalis blooming in these dark fir forests, though nocturnal ones might supply tlie deficiency. Mr. Meehan remarked, however, that no rule could be deduced from single observations, or obser- vations repeated in the same localities, as the behavior of plants and insects varied with circumstances. The Oxalis might not be cleistogene, might be visited by insects, and the open flowers mioht be fertile elsewhere. He referred in illustration to Amphicarpsea monoica^ Nutt., which near Philadelphia sometimes produced no seeds from the petaliferous flowers, while at other times these flowers were remarkably fertile. Again, all his exam- inations in the locality named had resulted in finding that the 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPiriA. 351 petal-bearing flowers were as perfectly fertilized in the iinexpanded corollas as were tlie cleistogene flowers. But he was prepared to expect different results elsewhere. September 28. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Thirty-four persons present. The following papers wei'e presented for pul)lication in the Journal : " The Parasites of the Termites," liy Jos. Leidy, M. D. " Remarks on Bathygnathus horealis," l)y Jos. Leidy, M. D, October 5. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Thirtj'-two persons pi*esent. The death of James C. Fisher, M. D., a member, was announced. Sexual Variation in Castanea Americana, Michx. — Isaac C. Martindale stated he had recently visited Pitman Grove, Glou- cester Co., New Jersey, in order to examine some chestnut trees growing there, and remarked that it was well known there are but two species of chestnut trees in this country, the chinquapin, Castanea pmnila^ found occasionally in New Jersey, and abund- antly further south, and the common chestnut, Castanea Ameri- cana. The chinquapin attains the height here of ten to tweh'e feet, being a shrub rather than a tree. In Mar3^1and, Virginia and North Carolina, it often reaches four times that height, and be- comes nearly a foot in diameter. It is from those States that most of the chinquapins found in our markets come. The burs contain but a single nut, and it quite small, but as a cluster of five or six together is not unfrequent, nearl^^ as many chinquapins may be found on a branch, as chestnuts on the common chestnut trees. The leaves of the dwarf chestnut, as it is sometimes called, are woolly underneath, even in their mature condition, while on the other they become green on both sides as they reach full size. A peculiar feature in the flowering of the chestnut, namely, that the trees bear two sets of flowers, was pointed out b^^ Thomas Meehan, of the Oardener''s Monthly, a close observer of vegetable growths, more than a year ago. His observations are recorded in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, for the year 1879. It may not be difficult for any one to recall the manner of the infloresence, which consists of the 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. flowers growing on a stem, botanically called a spike, from four to six inches in length, there being from thirty to sixty flowers together. These come from buds in the axils of the first leaves of the season, and are composed entirely of staminate (male) flowers. They are very odorous when in full bloom, and often so abundant as to give the trees a white appearance when seen at a distance. As soon as these flowers fade, which is in a few days, a disarticulation takes place close to the branch, and the spike falls to the ground. About ten days later, a second flowering takes place, these spikes coming from the later axillary buds of the season, and instead of being all staminate as in the first in- stance, at the base of the spike will be found one, sometimes two, rarely more, pistillate (female) flowers. These are fertilized by the staminate flowers that are in blossom at the same time ; the staminate part 0f the spike falls away after flowering, but the pis- tillate part remains attached to the branch, and developes into a bur, containing from two to five or six nuts. What may be the use of the first set of blossoms, has not yet dawned upon the mind of man ; it would seem a great waste of energy to provide for such an abundance without a purpose, but the prodigality of nature is visible in numerous other instances as well. The variety of forms of the nut was greater in the locality re- ferred to than he had ever seen before. One tree was particularly attractive, the shape of the bur being exactly pyriform instead of globular ; its chestnuts, of course, corresponding somewhat in shape, being long and slim. Near the southern line of the tract was found one tree, and afterwards in another part a second tree, which will require special notice. The former was about twenty feet high and six inches in diameter, while the other was at least seventy-five feet in height, and more than two feet in diameter at the base, a very wide spreading and thrifty looking tree. In these, the later blossoms referred to, instead of Ijeing part staminate and part pistillate, have been all pistillate, consequently were succeeded by burs all along the spike, numbering in those counted from flft}- to sixty together, and hanging from the branches like bunches of grapes. Every branch of the tree that bore any at all, had them of this character, so that there were doubtless hundreds if not thousands of them. An important point is here manifested. These flowers being all pistillate, and the staminate ones (the first blossoms re- ferred, to) having fallen, there was nothing to fertilize them, con- sequently they could not attain much size nor develop chestnuts within the bur, except that rarely the first or second nearest the base contained three or four ver^^ small nuts. These nuts, how- ever, were without germs. He had been unable to find any record of such an occurrence in this country before, but Dr. Masters records it as having been noted in France. The superintendent of the grove to whom be- longs the credit of first detecting these trees, could not say rroc. A IN. o. run. luuv u. T.Binclaii- &. S oti, liilh •F^.>■la ia Simia Satyr^us. L. PROC, A. N. S, PHILA,, 1880 PL, XII CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OP ORANGOUTANG. ^ROC, A, N. S, PHILA., 1880, PL, Xlil, .ANATOMY OF ORANGOUTANG, Proc A.N. S. Phil -1880. Plate XIY i^ W\ ,..--^' Sf§:f ^cjWi^'fliiytfWgtf&^j w r- '^.: >> *; T Sinclair* Sonlith.Philada Chapman, Anatomy of Ourang Otan^. PROC. A. N. S, PHILA,. 1880, PL, XV. CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OF ORANGOUTANG, PROC, A, N, S, PHILA., 1880. PL XVI, CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OF ORANG OUTANG, PROC. A, N, S. PHILA,, 1880, PLXV! CHAPMAN, ANATOMY OF OPANO OUTANG, PROC. A, N. S, PHiLA PL XVIII BARBECKON LEMNA, 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 whether in past years they had borne burs in this manner or not. It will be remembered that occasionally in a field of corn the tassel, which is the staminate (innle) flower, has a number of grains of corn intermixed. These grains come from pistillate (female) flowers, occurring among the staminate ones; thus it may be observed that our chestnut tree is not the only instance of deviation from the regular laws of development. It has been aroucd that a want of nutrition will aecoiuit for this and similar instances, but the healthy appearance and vigorous growth of the trees in question is not such that a lack of nutrition can well apply. Mr. Thomas Meehan remarked that he believed instances of the changes of flowers normally of one sex to the otlier, were oc- casionally met with, though he could not refer to many without further thought or investigation, but it occurred to him just then that it Avas not unusual for some normally male spikes in Carex to have female dowers among them. He had himself seen well developed ovariums among the anients of Populus alba, and the case of female flowers among the male catkins of willows, was well known to teratologists. Reference had been made to his papers on sex as influenced by nutrition. His view of sex, as well known, was that in the earlier stages, between the cessation of vegetative growth and reproductive growth, a vegetable cell might be either male or female, and that the power of that cell to assimilate nutrition, involved the question of sex. If a full sup- ply was received, the female form resulted; if limited, the male was produced. In most cases this assimilative power influenced only the branches or cells in the immediate vicinity of the flowers. There might be no difference in the cells of the whole plant in a general way to avail themselves of a full supply of nutrition. He did not know tiiat there was greater vegetative strength in the plant of Maize, which bore some females among the '' tassels '' or males, than there was in the normal plant. There certainl}^ was no difl'erence in the vegetative strength of plants of separate sexes in many classes of plants. But there were instances which proved that the whole individual plant was influenced by laws of nu.rition when the question of sex was involved. The female Hemp, the female Spinage, the female Croton, when the plants were wholly bi-sexual, were cases he could readily call to mind where vegetative vigor favored the whole plant. The common Ambrosia artemisisefolia, which often grows so thickly over cultivated fields as to a;)pear as a regular farm crop, each plant fighting for nutrition with its neighbor, pro- duces almost wholh' male blossoms ; the few females are found at the base of the male spikes. But when we go to the maize or the potato fields, where the plants are few and well fed, we may any 24 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. time find plants which have a great abundance of female flowers, — indeed, sometimes plants which are wholly female. In the case of these chestnuts he would not say it was a want of nutrition which made these normally male flowers become fe- male. That was not his view of the case. On the contrary, it was that better nutritive advantages prevailed to influence the female sex, and these long spikes of chestnut fruit proved the fact rather than interposed an objection. It was a simple and uncontroverted fact that these young chestnuts were being nourished, were imbibing nutrition, wdiile if they had been nor- mal male flowers, they Avould have been dead months ago. It was evident to the senses that nutrition was in the end involved, and w^e only had to consider at what point of early cell life its influence was felt. The old idea would probably be that the question of nutrition followed the " fiat " which made sex, while his views deduced from the numerous facts he had published on the question, were th;it nutrition, in its various phases, was itself the law-maker. As to the greater power behind this, which decreed that this should be the law, ;nid that the law should pro- duce such even divisions in the proportion of the sexes, it was another question. He only claimed that his discoveries had brought us a step nearer to this greater cause. Note. — I have since learned through au old resident in the vicinity, that the large tree has borne such burs for many years, and that it is known throughout the neighborhood as the "he " tree. — I. C. M. OCTOBEK, 12. Tlie President, Dr. RuscHENP.KiKiEU. in tlie cliair, Thirly-five ])ersons i)rv'sent. October 19. Dr. I\. S. Kenderdine in the chair. Twenty-eiglit persons present. The Publiciition Committee reported in favor of pul>lishing the following papers in the Journal of the Academy: — " The Parasites of the Termites," by Jos. Leidy, M. D. " Remarks on Bathygnathus orientalis," by Jos. Leidj-, M. D. 1880.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 355 October 26. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in tlie chair. Nineteen persons present. The deaths of Dr. Chas. H. Budd and of Joshua Lippincott, members, were announced. Samuel R. Kuiglit, M. D., and Rev. Wm. F. C. Morsell were elected members. November 2. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Twentj^-four persons present. Rain Trees. Note on Yucca gloriosa.—'Mv. Thomas Meehan referred .to a branch of Yucca gloriosa.^ exhibited a few evenings ago, taken from a plant growing in his garden, and which had flowered during September, the usual period for blooming near Philadelphia. Walldng through his garden with Mr. Isaac C. Martindale, the latter had called his attention to moisture which covered the whole outer surface of the flowers, and collected in drops at the drooping apices of each leaf of the perianth. The plant was within, a few days' of going wholl}' out of bloom, but during these few daj's the exhibition of moisture continued, and the appearance of the leaves beneath showed that the dropping of liquid had been going on for some time, and perhaps during the whole flowering season. There was no perceptible sweetness in the liquid, but the presence of ants indicated that it might possi- bly have a slightly saccharine character, though not sensible to the human tongue. It was diflicult to decide whether this liquid was an exudation from the leaves of the perianth or Avas simply an exercise of the power of condensing moisture in the atmo- sphere which some plants possessed, notal)ly the Pithecdohium Saman, Benth., famous as the " Rain-tree " of Peru, which watered its own roots by the moisture condensed from the atmosphere, thus en!d)ling the tree to live in almost rainless regions, if the reports of travelers are to be fidly credited. He hoi)ed to make further oliscrvatious on the Yucca another year. November 9. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Twenty-four persons i)resent. The resijTuation of Mr. Geo. Vaux as a member of Council was "read and accepted. 356 proceedings op the academy of [1880. November 16. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Fortj^-two persons present. The death of Alexander Wilcocks, M. D., a member, was an- nounced. The following was unanimously adopted : Resolved — That the thanks of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia be presented to Mrs. Isaac Hays for Waugh's excellent portrait of the late President, Isaac Hays, M. D., whose labors and influence during more than sixty 3'ears contributed largely to promote the interests of the society. Dioscism in Andromeda Cateshsei, Walter. — Mr. Thos. Meehan remarked that in 1861 he had reported to the Academy the dittjcism of Epigaea^ and he believed this had stood so far the only case of unisexualit}^ reported in the whole of the large order Kricacepe. He said he had now to add another in Andromeda Gatesbsei of Walter, of which he exhibited specimens gathered last year on the Catawba River, in North Carolina. In the course of mau}'^ days' journeyings he had the opportunit}' of examining num- erous plants in many different districts, and they were all either wholly sterile or wholly fertile in separate plants, as in the speci- mens exhibited. Occasionally, as often seen in dioecious plants, a few capsules would be found on the sterile plants, but he could not say whether the seeds in them were perfect. Mr. Redfield inquired whether Mr. Meehan had examined the flowers, and found intermediate stages of development in the sexual organs ? Mr. Meehan replied, that the plants were out of flower when observed ; that it was the abundant fertility in some plants, and absolute sterility in others that had attracted his attention. From the remains of the few faded flowers he could And on the plants the stamens appeared perfect on the staminate plant, with no trace of pistil or ovarium, while in the fertile plants no trace of stamens could be found about the remains, though it is probable from analogy in Epigfiea^ these organs in the fresh flowers would be found to exist in a rudimentary state. On Fresh-water Sponges. — Mr. Potts, continuing the subject of American forms of fresh-water sponges treated of some weeks ago, said that the number of species noticed during the few months in which they had claimed his attention gave some reason to believe that the Order Spongida has many more representatives in our fresh waters than has been generally supposed. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 On a former occasion he had described three species of Sp07ig- illa from a small stream near Philadelphia, one of which, then named S. tentaaperma, but which he now preferred to call S. tenosperma, exhibited features so exceptional as almost to claim for it generic distinction. He had since found the S. frag His of Leidy plentifuU}' in the Schuylkill river below the dam, ( Leidy 's original localit}'), and above the dam a lacustrine form differing from that before alluded to. A very slender green species creeping along stems of sphag- num, etc., had been received from a swamp near Absecom, N. J. As it appeared to be entirelj' withoiit spined spicule of either class, he proposed for it the name S. aspinosa. From the Adirondack lakes a beautiful species, believed to be identical with S. stag)ialis, Dawson, had been received through the kindness of Prof. H. Allen. Another lacustrine form which yet is not ([uite S. lacustris, was brought from the lake near Cats- kill Mountain House by Professors Cope and Hunt. Its status has not been fully determined. From the cellar of an okl ruin at Lehigh Gap, Pennsylvania, he had obtained four species, all of which appeared to be new. These were all thin, creeping or encrusting sponges, three of them of the birotulate tj'pe, briefly described as follows : S, argyrosperma — seed body or sphreruhv, large, silver-white, densel}^ covered with radial spicule, the shafts of which are long, stout, with numerous long spines, straight or curved ; the rotulae at each end being replaced by 1-4 strong recurved hooks. S. repens — found creeping over the stems and leaves of Pota- mogeton ; sphjerula^ also closely covered with spicuLne, shorter and more slender than those of the preceding species ; their shafts nearly smooth, the ra3^s of the rotulfe, six, eight or more, uniformly incurved like the ribs of an umbrella. S. astrosperma — the sphairuhv haA'e the appearance of being much smaller than in either of the former species, which is probably due to the fact that the birotulate spicule surrounding the real cap^ sules are very short ; the length of the shaft being less than the diameter of the rays. Thej' are rather sparsely scattered over the surface of the nearl}' transparent sphere, suggesting the name star-seeded. The remaining form is considered a variety of 8. fragilis, and called minuta ; sph.erula' much smaller than in the type species, the dermal and superincumbent spicule terminated by sharp points, while in the other they are universally truncate or rounded. A more particular description with measurements, etc., is in- tended. Mr. Ezra T. Cresson was elected a member of Council, to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of Mr. Geo. Vaux. 358 proceedings of the academy of [1880. November 23. The President, Dr. Rusciienberger, in the chair. Thirty members present. November 30. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Thirty-six persons present. Note on the Seed-vessels of Wistaria — Mr. Thomas Meehan remarked tliat most persons knew that special temperatures were required to insure the germination of various seeds. The com- mon chickweed germinated at a little above freezing point, while one of TO'-' was required by most palms. Heat and moisture had also a varying influence on the openijig of seed-vessels, some requiring more or less than othei-s. He exhibited some seed- vessels of Wistaria si7ie7isis and Wistaria fri(tescens, to illustrate the point. A box, four inches deep, with some seed-vessels of Chinese Wistaria was placed on a shelf in a cool room. A fire hap- pened to be made in the room and kept up all night, and the next morning the capsules had burst, and scattered the seeds and open vessels about the room. So great was the force of the expansion that some seeds were projected ten feet from the box. One large seed-vessel had been lifted before opening by one or more beneath, over the four-inch side of the box, and had fallen on the ground at least two feet away from the box in a horizontal line. The few that had been thrown on to the floor by the explosion of their companions did not open, owing to the difference in the tempera- ture of the floor from that of the shelf. Five seed-vessels of each of the two species were then placed together on the shelf, where the temperature of the atmosphere was about 45°. After four days they were examined. The American species had all opened, but without expelling the seeds, which were still attached to the car- pel; but those of the Chinese Wistaria were still unopened. The Chinese Wistaria required a much higher temperature to open the capsules than the American, though it might be that hygrometri- cal conditions would vary the exact degree required. Mr. Martindale observed that the seed-vessels of the Chinese Wistaria were much more indurated and rigid than the American species, and required more force to open them. He had noted that such hard seed-vessels always exerted a greater projectile power when opening. C. S. Turnbull, M. D., and J. M. Anders, M. D., were elected members. 1880.j natural sciences op philadelphia. 359 December T. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in tlie cliair. Twenty-three persons present. December 14. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Thirt\-two persons present. A paper entitled " On some Lower Eocene Mollusca from Clarke Co., Alabama, with some points as to the stratigraphical position of the beds containing them," by Angelo Heilprin. was presented for pnblication. The Phalanges of Bats. — Dr. Allen, in reviewing the manner after whicli tlie phalanges in mammalia are enumerated, spoke of the propriety of inelmling the terminal eart'laginous tip to the fingers, present in many bits, in the series of phalanges. Authors do not hesitate in namino- the terminal cartilaue to the second finger in Rhinopoma a phalanx, nor should they, Dr. Allen held, hesitate in so including the terminal segments in other genera. It is interesting to observe that in 3Iolossus perotis the terminal joint in tlie second finger is bony, and anchylosed to the first phalanx. If this plan of numbering the phalanges in bats be accepted, from one to three joints are present in all the fingers. The position taken by recent writers that the Phyllostomidte are distinguished from other families by the presence of the third phalanx to the third finger cannot be sustained, since this phalanx can be counted in other families, the terminal joint, however, re- maining in them cartilaginous. December 21. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Ten persons present. Note on a new Northern Gutting Ant. Atta sep!entrionalis. — Dr. McCooK remarked that he had the pleasure of announcing an interesting discovery of a species of cutting ant upon the eastern central coast of the State of New Jersey. The dis- covery was made by Rev. George K. Morris at a new watering place called Island Heights, which is located upon a swelling bluft' on the northern bank of Tom's River, near its mouth, three miles from the Atlantic Ocean, in about Lat. 40° N. 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Mr. Monis, who has been much interested in noting the habits of ants, observed this species carrying the needle-like leaves of the pine into their nests, and thereupon followed tlieir behavior until he found it to be quite like that of the cutting ant of Texas, Atia ferveus. Dr. McCook having been informed of the above discover^-, made a journey to Island Heights in the early part of September, 1^80. Unfortunately a severe eastern storm set in before the train reached Tom's River, and con- tinued during his stay with such rigor as utterly to preclude observation of the out-door behavior of the ants. However, b}^ woiking in the storm, protected by rubber garments and a temporary shelter, he was able to make a study of the internal architecture of a nest. The opening from the surface appeared to be a single narrow tubular galler}', X, of about two inches in length, which pene- trated the ground at an angle of near 45°, and entered a spherical chamber, V — a sort of vestibule — about Ij inches in diameter. Within this a few ants were found, nothing more. This vestibule communicated hy a short gallery, Y, with a second chamber or cell, 0, having generally a spheri- cal shape, but more irregu- lar in outline than the ves- tibule. It was about 3 in. in diameter. Within this were several small masses of an ashen-gray, fibrous pulp or papery material, closely resembling that found b}' him in the large cells or caves of the Texas cutting ant.^ This was evidently the leaf-paper formed by the manduca- tion of the pine leaves. It was exceedingly fragile, even more so than the leaf-paper of the Texas Atta,and could not be kept together in the original mass for examination. It appeared, however, to be without the decided cellu- lar arrangement first ob- served b}^ him in the leaf- paper of the Texas ant, whose '• combs " — the analogue of those of other hymenopters, as 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1879, p. 37. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 the bee and wasp — were composed of irregular hexagonal cells of various sizes. None of these leaf-paper masses exceeded an inch in height ; they lay upon the floor of the cave, C, or were upheld by the fila- mentous rootlets which penetrated within the liollow, or, more properly speaking, around which the cave had been formed. In this respect also the habit of the northern ant resembles that of the southern. Although, as said, the out-door beliavior of the ant could not be observed Ijy Mr. McCook, the insects iiaving all been driven in-doors by the storm, these were observed to some extent by Mr. Morris, the discoverer, during the summer. Mrs. Mary TVeat also visited the Heiglits and noted the same. From verbal reports received from these persons the analogy between the two insects, in respect of gathering and tiansporting leaves, appears to be quite close. There are many i)oints, however, which remain to be determined accurately, which it is to be hoped will be done next summer. The following account was communicated to the speaker by Mr. Morris, and is incorporated, by his permission, in this note : — " In answer to your questions I would say, when first observed, there were two columns, one going each way, and moving ver3' deliberately. If alarmed by any rudeness on my part, they sought safety by remaining perfectly motionless for some time, making- it difficult to find them, as they are nearly the color of the dry leaves. " Those in the column going homeward were carrying little pieces of the pine needle or leaf, cut from seedling plants about 2 inches high and upwards. In some instances the piece of leaf was not as lono; as the ant itself, but in others it was longer than the bearer. The appearance presented by the cohunn was very singu- lar, for instead of carrying their burdens as other ants do, so far as I have observed, they bore the load on the head, resting in a saddle-like, V-shaped space between ridges on the head, running from the base of the mandible on each side to tne top of the liead. One end was held firmly by the mandibles. T'he eftect at a little distance was to give them a ' shoulder arms ' appearance. " Tracing the column back, I readily found tlieir foraging ground a few feet from the formicary. There were the remains of several seedling pines which had been strip])ed and cut doAvn nearly to the ground. Some ants were at work on the only one left stand- ing, and I enjoj'cd the pleasure of witnessing their operations. There la}' on the ground a few pieces, which were picked up, as I watched, and carried awa}'. On the plant there were two at work cutting. Climbing out on a leaf to a position near tlie end, the ant applied her mandibles, and moved around as she cut, until the piece was severed, when she repeated the process, in most cases allowing the severed pieces to fall. One cutter held on to her last 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. cutting, backed down with it, and started off home. In no in- stance have I ever found one of these ants carrying a load of any kind in an^' other way than as described above. Your account of tlie Texas ant would answer as well for this. " The little leaf-cutters at Island Heights have no mounds at the entrance to their formicaries. I found many nests, but none with a mound. The sand pellets in every case where I found ants at work were carried off several inches distant on every side and scattered, as if for secrecy. The ants' movements were exceed- ingly deliberate, always. Some seemed overloaded and rested often, but never laid down their load. " A.11 the colonies were comparatively small. I was imable tO' find any indication that the}^ were connected one with another. •' There is not, so far as my observations go, any elaborate open- ing and closing of gates, such as you describe, but in wet weather I usually found a leaf over the entrance to their nest. " The architecture of their caves is a miniature copy of that of 3'our Texas cutting ant. " I found them cutting only the pine leaf and the leaf of a small shrub called Cow Wheat (Melantpi/rinn omerU aiiuin). Of this plant the^' took the petals also. They carried the dry curled leaf as well as the green and freshly cut. " They also carry and incorporate into the nest material the drop- pings of certain larva> that feed on oak leaves." Mr. Morris observed at the same place a second and larger form of leaf-cutting ant, which he thinks to be a distinct species ; but. as he was not able to point out any of the nests to Mr. McCook and has not yet made thorough examination, this point remains, to be solved. The ant whose economy is described above closel}"^ resembles the famous Aftafei^cens of our southern regions, having the same leaf-brown color and the same characteristic spines. It is distin- guished by a black longitudinal baud along the median dorsal part of the abdomen, and by a similar band along the middle part of the fjxce, marking the furrow formed by two ridges, the prolongation (apparently) of the antennal ridges to the vertex of the caput. A double row of spines extends along the entire tho- rax and nodes, expanding at the prothorax into about four. Two- castes of workers were found, appearing to be the workers major and minor, in length respectively 4 and 3 millimetres, or about one-sixth and one-eighth of an inch. The species appears to be new, and Dr. McCook at least ventured conditionally to name it the Northern Cutting Ant — Atta septentrionalis. The discover}^ at so northern a point of this species, with habits quite identical with those of tropical congeners, seemed to the speaker to be a remarkably interesting fact in the distribution of our ant fauna. He was at once impressed by the striking contrast be- tween the vast myriads of workers, the extensive excavations, and the formidable and vigorous activities of the Texas colonies^ 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363^ and the small numbers, slight excavations and apparently slug- gish movements of their northern allies. And he could not for- bear the thought that these New Jersey communities of Atta septentj'ionalis seemed like the feeble remnant of a vigorous race left or thrust by some untowai'd change upon unfavorable sites, which must work toward their extinction. December 28. The President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the chair. Eighty persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — •364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. ON SOME NEW LOWER EOCENE MOLLUSCA FROM CLARKE CO. ALABAMA, WITH SOME POINTS AS TO THE STRilTIGRAPHICAL POSITION OF THE BEDS CONTAINING THEM. BY ANGELO HEILPRIN. The following species of fossil mollusca, for which I am indebted to Dr. Eugene A. Smith. State Geologist of Alabama, were ob- tained from sections exposed in that State on Knight's Branch and Cave Branch, tributaries of Bashia Creek (Clarke Co.), and from Wood's Bluff on the Tombigbee River, near the mouth of Bashia Creek, and some twenty-eight miles north of St. Stephen's. They occur in probably the oldest marine tertiary deposits of the State, and occupy a horizon nearly parallel with that which is characterized by the fossils of Upper Marlborough and Piscata- w^ay River, Marjdand, and Pamunkey RiA'er, Virginia. The follow- ing enumeration of fossils from the three localities first named, will best illustrate the pala^ontological relations of the beds containing them toward each other, and to the various Eocene deposits of the Atlantic and Gulf slopes : Fossils from Knight's Branch. Astarte tellinoides, Conr. ( Va?'. A. sulcata, Lea.) Cytherea, perovata, Conr. Cytherea NnttaUiopsis, Heilpr. sp nov. ?• Cardita alticoda {Blandinyi)^ Conr. Gorbula rugosa, Lam. (C. oniscus, Conr; va?: C. gihbosa^ Lea.) Ancillaria (Ancillopsis) subglobosa, Conr. Natica settles, Conr. TurbineMa {Ga^Hcella) Bandoni, Deshayes, sp. {Valuta Bandoni, Desh.) Lsevibuccinum lineafum, Heilpr. sp. nov. Rostellaria (Calyptrophorus) trinodifera, Conr. Solarium cupjola, Heilpr. sp. nov. Fusus inter striaius, Heilpr. sp. nov. Fusus sub-tennis, Heilpr. sp. nov. Fusus (Strepsidura) subscalarinus, Heilpr. sp. nov. Tornatella {TornatelWa) bella, Conr. Ostrea. Cylicosmilia. i 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. SQb' Fossils from Cave Branch. Dentalium micro-dria , Heilpr. sp. nov. Natica fetifes, Conr. Natica Mississippien sis^ Conr. Pyrula muUangulata, Heilpr. sp. nov. Pyrula iricoxtata. Desh. TurriteUa carinata, Lea. Solarium cupola^ Heilpr. sp. nov. ? Pleurotoma acuminata^ Sowerby. Pleurotoma moniliala, Heilpr. sp. nov. Ga^ddaria (fragment). Closely allied to C carinata, Lam. Voluta (Afhleta) Tuomeyi. Conr. Fusus pagodiformis^ Heilpr. Fusus interstriafui^^ Heilpr. sp. nov. Fusus subfenuis. Heilpr. sp. nov. Fusics iStrepstdura) suhscalariuus, Heilpr. sp. nov. Leda protexfa, Conr. Cardium {Protocardia). Young of G. McoUetif Conr. Ostrea (same species as from Knight's Bi'anch). Fossils from Wood's Blurt". Dentalium micro-stria, Heilpr. sp. nov. Natica limnla, Conr. Pyrula midtangulata. Heilpr. sp. nov. TurriteUa carinata, Lea. Solarium cupola^ Heilpr. sp. nov. Solarium deljjhinuloides, Heilpr. sp. nov. Gancellaria evulsa, Brauder, sp. ( G. tortiplica ? Conr.) Pleurotoma ( Gochlespira ) cristata^ Conr. Pleurotoma^ n. sp. AnciUaria (Ancillopsis') suhglobosa^ Conr. Pseudoliva vetusta, Conr. Pseudoliva scalina, Heilpr. sp. nov. Voluta (Athleta) Tuomeyi^ Conr. Fusus pagodiformis, Heilpr. ? Fusus (Levifusus) trabeatus^Coui: Fusus inter st rial us ^ Heilpr. sp. nov. Fusus. n. sp. ? Gardita alticosta {Blanditigi), Conr. . Leda protexfa, Conr. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Pecten Foulsoni, Morton. Ostrea (species difterent from that of Knight's Branch and Cave Branch.) From an examination of the above tables it will be seen that a fair proi)ortion of the fossils from Knight's and Cave Branches are held in common by both deposits, and therefore there can be no reasonable doubt that they represent about equivalent horizons. Of the hitherto undescribed forms Gytherea Nuttalliojysia and Lsevi- huccinum lineatuvi appear to have been obtained only at the former, and Pleurotoma moniliata at the latter locality, although it is highly probable that further investigation will reveal their mutual presence in both localities. The described American forms are mainly those occurring at various heights on the Claiborne exposure. A comparison of these forms with those obtained by Tuomey ( First Biennial Report of the Geology of Alabama, p. 146) from the Basliia Creek sections near Choctaw Corner, shows the two groups to be of a contemporaneous age, for from bed No. 2 of that section Prof Tuomej^ obtained (among others) species of " Ostrea., Gytherea, Cardita^ Cardiuin, BosteUaria, Actseon. Vohita, Infundibulum, and' Solarium,^'' wliich appear to have been identical with the species obtained by Dr. Smith from the two localities above mentioned.' 1 The siiecies enumerated by Tuomey are Ostrea coinpressirostra, Cardita planicostd, Rostelhtrla vcluta, ArtiEon po)/nHii.s, Vol nUi Say ana? Cardium Nicollctl, undinfundibulfuii trochiforinis. The specimens aj^pear to have been submitted to Mr. Conrad, who considered the determinations of Tuomey as, at least in part, imperfect, and substituted the following specific names {Am, JoxLrri. Science, new series, xl, p. 266) : Ostrea CaroUnensis (species from the Santee Canal, South Carolina), Volutilithes [Athleta] Tuomeyi (de- scribed by Conrad [Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vi, p. 449] in 185iJ from Bashia C!reek), and Protoairdiu Virginiana ? The following remark in pencil occurs in the volume of Toumey's Reports, contained in the library of the Academy : "All doubtful except VenericAirdia planicosta. T. A. Conrad." Tuomey's Rostellaria tetata and Acta'on pomilivs were in all ■pvdhahiWtY Ixostellaria trinodif era and Tornntella, bella, wliich would better agree with the descriptions of obviously the same fossils as given in Hale's report (C. S. Hale : The Geology of South Alabama, Am. Journ, Science, new series, vi, p. 355). 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. SECTION ON BASHIA CREEK. 367 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hard Limestone. 4 feet. Marl, highly fossiliferous. 35 feet. Blue Sand. Variable. Lignite and Clay. 6 feet. Laminated Clay, Sand and Mud. Thickness undetermined. Lignite. Thickness undetermined. (Tuomey : First Biennial Report, p. 145.) Note.— Beds 5 and 6 do not properly belong to the section, but "repre- sent beds seen on another part of the stream below the preceding." (Loc. cit. p. 146.) The fossils from Wood's Bluff, some 15 miles W. of Choctaw Corner, were obtained by Dr. Smith from a bed of indurated jrreen sand rising about 10-15 feet above water line, which bed may possibly represent the lowermost portion of bed No. 2 of the Bashia- section. Some support is given to this view by the cir- cumstance that at this point— Wood's Bluff — the basal lignite (which in the above named section has a thickness of G feet) has disappeared, and more especiall}' (at least, as showing it to possess a distinctive character) by the general fades of the representative molluscous fauna. Although there exists a close similarity be- tween the general assemblage of its fossils and those of the two *' Branches " of Bashia Creek, yet the numljer of peculiar forms is considerably greater, and consequently the aggregate i)ossesses a much more decided iudividualitj' than obtains with either of the de- posits in question. Moreover, I am informed b}' Dr. Smith that the fossil fauna of Knight's and Cave Branches corresponds most closely with that of btid No. 4 ' of the Wood's Bluff section, an aluminous deposit about :21-26 feet above water le^-el, and con- taining species of Denfalium, TornateUa^ Solarium, Turritella, and Boi^lellaria identical with forms from the two first named localities. The disappearance of tlie basal lignites at Wood's ^ Section as yet unpublished, but communicated by letter to the author. 868 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Bluff may be accounted for on the supposition that they have dipped under, whicii would be in harmony with what we know concerning the dip of the beds in this region. This is but locally or at best, but partially indicated in Tuomey's reports, but judg- ing from the contour lines of the cretaceous formation on the general maps appended to the first and second Reports, and from the north and south sections on the map of 1849, as well as from the facts obtained in Mississippi, it must be in a direction west of the southern line, or in other words, S. by W. Dr. Smith has found the loss by dip in a southerly direction on the Tombigbee River to be about 10 feet to the mile, which accords well with . Hilgard's observations on the Upper Eocene and Oligocene forma- tions of Mississippi.^ From pala?ontological evidence alone the three exposures in question might readily be taken to represent rather an Upper than a Lower Eocene horizon, for in addition to the species typical of the American Middle Eocene, or Claiborne group proper ( Calca- reous Claiborne of Hilgard), and to the new or undescribed forms, we have the following which have not been hitherto recognized as belonging to the formation, and which, on the contrary, were originally described (at least the majority of them) from deposits of newer date. Caricella (Voluta) Bandoni, Deshaye?, sp. {Aniiiian.ic s. Vert'br., lidnKin de P■]>. PI. 20, lig 12. Shell l)iiccinifonn, of about seven volutions ; the whorls rouglily l)licated ; the folds on the bod}' whorl apjiearing as shoulder no- dules; dentiferous sulcus well pronounced, followed by about five impressed revolving lines, which slightlj' crenulate the margin of the outer lip ; revolving lines on the Ijodj'-whorl above the sulcus almost obsolete ; aperture slightly exceeding the spire in length ; columella callous ; suture deeply channeled. Length, H inch. Wood's Blutf, Clarke Co., Ala. L.EVIBUCCINUM, Ouna . (Amer. Jour. Couchol., i, p. 21. Genus uot characterized.) Shell having the general form of Metula, H. & A. Adams, but destitute of all traces of a jiosterior canal ; aperture between bucci- niform and fusiform, about the length of the spire. This, genus is distinct from Bucciy^anops of d'Orbigny, under which the Buc- cinnm (Laevibuccinum) prorsum^ Conr., is erroneously classed in the Pi'odrome de Paleontoloc/ie , ii, p. 369. Laevibuccinum lineatum, n. s] . PI. 2i', fig. 5. Shell fusiform, of about seven convex volutions, which are throughout their whole extent covered by fine, but distinct, re- volving lines ; aperture slightl}^ exceeding the spire in length, sub-canaliculate anteriorly; columella gently arcuate; outer lip striate within. Length, 1 inch. Knight's Branch, Clarke Co., Ala. This species mainly ditters from the L. prorsum, Conr., in having the revolving lines equally distinct over the entire surface of the whorls. The Murex {Fusus et Buccinum auct.) mitree- f or mis of Brocchi, from the Oligocene and Miocene deposits of France, Austria, and Ital}', is a closely related species. FUSUS, Lamarck. Fusus subtenuis, n. .'^p. PI. 20, fig. 4. Shell fusiform, of about seven sub-angular volutions ; whorls ornamented with somewhat obscure longitudinal folds, about twelve on the body-whorl, which are cut by several prominent revolvinof ridges commencing at the shoulder angulation ; shoulder of the whorls more or less smooth, with an obscure median revolving line, and a prominent sub-sutural one ; aperture about the length of the 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. spire, or slightlj- exceeding it, tlie canal gently curved, moderately contracted, and somewhat expanding at the extremity ; outer lip thin, and showing internally the external ornamentation ; base with numerous revolving lines, which alternate in coarseness. Length, 1^ inch. Kniglit's Branch ; Cave Branch, Clarke Co., Alabama. Fusus interstriatus, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 11. Shell fusiform, slender, composed of about ten convex volutions, the first three of which are smooth ; whorls ornamented with both longitudinal plications and revolving lines, the last of which (about eight in the upper whorls) alternate with finer intermediate stride ; the longitudinal plications distinct on the earlier whorls, but becoming much less so on the body-whorl, and the one preceding ; aperture about the length of spire ; the canal somewhat tortuous ; outer lip thin, dentate within. Length, 2 inches. Knight's Branch ; Cave 'Branch, Clarke Co., Alabama. Subgenus HEMIFUSUS? Fusus (Hemifusus T) engonatus, n. sp. PI. 20, lig. 8. Shell turreted, of about ten volutions, the first three whorls smooth and convex, the remainder strongly carinated, and tra- versed by numerous fine revolving lines, which on the median portion of the body -whorl alternate with intermediate finer stride ; body-whorl impressed immediately below the carination (shoulder angulation) ; lines of growth sinuous, and approximating the characteristic lines of the Pleurotomidae ; aperture considerably exceeding the spire in length; columella slightly arcuate, and presenting a rudimentary fold at a))out its central portion. Length, 1^ inch. Wood's Bluff; Clarke Co., Ala. This species resembles the Fusus bifascialus of Deshayes {Animaux sans Vertebres, Bassin de Paris, II, pi. 84, figs. 15 and 16) from the Paris basin, but may be readily distinguished from that species by its more slender form. Subgenus STREPSIDURA, Swaiuson. Fusus (Strepsidura) subscalarinus, n. sp. Pi. 20, fig. 7. Shell somewhat bucciniform, whorls about eight, sub-angular, the first three or four smooth, the remainder ornamented with both longitudinal costae and revolving striae, the latter showing a 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 tendenc\^ to alternate in size ; the costte are arcuate, not in a regular continuous series, those on the body-whorl extending considerably below the middle of the whorl ; aperture about the length of spire, the canal somewhat reflected ; columella covered with a callous deposit, considerably twisted ; outer lip dentate within. Length. 1 inch. Knight's Branch; Cave Branch, Clarke Co., Alabama. This species greatly resembles the Fusus scalarinus of Deshayes (Goquilles Fossiles, II, p. 574, PI. LXXIII, figs. 21 and 2S), but may be distinguished by the lesser prominence of its costse, and b}^ the presence of well defined striae over the entire surface of the whorls. In this last respect, as well as in the subangulated form of the whorls, it also differs from the Fusus acalariformis, Nyst (CoquiUes et Poh/piers Fossiks, p. 504, PI. XL, figs. 5a, 6), from Lethen, Belgium. TURBINELLA, Lamarck. Subgenus CARICELLA, r^onrad, Turbinella (Caricelia) Bandoni, Desha}'ps, sp. PI. 20, fig. 15. The large species of Caricelia from Knight's Branch agrees sa closely with the figures of Volata B a ndoni^ J) esh. (Animaux sans Vertebres, Bassin de Paris, II, pi. 102, figs. 13 and 14), from the Paris basin, that I do not feel justified in considering it a distinct species. The American form ajipears to have been somewhat more elevated, but this is probabl}^ no more than a varietal cir- cumstance. Length, 4 inclies. Knight's Branch, Clarke Co., Ala. PLEUROTOMA. Pleurotoma moniliata, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 9. Shell fusiform, elevated, of about eight volutions, the whorls considerably contracted above the shoulder ; whorls ornamented with a double series of nodes, the lower much the most strongly developed, which giA^es to the upper portion of the spire a monili- form appearance ; surface of entire shell traversed by fine revolving lines, which become more distant, very prominent, and alternate on the median portion of the body-whorl ; aperture about the length of spire ; the relative position of the upper and lower nodes corresponds to the sinuous lines of growth. Length, 1 inch. Cave Branch, Clarke Co., Ala. 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Pleurotoma acuminata T Powerby. PI. 20, fig. 10. (Minei-al Conchology, II, p. 10"'.) Shell fusiform, acuminate, of about nine volutions ; whorls flat- tened, longitudinally plicated and traversed by fine revolving lines, which become crowded on the concave upper portion of the whorls, and alternate on the basal portion of the body-whorl ; suture bor- dered inferiorly by an elevated line, which is somewhat crenulated by the sinuous lines of growth ; aperture less than one-half the length of shell. Length, 1 inch. Cave Branch, Clarke Co., Ala. This Pleurotoma corresponds ver}- closely with the descriptions and figures of P. acuminata as given by Sowerb}^ in the " Mineral Conchology," and by Edwards in his monograph of the English Eocene mollusca ( Palfeontographical Society'- Reports, 1854, p. 230, pi. xxvii, figs. 3a, 6, c, d), and will probably prove, on direct comparison, to be referable to that species. PYRULA, Lamarck. [Ficula, Swainson. ) Pyrula multangulata, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 2. « Shell elongated, sub-claviform ; apex of spire obtuse, consist- ing of three smooth volutions ; whorls about seven, covered with revolving stria?, which are very fine on the upper portion and shoulder of the body -whorl, but less so and attenuate on the basal portion ; body-whorl occupying about three-fourths of the entire shell, marked b}^ two prominent and one lesser carinse, and a sino-le row of crenulations on the shoulder angulation ; the fourth whorl (the first one bearing ornamentation) appears cancellated ; columella curved. Length. 1 inch. CaA^e Branch; Wood's Bluft', Clarke Co., Ala. Pyrula tricostata, Deshaye?. PI. 20, fig. 6. (Coquilles Fossiles, ii, p. 584, Atlas, PI. 79, figs. 10 and 11.) Although I have no specimen of Pyrula tricostata for direct comparison, I have, nevertheless, but very little hesitation in referring the Alabama form above figured to the same species, as it agrees in all essential respects with the figures and descriptions of that form as given by Deshayes in the Coquilles Fossiles. Three unnamed specimens of a Pyrula in the Academy collection from Dax, France, which I believe to be the P. clava (Oligocene?) of Basterot, somewhat resemble the Alabama species, but are 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 •comparatively much move robust, and have the costal nodes and revolving stria? considerably' more developed. SOLARIUM, Lamarck. Solarium cupola, n. sp. PI. 20, fig. 14. Shell convexlA-^ conical, moiuid-like, of about five volutions ; whorls ornamented with alternating coarse and very fine concen- tric lines, and appearing double from a medial impression (the shell apparently- of twice the number of volutions that it actually possesses) ; base similarly ornamented as the upper surface, con- vex, and strongly margined by the prolongation inferiorly of the outer wall ; umbilical margin finely crenulated, the umbilicus broadly open, and exhibiting the concentrically striated internal volutions of the apex ; aperture rhomboidal. Length, | inch ; diameter, 1;^ inch. Cave Branch ; Knight's Branch ; Wood's Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala. Solarium delphinuloides, n. pp. PI. 20, fig. 13. Shell convexly conical, of about seven volutions ; the whorls ornamented with several beaded revolving lines, two or more of which near the upper margin, and one near the basal margin being the most prominently defined; base convex, sub-marginall}' chan- neled, and ornamented with numerous finely beaded revolving lines, which become most prominent in the umbilical region; um- bilical volutions distinct to the apex, transverseh' striated, super- medially carinated ; umbilical margin crenulated ; aperture sub- circular. Length, ^ inch ; diameter, f inch. Wood's Bluft\ Clarke Co., Ala. DENTALIUM, L. Dentalium micro-stria, n. sp. PI 20, fig. 3. Shell slender, considerably curved and greatly attenuated, faintly striated, the stritB most conspicuous on the attenuated portion ; posterior aperture entire, there being no fissure ; anterior aperture circular. Length, 1| to 2 inches. Cave Branch ; Wood's Blufi", Clarke Co., Ala. fusus pagodiformis (Plriiroinma .' pagodi, Heilpr., Proceedings of the U. S. Nii- tional Museuiu, 1880), si.ecific name / • 1 xxxx, Masseter muscle. The muscles in Ptcropme bats resemble those in the American leaf-nosed forms. The superficial fibres are confined to the anterior third or half of the temporal fossa as seen in Pteropus medms, Epomophorus and Cyonycteris amplexicaudata. The supra- zygomatic slip is relatively smaller than in the Phjdlostomidae. In 3Iegaderma frons and Phyllorhina bidens the paints bear a general resemblance to the above group. The supra-zygomatic slip is absent in the latter species. In 3I0I0SSUS the superficial fibres are enormousl}' developed, they entirely cover the deep, and arise from a continuous osseous sur- face at the vertex which, being broad anteriorly , narrows gradually toward the occiput. The fibres arising from the vertex-crest, when such is present, are those belonging to the superficial set. The supra-zygomatic slip is present. A similar arrangement is seen in Noctilio^ in which form the main mass of fibres possess an un- usually deep set central tendon, and the superficial layer extends backward along the line of the vertex to the occiput. Lasionyc- teris, Atalapha, Vesperus and Vesperugo have an arrangement of the temporal fibres similar to the above but vary in the degree of development of the anterior slip. To sum up the knowledge possessed of the temporal muscle in the Chiroptera it may be said that the deep portion is most ex- posed in Pteropus and its congeners, and the family Phjdlos- tomididae, owing to the small development of the anterior fibres. In Yespertilionidse and Molossi the deep portion of the temporal 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. is more concealed owing to the greater development of the anterior fibres. Those in Noctilio appear to be directly continuous with fibres arising from the occipital crest and inserted on the outer surface of the main tendon. With respect to the masseter it may be said to be simpler than the typical description given at the beginning of this paper. It possesses but slight tendencj'^ to planal cleavage. In the bovine type of the ruminants as seen in the head of a calf the first or superficial layer of the temporal is continuous with the masseter as shown In the above forms, the deep layer is much less conspicuously developed than in them. The temporal fossa being shallow — and not high — the central tendon is pro- duced backward and is relatively small and insignificant. It is not traceable over a short distance beyond the top of the coro- noid. The masseter muscle possesses six layers. The first is broad and attached to the superior maxilla by an oblique line extending the entire distance from the inferior border of the orbit to the gum line over the first molar. The second arises tendJnously from the angle of the lower jaw and extends obliquely upward and for- ward, halfway up the ascending ramus. The third layer is tendi- nous at the anterior superficies of the malar bone, the fibres arising thence including the anterior half of the surface of the zygoma. The fourth la3'er arises from the inferior border of the zygoma at its anterior two-thirds, and is inserted muscularly upon the ramus about midway between the zygoma and the lower border of the mandible. It is this layer which is continuous with the temporal as in other quadrupeds. The masseter exhibits a fifth slip which appears to be a differ- ential from the second or third layers, it overlies the temporo- maxillaiy articulation in the form of a well-defined bundle which arises tendinously from the root of the z3'goma. It is inserted on the ramus near the posterior border at about its middle. A sixth layer exists in the form of a narrow, bright tendon and asso- ciated fibres arising from the I'oot of zygoma beneath the fore- going. Nothing similar to the fifth and sixth layers were seen in the other animals examined. The sixth layer of the dog being rather a sub-division over the ramus in front of and remote from the joint. It is every way likely, however, that the number of the layers in 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 masseter will be found to be variable. The parts in the masseter of the Virginian deer ( Gariacus virginianus) presented essentially the same features as in the calf. The superficial layer of the tem- poral resembles that of the calf, but the main tendon is small and is without muscular fibres, as it lies behind the orbito-temporal septum. The suiDerficial portion is small. It lies behind the coronoid, in the posterior superior portion of the temporal fossa. It must be said that the human anatomist seems warranted in treating the masseter and temporal muscles distinct. Quain, in- deed, affirms that some of the posterior temporal fibres arising from the temporal fascia blend with the deep fibres of the masse- ter, but the union of the muscles in man is a rare anomalj^ Macalister (Muscular Anomalies in Human Anatomy. Trans, of the Roj^al Irish Academy, xxv, 1872, 18.) has met with it but once. I have seen it once onl3\^ No mention is anywhere made of the presence of the supra-zygomatic slip. It is quite- likel}' that it maj' be occasionally seen in the cellulo-adipose tissue above the zygoma. Of the presence of any peculiarities in the anthropoid apes in these muscles I am uninformed. The arrangement of the superficial layerof the temporal muscle in man is ver}^ similar to that seen in the quadruped. This layer arises from the temporal aponeurosis, and while thin posteriorly is thick anteriorly, behind the orbital septum. If this layer of fibres be divided posteriorly and the anterior portion turned for- ward, a thick radiated tendon is displayed beneath. This is the tendon of the deep set of fibres which here as in quadrupeds constitute the mass of the muscle. The fibres of the superficial and deep sets are continuous behind the orbital septum. This method of displaying the temporal muscle has been for many years employed b}' Prof. Joseph Leidy in his demonstrations at the University of Pennsylvania. From the above examination I have come to the following con- clusions : — (1) While it is convenient to separate these muscles it must be remembered that in many mammalia the tendency is for the mas- seter and temporal muscles to unite-^the deep part of the former being continuous with the superficial part of the latter. 1 In a dissection of the muscles in a mulatto child at term, I found the deeper plane of masseteric fibres arising from the external surface of the temporal tendon. 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. (2) Man, and some of the Rodents — the latter illustrated in Erethizon — are exceptions to the tendency. In these forms the temporal is distinct from the masseter. In the same order, as in Coelogenys and Dasyprocta, tlie deep portion of the temporal is either absent or represented in a single orbitally disposed mass of vertical fibres. (3) The muscles in question have been much neglected. They should be carefully dissected in all myological studies of the mammalia. 18S0.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 The following reports were read and referred to the Publication Committee : — REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT For the Year ending November 30, 1880. Nothing has occurred during the year to disturb the Societ}^ in its usual course. It is a source of satisfaction that its financial condition is better now than it was at the close of last j-ear. Although its current income is not yet quite equal to the sum it needs or desires, it still remains free from debt. The effort begun more than a j'ear ago to collect subscriptions for the purpose of establishing a maintenance or working-fund, has not been as successful as was expected. The aggregate of subscriptions is now $2680, of which $1550 have been paid. It may be hoped that at the close of 1881 the Treasurer will be able* to report that the Maintenance Fund has been largely increased. The eftbrt should not be abandoned in despair. In this connection it may be mentioned that an addition of $3000 to the permanent fund of the Academy' has been made by reserving for investment, under a by-law (Chapter IX) enacted Ma}^, 1876, all moneys received from members for commuting their semi-annual contributions, as long as they may retain their membership. This commutation fee is designated life-membership, and the fund accruing from it is convenieutl}^ called the Life- membership Fund. The income from it is applicable to the pay- ment of the ordinary expenses of the society. The Charlotte M. Eckfeldt Fund, formed of money received, June, 1879, from the executors of the late Mrs. C. M. Eckfeldt, who made the Academy one of her residuary legatees, amounts to $2466.86. The income from it has been temporarily assigned to the use of the Publication Committee, The heirs of the late Mr. Joshua T. Jeanes, who died suddenly January 3d, 1880, have generously given to the Academy twenty thousand dollars, the sum which he had indicated his intention to bequeath to the Society in an unsigned codicil to his last will. The money has been invested in approved mortgages, and b}^ order of the Academy constitutes the Joshua T. Jeanes Fund, the income from which has been duly made applicable, like that of the Maintenance Fund, to the general purposes of the society. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. The Thomas B.Wilson Fund, the Elizabeth Phyle Stott,the Isaac Barton, and Publication Funds are unchanged. Owing to cir- cumstances over which the Academy has no control, the income of the year from the I. Y. Williamson Librar}' Fund has been somewhat diminished. But it is confidently conjectured tliat in a short time it will be the same that it has been in the past. The financial condition of the Academy will be found detailed in the Report of the Treasurer, to whom the society is much indebted for the time, care and labor which he bestows in the dis- charge of the duties of his office. Five 3'oung men have been receiving the benefit of the Jessup Fund ; two for two months each, one for five, one for six, and one for eiglit months during the j^ear. A ])rief account of the origin of this fund, and the manner of its application, may interest those especially who have become members of the Society within the past few years. Mr. Augustus E. Jessup, who became a member of the Academy November, 1818, and died in Wilmington, Del., December 17th, 1859, gave the institution and its purposes a high place in his estimation. He had expressed his intention to bestow on the Academ}^ if ever able, a sum of money to constitute a perpetual fund for specified purposes. His children determined that this intention of their father should be realized, although he left no written instructions on the subject. In a letter dated March 6th, 1860, and addressed to Dr. Isaac Lea, then President of the Academy, the^^ stated that, in accord- ance with what they believed to be the intention of their father, they proposed " to pay to the Academy one hundred and twenty dollars per annum to be applied to its Publication Fund ; and the further sum of four hundred and eighty dollars per annum, to be used for the support of one or more deserving poor 3" oung man or men who may desire to devote the whole of his or their time and energies to the study of the natural sciences ; and that they looked forward to investing in trust, at some not distant time, the principals of the sums named, for the purpose of creating a per- petual fund for the above-named uses." Substantially these are all the instructions given to the Academy for its guidance in the administration of these two funds — one to be applied to its publications, and the other to the support of students— aggregating six hundred dollars a year. They paid 1880. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 this Slim regularly from March, 1860, until February, 1872, when they ti'ansferred to the Academy — " the principals of the sums named " — ten consolidated mortgage bonds of the Philadelphia and Reading Railroad Company. Thus Mr. Jessup's children generously fulfilled their promise and realized their father's inten- tion. They have also consented that women may enjoy the benefits of the student fund. The action and language of the Messrs. Jessup imply, without any doubt whatever, that their intention was to give to the Academy six hundred dollars per annum : one hundred and twenty dollars applicable only to the Publication Fund, and four hundred and eighty dollars to the support of students. And to secure this sum to the Academy annually forever, they gave to it in trust an investment, the par value of which is ten thousand dollars, an amount equal, at the rate of six per cent per annum, to "the principals of the sums named for the purpose of creating a perpetual fund," designed to be the impersonal successor and never-dying agent of the Messrs. Jessup for the payment of six hundred dollars annually to the Academy. As trustee, the Academy is bound in honor, if not in law, to adopt such proper measures as may be necessary from time to time, to preserve entire not only the principal sum, but also to prevent, if possible, the income from ever becoming less than six hundred dollars, the specified sum it has been authorized and directed to expend annually for the purposes named. Reduction of this income must be detrimental to those who may properly ask assistance from it, to the extent of any diminution it maj^ suffer. It is designed to benefit students of the future as well as those of the current time. The interests of those of the coming centuries in it are entitled to present consideration and protection, if needed. The instructions under which the Jessup Fund for students was established, describe in general terms the requisite qualifica- tions of those upon whom the Academ}^ may bestow its benefits. An eligible candidate for aid from the Jessup Fund, is required by those instructions to possess the following qualifications : 1, Evident " desire" to devote the whole of his time and ener- gies to the study of the natural sciences. 2. He must be so poor as to be dependent on his own labor for a livelihood, and therefore, unless he can be otherwise supported, 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. he cannot devote the whole of his time and energies to the study of the natural sciences, to which he seeks to dedicate himself. 3. He must be "deserving" of support in this connection. This condition means much. To deserve any support from the Jessup Fund, he should possess a quick natural intelligence, above the average; a good and sufficient education, including, perhaps, a knowledge of the German and French languages ; in- dustrious and orderly ways ; integrity in every sense beyond sus- picion, and lastly, a. manifest intention to dedicate his lifetime and energies to the study of the natural sciences. 4. He must be " young "—say under twenty-five years of age. Under such conditions, and with faculties suitably equipped and disposed, the candidate ma}^ pass through an apprenticeship here provided, and become a practical naturalist. The application of the fund is entirely at the discretion of the Academy. It would not violate the letter of the trust by using it to support approved students of the natural sciences without •giving them instruction, or granting them the use of its library or museum or its hall as their workshop. The trust does not re- quire that the Academy shall be the preceptor of the beneficiaries of the Jessup Fund in any degree. But inasmuch as one of the functions which the society has prescribed for itself is to im- part and diffuse knowledge, it seems peculiarly proper that it should direct and facilitate the studies of these beneficiaries. The four hundred and eight3^ dollars may be given annually to support one, or be divided between two or more, as may seem to the Academy expedient. The time during which any one may receive assistance from the fund, is limited at the discretion of the Academy. After due consideration of the subject at the start, it was determined that the approved candidate should be received at first on probation, for one month, and if the trial were satisfac- tory, he might be appointed a beneficiary^ for two years, and then retire in favor of another, unless there should be special reasons for his continuance. Inasmuch as the members of the society pay dues for their right to use the library and museum, it is considered proper to require the beneficiaries of the Jessup Fund to give, daily, a part of their time and labor to the Academy, under the direction of the curators, as compensation for instruction, and the use of the 1880 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 Academy's propert^^ This time is employed in work incident to taking care of, mounting, and arranging specimens in the museum, such as cleaning them when necessary, labeling, etc., a kind of work which is pertinent to the vocation of a naturalist, and throuffh which the beneficiaries become familiarized with natural objects, more perfectl}^ than thej^ can be in any other way. It should not be forgotten that the Academy has alwaj-s been de- pendent, almost exclusivel}', upon the unpaid labor of its members for the care of its museum, and this circumstance, perhaps, ex- plains why beneficiaries of the Jessup Fund are expected to do an}' kind of work in the Academ}- that the curators and other members are in the habit of doing. They are, in fact, regarded as almost apprentices, who should be ever ready to avail them- selves of the opportunities afforded to learn everj'thing pertinent to the career of a naturalist. Applications for the benefits of the Jessup Fund, are considered and decided by the Council of the Academy. Between March, 18G0, and November, 1880, thirty-four persons have received aid from the fund, for a longer or shorter period than two years. Of these, five have died, well known and much respected naturalists. Five of those, now living, are professors and eminent men. It is believed that all of this class of gentle- men have acquitted themselves satisfactorily, and that all grate- full}^ appreciate the benificence of the Jessup Fund, as well as the advantages derivable from it ; and it is hoped that none will ever regret an}- of the work he has done, or the time he has spent in the Academy. The annual reports of the curators and librarian show the ex- tent of increase of the museum and- library ; and those from the several sections of the Academy indicate that they are active and prosperous. During the year, more than 600 pages of the Proceedings have been published, and the fourth part of the eighth quarto volume of the Journal of the Academy is passing through the press. The proceedings of the Entomological Section are printed on the premises by some of its members, and issued separately. This section has published more than 370 pages and 7 plates during the year. The second volume of a " Manual of Conchology, Structural and Systematic, with Illustrations of the Species," by George W. 27 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Tiyon, Jr., published by the nuthorand issued from the Academy, has been pviblished duriui' the year. It includes 289 pages of text, 70 plates with 975 figures. Professor Leidy's admirable work on " Fresh-Wster Rhizopods of North America," forming Yol. XII of the final reports of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Terri- tories, under the direction of Dr. F. V. Hayden, is so closely connected with the Academy, that its publication during the j-ear may be mentioned here. Dr, Leidy, at the stated meetings of the society, gave verbal accounts of very many fresh-water rhizopods which are described in his work, and the Academy's librarj^ was the sole source from which he was enabled to prepare the bibli- ography of the subject. Few persons devote their whole time and energies to natural history for a living. Generally, the study is an occupation for leisure hours, and may be regarded as a secondary pursuit among us, which yields little or nothing towards a livelihood. Satisfactory study of natural history requires so much to aid its votaries, in the way of collections and books, that it is extremely rare to find any one person rich enough to procure all that is needed. For this reason manj^ of like tastes associate, each contributing his quota, for the purpose of gathering what is necessary or desirable to be used in common for self-instruction. In one sense the Academy may be regarded as an association of this kind. A prominent object of the Society is to afford opportunity to those who desire to undertake self-culture in any or all the de- partments of the natural sciences. From its beginning in 1812, continuously to the present time, members have freely contributed specimens to its museum, and books to its library. Besides materials of this kind they have given money liberally, established permanent funds for several specific purposes, and employed what- ever time the}' could fairly take from their daily avocations in working with their own hands to render the constantly increasing means of stud}^ as easil}^ available as possible. The value of per- sonal labor gratuitously given to establish and promote the growth of this institution cannot be over-estimated. A result of the joint efforts of the members of the societ}^ since its foundation is the opportunity of self-instruction here liberally afforded to those who may choose to avail themselves of it. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 Although the museum is deficient in many of its departments, it is remarkably sufficient in some, and as a whole is very exten- sive, and in every sense very valuable. The unequal development or growth of the several departments is ascribable to the depend- ence of the collections for increase on donations exclusively, and the want of money to purchase desiderata, and not to indifference or ignorance of those to whom the immediate care of the museum is confided. At this time the library as a whole, though not complete, is perhaps the best collection of works on natural history in this country, and the Library Fund, given by Mr. I. V. Williamson, provides liberall}' for its increase. The opportunity for self-culture to be found now in the museum and library, with all their deficiencies, is a result of the generosity, goodwill, industry and benevolence of very many members and friends of the Society. Some expert naturalists may disparage this opportunity of self-culture, such as it is, and take pleasure in pointing out its defects and deficiencies, but those just entering the field, as well as those not yet proficient will find it fully suf- ficient for their use and worthy of cordial approbation. Objection has been made to the regulation which restricts the use of specimens and books to the premises of the Academy, sug- gesting that study would be very much facilitated by loaning speci- mens and books to members, especially to those who are advanced students and experts. The answer is that the loan of specimens and books, which may be regarded as a luxury rather than as a necessity to students, would somewhat facilitate the work of one borrower, but while they w-ere in his possession the studies of several persons having occasion to consult the same specimens and books might be much retarded or hindered. Besides, loaning books and specimens increases the chance of their loss and injury. After ample experience in the practice of loaning, and due con- sideration of the whole question, the Academj'^ adopted the exist- ing regulation of loaning specimens only on a recommendation of a majority of the curators, approved by a vote of the Academj- ; and by prohibiting the circulation of books, has made the library a librar}' of reference exclusively. It is confidently believed that the common interests of all concerned are best served b}' strict adherence to this practice. It promises " the greatest good to the greatest number" of those who have occasion to examine 401 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1880. specimens or consult books, because, come when they may, from far or near, they are reasonably sure to find in the building what- ever bclono^s to the museum or library. The regulation in question is appi'oved by an experience of more than a quarter of a century. It is supposable that it would have been changed long ago had the menibers of the society believed it to be injurious to their common interests. It may be freely granted, however, that there are persons — those who are seldom spontaneously considerate of the convenience and rights of others to the use of property held in common, to Avhom all restrictive rules appear unwise — especially when they are an obstacle to the satisfaction of some transient interest or desire. The same individuals would probably discover a grievance in the loaning system, should they find that those very specimens and books which they desire to refer to at the moment, had just been borrowed and taken out of the building, to be returned at the end of a fortnight or possibly a month. Persons of such temperament, unhappily for themselves as well as their associates, are prone to find that " All goes wrong, and nothing as it ought," where others of more happy constitution discover nothing unpleasant. The opportunity of self-instruction in the Academy is good as it now is. It is accessible to those who may desire to make use of it under the rules of the society. They must come spontane- ously. The Academy is not prepared to enlist regulars, hire mercenaries, or solicit volunteers in order to bring into more extensive use the opportunity of self-instruction which it has built up. When both the museum and library were easily contained in one small room, the effort of the Academy to increase its means and opportunities of self-instruction was approved. No one com- plained of its deficiencies. All cheerfully endeavored to use profit- ably what it had. The propriety of admitting to its membership those who possessed no other qualifications tlian friendliness to scientific pursuits and personal respectability was not questioned. But since the possessions of the Academy have grown to be ex- tensive and of great value in every sense, there are individuals who lament that they are not greater, and seem pleased to dis- parage its condition, its course and its organization. Ignoring all that is recorded in the sixteen volumes of the first and second series of the Journal of the Academy and in the thirty-two 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHI LAD ELPUr A. 405 volumes of its Proceedings, tliey imagine that it sadl}' lacks the afflatus of pure science and does nothing to pi'omote research. Their tone implies that the capabilities of the institution, the potentialities of its possessions might be made more useful to truly qualified investigators by reforming the present S3-stem and policy, which are too broadly in the interest of beginners and amateurs in science. They seem to believe that the collections should be placed under the control of expert specialists, with power to loan specimens at their discretion ; that the books of the librarj" should be allowed to circulate freely, and finally, that the society should consist of proficients exclusivel}', or at least include a privileged class of experts. Whether the Academy should now permit its extensive museum and librar}', which have cost so much time, labor and mone}' to form, to be diverted from their present ways of usefulness to students generally, and appropriated by skilled investigators, is a question too important to be hastil}"^ decided.^ The b3'-law of May, 1876, which provides for the appointment of professors, remains inoperative. No candidate has presented himself during the year. No report ha's been . i-eceived from the Professor of Histolog}^ and Microscopic Technolog}', who was appointed April 16, 1877. In conclusion, it may be said that the condition of the Academy has never been better since its foundation than it is at the present time. It is independent of debt, and its income has been so far increased that it is hoped, under a careful administration of its financial afiairs, it will soon be sufficient to meet the usual demands. The whole is submitted, W. S. W. RUSCHENBERGER. ^ A society composed exclusively of proficients may be desirable and even essential to the progress of original investigation in Philadelphia. Those who are of this opinion might possibly form such a society at once, and in the course of time acquire all it may need ; and, without coveting or attempting to appropriate its possessions, permit the Academy to exist for the benefit of those proficients who approve of its organization as well as of beginners and amateurs. Some of these might become qualified to be admitted to membership of any society composed exclusively of gener- ally recognized masters in science. 406 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1880. REPORT OF THE RECORDIXG SECRETARY. The Recording Secretary respectfully reports that during the year ending November 30th, 1880, twenty-six members and twenty correspondents have been elected. Resignations of membership have been received from D. E. Dallam and J. D. Thomas. Records of the death of twenty members and four correspond- ents have been published in the Proceedings under the dates of announcement. Twenty-five papers have been accepted for publication as follows : H. C. Lewis, 7 ; J. S. Kingsley, 3 ; Jos. Leid}', 3 ; H. C. Chapman, 2 ; Harrison Allen, 1 ; R. Bergh, 1 ; Andrew Garrett, 1 ; A. W. Yogdes, 1 ; W. N. Lockington, 1 ; W. D. Havtman, 1 ; Wm. Bar- beck, 1 ; Angelo Heilprin, 1 ; T. D. Rand, 1, and F. A. (Jenth, Jr., 1. Twenty-two of these papers have been published in the Pro- ceedings and three in the Journal. In addition , nine papers published in the Proceedings, together with reports of a nnmber of important verbal communications, formed the Proceedings of the Mineralo- gical and Geological Section of the Academy- for the years 18 YT to 1879. Two hundred and eighty-eight pages of the Proceedings for 1819 and three hundred and fiftj'-two pages of the volume for 1880 have been printed during the year. The concluding number of Yolume YIII of the Journal will be issued early in January. The list of those making verbal communications at the meet- ings includes the names of Messrs. Leidy, Meehan, Allen, A. J. Parker, Wilcox, Koenig, Cope, Kellv, Ryder, Evarts, Frazer, Dercum, Horn, McCook, Barbeck, Kingsley, Chapman, Potts, Canby, Foote, Coates, Tasker, Martindale, Pike, Ford, Halde- man, Redfield, Porter and Hough. At the meeting held January 13th, 1880, Messrs. Aubrey H. Smith and Geo. Yaux were elected to fill vacancies in the Council caused by the absence from the meetings thereof for six consecu- tive months of Dr. C. Newlin Peirce and Prof. Edw. D. Cope, and on November 16, 1880, Mr. Ezra T. Cresson was elected to fill a vacancy caused by the resignation of Mr. Geo. Yaux. All of which is respectfully submitted. Edw. J. Nolan, Recording Secretary. 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. In accordance with the By-Laws of the Academ}-, the Corre- sponding Secretar}' presents the following Report of the business of his office during the year ending November 30th, 18S0. Thei-e have been elected twent}' Correspondents, as follows : Angelo Heilprin,* New York City; Dr. C. A. White * Wash- ington, D. C. ; Albert de Selle,* Paris, France ; Victor Raulin,* Bordeaux, France ; R. Hoarnes,* Yienna, Austria ; Georges Rol- laud, Paris, France; A. Inostranzeft',* St. Petersburg, Russia; Dr. Robert Schomburgh* Adelaide, Australia ; Dr. Herman T. Geyler, Frankfort a. M., Germany ; Robert Casparis, Konigsberg, Germany ; Agostino Todaro, Palermo, Italy ; J. E. Bommer, Brussels, Belgium ; Prof. Teodoro Caruel,* Pisa, Italy ; Lionel S. Beale,"*" London, England ; Prof. Richard Hertwig,* Jena, Austria ; Prof. Oscar Hertvvig,* Jena, Austria ; Dr. Carl Ochse- nius,* Marburg, Prussia ; Dr. M. H. De Bey, Aix-la-Chapelle, Prussia ; Prof. Adolf E. Nordenskjold,* Stockholm, Sweden ; Prof. Torquato Taramelli,* Pavia, Italy ; all of whom have been promptly notified, and acceptances have been received from those whose names are marked with an asterisk, *. The donations to the Museum have been numerous and valuable, as will be learnerl from the Curators' report, and prompt acknowl- edgments have been sent to the various donors, numbering in all 228. Letters transmitting publications have been received from Cor- responding Societies or Institutions, at home and abroad, to the number of fifty-one ; from individuals, four. Letters or other acknowledgments of the reception of the pub- lications of the Academy have been received to the number of fifty-two. In addition to the above, thirteen letters of a miscellaneous nature have been received, and those requiring an answer have been in all cases replied to. Respectfulh^ submitted, George H. Horn, Corresponding Secretary. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. During the past year, from December 1st, 1879, to November 30th, 1880, the library of the Academy has been increased by 2744 additions, mainly exchanges received for the publications of the Academy. The accessions have included 310 volumes, 2.345 pamphlets and parts of periodicals and 89 maps, photographs, portraits, etc. They were derived from the following sources : — and Societies 1018. I. V. Williamson Fund 522. Editors 487. Authors 218 Dr. I. Minis Hayes 118. Wm. S. Beebe 61. Wilson Fund 50. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, 23. Geological Survey of Sweden 23. Geological Survey of Belgium 19. Department of the Interior 17. Isaac Lea 14. .Jos. Leidy 14. Geological Survey of Pennsylvania 13. University of Chili 12. Dr. F. V. Hayden 11. Wm. S. Vaux 10. Geological Survey of Canada 10. I)e])artment of Agriculture 10. Smithsonian Institution 8. Engineer Department, U. S. Army 7. Geological Survey of India 6. ,1. H. Redfield 6 Geological Survey of Wisconsin 5. (Jolonial Secretary N. S. Wales 5. Geological Survey of Minnesota 5. Treasury Department 5. Geol. Surv. N. Zealand 4. Yale College 4. Minist. of Pub. Instruction, Bel- gium 4. British Museum 3. The books and pamphlets thus acquired were distributed to the several departments of the librar}^ as follows : — War Department 3. U. S. Coast Survey 2. Kansas State Board of Agriculture 2. Geol. Surv. N. J. 2. Jos. M. Gazzam 2. R. Schomburgli 2. John Brazier 2. Mrs. Charles Pickering. S. S. Ilaldeman. Rathmell Wilson. U. S. Commission of Fish Fisheries 1. Commissioners of Fisheries, Cali- fornia. Mines Commissioners of Maryland. Geol. Surv. Kentucky. Geol. Surv. Indiana. Geological Survey of Japan. University of Minnesota. Directors of City Trusts. Meteorological Office, Canada. South African Museum. Government of Victoria. Commissioners of Public Charities, Penna. East Indian Government. Bureau of Education. Public Library, Milwaukee. Astor Library. Library Co. Phila. Mercantile Library Associations of San Francisco, St. Louis, New York and Cincinnati, each 1 . Journals 1969. Geology 132. General Natural History 169. Anthropology 88. Conchology 68. Botany 61. Anatomy and Physiology 41. Entomology 36. 1880,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 Ornithology 34. Mammalogy 9, Bibliography 26. Ichthyology 4. Physical ir^cieiice 21. Voyages and Travels 4. ]\Iineralogy 16. Herpetology 3. Helminthology 16. Microscopy 1. Agriculture 13. Miscellaneous (Historj^, Statistics, Chemistry 11. Politics, etc.) 12. Encyclopedias 10. From the above statistics and the accompanying list of addi- tions it will be seen that, apart from exchanges received from societies and editors, the gro-wth of the library has been raainlj- dependent upon the I. Y. Williamson Fmid. It gives the Librarian pleasure to be able to report the comple- tion of the card catalogue of all the special departments of the library coming within the province of the Acadeni}'. It is to be hoped that some of the remaining sections, at present arranged on the gallery, may soon be disposed of hy sale or exchange, as the}- embrace books of a character rarely- or never consulted in the Academy ; although many of them would be of importance and Talue elsewhere. The revision of the catalogue of journals and periodicals is progressing slowly, as time is taken after the completion of each geographical section to apply for all deficiencies noted. The answers to such applications thus far made have beeir so satisfiictor}- as to warrant the hope that important additions will be received from this source during the coming year. The collection of portraits of the Presidents and benefactors of the Academy has been increased b}^ the addition of a fine oil painting of Isaac Lea, LL. D., by Ulile, one of Dr. Isaac Hays, b}- Waugh and a life-sized crayon portrait of Mr. Isaiah V. Wil- liamson. For these gifts, interesting not onh' as works of art, but also as memoi'ials of men to whom the society is indebted for many and permanent benefits, the thanks of the Academy are due to Dl". Lea, Mrs. Dr. Isaac Hays and Mr. Williamson. The Acadeni}^ now possesses the portraits of eight out of its ten presidents, those of Dr. Thos. B, Wilson and Dr. Robert Bridges being j-et lacking. It is to be hoped that these ma}' be supplied, and that the series, which will certainl}' be of great interest here- after, may be kept complete. Fine framed photographs of Dr. Jos. Leid}^ and the late Prof. Henr}^ have been received from Mr. F, Gutekunst,and Dr. C. W. De Lannoy has presented a death mask of Di*. James Aitken Meigs. 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. For the amount expended from the various funds for books you are respectfully' referred to the report of the Treasurer. Edw. J. Nolan, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators respectfully report that the Museum of the Academj' continues in its usual good state of preservation. The following report of the Curator in charge gives brief notice of what has been done, and the additions which have been made during the year. Sir : — I would respectfully report, that during the year all the collections of the Mviseum have been carefully inspected and cared for, and that they are in good condition. The vertebrate fossils are in process of arrangement. Dr. J. Allen Kite has been engaged in the arrangement of the collection of Bird-skeletons, and Mr. Angelo Heilprin in the ar- rangement of the Invertebrate fossils. The specimens received during the year have been labeled and placed in their proper positions. The contributions in the various departments during the year, excepting those reported on by some of the special sections, are as follows : — Mamwah. — Zoological Society of Philadelphia : Two 3Iacacus ocreatus, Macacus maurus^ Ateles ater, Gercopithecus lalandi, Fterojyua vulgaris, Heiyesfes griseus, Bassaris astida, Viverra indica, two Tragulus Javanicus, Dasyprocta acouchi, Ca?logenys paca, Sciiiriis variabilis, HypsiprymniLs rufescens. Jacob Binder : A colloidal mass with nodules of osteo-dentine embedded, from the tusk of an Elephant. Dr. H. C. Chapman : Placenta of Asiatic Ele- phant, born in Philadelphia. Dr. Geo. H. Horn : Two Atalapha {Lasiurus) noveboracensis, Phila. Jos. Jeanes : Two young Ele- phant skulls, Elephas indie us and E. africanas. Albert Koebele : Nycticejus crepuscularis^Y'lorxdvi. Dr. Jos. Leid}- : Hesperoinys (sp.). Roan Mt., N. C. ; Buffalo jaw, from a forest in the Uintah Mts., portion of the great part of a skeleton observed by him in the locality in which it is now extinct. Miss Miller : Horns of Chamois, Alps. W. S. Yaux : Young Orang-Outang, from Phila- delphia Zoological Gardens. Birds. — Philadelphia Zoological Society : Sycalisjlaveola, Bro- togerys xanthoptera, Brazil ; Anser indicus. F. W. Allen : Dio- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 medea exulans. Hill : Otus vulgaris. Mrs. Herbert Russell Walsh : Two hundred and ninety -seven (one hundred and twent}-- one species) Bird skins, collected and prepared by the late Robert Frazer. Amphibians and Fishes. — Albert Koebele : Eleven species Am- phibians,' Florida. Dr. Jos. Leidy : Two species Salamanders, two do. Fishes, Roan Mt., N. C. Dr. H. Allport : Erimyzon sucetta, Centre Co., Pa. S. W. Ayer : Opercular bones, etc., Megalojys fhrissoides. Mr. Holbrook : Argyrieosus (Vomer) seti- pinnis^ Atlantic coast, Md. Dr. W. H. Jones: Nine species of Fishes, Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. J. E. Mitchell: Amhlyopsis spelaeus^ Mammoth Cave, Ky. National Mus., through Smiths. Inst.: Fifty-two species of North American Fishes. Articidafe!<. — J. J. Brown : Lepas pectinata, Balanusyetc, Flor- ida. Dr. H. C. Chapman : Lepidnotus, and Nymphon^ Mt. Desert, Me. C. Chambers : Grillotalpa longipennis., Philadelphia. John Ford: Libinia canaliculata^ Atlantic Cit}', N. J. Geo. Heberton : Libinia canaliculata, Limulus pjolyphemus. Cape May, N. J. Dr. W. H. Jones : Thirty-four species Crustacea, Atlantic and Pacific Oceans ; Nautilograpsus minutus^ taken from side of ship Aca- pulco. J. S. Kingsley : Six species Crustacea, in exchange. Dr. J. A. Kite, Wasps' nest, Morgan Co., Pa. All>ert Koebele : Two species Crustaceans ; two species Myriopoda, from Florida. J. E. xMitchell: Nest of Tarantula, California. Dr. T. H. Streets: Forty-two specimens Lepidoptera, Mantis (sp.), Yokohama, Japan. U. S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst. : Thirty named species of Crustacea, Coast of New England. Vermes., Echinoderms, Goslenterafes, Bryozoans and Porifera. — U. S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst. : Thirteen species of Annelida, Coast of New England. Dr. W. H. Jones : Four spe- cies of Annelida, Pacific Ocean. Dr. Jos. Leidy : Lice from the interior of pouch of White Pelican {Menopjon perale, Leidy), Florida. Laura M. Towne : Filaria immilis, from heart of dog, Beaufort, S. C. J. J. Brown: Gidaris trihuloides, Haiti. John Ford : Euryale (sp.), Palermo, Ital3^ U. S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst. : Sixteen species Ecliinodermata, Coast of New England. Dr. W. D. Hartman : Rotula (sp. ), Madagascar? U. S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst. : Eleven species of Coslenterata, Coast of New England. Dr. W. H. Jones : Thirteen species Coslenterata, Pacific Ocean. Dr. H. C. Chapman: Hyd- roids, from Mt. Desert, Me. U. S. Fish Commission, through Smiths. Inst. : Fifteen species Brj'ozoans and Porifera, Coast of New England. Anna T. Jeanes : Glass models of Physophora niagnijica^ Diphyes Sieboldi, Cyanea cajnllata, Oceania phosphorica.^ Sagai^- tia bellis., Palythoa auricula, Phellia pjicta, Corynaclis clavigera, Nemacula primula, Peachia hastata, Phymactis Jlorida, Evactis artemisia, Tubulay'ia indivisa, Gorymorpha nutans, Laomedea amphora, Bougainvillia fruiicosa. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Fossils. — Dr. Carter, through Dr. Jos. Leidy : Fragments of bones of Uintatherium, Palsposyops, and fossil turtle-eggs, near Ft. Bridger, W3^onilng. Walter Collins : Eight species of Fossils from the cretaceous marl, Blackwoodtown, N. J. Dr. Corson, through Dr. Jos. Leidy: Femur and fragments of jaw of Pal aeo- syops major, and foot-bones of Uintatherium, near Fort Bridger, Wyoming. Persifor Frazer : Two fossils. Wm. M. Gabb : Fish teeth, Martinez, Contra Costa Co., Cal. G. N. P. Gale: Shark's teeth and fragments of bone, Ashley River beds, S. C. Gustavus Guttenberg : Fossil Fucoid ? near Erie, Pa. M. Hotchkiss and John Gibb : Three fossils. Central coal shaft, Fairburg, 111. Dr. Geo. M. Lawrence: Ammonites (sp.). Cretaceous of Hemstead Co., Ark. R. L. Lamborn : Fish tooth (carboniferous), Irwin Station, Westmoreland Co.. Pa. Dr. Jos. Leidy : Ivory of Mas- todon, bored by mollusks, Rib of Manatee, and two fish vertebrae. Phosphate beds, Ashley River, S. C. ; Tibia of Palseosyops., fossil turtle-eggs, near Ft. Bridger, Wyoming. Thomas Meehan : Four coal fossils, Schuylkill Co., Pa. J. W. Pike : Forty-eight specimens of fossil ferns, etc., Mazon Creek, Grundy Co., 111. J. H. Redfield : Pentremites t hamolns, Say, from Seekonk River, Providence, R. I. Helix tuberculoma Conrad, Sinaitic Desert. Natica duplicata and N. heros, with nidus, ova capsules of Nassa frivUtata, Atlantic City, X. J. Fine specimen of Cassis tuberosa, Bahamas. Over fifty specimens, sections of shells. Andrew Garrett. Pariula decussafa and P. ganymedes. Domi- nique Is., Marquesas. P. inflata, Taiwata, Marquesas. Partula (sp.), Moorea, Society Isles. Trochus trochoidea, Society Isles, Gai^dium (sp.), Paumotus Is. E. Hall. A collection of land and fresh-water shells from various localities. Twenty-six species of fresh-water shells. Dr. W. D. Hartman. Embryonic Partulae. Cijclostoma in- eomptas, near Bogota, S. A. Helix simila7-is, Fer., Japan. Three species of Paiiula from Marquesas Islands. Partula Raiatensis (type) from Raiatea. Partula ajyproximata, Raiatea. Henry Hemphill. Over two hundred species and varieties of California shells. J. Gr. Hidalgo. Murex Tryoni (type), Lesser Antilles. Pici- nula nodosa, Brazil. Anna T. Jeanes. Glass models of twelve species of nudibran- • chiate mollusks. Joseph Jeanes. Mounted linguals of thirty-seven species of mollusks. Ninety-nine species and varieties of land, fresh-water and marine shells from California. Dr. W. H. Jones. Twenty-five species of pelagic mollusks from the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Scyllsea pelagica. Oxygyrus Keraudrenii. Henry C. Lea. Twenty -four species of Claiborne Eocene fossil shells, types of his descriptions. Dr. Isaac Lea. Type collection of Claiborne (Ala), Eocene shells, consisting of 228 species ; arranged as described and figured in his " Contributions to Geology." Voluta Junonia, Edgmont Key, Fla. Joseph Leidy. Goniobasis proxima, Say, Piedmont Springs, North Carolina E. T. Nelson, Eupleura Tampaensis, Conr., Tampa Bay, Fla. T. R. Peak*. Astarte castanea^ Say, Sandy Hook, N. j. John H. Redfield. Collection of Marginellidj^, including several hundred specimens of about two hundred species and varieties. Spirifer mucronatus, Hamilton group. S. R. Roberts. Macoma balthica, Linn., Collins' Beach, Del. Helix cinnamomea. Trima pellucidula, Sandwich Isles. Cylin- drella gracilicollis, Macroceramus Klatteanus, Bid. (ex auct.), Port-au-Prince, Hayti. 28 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Dr. W S. W. Riischenberger, Dione lupinaria,, San Bias. Prof. D. S. Sheldon. Physa gyrina, yonng, Davenport, Iowa. Hon. F. E. Spinner. Seven lots of marine shells (fifty -six spe- cies) from the month of St. John's River. Fla. U. S. Fish Commission. Fifty-fonr species of marine MoUusca from the New England coast, H. A. Ward (purchased). Glass models of six species of Cephalopods. J. F. Whiteaves. Eight species of fluviatile and marine sliells, from Queen Charlotte's Isl. and Gulf of St. Lawrence. REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION. The Vice-Director takes much pleasure in reporting to the Academy the continued prosperity of the botanical department, which, in fact, is qnite equal to all that can be expected of it, until, by the good fortune of an endowment, funds can be supplied regularly to extend its work. Meetings have been held every month throughout the year except July and August, at each of which valuable communications have been made by various mem- bers. Some of the more important of these have been communi- cated to the general meetings of the Academy, and have found a place in its published proceedings. The Section now consists of thirty-one members, one having been added during the year. The Conservator's report to the Section of the condition of the Herbarium has been adopted by tlie Section as its report to tlie Academy, and is as follows : — The accessions to the Academy's Herbarium during the past year have been large and valuable, and the mounting and distri- bution of the plants received have made large demands upon the time of the Conservator and of the members of the Section who have kindly aided him. Among the valuable contributions received were the collections of the late Dr. Charles Pickering, made in the years 1844-5, during a journey to Malta, Egypt, Arabia and India, and presented to the Academy by his widow, Mrs. Sarah S. Pickering. The number of species is estimated at about 1500, and, as none of them were named, the labor of distributing them in their proper natural 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 order (which has been performed by Messrs. Meehan and Biirk), has been slow, but is now completed. From Di-. Gray, of Cambridge, important contributions have been received. Dr. Garber has presented a collection of 100 species collected by himself recently in Porto Rico, while some 'i.'SO species of Mexican plants, collected b}' Drs; Parr}- and Palmer, have been added. In the department of the Lower Cryptogams the additions have been of a nearly complete series of the Mosses and Hepaticae of X. America, collected and named by the late lamented Austin, and presented by the liberalit}^ of members of the Section, and of 200 species of N. American Fungi, collected, determined and pre- pared by J. B. Ellis, and presented l)y Mr. Martindale. The total number of species contributed during the year is estimated at 3100, a very large proportion of them being new to the Herbarium. Some progress has been made in the mounting of the Noi'th American Herbarium, the orders from Polemoniacea? to Scrophu- lariacej^} inclusive having been completed. Mr. Scriliner has con- tinued his work upon the determination and the mounting of the Grasses, though interrupted by long and serious illness. Those familiar with Herbarium work can appreciate the amount of labor yet required to sift the material now upon our shelves, to deter- mine the doubtful species and to mount the whole.* Volunteer labor is hardh' adequate to take care of the new accessions, and, until some endowment shall secure to the Academy the constant work of a competent botanist, the completion of the task must remain for the future. Much inconvenience has been heretofore experienced from the want of a proper place to receive and display such seed-vessels and vegetable products as were too large to place in the herbarium sheets. Such objects have necessarily been placed in the gallery of the Museum, too distant from the botanical working-room to be readily consulted. The liberalitj' of a member of the Acad- emy, whose aid has often supplemented its needs and sustained the hands of its workers, has removed this difficulty, and we have now in the botanical room a most convenient and capacious work- ing table, containing sixty-four large drawers for the reception of seed-vessels, pine-cones, wood-sections, etc. The Conservator must acknowledge, as heretofore, tlie efficient 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. aid received from Mr. Chas. F. Parker in the work of poisoning and arranging the collections received during the year and for other material assistance. John H. Redpield, Conservator. December \Wi, 1880. The officers elected for the forthcomino- year are : Director. — Dr. W. S. AV. Ruschenberger. Vice-Director. — Thomas Meehan. Recorder. — F. L. Scribner. Gor. Secretary. — Isaac C. Martindale. Conservator, — John H. Redfleld. Treasurer. — J. 0. Schimmel. Respectfully submitted, Thomas Meehan, Vice-Director, Donations to Herbarium and Museum. — Mrs. Sarah S. Pickering, of Cambridge, Mass. : 1200 species plants, collected by the late Dr. Chas. Pickering, in the years 1844 and 1845, in Malta, Egypt, Arabia, Zanzibar and India, also lot of seed-vessels, etc. Chas. F.Parker: Lechea Novae Gesarise Austin, Bergen Co., N. Y., (author's type) ; Fracjaria Gillmani, Clinton, Detroit, Mich, (author's type) ; Guizotia oleifera., D. C, African species, from Ballast, Camden, N, J. ; Lycopus sessilifolius, Gr., Batsto, N. J. ; Lycopus Europseus, Ballast, Camden, N. J. Wm, M. Canb}- : Phlox Stellaria^ Gr., Nashville, Tenn. ; 5 species plants from Cali- fornia, new to the collection ; 111 species of plants from Europe, Syria, S. Africa, etc., many of them new to the collection. Dr. Asa Gray: 161 species plants from California. Arizona, Oregon, Washington Terr., Turkistan, and Micronesian Islands, mostly new to the collection. Prof C, J. Sargent : Aster Herveyi, Gr., Tiverton, R. I. ; Photographs of Conifene, from Oregon. Geo. E. Davenport, Boston : Gheilanthes viscida, Davenp., California. Isaac C. Martindale : Third and fourth centuries of Ellis' North American Fungi; Gorethrogyne filaginifolia, Nutt, San Diego Co., Cal. ; specimens of Oas/a ??pa re.sca, L., var. ^»;eKcana, with ab- normal fertile spikes, from Pitman's Grove, N. J. ; Bark of Pinus Tnitis.! Mx. ; Brickellia VincenUana.^ Greene, new species. New Mexico ; Gorrigiola litteralis^ L., Ballast, near Philadelphia. Dr. C. C. Parry, l)aven])ort, la. : Tithonia tubseformiSj Cass., cidt. at Davenport, from Mexican seed ; Mexican mats and rope made from fibre of ^f/aue heteracantha ; Fibre of Agave Americana. A. L. Siler, Utah : Pentstemon Sileri^ Gr., nov. sp., Beaver Dam Mts., Utah. Mrs, M. J. Myers, Syracuse, N. Y. : Epipactis Hel- 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 421 feborine Rich., var, viridans Gr., near S^yracuse, N. Y. Dr. Thos. Lancaster : Poli/porus, growing on Hemlock Spruce, McKean Co., Pa. Wm. H. Dougherty : Skeleton of stem of Opuntia im- hricata; Capsule of Hanhuria; Stems of Euj^horbia anfis{/j:)hiUtica, all from Chihuahua, Mexico. Aubrey H. Smith : MijoHotw versi- color, Pers., Cobb's Creek, Darby, Pa. Thomas Bland, N. York : Wax, from the leaves of the Carnauba Palm ( Copernicia ceriferay, Whip from the bark of , Jamaica ; Paper from the fibre of Plantain and Banana, Jamaica; llyri.stica fra grans, Houtt., Nut- meg with its Mace and outer husk, Jamaica ; Seeds of the follow- ing plants from West Indies : Lucuma mammosa, Gris., Feuillea cordifolia, Ser., Coix lachryma, L., Sajnndus sajwnaria, L., Adenanthera paronina, L., Abi^us precatorius, L., GuUandina Bonduc, L., Anacardium occidentale, L., GuUandina BonduceUa, li. ; Wood of the Down tree {Ochroma Lagopus). Thos. Meehan : Pellaea at ropurpurea^ Link., collected in Southern Utah, by A. L. Siler ; Sedum Meehani, Gra}^ collected in Southern Utah, by A. D. Siler. Isaac Burk : Wood of Herifiera, Africa. Dr. A. P. Garber: 95 species of plants, collected by him at Yaueo, Porto Rico, in 1880, named by' Dr. Gray and Mr. Oliver of Kentucky. John H. Redfield : 217 species plants collected by Dr. C. C. Parry and Dr. E. Palmer, near San Luis Potosi, Mexico, named at Kew and Cambridge ; 57 species Ferns, collected by A. Fendler, in the Island of Trinidad, W. I., in 1879-80, supplementary to a collec- tion presented in 1878, named by Prof. D. C. Eaton; 7 species plants from Florida and Tropical America. J. H. Redfield, J. C. Martindale. Thos. Meehan, Wm. M. Canby, Dr. Chas. E. Schaffer, Dr. J. Bernard Brinton : Complete set of the Mosses and Ilepaticifi of N. America, collected and named by the late Coe F. Austin, consisting of 518 species of Mosses and 124 species of Hepaticae. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. Tiie Entomological Section, throughout the past j-ear has held its regular meetings, excepting during the months of July and August. Most of the meetings have been quite interesting, owing to the man}' original communications, both verbal and v/ritten, that have been presented. These lectures, as they may be called, were devoted to illustrating some of the variations of form, etc., of many entomological species and genera. At the same time opportunity has been aff"orded to those so desiring, to describe new species of the entomological fauna, and to present their ob- servations to the public. That the claims of priority of description thus made, might not be lost by the several authors, such com- munications have been condensed and published in the Proceedings of the Section. The more full and complete papers are, as hereto- 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. fore, published in the Transactions of the American Entomologi- cal Society. There have been eight pa})ers presented and pulilished by the latter society during the 3'ear, comprising 338 pages of printed matter in octavo form, illustrated by seven plates. This, in connection with 24 pages of the published Proceedings of the Section make a total of 362 pages of entomological publications issued since last annual meeting. The entomological collections of the Academy have been care- fully attended to through the year, by the Conservator, Mr. Geo. B. Cresson, and have been preserved from all infection or loss. By the death of Mr. James Ridings, in Jul}-, the section lost one of its most valued members. Mr. Ridings was one of the founders of the American Entomological Society, and thi'ough his many valuable discoA^eries was well known among the entomolo- gists of the United States. At the annual meeting of the section, held December 13th, the following gentlemen were re-elected as officers for the ensuing year: Director. — John L. LeConte, M. D. Vice-Director. — George H. Horn, M. D. Treasurer. — E. T. Cresson. Recorder. — J. H. Ridings. Conservator. — Geo. B. Cresson. Publication Committee. — George H. Horn, M. P. Samuel Lewis, M. I>. At the last annual meeting of the American Entomological Society the sum of seventy-five dollars was contributed towards the funds of the Academy-. Respectfully submitted, James H. Ridings, Recorder. REPORT OF MTNERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTIOX. The Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section would respectfully report : Meetings of the Section have been held monthly, except during Jul}" and August. The attendance has been good. A number of interesting papers were read, and man}' valuable communications and donations made. During the year, the first volume of its pro- ceedings was published, containing scientific papers and commu- nications to January 1st, 1880. The collection of local rocks and \ 1880 J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 minerals has outgrown the i)hice provided for it. It is almost complete as to the rocks of Philadelphia, and of Delaware, Mont- gomery and Bucks counties. Believing, as he does, that this collection will grow into one of great importance and interest, he is glad to state that the desire of the Section for a better location for it has been granted b}* the Council of the Academy. Resi'>POtfully submitted, Theo. D. Rand, Director. Philadelphia, December 27th, 1880. To the Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section : The mineral collection of the Academy has been improved during the past year by the addition of the usual number of dona- tions. These have been carefully labeled and placed in the cases b}^ Mr. Charles F. Parker, to whose industry and care we are chiefly indebted for the satisfactory arrangement and labeling of all our specimens. I submit with this a list of the donations during the past year. The collection is in a satisfactory con- dition. Joseph Willcox, Conservator. Addition!< to Mineralogical Cabinet during the year 1880: — Jas. W. Beath : Twenty -five specimens of polished Agates, from Oberstein, Germany, and Paraguay ; Crocidollte, S. Africa. C. S. Boutcher : Proustite, Gunnison, Co., Colorado. Walter Collins : Asphaltum, Cretaceous Marl, Blackwoodtown, N, J. Chas. Doble : Millerite, Chalcopyrite and Niccoliferous P^a-rhotite, Gap Mine, Lancaster Co., Pa. W. 11. Dougherty : Xative Gold, also a fine col- lection of Xative Silver, Silver ores, Argentiferous Galena, Ruby Silver, Cassiterite, etc., Mexico; Green Sand, San Antonio River, Texas. John Ford : Stilbite, Frankford. Philada. : Actinolite, Hornblende, Lafayette. Montgomery Co., Pa, John Garvin: Native Gold in Quartz, Battle Branch, Ga. E. Goldsmith: Lignite, containing Fichtelite, Brazil Prof. S. S. Haldeman : Stalactite, and six specimens of Agates, Argentine Republic. E. P. Hancock: Two specimens Jetfersonite, Sterling, Sussex Co., N.J. ; Thorite, Brevig, Norwa^^ W. W. Jefferis: Quartz pseud, after Dog-tooth Spar; Picrolite (Slickenside,) Newlin, Chester Co., Pa ; AVavellite, E. Whiteland, Chester Co., Pa. Dr. G. A. Koenig : Jarosite, Chattee Co., Colorado. Dr. Isaac Lea : Amazonstone, and a fine specimen of Sunstone, near Media, Del. Co., Pa. Dr. Jos. Leidy : Three specimens of Talcose Slate, Soapstone Quarry, shore of the Delaware River, above Easton, Pa. ; Corundum, Laurens Co., S. C. ; Biotite, Steatite Quarry on Bushkill Creek, near Easton, Pa. H. C. Lewis: Philadelphite, Phila. ; Hyalite, Germantown, Pliila. ; 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. Halite, Saltville, Va. Wm. Lorenz : Chrysotile, Canada. Mr. Loyer : Corundum, Chester Co., Pa. Miss Miller: Crystals of Silver, Lake Superior; Hematite, Gypsum, Stalactite, Cliloras- trolite, Halite, etc., from various localities. Dr. Weir Mitcliell : Silicified Wood, Missouri River, above Bismarck. L. Palmer: Albite,Vermiculite,Del. Co.,Pa. Theo. D. Rand : Kammererite and Chromite, Radnor, Del. Co., Pa. ; Crystallized Quartz in Potsdam Sandstone, Mont. Co., Pa. ; Herrengrundite, Herrengrund, Hun- gary ; Orileyite, Burmali. J. L. Reed : Asbestus, Italy ; Clirys- otile, Ontario, Canada. T. W. Ried : Chalcopyrite, Montgomery Co., Pa. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger : Copper Slag, Caldera, Chile, 1856. Dr. J. Richard Taylor: Cerargyrite, Chloride of Silver, with fractured Wavellite crystals. Galena with free Sulphur, Millerite, and argentiferous Carbonate of Lead, Leadville, Colo- rado ; Ore from the Ohio Mine, bearing Gold, Silver and Copper, Breckenridge, Col. C. M. Wheatley : Fine specimen of Byssolite, Chester Co., Pa. ; Azurite on Chalcopyrite, Upper Salford Mine, Montgomery Co., Pa. ; Aurichalcite on Calcite, and white Apatite Avith Byssolite ; Chalcopyrite, Pyrite and Melaconite, Jones Mine, Berks Co., Pa. Dr. Jas. W. White : Corundum, Zircon, Storeville, Anderson Co., S. C ; Corundum, Concord, N. C. ; Andesite with Corundum, Hog-back Mt , N. C. ; a collection consisting of Zincite, Rutile, Phlogopite, Graphic Granite, Chesterlite, Fibrolite, Garnet, Damourite, Stalagmite, etc., from various localities. Joseph Willcox: Autunite (Uranite), Mitchell Co., N. C ; Pyroxene, Biotite ?, Apatite, Burgess, Ontario, Canada ; Corundum coated with Margarite, Iredell Co., N. C. ; Danburite, Russel, St. Law- rence 00.,"^". Y. ; Black Tourmaline, Westport. Ontario, Canada; Scapolite, Pyroxene, and four specimens of Apatite, Bob Lake, Ontario, Canada. A. E. Foote, in exchange for duplicate books : nine specimens of Apatite, Renfrew, Ontario, Canada; Chrysotile, four specimens of Titanite (Spliene), Titanite (Lederite), two Yesuvianite, Beryl, Triphyllite, Celestite, Wollastonite, Gummite, Uranotile, Tourmaline, Octahedral Crystals of Fluorite, with Apatite and Calcite, from various localities. Purchased : Limon- ite, Superior Mine, Michigan. Additions to Bock CoUeetion.—i o\m Ford: Hornblende, Soap- stone Quarry, Lafayette Pa. ; Tourmaline and Hornblende Schist, Tunnel near Girard Ave. Bridge ; Decomposing Gneiss with Mica, ditto with Quartz, ditto with Manganese?, near west end of Cal- lowhill St. Bridge, Philadelphia. G. H. Ivens : Geode of Limonite, Kent Co., Md. W. W. Jetferis : Gneiss. John Hartman : Two specimens of Crystalline Slag, taken from hearth of Blast Furnace, Charlotte, N. Y. Dr. Jos. Leidy : Talcose Slate, Soapstone Quarry, Pot Rock, Delaware River, above Easton, Pa. ; Indurated Clay (Bridger Eocene), near F'ort Bridger, Wyoming. H. C. Lewis : Glacier-scratched boulder, Belvidere, N. J. Theo. D. Rand : Twenty-seven specimens of Rocks, from the neighborhood of Philadelphia, for Local Rock collection; three specimens of 1880.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 slags, from Puddling Furnace, Coatesville, Pa. Joseph H. TuU : Six specimens of Rul)y Silver, near Austin, Nevada. SUMMARY OF THE REPORT OF WM. C. HENSZEY, Treasurer, for the year ending Nov. 30, 1880. Dr. To Balance from last account $1032 99 " Initiation fees 230 00 " Contributions (semi-annual contributions) 2244 98 " Life Memberships ; 500 00 " Voluntary Contributions from Life Members 615 00 " Admissions to Museum 455 30 " Sale of Guide to Museum 62 00 " " Duplicate Books 7 75 " Donation from Mineralogical and G. Section towards Proceedings 35 00 " Donations towards Plates for Proceedings 10 00 " Interest on Deposits 69 04 " Interest on Phil, and Erie Railroad Bonds 30 00 " Life Member Fund. Interest on Investment 120 GO " Maintenance Fund. " " " 30 00 " Publication Committee. W. S. Vaux, Treasurer 507 04 " Publication Fund. Interest on Investments 280 00 " Barton Fund. " " " 240 00 " Wilson Fund. Towards Salary Librarian 300 00 " Freight returned 4 30 " Phila. and Erie Railroad Bond, Transferred to Mainte- tenance Fund 1000 00 $7763 40 Cr. Salaries, Janitors, etc $2960 00 Freight 60 59 Inspecting Boiler 10 20 Repairs 188 05 Insurance Jars and Bottles Coal Gas Mounting Bird Stationery and Postage Stamps 136 55 Books Alcohol : Publication Committee. W. S. Vaux, Treasurer Newspaper Reports Water Rents Trays Binding Printing and Paper • 1539 63 Plates and Printing 142 52 Miscellaneous 448 54 Life Memberships transferred to Life Membership Fund. 500 00 30 00 74 11 195 50 177 27 1 25 136 55 6 50 37 60 93 33 64 00 26 15 42 00 118 40 6852 19 Balance^ $911 21 ^ During the year there was received from voluntary contributions and donations $660, which, with a Bond for $1000, used for general purposes, indicates that the current expenses exceed the regular income over $1600, the balance at the close of the year being a little less than at the commencement. 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. LIFE MEMBERSHIP FUND. (For Maintenance.) Balance per last Statement $500 00 Life Memberships Transferred to this account 500 00 Interest 120 00 Sill20 00 Transferred to General Account 120 00 To Balance for Investment $1000 00 BARTON FUND. (For Printing and Illustrating Publications.) Balance per last Statement $240 00 Interest 240 00 $480 00 Transferred to General Account 240 00 Balance $240 00 JESSUP FUND. (For Support of Students.) Balance last Statement $551 67 Interest on Investments 560 00 $1111 67 Disbursed 590 00 Balance $521 67 MAINTENANCE FUND. Total amount received $1550 00 Interest 30 00 Less paid for Printing , Invested in Bonds Phila. and Erie Railroad. Interest Transferred to General Account $1580 00 $23 65 1000 00 30 00 1053 65 Balance $526 35 I. V. WILLIAMSON LIBRARY FUND. Balance $330 26 Rents Collected 97 00 Ground-rents Collected 1096 00 $1523 32 For Books ;«^577 56 Expenses Sale of Prop'ty for arrearages of Ground-rent... 167 25 Costs, Insurances, etc Repairs to Properties Taxes Water Rents Collecting Balance $209 55 37 47 232 37 204 02 41 40 53 70 1313 77 1880.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 PUBLICATION FUND. Balance last Statement $:->38 25 Income from Investments 350 00 $688 25 Transferred to General Account 280 00 To Balance $408 25 THOMAS B. WILSON LIBRARY FUND. Balance last Statement $141 57 Interests on Investments 570 00 Received from W. S. Vaux for Duplicate Books 8 00 $719 57 Paid for Books $300 00 " Binding 11 55 To General Account towards salary of Librarian oOO 00 $611 55 Balance $108 02 MRS. STOTT FUND. (For Publication.) Twelve Months' Interest... $112 00 Paid to (W. S. Vaux) Publication Committee 114 00 JOSHUA T. .JEANES FUND. (For Maintenance.) Bequest by him paid by Heirs $20,000 00 Invested in three Mortgages $7000 00 3000 00 10,000 00 $20,000 00 ECKFELT FUND. To be invested $2466 86 428 PROCEEDINGS OF ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. [1880. The election of officers for result : — President, Vice-Presidents, Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian, Curators, Councillors to serve three years, .... Finance Committee, 1881 Avas held, with the following W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D. Wm. S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan. Edward J. Nolan, M. P. Geo. H. Horn, M. D. Wm. C. Henszey. Edward J. Nolan, M. D. Joseph Leidy, M. D., Wm. S. Vaux, Chas. F. Parker, R. S. Kenderdine, M. D. Wm. L. Mactier, Aubrey H. Smith, Henry C. Chapman, M. D., Geo. y. Shoemaker. Edw. S. Whelen, Clarence S. Bement, Aubre}^ H. Smith, S. Fisher Corlies, Geo. Y. Shoemaker. ELECTIONS DURING 1880. MEMBERS. January 27. — A. R. Thomas, M. D., Wm. H. Jenks, John S. Jenks, Chas. W. Pickering, Henry F. Formad, M. D., Charles P. Tasker, John Wagner, Ferris W. Price, Geo. W. Biddle. February 2^. — R. S. Huidekoper, M. D., Frances Emily White, M. D., David Townsend, Thos. Miles, John S. Capp. 3Iarch SO, — Paris Haldeman, Geo. B. Heckel, Emlen Physick, M. D. May ^5.— Henry S. Gratz, R. S. Peabody, Mrs. R. S. Peabody, Wm. Barbeck. October 26.—Rq\. Wm. F. C. Morsell, Samuel R. Knight, M. Di November 30. — Charles S. Turnbull, M. D., James M. Anders, M. D. For list of Correspondents elected see Report of the Corre- sponding Secretary. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 429 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. December 1st, 1879— November 30th, 18S0. Abbot, E, H. Physics and hydraulics of the Mississippi River. Dr. I. Minis Hays. Allen, J. A. U. S. Geol and Geogr. Surv. of Ter. Miscellaneous publica- tions, No. 12. History of North American Pinnipeds, 1880. The Department of the Interior. Allen, T. F. Charace* of America. Pts. 1 and 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. AUis, O. A. Deformity from fractures at the lower end of the humerus. The Author. Alumni Association, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. 16th annual report. The Society. American Angler's Guide. 3d Ed., 1849. S S. Haldeman. American Museum of Natural History. 11th annual report. The Director. Annual record of science and industry for 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund. Arango, R. Contribucion a la fauna malacologica Cubana. The Author. Archajological Section of the St. Louis Academy of Sciences. Contributions to the archeology of Missouri. Part I, Pottery. The Academy. Astor Library. 31st annual report, 1880. The Trustees. Baillon, M. H Dictionnaire de botanique. 12me Fasc. Natural history of plants. Vol. 6. I. V. Williamson Fund. Balfour, F. M. Comparative embryology. I. V. Williamson Fund. Barber, E. A. Comparative vocabulary of Utah dialects. The Author. Biircena, Mariano. Terremoto del 17 de Maj o de 1879 Viaje a la Caverna de Cacahuamilpa, 1874. The Author. Datos para el esludio de las rocas mesozoicas de Mexico, y sus fosiles caracteristicos, 187-5. Di*. .Jos. Leidy. Barrande, J. Brachiopodes. Vol. 5, 1879. The Author. Beale, L. S. How to work with the microscope. 5th Ed. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker. Genera plantarum. Vol. 3, Pt. I. I. \ . Williamson Fund. Berg, Dr. C. Observaciones acerca de la familia Hyponomeutidre. Apuntes Lepidopterologiques. Hemiptera argentina, 1879. La Reina de las Flores, 1880. The Author. Binney, W. G. North American species of Zonites. The Author. Board of Directors of City Trusts. 10th annual report. The Board. Bocage, J. V. Barboza de. Melanges ornithologiques, V. Liste des Antilopes d' Angola. Algumas observa^oes e additamentos ao artigo do Sr. A. C. Smith intitu- lado "A sketch of the birds of Portugal." Note sur une nouvelle espece africaine du genre " Coracias." Aves das possesoes portuguezas d'Africa occidental, 14th and 16th List. Subsidies para a fauna das pos. portuguezas d'Africa occidental. Aves da Zambezia e do Transvaal. The Author. Bohnensieg, G. C. W. and W. Burck. Repertorium annuum literatune botan- icte periodicoe. T. 6, 1879. Encyklopedie der Naturwissenschaften. le Abth., 8 Lief., 1880. L V. Williamson Fund. Bolton, H. Carrington. Table showing the behavior of certain minerals with Citric Acid alone and with reagents. The Author. Bommer, .J. E. Monographie de la classe des Fougeres, 1867. Dr. F. V. Hayden. 430 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Borre, A. Preudhomme de. Espcces de la tribu des Feronides qui se rencon- ti-ent en Belgique. Ire Partie. Kspeces des tribus des Panageides, des Loricerides, des Licindes, des Chlwniides et des Broscides (jui se rencontrent en Belgique. De la meilleure disposition il donner aux caisses et cartons des collections d'insects Note sur le Breyeria Borinensis. The Author. Brazier, J. Synonyms of, and remarks upon Port Jackson, New Caledonian and other shells, with their distribution. Brief account of the natives of western Australia, 1879. The Author. Brehms Thierleben. 8 Bd., 1-8 Heft. I. V. Williamson Fund. Breviere, L. Catalogue des mollusques observes dans le Department de la Nievre. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bronn, H. G. Morphologische Studien iiber die Gestaltung-Gesetze der Na- turkorper iiberhaupt, und der organischen insbesondere. 1858. Dr. .Jos. Leidy. Thier-Reichs. 6er Bd., III. Abth., 2-12 Lief. Wilson Fund. Bruhl, C. B. Zootomie aller Thierklassen. Atlas. Lief. 14 & 15. I. V. Williamson Fund. Brun, J. Diatomees des Alpes et du .Jura. I. V. Williamson Fund. Brush, Geo. J. Mineral locality at Bi-anchville, Connecticut. 4th paper. The Author. Buchanan, J. Manual of indigenous grasses of New Zealand. Wellington, 1880. Geological Survey of New Zealand. Bureau of Education, circulars of information, Nos. 2 and 3. Department of the Interior. Bureau of Statistics, Treasury Department, quarterly reports, Sept. 30, 1879- June 20, 1880. The Department Butler, A. G. Illustrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera heterocera in the collection of the British Museum. Pt. 14. The British Museum. Calkins, W. W. American conchology. Catalogue of Uniones. 1880. The Author. Cameletti, .J. II binomio di Newton. The Author. Catalogue of the Queensland Court, International Exhibition. Sydney, 1879. J. Brazier. Catalogue of the officers and students of Yale College, 1879-80. The College. Catalogus der ethnologische Afdeeling van het Museum van bet Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. 2e D,ruck. The Society. Central Park Menagerie, report of Directors, 1879. The Directors. Chambers, V. T. President of Cincinnati Society of Natural History, annual address, 1879. The Author. Chapman, H. C. Memoir of James Aitken Meigs, M. D. Lecture introductory to the course of Jefferson Medical- College for the session of 1880-81. The Author. Chatin, J. Les organes des sens dans la serie animale. I. V. Williamson Fund. Chief of Engineers, report, 1878. Parts 1, 2 and 3. Engineers' Department, U. S. A. Chief Gold Commissioner for the Province of Nova Scotia, report, 1863. De- partment of Mines, Nova Scotia. Chief of Oi'dnance, annual report, 1879. War Department. Chili. Mcmoria de Guerra i Marina, 1878. Memoria de Relaciones Esteriores, 1879. Memoria de Ministro de Justicia, etc. 1879, Memoria de Ministro del Interior, 1879. Projecto de Codigo rural, 1879. Anuaria hidrografico de la Marina de Chili, Ano V. Anuaria de la Oiicina central meteorologica, 1874. Anuaria estadistico, 1876-77. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 431 Sessioaes estraordinarias de la Camara de Seiiadores, 1878, Nos. 1 & 2. Sessiones estraordinarias de la Camara de Disputados, 1878, Nos. 1 , 2 & 4. Estadistica Agricola 1877-78. Estadistica bibliografica de la Literatura Chilena, T. 2. University of Chili. riiurch, .1. A. New methods of ore concentration and gold amalgamation. The heat of the Comstock lode. The Author. Clement, Ch. Constitution Geologique de Luxembourg. 1864. Dr. F. V. Hayden. Cobbold. T. S. Parasites. 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Cohn, Ferd. Biologie der Pflanzen. Ill, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Colbeau, .J. A. .1. Materiaux pour la Faune malacologique deBelique. I. The Author. Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand, 14th Annual re- port. 1879. Kaport of Geological Explorations, 1878-79. The Author. Commission de la Carte gx^ologique de Belgique, Hoboken et Contich, Anvers, Lennick-St-Quentin, Malines, Lierre, Heyst-op-den-Berg, Putte and Boom, with maps. The Commission. Commiss' oner of agriculture, report, 1878. The Author. Commissioner of Fisheries of the State of California Report 1878 and 1879. The Commissioners. Commissioners of Public Charities of the State of Pennsylvania. Tenth an- nual report, .Jan. 1880. The Board. (,'omptroller of the Currency, annual report, 1879. The Author. (.'ope, E. D. On the foramina perforating the posterior part of the squamosal bone of the mammalia. On tlie genera of the Creodonta. The Author. (Wesson, E. T. and Edw. Norton. Tenthredinidne and Uroceridie of North America. The Author. Cuvier, G. Revolutions of the surface of the globe. 1831. Dr. I. M. Hays. Dana, .J. D. Manual of geology, 3d Ed., 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dawkins, W. B. Early Man in Britain and his place in the Tertiary period, 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. The classification of the tertiary period by means of the mammalia. Further discoveries in the Cresswell Caves' 1879. The Author. Dawson, Geo. M. Geological map of a portion of the southern interior of British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada. DeCandolle, A. and C. Monographiae phanerogamarum prodromi. Vol. 2, 1870. Wilson Fund. Decken, C. van der. Reisen in Ost-Afrika. 3er Bd.^ III. Abth. I. V. Wil- liamson Fund. De Clercq, F. S. A. Het Maleisch der Molukken, 1876. Batavian Academy of Sciences. Department of Agricultux-e. Special Report, Nos. 20-27. Circular regarding needs of. The Department. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, reports, 1862, 1864, 1865, 1867-1879. De- partment of Mines, Nova Scotia. Same, 1864. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Department of Statistics and Geology of the State of Indiana, 1st annual report, 1879. The Department. Deshayes, G. P. Anlmaux sans vertcbres decouvertes dans le bassin de Paris. T. 2me, texte, pp. 641, et seq. Atlas, planches 40-107. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dohrn, A. Catalogus Hemipterorum, 1869. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Doremus, C. A. and R. A. Witthaus. Chemistry of the Cobb-Bishop poisoning. The Authors. Drapei', J. W. Experiments on solar light. Dr. I. Minis Hays. 432 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Dumeril, A. and Bocourt. Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans TAmerique Centrale. Recherches Zoologiques. 3me Partie. Etudes sur les reptiles et les batraciens. I. Y. Williamson Fund, Eaton, D. C. Ferns of North America. Pts. 22-27 and Title and Index to Vol. 2. J. H. Redfield. Ellet, C, Jr. The mountain top track, 1856. Dr. I. M. Hays. Elliott, D. G. Monograph of the Bucerotidae. Pts. 7 and 8. Monograph of the Felidse. Pt. 5. Encyclopedia Britaunica. 9th Ed. Vols. 10 and 11. I. A'^. Williamson Fund. Encyklopfedia der Naturwissenschaften. 1 Abth., 6-13 Lief. I. V. William- son Fund. Engelman, Geo. Revision of the genus Pinus and description of Pinus El- liottii, 1880. Acorns and their germination. The Author. Engler, A. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pflanzenwelt. I. Th. I. V. William- son Fund. Evarts, H. C, M. D. A new species of Ophrydium. The Author. Exposition Universelle de 1878. Catalogue du Ministere de 1' instruction pub- lique des cultes et des beaux-arts. Tomes 1, 2, 3. Section Beige. Catal. officiel. Minister of Public Works. Falsan, A., and E. Chantre. Monographic geologique des anciens glaciers et du terrain erratique de la partie moyenne du Bassin du Rhone. Atlas, 1875. Society of Agriculture of Lyons. Farlow, W. G. Impurities of drinking-water. The Author. Financial reform almanac, 1880. Cobden Club. Fisher, P. Subdivisions des ammonites The Author. Fitzgerald, R. D. Australian orchids. Pts. 1-5. Colonial Secretary, New South Wales. Fol, H. Etudes sur les Appendiculaires du Detroit de Messine, 1872. The Author. Foote, A. E. Catalogue of minerals. 5tli Ed. The Author. Friele, H. Tungebevtebningen hos de Norske Rhipidoglossa. The Author. Fritsch, A. Fauna der Gaskohle und der Kalksteine der Permformation Boh- mens. Bd. 1, H. 1 und 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Frommann, C. Structur und Bewegungserscheinungen des Protoplasma der Pilanzenzellen. I. V. Williamson Fund. Galvani, Luigi, portrait of. Academy of Sciences of Bologna. Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, reports, 1874, 1875, 1876, 1877-78. N. H. Winchell. Geological explorations and surveys west of the 100th Meridian. Topographi- cal Atlas. Wheeler, 1875. Engineer Department, U. S. A. Geological Survey of Canada, reports of progress, 1844, 1848-49, 1850-51, 1851-52, 1852-53, 1853-56, 1857, 1858, 1875-76. The Survey. Geological Survey of India. Records, Vol. XII, Parts 2 and 3. Memoirs, 8vo, Vol. 16, Pt. 1. Memoirs, 4to. Palseontologia Indica, Ser. II., Vol. I, 4; Ser. XIII, I, 1 ; Ser. XIV. I, 1. The Survey. Geological Survey of Kentucky. A general account of the Commonwealth of Kentucky. Report on the timbers of Boyce and Mercer Counties. By W. M. Linney. Chemical report of the sojls, coal, ore, etc. By Robert Peter. The Survey. Geological Survey of New Jersey. Annual report, 1879. The Author. Geological Survey of Sweden. Eleven geological maps. The survey. Geology of Wisconsin. Survey of 1873-79, Vol. Ill, with folio Atlas. Annual report, 1879. The Survey. Geyler, H. T. Ueber fossile Pflanzen aus der Juraformation Japans. The Author. Gibson, G. A. Sequence and duration of the cardiac movements. The Author. Gilbert, G. K. Geology of the Henry Mts., 1877. Department of the Interior. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 433 Gilpin, E. The mines and mineral lands of Nova Scotia, 1880. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia. Gould, J. The birds of Asia. Pts. 28, 29, 30 and 31. The birds of New Guinea. Pts. 3-11 inc. Wilson Fund. Graf, L. Anleitung zur Kenntniss des Pferdes nach seiner iluszeren Korper- form, 1846. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Grateloup, Dr. Discours sur les sciences et les arts, 1837. Dr. I. Minis Hays. Gray, Asa. Botanical contributions, V. The Author. Gray, A. F. Littorina litorea, Linn, on the American coast. The Author. Gruber, W. Beobachtungen aus der menschlichen und vergleichenden Anatomic. 1 and 2 H. I. V. Williamson Fund Ueber den anomalen Canalis basilaris medianus des Os occipitale beim Mecsehen. The Author. Haast. J. von. Geology of the Provinces of Canterbury and Westland, New Zealand. The Author. Haeckel, E. Das System der Medusen, ler Th., le Halfte. Text and Atlas. I. V. Williamson Fund. Haldeman, S. S. Unsymmetric arrow-heads and allied forms. The Author. Hamilton, G. Biographical sketch of James Aitken Meigs, M.D. The Author. Hampe, E. Enumeratio muscorum, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Hanstein, J. v. Das Protoplasma, 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Hayden, F. V. Five maps of portions of Wyoming, Idaho and Utah. Depart- ment of Interior. The Great West, 1880. The Author. Hays, Dr. Isaac, framed portrait of. Dr. I. Minis Hays. Hector, James. Handbook of New Zealand, 1879. J. Brazier. Heger, A. Useful tables for finding specific gravity. The Author. Heinemann, F. C. Catalogues, 188u. The Author. Heller, A. A Kir. M. Termeszettudomanyi Tarsulat Konyveinek Czimjegy- zeke, 1877. Royal Hungarian Society of Sciences. Helmholtz. Sensations of Tone, 1875. I. V. Williamson Fund. Heule, J. Handbuch der Eingeweidelehre des Menschen. Henry, Jos. A summary of researches in sound, 1879. Smithsonian Inst. Herman, 0. Ungarns Spinnen-Fauna. 3 Bd. Royal Hungarian Society of Sciences. Hermann, L. Handbuch der Physiologic. 2er Bd. 2er Th., 5 Bd. 1 Th. I. V. Williamson Fund. Hertwig. 0. & R. Die Actinien, 1879. Dr. F. V. Hayden. Hesse-Martegg, E. von. Nord-Amerika. 1-4 Bd. Dr. F. V, Hayden. Heude, R. P. Conchyliologie fluviatile de la Province de Nanking et de la Chine Centrale. 5me and (5me Fasc. I. V. Williamson Fund. Hewitson, Wm. C. Illustrations of Diurnal Lepidoptera. Pt. 1. I. V. Wil- liamson Fund. Hewitson, W. C. and F. Moore, Description of New Indian Lepidopterous Insects. Rhopalocera, Heterocera. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Hicks, H. On the Pre-Cambrian rocks of west and central Ross-shire. The Author. Hidalgo, J. G. Moluscos marines de Espana, Portugal y las Baleares, Ent. 15, 16, MdIuscos del Viaje al Pacitico, 1862-65. Pt. 3a, Ent. 1. The Author. Hidegh. K. Chemische analyse ungarischer Fahlerze. Royal Hungarian Society of Sciences. Hind, H. Y. Report of the Waverly Gold District, 1869. Report on the Sherbrooke Gold District, 1870. Report on the Mt. Uuiacke, Oldham and Renfrew Gold Mining Districts 1872. Report on a topographical survey of part of the Cumberland Coal Field 1873, Department of Mines, Nova Scotia. 39 434 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. His, W. Anatomie menschlicher embryonen. I. Text and Atlas. I. V. Wil- liamson Fund. Hooker, J. D. The flora of British India. Pt. VII. The E. Indian Govern- ment. Hull, Edw. Geological age of the rocks forming the Southern Highlands of Ireland. On the upper limit of the essentially marine beds of the Carboniferous Group of the British Isles adjoining continental districts. On the geological relations of the rocks of the South of Ireland to those of North Devon and other British and continental districts. On the origin of the " Scalp," On a deep boring for coal at Scarle, Lincolnshire. On the i-elations of the Carboniferous, Devonian and Upper Silurian Rocks of the South of Ireland to those of North Devon. The Author. Humphreys, J. T. Discoveries of minerals in Western North Carolina. The Author. Hunfalvy, P. Literarische Berichte aus Ungai-n. 8 & 4 Bd. The Hungarian Academy of Sciences. Hutton, F. W. Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca. Geological Survev, N. Z, Huxley, T. H. The Crayfish. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-General's Office. Vol. I. War Department. InostranzefF, A. Metamorphosirte Gesteine im Qouvernement Olonez.' 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ein neues, ausserstes Glied in der Reihe der amorphen Kohlenstofi'e. 1880. The Author. Inspector of Mines of the anthracite coal regions of Pennsylvania, Reports, 1878. .loseph M. Gazzam. International Exhibition, Sydney, 1879. New Zealand Court. Appendix to official Catalogue, 1880. The Commissioners. Jeffreys, .1. G. The deep-sea mollusca of the Bay of Biscay. The Author. Joly, N. E. Une lacune dans la serie teratologique remplie par la decouverte du genre Ileadelphie. Sur le placenta de I'Ai. Nouvelles recherches tendant a etablir que le pretendu Crustace decrit par Latreille, sous de nom de Prosopistoma, est un veritable insecte de la tribu des Ephemerines. , Contribution a I'histoire naturelle et I'anatomie des Ephemerines. Etudes sur I'embryogcnie des Ephumeres. The Author. Julien, A. A. Spodumene and its alterations. The Author. Just, L. Botanis'cher Jahrsbericht. 5er Jahrg., 1877, 3e Abth., 6er Jang. 1 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kansas State Board of Agriculture, quarterly report, Sept. 30, 1879. March 31, 1880. The Author. Keller, Ferd. Lake dwellings of Switzerland, 2 vols., 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund. Keyserling, E.. Die Spinnen Amerikas. Laterigradae, 1880. I. V. William- son Fund. Kiener, L. C. Species general et iconographique des Coquilles vivantes. Livr. 150-165. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kingsley, J. S. Synopsis of the N. A. species of the genus Alpheus. Notes on the N. A. Caridea in the Museum of the Peabody Academy of Sciences. 1878. Decapod Crustacea of the Atlantic coast, whose range embraces Fort Macon. North American Crustacea belonging to the sub-order Caridea. Development of Moina. Geographical distribution of Crustacea. The Author. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 435 Kingston, G. T. Report of the Meteorological Office of the Dominion of Canada, 1879. Thp Superintendent. Kjerulf, Th. Die Geologie des sudlicheu and mittleren Norwegen. 1880. The Author. Klaproth, M. II. Analytical Essays. 2 vols , 8vo. 1801. Dr. I. M. Hays. Klein, E. andE. Noble Stnith. Atlas of histology, Pts. 0-12. I. V. Williamson Fund. Klunzinger, C. B. Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres. 3er Th. 1. V. Wil- liamson Fund. Kneass, S. H. Coal mines of the Lykens Valley Coal Company. 1844. Dr. I. M. Hays. Kobelt, W. lUustrirtes Conchylienbuch. 8e & 9e Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund. Koch, A. Description of the Missourium, 1841. Dr. I. Minis Hays. Kcilliker, Alb. Grundriss der Entwicklungs-Geschicbte des Menschen und der hiiheren Thiere. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kokscharow's Materialen zur Mineralogie Russland. Bd. VIII, sigs. 5-9. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kossmann, R. Zoologische Ergebniss einer im Auft.rage der K. Acad, der Wissen. zu Berlin ausgefiihrten Reise in die Kiistengebiet^ des rothen Meeres. 2e Hiilfte, le Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kiichenmeister, H. Die Parasiten des Menschen. 2e Aufl. 1 & 2 Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kuntz, 0. Speciesbeschreibung und Rubus, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Liedy, Jos. Fresh-water Rhizopods of North America, 1819. Department of the Interior. Lente, F. D. Higher education of medical men. The Author. Leuckart, R. Die Parasiten des Menschen und die von ihnen herriihrenden Krankheiten. ler Bd., 1 Lief. 2e Auflage, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Lewis, H. C. The Trenton gravel and its relation to the antiquity of man. The optical characters of some Micas. On Siderof.hyllite. On Philadelphite. On a fucoidal plant from the Trias. The surface geology of Philadelphia and vicinity. The iron ores and lignite of the Montgomery County Valley. The Author. Librarian of Congress, annual report, 1879. The Author. Library Co. of Phila., Bulletin, n. s. No. 5. The Library Co. Lieberkiihn, N. KeimbUltter der Saugethiere, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Light-House Board, annual report, 1879. Treasury Department. Lindsay, W. L. Mind in the lower animals. 2 vols. I-.V. Williamson Fund. Linnarsson, G. Om Faunan i Lagr^n med Paradoxides Olandicus. Geological Survey of Sweden. Lippincott, J. S. The critics of evolution. The Author. List of vertebrated animals now or lately living in the Gardens of the Zoologi- cal Society of London. 1st Supplement. The Society. Lockington, W. N. Notes on Pacific coast Crustacea, 1878. The Author. Loewe, L. Nervensystem der Siiugethiere und des Menschen, 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Lyman, Benj. Smith. Geological Survey of Japan. Report of progress for 1878 and 1879. Tookei, 1879. The Survey. McLachlan, R. Monographic revision and synopsis of the Trichoptera of the European fauna. Pt. 9. I. V. Williamson Fund. MacLean, J. P. Mound-builders, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Malaise, C. Description des gites fossiliferes Devoniens et d'affleurement du terrain Cretace. Belgian Geological Survey. Mallery, Garrick. Sign language among the North American Indians, 1880. Introduction to the study of sign language among the North American Indians. Smithsonian Institution. 436 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Mallet, J. W. La Barcenite, 1878. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Marten, E. vod. Conchologische Mittheilungen. 1 Bd., 1-4 H. I. V. Wil- liamson Fund. Martin, E. Histoire des monstres. I. V. Williamson Fund. Martin, E. Die Tertiiirtchichten auf Java. Palteontol. Th. 2-4 Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund. Martindale, I. C. Notes on the Bartram Oak. The Author. Martini & Chemnitz. Systematisches Conchy lien-Cabinet. Lief. 284-296. Wilson Fund. Marsh, 0. C. New Jurassic reptiles. The Author. Maryland, report on new map of, 1836. Dr. 1. M. Hays. Mason. John J. Microscopic studies on the central nervous system of reptiles and batrachians. 1 and 2. The Author. Matteucci, C. Le90ns sur les pbenomenes physiques des corps vivants. Ed. Francaise. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Meehan, Tho3. Native flowers and ferns of the United States. 2d Ser., Pts. 1-24. 1879. The Publishers. Meigs, J. A., death-mask of. C. W. De Lannoy. Mencke, M, Beitrllge zur Biologic der Spaltpilze. I. V. Williamson Fund. Mendell, G. H. Blasting operations at Lime Point, Cal., in 1868 and 1869. Engineer Department, U. S. A. Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York, .59th annual report. The Directors. Mercantile Library Association of San Francisco, 27th annual report. The Trustees. Mexican antiquities, 61 photographs of. (Poinsett Collection.) Wm. S. Beebe. Milne-Edwards, M. Melanges Carcinologiques. Text and plates. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Leyons sur la physiologic et I'anatomie comparee de Uhomme et des ani- maux. T. 14me, Ire Pt. Wilson Fund. Mines Commission Report, 1880, Annapolis. Tha Commissioner. Minks, A. Das Microgonidium, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Mission Scientifique au Mexique. Recherches Zool. 7me, Partie T. 2. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Moleschott, Jac. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere. XIII Band, ;! & 4 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. MoUer, V. v. Die Foraminiferen des russischen Kohlenkalks. The Author. Mongredien, Aug. Free trade and English commerce. 4th ed. The western farmer of America, The Cobden Club. Morse, Edw. S, Ancient and modern moUuscan fauna of Omori, Japan. The Author. Mueller, F. de. Index perfectus ad Caroli Linntei Species Plantarum. 1880. The Author. Miiller, N. J. C. Handbuch der Botanik. ler Bd., lerTh. I. V. Williamson Fund. Museum Ludwig Salvator in Ober-Blasewitz bei Dresden. The Author. Nagle, J. T. Summary of births, mai-riages, still-births, deaths, etc., in New York City. 1878. The Author. Native Tribes of South Australia. 1879. R. Schomburgh. Netoliczka, E Untersuchungen iiber Farbenblindheii und Kurzsichtigkeit. 2 Nos. 1879. The Author. New York, geological reports, 18^7, 2d Ed. 1840, 1841 & 1851. Dr. I. M. Hays. Oiseaux dans la nature. Livr. 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. O'Neill, T. Warren. The refutation of Darwinism, 1880. The Author. Orr's Circle ot the sciences, Nos. 1 & 2. 1854. Dr. I. M. Hays. Packard, A. S., Jr, Zoology. 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Palasontographica. 26er Bd., 3. Lief., 27er Bd., 1. Lief. & Supplement III, 3., 8. & 9. Lief., H. 4. Wilson Fund. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 437 Palsontologie Fran^aise, Ire Ser. An. Invert. Ter. Jurassique Livr. 42 and 45, 2e Ser. Vegetaux. Ter. Jur. Livr. 29. Wilson Fund. Palasontological Society's Publications, Vol. 34. I. V. Williamson Fund. Pasteur, L. Studies on fermeatation, 1879. I. V. Williamson Fund. Paulucci, M. Excursione scientifica nella Calabria, 1877-78. Fauna Mala- cologica. L V. Williamson Fund. Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass. Visitors' Catalogue of the Mus- eum. 1879. The Society. Pennsylvania, Geological reports, 1833 and 1836. Dr. I. M. Hays. Pfeiffer, L. Nomenclator Heliceorum viventium. 5. & 6. Lief. I. V. Wil- liamson Fund. Physical Science, Agriculture, etc. 81 pamphlets on. Dr. I. M. Hays. Pickering, Cbas. Vocabulary of the Soahili language. Mrs. Chas. Pickering. Porter, J. Topographical description of Plainfield, 1834. Dr. L M. Hays. Prazmowski, A. Entwickelungsgeschichte und Fermentwirkung einiger Bac- terien-.Arten. I. V. Williamson Fund. Public Ledger Almanac. 1880. The Publisher. Public Library, Milwaukee, 2d annual report. The Trustees. Putnam, J. D. Biological and other notes on the Coccidaj, 1880. Jhe Author. Quaritch, B. Letter to General Starring, Jan. 14, 1880. The Author. Rand, B. H. Two lectures on impure air and ventilation. The Author. Ratzel, Fr. Die Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Amerika. 2er Band. I. V. Williamson Fund. Report of Commissioners appointed under resolve of 1856, Chap. 58, concern- ing the artificial propagation of fish. Boston, 1857. Dr. I. M. Hays. Reyer, E. Vier Ausfluge in die Eruptiomassen bei Christiania. Zinn in Birma, Siam & Malakka. Zinn in Australien und Tasmanien. The Author. Riviere, E. Grotte de Saint-Benoit. 1878. Le pliocene de Castel d' Appio en Italic, 1879. De quelques hyperostoses de poisons trouvees dans les grottes ijuarter- naires de Menton en Italie. Note sur des instruments en obsidieune trouves en Grece, 1879. The Author. Robert, P. Les oiseaux dans la nature. Livr. 2-10. I. V. Williamson Fund. Roberts, E. P. Directions for sowing, transplmting and raising the Mulberry Tree, 1839. Dr. I. M. Hays Roemer, F. Lethnea geognostica. I. Th. I. V. Williamson Fund. Rossmiissler's Icjnographie der EuropUischen Land- und Siisswasser-Mollus- ken. VII, 1-3. Wilson Fund. Rothi'ock, J. T. Catalogue of trees and shrubs in the horticultural gardens adjacent to Horticultural Hall, Fairmount. 1880. The Author. Roucher-Deratte, C. Le9ons physiologic© meteorologiques sur les constitutions des saisons. 1804 Dr. I. M. Hays. Russ, Dr. K. Die fremdlilndischen Stubenvogel. Ill, 7-9. I. V. Williamson Fund. Rutherford, J. Coal-fields of Nova Scotia. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia. Ryder, J. A. Ichthydium ocellatum, 1880. On the occurrence of Freia producta, Wi-ight, in the Chesapeake Bay, etc. The Author. Sadler, John. Report on temperature during the winter of 1878-79 at the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. The Author. Saint-Lager, Dr. Reforme de la nomenclature botanique. The Author. St. Louis Mercantile Library Association, annual report, 1879. The Directors. Saunder, W. Tea-culture as a probable American industry. 1879. Depart- ment of Agriculture. Saussure, H. de. La Grotte du See. The Author. Scheftler, H. Die Naturgesetze. 3ter Th, 6te, 7te und 8te Lief. The Author. 438 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Schimper, W. P., and K. A. Zittel. Handbuch der Palseontologie. 1. Bd., 3te und 4te Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund. Schlegel, H. Museum d'histoire naturelle des Pftys-Bas. T. 8, Monog. 41. Wilson Fund. Schmidt, Emil. Kraniologische Untersuchungen. Mittheilungeu aus dei'anthropologischen Literatur Amerikas. The Author. Schmidt, 0. Die Spongien des Meerbusen von Mexico. 2tes (Schluss-) Heft. 1880. Museum of Comparative Anatomy. Schomburgh, R. On the naturalized weeds and other plants of South Australia. On the Urari. Catalogue of the plants under cultivation in the Government Botanic Gar- den, Adelaide, South Australia. Report on the progress and condition of the Botanic Garden and govern- ment plantations during the year 1879. The Author. Scott, W. B., and H. F. Osborn. Early development of the common newt. The Authors. Scudder, S. H., Writings of, compiled by George Dimmock. 1879. The Editor. The Devonian Insects of New Brunswick. The Author. Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. C-', 2 vols., G-, G^ H*, P, 0^, P^, Q2, Q', R, T, "V2. The Commission. Same. Report P. .Jos. M. Gazzam. Seemann, B. Flora Vitiensis. 4to. 1865-73. L V. Williamson Fund. Semper, C. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. 3ter Th., eter Bd., 5 H. Wilson Fund. Sheafer, P. W. Anthracite coal-fields of Pennsylvania and their exhaustion. Diagram of the progress of the anthracite coal trade of Pennsylvania. The Author. Short, J. T. North Americans of antiquity. 1880. L V. Williamson Fund. Sigsbee, C. D. U. S. Coast Survey. Deep-sea sounding and dredging. 1880. C. P. Patterson. Smith, F. Description of new species of Hymenoptera in the British Museum. 1879. Trustees of the Museum. Smith, J. A Mutations of the earth, 1846. Dr. I. M. Hays. Smith, .J. L. Minerals and mineral waters of Chili. Dr. I. M. Hays. Progress and condition of several departments of industrial chemistry. Paris Univ. Exp., 1867. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Smithson, .Tames, Scientific writings of. 1879. Smithsonian Institution and National Museum, visitor's guide. Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 16 and 17. Contribu- tions to Knowledge, Vol. 22. Report, 1878. Journal of Board of Regents, etc. The Institution Smyth, R. B. The aborigines ot Victoria. The Government of Victoria. Snellen van Vollenhoven, S. C. Pinacographia. Pt. 9. I. V. Williamson Fund. Soret, L. Rapport du President de la Societe de physique et d'histoire naturelle de Geneve, 1879. The Author. South African Museum, report, 1879. The Trustees. Spencer. H. Ceremonial institutions. 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Stearns, R. E. C. New species or variety of land snail from California. The Author. Steenstrup, J. Sepiella, Gray. De Ommatostrephagtige Blieksprutters indbyrdes Forhold. The Author. Steiner, L. H. Annual address before the American Academy of Medicine at New York, Sept 16, 1879. The Author. Stille, A., M. I). Humboldt's life and character, 1859. Dr. I. M. Hays. Memoir of Isaac Hays. The Author. Stone, 0. Extra-meridian determination of time. The Author. Strebel, H. Fauna mexikanischer Land- und Susswasser-Conchylien. Th. 4. I. V. Williamson Fund. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 439 Strecker, H. Butterflies and moths, 1879. The Author. Strobel, P. Material! per una malacostatica di terra e d'acqua dolci. Disp. 1-4. • Struckmann, C. Die Wealden-Bildungen der Umge^end von Hannover, 1880. The Author. Sveriges Geologiska Undersiikning. Ser. A A, Nos. 68, 69, 71 and 72 ; A B 4 and 5 : € 8vo, 31, 32, 34 and 35 ; C 4to, 29 and 33. The Survey. Taplin. Rev. G. Folklore, manners, customs and languages of the south Australian aborigine-e, 1879. R. Sehomburgh. , Tapparone-Canefri, C. Museum rauluccianum. Etudes malacologiques. The Author. Taramelli, T. Catalogo ragionato delle Rocce del Fruili. Sulla formazione serpentinosa dell' Apennino Pavese. Monograiica stratigrafia e paleontologica del Lias nelle Provincie Venete. The Author. Tate, R. Zoologica et , Plaeontologica Miscellanea, chiefly relating to South Australia. The natural history of the country around the head of the great Austra- lian Bight. The Adelaide Philosophical Society. Anniversary address of the Presi- dent. The Author. Taylor, R. C. Coal regions in the environs of Blossburg, 1833. Dr. I. M. Hays. Taylor, W. B. A memoir of .Joseph Henry, 2d Ed. Smithsonian Inst. Thomas, C. H., M. D. Researches on hearing through the medium of the teeth and cranial bones. The Author. Traill, G. W. The Alga> of the Firth of Forth. The Author. Trautwine, .J. C. Internal improvement system of the South, 1889. Dr. I. M. Hays. Tryon, G. W. Jr. Manual of Conchology, Pts. 5-8. The Author. TurnbuU, C. S. Audiphone and Dentaphone. The Author. United States Coast and Geodetric Survey. Pacific Coast Pilot. Coasts and islands of Alaska. 2d Series, 1879. C. P. Patterson. United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part V, Report of the Com- mission for 1877. The Commission. United States Entomological Commission. Bulletin Nos. 3, 4 and 5. Depart- ment of the Interior. United States Geographical Survey west of the 100th meridian. Reports, Vols. 2, 3, 4 and 5. Engineer Department, U. S. A United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories. 11th annual report. Bulletin, Vol. V, No. 3. Department of the Interior. United States National Museum. Bulletin Nos. 13 and 17. Department of the Interior. University of Minnesota, report of the Regents of, 1872. The Regents. Vacek, Mich. Vorarlberger Kreide, 1879. The Author. Van Beneden and Gervais, MM. Osteographie des Cetaces vivants et fossiles. Text and atlas. Lief. 17 and 18. I. V. Williamson Fund. Van der Berg, L. W. C. Verslag van eene Verzamelung Maleische, Arabische, .Javaansche en andere Handschriftendoorde Regeering van Nederlandsch Indie. Batavian Academy of Sciences, Vanuxem, L. Experiments on anthracite, plumbago, etc., 1825. Dr. I. M. Hays. , V^lain, Ch. Etude microscopique des verres resultant de la fusion des cendres de graminees. Mission de 1' He de Saint Paul. Recherches geologiques. 4to Paris, 1879. The Author. Victoria. Reports of the Mining Surveyors, 31st December, 1878, 31st March, 1879. Mineral Statistics of, 1878. 440 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Report of Inspector of Vines, 1878. Dr. F. V. Hayden. Vogdes, A. W. Monograph of the genera Zethus, Cybele, Encrinurus and Cryptonymus. The Author. t Wagner, Wm. Five new fossils of the older pliocene formation of Maryland and North Carolina'. The Author. Waterhouse, Owen. Illustrations of the typical specimens of Coleoptera in the collection of the British Museum. Pt. I, Lycidae. The British Museum. Watson, R, Chemical Essays. 7th Ed. 5 vols., 1800. Dr. I. M. Hays. Watson, R. B. Mollusca of H. M. S. "Challenger" Expedition. Pt. 5. The Author. Watson, S. Geological Survey of California. Botany, Vol. 2. I. V. William- son Fund. Weismann, Aug. Uber die letzten Ursachen der Transmutationem, 1876. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Wex, G. V. Improvement of the Danube at Vienna, 1880. Second treatise on the decrease of water in springs, creeks and rivers, 1880. Engineer Department, U. S. A. White, C. A. Paleontological Field work for the session of 1877. Cretaceous fossils of the Western States and Territories. Note on the occurrence of Productus giganteus in California. New invertebrate fossils from the Mesozoic and Cenozoic rocks of Ar- kansas, Wyoming, Colorado and Utah. Description of a very large fossil gasteropod from the State of Puebla, Mexico. Contributions to paleontology, Nos. 2-3. The Author. White, F. E. Valedictory Address, Woman's Medical College, 1880-81. The Author. Wbiteaves, J. F. On some marine invertebrata of Queen Charlotte Island. The Author. Whitfield, R. P. Fossil crustaceans from the Upper Devonian rocks of Ohio. The Author. Whitney, J. D. The Geological Survey of California. An address delivered before the Legislature of California. Lecture on geology delivered before the Legislature of California, Feb. 28, 1862. Dr. .Jos. Leidy. Wilhelm, K. Siebriihrenapparates dicotyler Pflanzen. I V. Williamson Fund. Wilkes, Chas. Western America, 1840. Dr. I. M. Hays. Wilson, T. B., engraved portrait of. Rathmel Wilson. Winchell, A. Preadamites, 1880. I. V. Williamson Fund. Witter, F. M., Catalogue of Iowa mollusca in the collection of. The Author. Wood, H. C. and H. F. Formad. Research on the effects of inoculating the lower animals with diphtheritic exudation. Dr. Wood. Woodward's Gardens, illustrated guide to. 1880. The Author. WooUs, W. Plants indigenous in the neighborhood of Sydney. The Author. Yale College, Catalogue, 1880. Obituary records of graduates, 1880 and supplement. Yale College in 1880. The Librarian. Yarrow, H. C. Mortuary Customs among the North American Indians. The Author. Young Men's Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati. 45th annual report, 1880. The Association. Zeiler, R. Explication de la Carte geologique de la France. Tome 4me, 2e Parte. Dr. F. V. Hayden. Zesch, F. and 0. Reinecke. Coleoptera of Butfalo. The Author. Zoological record, Vol. 15, 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund. Zoological Society of London, list of vertebrated animals, 7th Ed., 1879. Catalogue of Library. The Society. Zuckerkandl, E. Morphologie des Gesichtsschiidels. I. V. Williamson Fund. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 441 JOURN'ALS AND PERIODICALS. Adelaide. Philosophical Society. Transactions, 1878-79. The Society. Amsterdam, K. Akademie van Wettenschappen. Verslagen en Mededeelingen. Afd. Letterkunde. 2e Reeks, 8 Deel. ; Afd. Natuurknnde, 2e Reeks, 14 Deel. Jaahrboek, 1878. Trocessen-Verbaal, Afd. Nat. Mei, 1878-Apr. 1879. Verhandlingcii, Deel 19. Alf. Nat. Deel 12. The Society. Angers. Societo Nationale d' Agriculture, Sciences et Arts. Memoires, T. 19 and 20. The Society. Atco Science Advocate, Vol. I, No. 1. The Editor. Augsburg. Naturhistorische Verein, 25er Berichte. The Society. Baltimore. American Chemical .Journal. Vol. 1, No. 1. The Editor. American Journal of :Mathematics, Vol. 2, Nos. 3 and 4 : Vol. o. No. 1. The Editor. .Johus Hopkins University. Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Nos. 1, 2 and 4. Report of the Sd year. The University. Peabody Institute, 12th and 13th annual reports. The Trustees. Batavia. Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen Tijdschrift, Deel 23, Afl. 5 and 6 ; Deel 24, Afl. 1, 2. 3 and 6 : Deel 25, Afl. 1 and 2 ; Notulen, Deel 14, Nos. 2, 3 and 4; Deel 15, Nos. 2, 3,4; Deel 16, Nos. 1-4. Gedenkboek, 1778-1878. The Society. Natuurkundig Vereen in Nederlandsch Indie. Tijdschrift, Zevende Serie, Deel 8. The Society. Belfast. Naturalists' Field Club, annual report, Vol. 1, Pts. "> and 6. The Society. Natural History and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Sessions 1878- 79, 1879-80. The Society. Berlin. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 44er .Jahrg., 5 H. ; 45er .Jahrg., 4 and 5 H. ; 46er Jahrg., 1, 2 and 3 H. The Editor. ■ , Deutsche Geologische Gesel'.schaft. Zeitschrift, 31 Bd., 2-4 H. ; 32 Bd., 1 H. The Society. Entomologische Verein. Zeitschrift, 23er Jahrg., 2 H.; 24 Jahrg., 1 H. The Society. Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde. Sitzungs-Berichte, 1879. The Society. K. Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Monatsbericht, 1879, Juli- 1880, Juli. The Society. Der N iturforscher, 12 Jahrg., No. 27-13 Jahrg., No. 13. The Editor. Naturae Novitates, 1879, No. 19-1880, No. 8. The Editor. Verein zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues. Monatschrift, 22 Jahrg., Jan.- Dec. The Society. Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, 3d Folge, 3 Bd., No. 4. The Editor. Bern. Naturforscheude Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, Nos. 937-978. The Society. Besan9on. Academie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts, 187(3-78. The Society. Beziers. Societe dEtude des Sciences Na*urelles. Bulletin. Ann(-es 1, 2 and 3, Fasc. 1 and 2. The Society. Bonn. Archiv fiir Mikroskopische Anatomie, 17er Bd., 3 H-l8er Bd., 4 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Naturhistorische Verein. Verhandlungen, 35er Jahrg., 2e and 36 Jahrg., le Halfte. The Society. Bordeaux. Socic^te Linneenne. Actes, T. 33, Livr. 3, 4 and G. The Society. Societe des Sciences physiques et naturelles. Momoires, 2e Ser., T. 3, 3e Cah., and T. 4, le Cah. The Society. 442 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Boston. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings. Vol. 16, Pts. 1 and 2. The Society. Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vol. 20, Pt. 3, and pp. 273-384. I. V. Williamson Fund. Braunschweig. Archiv fiir Anthropologie, 12. Bd., 2-4 Viertelj. I. V. Wil- liamson Fund. Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft.. Jahresbericht, 1879-80. The Society. Bremen. Natnrwissenschaftliche Verein. Abhandhingen, 6. Bd., 2tes und Schluss H., Beilage No. 7. The Society. Brooklyn. Entomological Society. Bulletin, Vol. 2, Nos. 4-12. The Society. Brunn. Naturforschende Verein. Verhandlungen, 17. The Society. Bruxelles. Societi'- Beige de Microscopic. Proces Verbaux, 1879, Nov. 27 — , 1880, No. 12. Annales T. 4. The Society. Soci^te Entomologique. Compte Rendu, Ser. 2, No. 60-72. Annales T. 22. The Society, Soeiete Malacologique. Annales, T. 9me, 2e Fasc. Proces Verbaux, T. 8, 4 Oct 1879-7 Fev. 1880. The Society. Buda-Pest. M. Tudom. Akademia. Ertekezesek amath. Tudomanyok Korebol, 7 Kotet, 1 Szam^l Kotet, 19. Math, es Termeszet. Kozlemenyek, 14 and 15 Kotet. Evkonyvei, Tizenhatodik Kiitet, 11 Uai-ab. The Society. Ungarische National-Museum. Termeszetrajze Fuzetek, 4 Kcitet, 3. The Museum. Buffalo. North American Entomologist, Vol. 1, Nos. 6-12. The Editor. Caen. Academic Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Letters. Memoires, 1879 The Society. Societe Linneenne de Normandie. Bulletin, 3e Ser., Vols. 1 and 2. The Society. Calcutta. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal, Vol. 47, Pt. 1, No. 4; Pt. 2, No. 4: Vol. 48, Pt. 1, Nos. 1-4; Pt. 2, No. 1; Vol. 49, Pt. 1, No. 3. Proceedings, 1879. Nos.' 2-10. The Society. Same. .Journal, Vol. 48, Nos. 128-130. Proceedings, 1879, Nos. 5-10. Isaac Lea. Stray Feathers, Vol. 8. Nos. 2-6. I. V. Williamson Fund. Cambridge. Appalachian Mountain Club. Appalachia, Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Nos. 1 and 2. The Society. Bussey Institution. Bulletin, Nos. 2-4, and Vol. 2, Nos. 1, 2 and 3. The Institution. Harvard University. Library Bulletin, Nos. 14, 15 and 16. Bibliograph- ical Contributions, Nos. 1 and 2. The Trustees. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Memoirs, Vol. 6, No. 1 : Vol. 7, No. 1 and No. 2, Pt. 1. Reports, 1878-79; 1879-80. Bulletin, Vol. 5, No. 16 and title; Vol. 6, Nos. 1-11 ; Vol. 7, No. 1. The Director. Nuttall Ornithological Club. Bulletin. 1880, .Jan.-Oct. The Society. Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology. 12th and loth annual reports. 'The Director. Psyche, Nos. 65-76. The Editor. Cap Rouge. Le Naturaliste Canadien, Dec. 1879-Oct. 1880. The Editor. Cassel. Malakozoologische Blatter, Neue Folge, 2. Bd., 1. Bg.-3. Bd., 2. Bg. I. V. Williamson Fund. Verein fiir Naturkunde. Bericht 26 und 27. The Society. Cherbourg. Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles. Memoires, T. 21 and Catalogue of Library. The Society. Chicago. American Antiquarian, Vol. 2, No. 3-Vol, 3, No. 1. The Editor. Central Fishcultural Society. Proceedings, 1st An. Meeting. The Society. Oriental and Biblical Journal, Vol. 1, No. 2. The Editor. Christiana. Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. 4 Bd., 3 H.-5 Bd., 3 H. The Editor. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 443 Cincinnati. Society of Natural History. .Journal, Vol. 2, No. 2-Vol. o. No. 3. The Society. Copenhagen. Videnskabelige Medclelelser, 1877-78 ; ]87r'-80, 1 & 2. Naturhistorisk Tiddskiift, Schiodte, 12 Bd., 1 H.. .also 1st Ser.. Vols. 1-4; 2d Ser., Vo'. 1. Nos. 4 and G, and Vol. 2; 3d Ser., Vol. 4-11 ^ I. V. Williamson Fund. Societc Royale des Antiquaries du Nord. Memoires, n. s. 1878-79. Til- laeg, 1877, 1878. I. V. Williamson Fund. K. D. Videnskabernes Selskab. Oversigt. 1879, No. 3. 1880, No. 1. Skrif- ter, .5te Raekke, Vol. 9 No. f. Vol. 11 No. C. The Soc'ety. Cordoba. Academia Nacional de Ciencias Exactas. T. ?>, Ent. 1 & 2. Boletin T. 2, Ent. 4 : T. 3, Ent. 1. The Society. Crawfordsville. Botanical Gazette, Vol. 5, No.s. 2-11. The Editor. Danzig. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Schriften. Neue Folge, 4. Bd., 4. H. The Society. Darmstadt. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Notizblatt. ?>. Folge, 18. H. The Society. Davenport. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, Vol. 2, It. 2 : Vol. 3, Pt. 1. The Society. Dijon. Academie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettrrs. Annee, 1878-79. The Society. Dorpat. Naturforscher Gesellschaft. Sitzungsberichte, 4er Bd., 2. H. Ar- chiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-Ehst- und Kurbinds, 1. Ser.. Bd. 8, No. 4. The Society. Dresden. K. Leop. -Carol. -Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher. Nova Acta, Vol's 39 and 40. Leopoldino, H. 12-15. The Society. Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis. 1879 Jan. — Dec. The Society. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Jahresbericht 16er. The Society. Dublin. Royiil Dublin Society. Proceedings, n. s. I, 1-3 ; II. l-(j. Trans- actions, n. s. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-12; Vol. 2, Nos. 1 and 2. The Society. Royal Geological Society of Ireland. .Journal, Vol. 15, No. 2. The Society. Easton. American Institute of Mining Engineers. Transactions, Vol. 7. Edinburgh. Botanical Society. Transactions and Proceedings, Vol. 13, Pt. 3. The Society. Geological Society. Transactions, Vol. 3, Pt. 2. The Society. Royal Society. Proceedings, Vol. 10, No. 103. Transactions, Vol. 28, Pt. 2, and Vol. 29. Pt. 1. The Society. Scottish Naturalist, Nos. 37-40. The Editor. Emden. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Jahresbericht 64er. Kleine Schriften, 18. The Society. Erlangen. Physikaliscb-medizinische Societtit. Sitzungsberichte, 11 H. The Society. Frankfurt a. M. Aerztliche Verein. Jahresbericht 22er. The Society. Deutsche Malakozoologische Gesellschaft. Nachrichtsblatt, 1880, No. 1. The Society. Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Abhandlungen 11. Bd., 4 H. Bericht, 1878-79. The Society. Der Zoologische Garten, 20 Jahrg. 7-12. The Zoological Society of Frank- ford. Freiburg, i. B. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Berichte, Bd. 7, H. 4. The Society. Gand. Archives de Biologic, Van Beneden and Van Bambeke, T. 1, Fasc. 1-3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Geneva. Schweizerische pallloctologische Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen Vol. 6. I. V. Williamson Fund. Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle. Memoires, Vol. 26, No. 2. The Society . Genoa. Societa di Letture e Conversazioni Scientifiche. Giornale, Anno 3, No. 10— Anno 4, No. 4. The Society. 444 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Giessen. Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, ISerBericht. The Society. Glasgow. Philosophical Society. Proceedings Vol. 11, No. 2. The Society. Gottingen. K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Nachrichten, 187U. The Society. Guadalajara. Sociedad de Ingenieros de .Jalisco. Boletin T. 1, No. 1. The Society, Hamburg. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen 7 Bd. 1 Abth. The Society. Harlem. Hollandische Maatischappij der Wetenschappen. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen, Deel 4, 1 Stuk. The Society. Musee Teyler. Archives Vol. 5, Pt. 2. The Director. Socieie Hollandaise des Sciences. Archives, T. 14, 3e Livr. — T. 15, 2e Livr. The Society. Helsingfors. Finska Vetenskaps Societet. Ofversigt, 21. Bidrag, 32. Obser- vationes Meteorologiques, 1877, 1878. Acta, XI. The Society. SilUskapet pro fauna et flora Feiuiica. Ny serie, 2, 3, 4, 6-11 Haftet. Acta I. Meddelanden 1—5. The Society. Hermannstadt. Siebenbiirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissenschaften. Ver- handlungen und Mittheilungen. 30 .Jahrg. The Society. Hobart Town. Koyal Society of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings, 1878. The Society. Jena. Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift, ]3er Bd. 3 H.— 14er Bd. 2 H. Sitzungsberichte, 1879. The Society. Kansas City. The Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, Dec. 1879 — Nov. 1880. The Editor. Lausanne. Societe Vaudoise des Sciences 'Naturelles. Bulletin, No. 83. The Society. Leipzig. Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologic. Anatomische Abth. 1879,5 H.— 1880, 3 H. Physiologische Abth. 1879 5 H.— 1880, 5 H. Ver- zeichniss, 1834-1876. I. V. Williamson Fund. Botanisches Centralblatt, No. 1. I. V. Williamson fund. Botanische .Jahrblicher, Engler. I, 1. 2 & 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Flirstlich .Jablonowski-pche Gesellschaft. Preisschriften No. 2. The Society. Jahrblicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botinik. 12er Bd., 1 & 2 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Journal fiir Ornithologie. 27 Jahrg. 3 H.— 28 Jahrg. 1 H. I. V. William- son Fund. K. S'achsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen XII, 2, 3 & 4. Berichte, 1879. The Society. Kosmos, III, 7— IV 8. I. V. Williamson Fund. Morphologisches Jahrbuch. oer Bd. 3— 6er Bd. 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie und Mineralogie, Groth, 2er Bd. 6es H. — oer Bd. 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 33er Bd. 1 — 35er Bd. 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 2 Jahrg. Nos. 42-68. The Editor. Liege. SociettS Roy. Schriften, 8vo, Bd. 2, Nos. 4, 5, 6. Schriften, 4to, Bd. 2, Supplementheft, 1-4. The Society. Metz. Academie. Memoires, Annees 77 and 78. The Society. Societe d'histoire naturelle. Bulletin, 2e Ser., 5me Cahier, Ire Partie. The Society. Mexico. Ministerio de Fomento. Annales, III, 185 et seci- Minister of Works, Mexico. Museo Nacional. Anales, Vol. 1, No. 7 — Vol. 2, No. 2. The Director. Revista cientifica Mexicana, T. 1, Nos. 1-11. The Editor. Sociedad de Geografia y Estadi10 ; On Philadelphite, 313; A Potsdam Sandstone Outcrop on the S. Valley Hill of Chester Valley, 329. Lippincott, .loshua, Announcement of death of, 355. Lockington, W. N., On the Pacific species of Caulolatilus, 13 ; On a new species of Hemitripterus from Alaska, 134, 233 ; Description of a new species of Catostomus (C. cypho) from the Colorado River, 156, 237. McCook, Rev. H. C, Note on a new Northern Cutting Ant (Atta septen- trionalls), 859 ; The Shining Slave- maker — Notes on the Architecture and Habits of the American Slave- making Ant (Polyergus lucidus), 376. Martindale, Isaac C, Sexual variation in Ca«tanea Americana, 351. Meehan, Thos., On disarticulating branches in Ampelopsis, 9 ; Germi- nation in Acorns, 128; On the Timber line of high mountains, 341 ; Dimorphic flowers in Houstonia, 349; Cleistogamy in Oxalis aceto- sella, 350; Sexual variation in Cas- tanea Americana, 351 ; Rain Trees — Note on Yucca gloriosa, 355 ; Dioecism in Andromeda catesbtei, 356; Note on the Seed-ves-els of Wistaria, 358 : Report of Botanical Section, 418. Mineralogical and Geological Section, Proceedings of. 159, 241 : Report of, 422. Nolan, Edw. J., Report of Recording Secretary, 406 : Report of Librarian, 408. Officers for 1881, Parker. Chas. F., Report of Curator in Charge. 410. Potts, Edw., Fresh-water Sponges of Fairmount Park, 330 ; On Fresh- water Sponges. 356 Proceedings of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of the Academy, for the years 1877, 1878 and 1879, 150, 241. Rand, Theo. D., Serpentine belts of Radnor Township, Del. Co., 225; Change of Serpentine into Quartz, 241 ; A new locality for Millerite, 243 ; A new locality for Gypsum, 252 ; On a belt of Steatite and Ser- pentine in Radnor, Del. Co., 273; INDEX. 457 Chromite near Radnoi-, Pa., 27o ; On Randite, 274; Some microscopic enclosures in gems, 276 ; Potsdam Sandstone near King of Prussia, 279; On a peculiar stratification in Gneiss, 280; The northern belt of Serpentine in Radnor Township, 2(io ; Report of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 422, Redfield, .J. H., On Rochelia patens, 131 ; On the timber line of high mountains, 345 : Report of Botanical Section, 418. Report of Biological and Microscopical Section, 413. Report of Botanical Section, 418. Report of Conchological Section, 414. . Report of Corresponding Secretary, 407 Report of Curators, 410. Report of Entomological Section, 421. Report of Librarian, 408. Report of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 422. Report of President, 397. Report of Recording Secretary, 406. Report of Treasurer, 42-5. Report on Plants introduced by means of the International Exhibition, 1876, 132. Rice, J., Announcement of death of, 130. Riding*, James, announcement of death of, 331. Ridings, .1. H., Report of Entomologi- cal Section, 421. Robert, S. R., Report of Conchological Section, 414. Roepper, W. T., Announcement of death of, 156. Ruschenberger, W. S. W., Report of ihe President, 397. Stauifer, .Jac, Announcement of death of, 134. Tyndall, Hector, Announcement of death of, 134. Vauj, Geo., Election to Council, 10; Resignation from Council, 355. Vodges, A. W., Description of a new Crustacean from the Upper Silurian of Georgia, with remarks upon Caly- mene Clintoni, 128, 176. White, S. S., Announcement of death of, 9. Wilcocks, Dr. Alex., Announcement of death of, 356. Willcox, Jos., Some new mineral locali- ties, 312: Repor* of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 422. Wood, \V. M., M. D., Announcement of death of, 130. Proc.AlT.S.PMlajeeO. PI. XIX - ^•4-^^,>_,^ -•*' .•" d*. * 4,^ 3 ArchSt.Phila. jyi.Ross. Lith., Mc Cook on Slave-making Ant. Proc. fl,N,S.,PH[LA„1880. Pl. XX. .'I lS'ein 4 srs , ?"% Lcv>t3 pc Co., Phila.. Kng's. HEILPRIN ON EOCENE FOSSILS. PROCEEDINGS i Icctriemg of matutcil $cienre$ PH I LADELPHIA. PART I. — January f February and March, 18 SO. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. Joseph Leidy, M. D., . Geo. H. Hokn, M. I) , Wm. S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan, • J. H. Redpieid. EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan. M. I). "b 'u PITIL AT)EI,PHIA: A(»AI)EMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, S. VV. Cot. of 19th and Race Streets. 1880. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Seven volumes of the New Series of the Journal, and Vol. VIII, Part III (Quarto) have been issued — 1847 to 1877. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part, to sub- scribers; and to others, $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian Kemains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D. The First Series oc the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48. The First Series of the Proceedings of the Society, published in octavo, 1841 to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to members; and to the public, $30. The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3 per volume separately; and to the public, $3.75 per volume. The Third Series of the Proceedings, Illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871, (of which nine volumes were completed Dec. 31), 1879, is published at $5 per annum, payable in advance, to subscribers ; single volumes, $6.25. American .Journal of Conchology, 1865-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500 pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate volumes, $10 each, :^c>c>x£.s Foxt. s^a-XjIe:. The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed: j^ Description of Shells op North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas *ay. 1830-34. $10.50. Monograph of. the Unionid^ of North America. By T. A. Conrad. 60 uncolored plates, octavo, 1840. $8. Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustrations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50. Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold. Monograph of the Fresh Water T^nivalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40 : with colored plates, $25 : with plain plates, $18. Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired. Synonymy of the Species of Strepomatid^ (Melanians) of the IFnited States. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper. $1.75. List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, .Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75. Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Csnchology of C. S. Rafinesque. Edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D^ 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic plates. $60. Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5. Synopsis of Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $3. Contributions TO Geology. By Isaac Lea. $5. Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2. Same, plate alone. 50 cents. Notice to Booksellers. — All the publications of the Society will be sup- plied to Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent, on the prices charged to the public. Application to be made to WM. S. Yaux, Chairman of the publication Committee 1703 Arch Street, or to Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Librarian, at the Hall of the Academy, corner of Nineteenth and Race Streets. r London, TRUBNER & CO., Agents, j No. 60 Paternoster Row. Ju7ie, 1880. [ Salem, Mass., NATURALIST'S AGENCY^ CONTENTS. Meehan, Thomas. On disarticulating branches in Ampelopsis, Leidy, Jos., M. D. Notice of tlie Cruel Thread Worm, Filaria immitis, of the Dog, . . . . LocKiNGTON, W. N. On the Pacific Species of Caulolatilus, Hetlprin, Angelo. On the Stratigraphical Evidence afforded by the Tertiary Fossils of the Peninsula of Maryland, Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes, No. I. . Allen, Harrison, M. D. Description of a Foetal Walj-us, Bergii, Dr. R. On the Nudibranchiate Gasteropod Mollusca of the North Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska. Part II. (Plates 1-8.) . . . Kelly, Howard A. Sartorius Muscle of the Gorilla. Meehan, Thos. Germination in Acorns, ..... Leidy, Jos., M. D. On a Filaria reported to have conic from a Man, 10 13 20 34 38 40 128 128 130 Redfield, J. H. On Rochelia i>atens, . . . . .131 Report on Plants introduced by means of the International Ex- hibition, 1876, 132 Allen, Harrison. Mammary Glands of Bats, . . . .133 Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes, No. II. — Revision of the Gelasimi. (Plates 9 arid 10.) 135 W. p. K'LDARE, PR., 734 t 73f CANSOM ST.. PV:iLADrt. PROCEEDINGS OK THE AtcttUmg of %i\i\m\l %m\m OF PHTI.ADET.PHTA. PART IL— APRIL to SEPTEMBEB, 1880. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. .J08EPH Leidy, M. D., Geo. H. Horn, M. D., Wm. S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan, J. H. Redfield. EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan. M. D. PHIL A.DELPHIA: ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, S. W. Uor. of 19th and Kace Streets. 1880. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Seven volumes of the New Series of the Joui.nal, and Vol. VIII, Part III (Quarto) have been issued— 1847 to 1877. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part, to sub- scribers ; and to others, §12.60 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D. The FiiisT Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48. The First Series of the Proceedings of the Society, published in octavo, 1841 to 1S56, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to members; and to the public, $30.' The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3 per volume separately; and to the public, $3.75 per volume. The Third Series of the Proceedings, Illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871, (of which nine volumes were completed Dec. 31), 1879, is published at $5 per annum, payable in advance, to subscribers; single volumes, $6.26. American Journal of Conchology, 1865-71. Seven vols., 8vo. 'Containing 2500 pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate volumes, $10 each. The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices aflBxed: Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say. 1830-34. $10.50. Monograph of the Unionid^ of North America. . By T. A. Conrad. 60 uncolored plates, octavo, 1840. $8. Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustrations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50. Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold, Monograph of the Fresh Water TTnivalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40 ; with colored plates, $25 ; with plain plates, $18. Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired. Synonymy of the Species op Strepomatid^ (Melanians) of the United States. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. List of American AVriters on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W.. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil CeNCHOLOGY of C. S. Rafinesque. Edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic plates. $60. ^ Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5. Synopsis of Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $3. Contributions TO Geology. By Isaac Lea. '$5. Fossil ^Oot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2. Same, plate alone. 60 cents. Notice to Booksellers. — All the publications of the Society will be sup- plied to Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent, on the prices charged to the public. Application to be made to WM. S. Vaux, Chairman of the publication Committee, 1702 Arch Street, or to Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Librarian, at the Hall of the Academy, corner of Nineteenth and Race Streets. r London, TRUBNER & CO., Agents -! ■^"^- ^^ Paternoster Row. j^^^^^ 1880 [ Saletn, Mass., NATURALIST'S AGENCY. CONTENTS — CONTINUED FROM NEXT PAGE. Garnet mistaken for Corundum, Trenton Gravel and its Relation to the Rand. Theo. D. The Northein Belt of Serpentine in Radnor Township, Cardeza, Dr. J. M. Lewis, H. C. The Antiquity of Man, .... Lewis, H. C. Note on Philadelphite — a new Mineral, Haines, Reuben. Analysis of Philadelphite, Genth, F. a., Jr. The so called Emery-Ore from Chelsea, Bethel Township, Del. Co., Pa., Rand, Theodore D. Change of Serpentine into Quartz, Lewis, H. C. A new locality for Sideritc, Magnetite Markings in Muscovite, A new locality for Asbolif e, W. A new locality for Fluorite, Epidote in ^Molybdenite, Rand, Theo., D. A new locality for Millerite, Lewis, H. C. The Optical Characters of some Micas, A new locality for Analcite, On the Measurement of Plane Angles, On an Exfoliated Talc, Tin in North Carolina, D. A new locality for Gypsum, On Siderophyllite —a new Mineral, On Sterlingite and Damourite, Vanalirum in Philadelphia Rocks, A new locality for Epsomite, The Surface Geology of Philadelphia and vicinity Chromite near Radnor, Pa., On Randite, D. Some Microscopic Enclosures in Mica, On the Bryn Mawr Gravel, ■ On some Enclosures in Mica, . On Dendrites, On a Jurassic Sand, . D. Potsdam Sandstone near King of Prussia, WiLLCOX, Jos. Some new Mineral localities, Lewis, H. C. On Philadelphite (Sp. Nov.), Lewis, H. C. A Potsdam Sandstone Outcrop on the S Hill of Chester Valley, .... Potts, Edw. Fresh-water Sponges of Fairmount Park, KoENiG, Geo. A. Notes on .Jarosite. Leidt, Jos., M. D. Rhizopods in the Mosses of the summit of Roan Mountain, N. C, . FooTE, A. E. On Large Sphene from Canada, Meehan, Thos. (Jn the Timber Line of High Mountain's, Redfield, J. H. On the Timber Line of High Mountains, Leidy, Jos., M. D. Bone Caves of Pennsylvania, Meehan, Thos. Dimorijhic Flowers in Houstonia, Meehan, Thos. Cleistogamy in Oxalis Acetosella, L., Martindale, Isaac C. Sexual Variations in Castanea Americana, • Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Jefferis, W. Lewis, H. C. Foote, a. E. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Rand, Theo. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Rand, Theo. D. Rand, Theo. D. Rand, Theo. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Lewis, H. C. Rand, Theo. Valley 295 295 296 310 310 311 241 242 242 243 248 243 243 244 252 252 252 253 253 254 256 256 257 258 273 274 276 277 278 278 279 279 312 313 329 830 331 333 341 341 345 346 849 350 353 — 'Sfjl CONTENTS. Orang Outang. KiNGSLRY, J. S. Carcinological Notes, No. II.— Revision of the Gelasimi. (Continued) ...... Leidy, Jos., M. D. Remarks on Pond Life, . Chapman, H. C, M. D. On the Structure of the (Plates 11 to 17). .... VoGDEs, Anthony W. Description of a New Crustacean from the Upper Silurian of Georgia, with remarks upon Calymene Clintoni, Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes, No. III.— Revision of the Genus Ocypoda, ...... Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological Notes, No. IV.— Synopsis of the Grapsidse, ••...... Rand, Theodoke D. Serpentine Belts of Radnor' Township, Dela- ware Co., ••...... Allen, Harrison, M. D. On some Homologies in Bunodont Dentition, ••...... Hartman, W. D., M. D. Description of a Partula supposed to be New, from the Island of 3Ioorea, ..... Barbeck, Wm. On the Development of Lemna Minor. (Plate 18), Lockington, W. N. Description of a new species of Hemitripterus from Alaska, ........ Lockington, W. N. Description of a new species of Catostoraus (Catostomus cypho) from the Colorado River, Proceedings op the Mineralogical and Geological Section op THE Academy op Natural Sciences op Philadelphia : Lewis, H. C. A new Polariscope, . . . . . Lewis, H.C. A Garnet with Inverted Crystallization, . Jefferis, W. W. a new locality for Amethyst, . Jepperis, W. W. a new Corundum locality, Lewis, H. C. The Minerals of Surry Co., N. C, Cardeza, Dr. J. M. Fossil (?) Casts in Sandstone, Rand, Theo. D. On a peculiar Stratification in Gneiss, . Lewis, H. C. A new locality for Lignite, Lewis, H. C. On Serpentine in Bucks Co., Lewis, H. C. The Iron Ores and Lignite of the Montgomery Co. Valley,^ •-..... Lewis, H. C . An Enclosure in Quartz, .... Jefferis, Wm. W. Menaccanite and Talc from Maryland, Jepperis, Wm. W. Sunstone in Labradorite, FooTE, A. E. On a probable Pseudomorphism of Gummite and Uranotile after Uraninite, ...... Lewis, H, C. On a new Fucoidal Plant from the Trias, 153 156 160 176 179 187 335 336 339 330 333 387 341 341 380 380 380 380 380 381 381 388 393 393 393 393 393 ^ J v;. p. K!LD.'.RE, PR.. 734 t 73e Z.\NSOU. ST., PKtLAuA. PROCEEDINGS OF THE iciijemg of %i\i\mil ^tkwm OF PHILADELPHIA. PART III.— OCTOBER to DBCBMBEB, 1880. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. Joseph Leidy, M. D., Geo. H. Horn, M. D., Wm. S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan, J. H. Redpield. EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan. M. D. PHILADELPHIA ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, S. W. Cor. of 19th and Race Streets 1880. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Eight volumes of the New Series of the Journal (Quarto) have been issued — 1847 to 1881. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part, to subscribers ; and to others, $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains " The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, vrith a Synopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D. The FiKST Series op the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48. The First Series of the Proceedings of the Society, published in octavo, 1841 to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to members; and to the public, $30. The Second Series op the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3 per volume separately ; and to the public, $3.75 per volume. The Third Series of the Proceedings, Illitstrated, commencing January 1, 1871, (of which ten volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1880), is published at $6 per annum, payable in advance, to subscribers ; single volumes, $6.25. American Journal of Conchologv, 1865-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500 pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate volumes, $10 each. The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed- Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say. 1830-34. $10.60. Monograph of the Unionid^ of North America. By T. A. Conrad. 60 uncolored plates, octavo, 1840. $8. Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. Wiih illustrations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Pine edition, plate paper, with duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50. Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold. Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40 ; with colored plates, $25; with plain plates, SIS. Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired. Synonymy of the Species of Strepomatid^ (Melanians) of the United States. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, S2 ; paper, $1.75. Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil C©nchology of C. S. Rafinesque, Edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. AVith Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithogra23hic plates. $60. Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5. Synopsis of Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $3. Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $5. Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2. Same, plate alone. 50 cents. Notice to Booksellers. ^All the publications of tlie Society will be sup- plied to Booksellers at a discount o£ 30 per cent, on the prices charged to the public. Application to be made to Edwakd .J. Nolan, M.D., at the Hall of the Academy, comer of Nineteenth and Race Streets. r Londo?i, TRUBNER & CO., I Agents ' ^^* ^^ Paternoster Row. February, 1881. L '^"^^'"' ^«^«-' NATURALIST'S AGENCY. CONTENTS. Martindale, Isaac C. Sexual Variations in Castanea Ameri- cara. (Continued.) 352 Meehan, Thos. Sexual Variations in Plants, . . . 353 Meehan, Thos. Rain Trees. Note on Yucca gloriosa. . 355 Meehan, Thos. Dia3cism in Andromeda Catesbaii, Walt. . 356 Potts, Edw. On fresh-water Sponges. . ; . . 356 Meehan, Thos. Note on the Seed-A-essels of Wistaria. . 358 Allen, Harrison, M.D. The Phalanges of Bats. . . 359 McCooK, Rev. H. C. Note on a new Northern Cutting Ant, Atta septentrionalis 359 Heilprin, Angelo. On some New Lower Eocene Mollusca from Clarke Co., Alabama, with some points as to the Stratigraphical Position of the Beds containing them. (Plate 20.) 364 McCooK, Rev. H. C. The Shining Slavemaker.— Notes on the Architecture and Habits of the American Slave- making Ant, Polygergus lucidus. * (Plate 19.) . . 376 Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Temporal and Masseter Muscles of Mammals . 385 Report of the President. . 397 Report of the Recording Secretary 406 Report of the Corresponding Secretarj^ 407 Report of the Librarian • . 408 Report of the Curators. 410 Report of the Biological and Microscopical Section. . . 413 Report of the Conchological Section. . . . .414 Report of the Botanical Section 418 Report of the Entomological Section 421 Report of the Mineralogical and Geological Section. . . 422 Summary of the Report of the Treasurer 425 Election of Officers for 1881 428 Index to Genera 451 3. I v;. p. K".2'-c, T.. 734 t. rz" ;Ari:rr/, st., philaow. I»lif